:.'.•:<
■'..•'•
raSTCfltfft
■•1
m&WMmw
Sritish &zmmtion for the &jlranrement of jfrtence,
BURLINGTON HOUSE,
LONDON, W.
yfe***-. //f 190 /~.
' ? ° '
A
REPOKT
OP THE
SEVENTY-FOURTH MEETING
OP THE
BRITISH ASSOCIATION
FOR THE
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE
HELD AT
CAMBRIDGE IN AUGUST 1904.
LONDON :
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
1905.
Office of the Association • Burlington House, London, W.
PRINTED BY
SPOTTISWOODE AND CO. LTD., NEW-STREET SQUARE
LONDON
CONTENTS.
H I
Page
Objects and Rules of the Association xxxi
Places and Times of Meeting, with Presidents, Vice-Presidents, and Local
Secretaries from commencement xlii
Trustees and General Officers, from 1831 lvi
Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association from 18.32 ... lvii
List of Evening Discourses lxxvii
•Lectures to the Operative Classes lxxx
Officers of Sectional Committees present at the Cambridge Meeting lxxxii
Committee of Recommendations at the Cambridge Meeting Ixxxiii
Treasurer's Account lxxxiv
Table showing the Attendance and Receipts at the Annual Meetings lxxxvi
Officers and Council, 1904-1905 lxxxviii
Report of the Council to the General Committee lxxxix
Committees appointed by the General Committee at the Cambridge Meet-
ing in August 1904 xcvi
Communication ordered to be printed in extenso cvi
Resolutions referred to the Council for consideration, and action if desirable cvi
Synopsis of Grants of Money cvii
Places of Meeting in 1905 and 1906 cviii
General Statement of Sums which have been paid on account of Grants for
Scientific Purposes cix
General Meetings cxxviii
Address by the President, the Right Hon. A. J. Balfouk, D.C.L., M.P.,
F.R.S , 3
A2
IV
REPORT — 1904.
REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.
[An asterisk * indicates that the title only is given. The mark ] indicates the same,
but with a reference to the Journal or Newspaper in which it is published in extenso.]
Page
Investigation of the Upper Atmosphere by Means of Kites in co-operation
with a Committee of the Royal Meteorological Society. — Third Report of
the Committee, consisting of Dr. W. N. Shaw (Chairman), Mr. \V. H.
Dines (Secretary), Mr. D. Archibald, Mr. C. Vernon Boys, Dr. A.
Buchan, Dr. R. T. Glazebrook, Dr. H. R. Mill, and Professor A.
Schuster. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 17
Report on the Theory of Point-groups. Part IV. By Frances Hardcastle. 20
Magnetic ^Observations at Falmouth Observatory. — Report of the Committee,
consisting of Sir W. H. Preece (Chairman), Dr. R. T. Glazebrook (Secre-
tary), Professor W. G. Adams, Captain Creak, Mr. W. L. Fox, Principal
Sir Arthur W. Rucker, and Professor A. Schuster, appointed to co-
operate with the Committee of the Falmouth Observatory in their Magnetic
Observations '29
Experiments for Improving the Construction of Practical Standards for
Electrical Measurements. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Lord
Rayleigh (Chairman), Dr. R. T. Glazebrook (Secretary), Lord Kelvin,
Professors W. E. Atrton, J. Perry, W. G. Adams, and G. Carey Foster,
Sir Oliver J. Lodge, Dr. A. Muirhead, Sir W. H. Preece, Professors
J. D. Everett, A. Schuster, J. A. Fleming, and J. J. Thomson, Dr.
W. N. Shaw, Dr. J. T. Bottomley, Rev. T. C. Fitzpatrick, Dr. G.
Johnstone Stoney, Professor S. P. Thompson, Mr. J. Rennie, Principal
E. H. Griffiths, Sir A. W. Rucker, Professor H. L. Callendar, and
Mr. George Matthey 30
Appendix I.— On Anomalies of Standard Cells. By F. E. Smith ... 33
„ II.— On the Electromotive Force of Clark's Cell. By A. P.
Trotter 40
Seismological Investigations. —Ninth Report of the Committee, consisting
of Professor J. W. Judd (Chairman), Mr. J. Milne (Secretary), Lord
Kelvin, Professor T. G. Bonney, Mr. C. V. Boys, Professor G. H.
Darwin, Mr. Horace Darwin, Major L. Darwin, Professor J. A. Ewing,
Dr. R. T. Glazebrook, Mr. M. H. Gray, Professor C. G. Knott, Professor
R. Meldola, Mr. R. D. Oldham, Professor J. Perry, Mr. W. E. Plummer,
Professor J. H. Poynting, Mr. Clement Reid, Mr. Nelson Richardson,
and Professor H. H. Turner (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 41
I. General Notes on Stations and Registers 41
II. Comparison of Records from three Milne Horizontal Pendulums 42
CONTENTS. V
Page
III. An Improved Record Receiver 43
IV. The Origins of large Earthquakes in 1903 43
V. On International Co-operation for Seismological Work 45
VI. Seismological Work no w in progress 46
VII. Directions in which Seismological Work may be extended 48
VIII. Experiment at the Ridgeway Fault 51
Underground Temperature. — Twenty-third Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Professor J. D. Everett (Chairman and Secretary), Lord Kelvin,
Sir Archibald Geikie, Professors Edward Hull, A. S. Herschel, and
G. A. Lebour, Messrs. A. B. Wynne, W. Galloway, Joseph Dickinson,
G. F. Deacon, E. Wethered, and A. Strahan, Professors Michie Smith
and H. L. Callendar, Mr. B. H. Brough, and Professor Harold B.
Dixon, appointed for the purpose of investigating the Rate of Increase of
Underground Temperature downwards in various Localities of Dry Land
and under Water. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 51
Meteorological Observations on Ben Nevis. — Report of the Committee, consist-
ing of Lord McLaren, Professor A. Crum Brown (Secretary), Sir John
Murray, Dr. Alexander Buchan, and Mr. R. T. Omond. (Drawn up
by Dr. Btxchan.) 55
The Study of Hydro-aromatic Substances. — Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Dr. E. Divers (Chairman), Dr. A. W. Crossley (Secretary),
Professor W. H. Perkin. Dr. M. O. Forster, and Dr. H. R. Le Sueur ... 60
Wave-length Tables of the Spectra of the Elements and Compounds. — Report
of the Committee, consisting of Sir H. E. Roscoe (Chairman), Dr. Mar-
shall Watts (Secretary), Sir Norman Lockyer, Professor Sir James
Dewae, Professor G. D. Liveing, Professor A. Schuster, Professor W. N.
Hartley, Professor Wolcott Gibbs, Sir W. de W. Abney, and Dr. W. E.
Adeney 66
The Stereochemistry of Nitrogen. By H. 0. Jones, M.A., D.Sc 169
Dynamic Isomerism. By T. M. Lowry, D.Sc 193
I. Introductory and Historical 193
II. The Nature of Dynamic Isomerism 196
III. Isomeric Changes in which Two Radicals are Interchanged 200
IV. Isomeric Changes in which a Single Mobile Radical is Transferred 204
V. Optical Inversion 211
VI. C hemical Properties of Dynamic Isomerides 214
VII. Physical Properties of Dynamic Isomerides 216
VIII. Reversible Polymeric Change 223
The Movements of Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire.- — Fifth
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor W. W. Watts (Chair-
man), Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse (Secretary), Professor A. Smithells, Rev.
E. Jones, Mr. Walter Morrison, Mr. George Bray, Rev. W. Lower
Carter, Mr. T. Fairley, Professor P. F. Kendall, and Dr. J. E. Marr 225
Life-zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks. — Report of the Committee,
consisting of Dr. J. E. Marr (Chairman), Dr. Wheelton Hind (Secretary),
Mr. F. A. Bather, Mr. G. C. Crtck, Dr. A. H. Foord, Mr. H. Fox,
Professor E. J. Garwood, Dr. G. J. Hinde, Professor P. F. Kendall, Mr.
R. Kidston, Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, Professor G. A. Lebour, Mr. B. N.
Peach, Mr. J. T. Stobbs, Mr. A. Strahan, and Dr. H. Woodward. (Drawn
up by the Secretary.) 226
Erratic Blocks of the British Isles. — Ninth Report of the Committee, consisting
of Dr. J. E.Marr (Chairman), Professor P. F. Kendall (Secretary), Professor
T. G. Bonney, Mr. C. E. De Rance, Professor W. J Sollas, Mr. R. H.
Tiddeman, Rev. S. N. Harrison, Dr. J. Horne, Mr. F. M. Burton,
vi REPORT — 1904.
' Page
Mr. J. Lomas, Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, Mr. J. W. Stathee, Mr. W. T.
Tucker, and Mr. F. W. Harmee, appointed to investigate the Erratic
Blocks of the British Isles, and to take measures for their preservation.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 237
Photographs of Geological Interest in the United Kingdom.— Fifteenth
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor James Geikie (Chair-
man), Professor W. W. Watts (Secretary), Professor T. G. Bonney, Pro-
fessor E. J. Gaewood, Professor S. H. Reynolds, Dr. Tempest Anderson,
Dr. J. J. H. Teall, Mr. Godfeey Bingley, Mr. H. Coates, Mr. C. V.
Crook, Mr. J. G. Goodchild, Mr. William Geay, Mr. W. Jeeome Har-
rison, Mr. Robert Kidston, Mr. J. St. J. Phillips, Mr. A. S. Keid, Mr.
R. Welch, Mr. W. Whitakee, and Mr. H. B. Woodwaed. (Drawn up
by the Secretary.) 242
Well-sections in Cambridgeshire. By W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S 266
Investigation of the Fossiliferous Drift Deposits at Kirmington, Lincolnshire,
and at various localities in the East Riding of Yorkshire. — Report of the
Committee, consisting of Mr. G. W. Lamplugh (Chairman), Mr. J. W.
Stather (Secretary), Dr. Tempest Andeeson, Professor J. W. Cakr. Rev,
W. L. Caeter, Mr. A. R. Dwereyhotjse, Mr. F. W. Haemer, Mr. J. II.
Howarth, Rev. W. Johnson, Professor P. F. Kendall, Mr. E. T. New-
ton, Mr. H. M. Platnauer, Mr. Clement Reid, and Mr. Thomas Shep-
paed 272
Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the British Isles.—
Second Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor W. A. 1Ii:rdm\n
(Chairman), Mr. J. Lomas (Secretary), Professor W. W. Watts, Profe
P. F. Kendall, and Messrs. H. C. Beasley, E.T. Neavton, A. C. Seward,
and W. A. E. Usshee. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 275
Edenvale Caves, co. Clare. — Final Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr.
R. F. Schaeff (Chairman), Mr. R. L. Peaegee (Secretary), Mr. G. Coffey,
Professor G. A. J. Cole, Professor D. J. Cunningham, Mr. G. W. Lamp-
lugh, Mr. McHenry, and Mr. R. J. Usshee, appointed to explore Irish
Caves. (Drawn up by the Chairman.) 288
The Influence of Salt and other Solutions on the Development of the Frog. —
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor W. F. R. Weldon (Chair-
man), Mr. J. W. Jenkinson (Secretary), and Professor S. J. Hickson.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 288
The Probability of Ankylostoma becoming a Permanent Inhabitant, of our
Coal Mines in the event of its introduction. — Interim Report of the Com-
mittee, consisting of Dr G. H. F. Nuttall (Chairman), Mr. G. P. Bidder
(Secretary), Dr. A. E. Boycott, Dr. J. S. Haldane, and Mr. A. E. Shipley 292
Occupation of a Table at the Marine Laboratory, Plymouth. — Report of the
Committee, consisting of Mr. W. Gaestang (Chairman and Secretary),
Professor E. Ray Lankestee, Mr. A. Sedgwick, Professor S. H. Vines,
and Professor W. F. R. Weldon 297
Index Generum et Specierum Animalium. — Report of the Committee, consist-
ing of Dr. H. Woodward (Chairman), Dr. F. A. Bather (Secretarv),
Dr. P. L. Sclatee, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, and Dr. W. E. Hoyle 297
The Zoology of the Sandwich Islands. — Fourteenth Report of the Committee,
consisting of Professor Newton (Chairman), Mr. David Shaep (Secretary),
Dr. W. T. Blanfoed, Professor S. J. Hickson, Dr. P. L. Sclatee, Dr."F.
Du Cane Godman, and Mr. Edgae A. Smith 298
Coral Reefs of the Indian Region. — Fourth Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Mr. A. Sedgwick (Chairman), Mr. J. Stanley Gaedinee (Secre-
tary), Professor J. W. Judd, Mr. J. J. Listee, Mr. Feancis Daewin,
Dr. S. F. Haemee, and Professors A. Macalistee, W. A. Heedman, and
S. J. Hickson 298
CONTENTS. Vll
Page
Madreporaria of the Bermuda Islands. — Report of the Committee, consisting
of Professor S. J. Hickson (Chairman), Dr. W. E. Hoyle (Secretary), Dr.
F. F. Blackman, Mr. J. S. Gardiner, Professor W. A. Herdman, Mr. A. C.
Seward, Professor C. S. Sherrington, and Mr. A. G. Tansley, appointed
to conduct an investigation into the Madreporaria of the Bermuda Islands 299
Colour-physiology of the Higher Crustacea. — First Report of the Committee,
consisting of Professor S. J. Hickson (Chairman), Dr. F. W. Gamble
(Secretary), Dr. W. E. Hotle, and Mr. F. W. Keeble, appointed to enable
Dr. F. W. Gamble and Mr. Keeble to conduct Researches in the Colour-
physiology of the Higher Crustacea 299
Occupation of a Table at the Zoological Station at Naples. — Report of
the Committee, consisting of Professor S. J. Hickson (Chairman), Mr.
J. E. S. Moore (Secretary), Dr. E. Ray Lankester, Professor W. F. R.
Weldon, Professor G. B. Howes, Mr. A. Sedgwick, and Professor W. C.
McIntosh 300
Report on the Occupation of the Table. By E. S. Goodrich 300
Terrestrial Surface Waves and Wave-like Surfaces. — Fourth Report of the
Committee, consisting of Dr. J. Scott Keltie (Chairman), Dr. Vatjghan
Cornish (Secretary), Lieut.-Col. F. Bailey, Mr. John Milne, and Mr.
W.H.Wheeler. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 301
On the Accuracy and Comparability of British and Foreign Statistics of In-
ternational Trade. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr. E. Cannan
(Chairman), Dr. B. Ginsbtjrg (Secretary), Mr. A. L. Bowley, Professor
S. J. Chapman, Sir R. Giffen, and Mr. R. H. Inglis Palgrave 302
The Tidal Regime of the Mersey. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
Lord Kelvin (Chairman), Mr. J. N. Shoolbred (Secretary), and Professors
George H. Darwin, Osborne Reynolds, Hele-Shaw, and W. C. Unwin,
appointed to obtain information respecting the Tidal Regime of the River
Mersey, with the object of submitting the data so obtained to Harmonic
Analysis 318
Archaeological and Ethnological Researches in Crete. — Report of the Com-
mittee, consisting of Sir John Evans (Chairman), Mr. J. L. Myres (Secre-
tary), Mr. R. C. Bosanqtjet, Dr. A. J. Evans, Mr. D. G. Hogarth, Pro-
fessor A. Macalister, and Professor W. Ridgeway 321
Appendix. — Excavations at Knossos, Crete, 1904. By Dr. Arthur J.
Evans 322
The Lake Village at Glastonbury. — Sixth Report of the Committee, consisting
of Dr. R. Munro (Chairman), Professor W. Boyd Dawkins (Secretary),
Sir John Evans, Dr. Arthur J. Evans, Mr. Henry Balfour, Mr. C. H.
Read, and Mr. A. Bulleid. (Drawn up by Mr. Arthur Bulleid and
Mr. H. St. George Gray.) 324
Anthropometric Investigation in Great Britain and Ireland. — Report of a
Committee, consisting of Professor D. J. Cunningham (Chairman), Mr.
J. Gray (Secretary), Mr. N. Annandale, Dr. A. C. Haddon, Dr. C. S.
Myers, Mr. J. L. Myres, Professor A. F. Dixon, Mr. E. N. Fallaize, Mr.
Randall MacIver, Professor J. Symington, and Dr. Waterston 330
Appendix. — Pigmentation Survey of the School Children of Scotland 335
Excavations on Roman Sites in Britain. — Report of the Committee, consisting
of Dr. A. J. Evans (Chairman), Mr. J. L. Myres (Secretary), Professor
Boyd Dawkins, Mr. E. W. Brabrook, and Mr. T. Ashby, appointed to co-
operate with Local Committees in Excavations on Roman Sites in Britain 337
viii REPORT — 1904.
* Page
Anthropometric Investigations among the Native Troops of the Egyptian
\riny —Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor A. Maca lister
(Chairman), Dr. C. S. Myers (Secretary), Sir John Evans, and Professor
D. J. Cunningham (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 339
Anthropological Teaching.— Interim Report of the Committee, consisting of
Professor E. B. Tylor (Chairman), Mr. J. L. Myres (Secretary), Professor A.
Macalister, Dr. A. C. Haddon, Mr.C. H. Read, Mr. H. Balfour, Mr. F.
W. Rudler, Dr. R. Munro, Professor Flinders Petrie, Mr. H. Ling Roth,
and Professor D. J. Cunningham, appointed to inquire into the present
state of AnthropologicalTeaching in the United Kingdom and elsewhere ... 341
The State of Solution of Pro teids.— Second Report of the Committee, consisting
of Professor Halliburton (Chairman), Professor E. "Waymouth Reid
(Secretary), and Professor E. A. Schafer, appointed to investigate the
state of Solution of Proteids 341
The Physiological Effects of Peptone and its Precursors when introduced into
the Circulation.— Interim Report of the Committee, consisting of Prof.
E. A. Schafer (Chairman), Professor W. H. Thompson (Secretary), Pro-
fessor R. Boyce, and Professor C. S. Sherrington 342
Metabolism of the Tissues.— Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor
Gotch (Chairman), Mr. J. Barcroft (Secretary), Sir Michael Foster,
and Professor Starling 343
The Respiration of Plants. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor H.
Marshall Ward (Chairman), Mr. H. AVager (Secretary ), Mr. F. Darwin,
and Professor J. B. Farmer 344
Botanical Photographs. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor
L. C. Miall (Chairman), Professor F. E. Weiss (Secretary), Mr. Francis
Darwin, and Mr. A. G. Tansley, on the Registration of Photographs of
Botanical Interest 345
Experimental Studies in the Physiology of Heredity. — Report of the Com-
mittee, consisting of Professor H. Marshall Ward (Chairman), Mr. A. C.
Seward (Secretary), Professor J. B. Farmer, and Dr. D. Sharp 3411
Report to the Committee by W. Bateson, M. A., F.R.S 34( i
The Conditions of Health essential to the Carrying-on of the Work of
Instruction in Schools. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor
C. S. Sherrington (Chairman), Mr. E. White Wallis (Secretary), Mr.
E. W. Brabrook, Dr. 0, W. Kimmins, Professor L. C. Miall, and Miss
Maitland 348
Studies suitable for Elementary Schools. — Report of the Committee, consist-
ing of Sir Philip Magnus (Chairman), Mr. W. M. Heller (Secretary),
Sir W. de W. Abney, Mr. R. H. Adie, Professor H. E. Armstrong, Miss
L. J. Clarke, Miss A. J. Cooper, Mr. George Fletcher, Professor R. A.
Gregory, Principal Griffiths, Mr. A. D. Hall, Dr. A. J. Herbertsox,
Dr. C. W. Kimmins, Professor J. Perry, Principal Reichel, Mr. H.
Richardson, Mrs. W. N. Shaw, Professor A. Smithells, Dr. Lloyd
Snape, Mr. Harold Wager, and Professor W. W. Watts, appointed to
report upon the Courses of Experimental, Observational, and Practical
Studies most suitable for Elementary Schools .'j52
Influence of Examinations. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr. H.
E. Armstrong (Chairman), Mr. R. A. Gregory (Secretary), the Bishof
of Hereford, Sir Michael Foster, Sir P. Magnus, Sir A. W. Rucker,
Sir O. J. Lodge, Mr. H. W. Eve, Mr. W. A. Shen stone, Mr. W 7 . D.
Eggar, Professor Marshall Ward, Mr. F. H. Neville, Mrs. W. N.
Shaw, and Dr. C. W. Kimmins :J60
CONTENTS. IX
Page
Corresponding Societies Committee. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
Mr. W. Whitakee (Chairman), Mr. F. W. Rtjdler (Secretary), Sir John
Evans, Rev. J. 0. Bevan, Dr. Horace T. Brown, Dr. Vatjghan Cornish,
Mr. T. V. Holmes, Mr. J. Hopkinson, Professor R. Meldola, Dr. H. R.
Mill, Mr. C H. Read, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, Professor W. W. Watts
and the General Officers. (Drawn up hy the Secretary.) 377
Report of the Conferences of Delegates of Corresponding Societies held at
Cambridge, August 1904 379
The Utilisation of Local Museums, with special reference to Schools.
By the Rev. W. Johnson, BA, B.Sc 388
On the Conformity of the Publications of Scientific Societies with certain
Bibliographical Requirements. By John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S. 394
List of Corresponding Societies, 1904-1905 402
Catalogue of the more important Papers published by the Corresponding
Societies duriDg the year ending May 31, 1904 405
REPORT — 1904.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS.
Section A.— MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Page
Address by Professor Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President of the
Section 421
1. Thermal Dilatation of Compressed Hydrogen. By A. W. Witkowski 431
2. Experiments to decide whether the Ether moves with the Earth. By
Professor W. Wien 433
3. Preliminary Note on the Tangential Stress due to Light incident obliquely
on an Absorbing Surface. By Professor J. H. Poynting, D.Sc, F.R.S. 434
4. The Reaction of the Radiation on a Moving Electron. By Professor M.
Abraham _ 43g
5. fQuantitative Determination of the Anomalous Dispersion of Sodium
Vapour. By Professor R. W. Wood 438
6. On the Dynamical Significance of Kundt's Law of Anomalous Dispersion.
By Professor J. Larmor, Sec.R.S 438
7. On the Relation of the Rontgen Radiation to Ordinary Lio-ht. By Pro-
fessor J. Larmor, Sec.R.S 438
Department of Mathematics.
1. A Fragment of Elementary Mathematics. By Professor F. Morley 439
2. *Peano's Symbolic Method. By A. N. Whitehead, F.R.S 440
3. *The Theory of Linear Partial Differential Equations. By Mai or P. A.
MacMahon, Sc.D., F.R.S .. 440
4. On the Roots of the Characteristic Equatiou of a Linear Substitution.
By T. J. Pa Bromwich 449
5. On the Zeroes of Two Classes of Taylor Series. By G. H. Hardy 441
6. Binary Canon Extension. By Lieut.-Col. Allan Cunningham, R.E. ... 443
7. *On the Theory of Transfinite Numbers. By Dr. E. W. Hobson, F.R.S. 443
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
Sub- section oe Astronomy and Cosmical Physics.
Address by Sir John Eliot, K.C.I.E., M.A., F.R.S., Chairman 443
1. The Spectra of Sun-spots. By the Rev. A. L. Cortie, S.J., F.R.A.S. ... 458
2. -The Temperatura of the Stars. By Sir Norman Lockyer, K.C.B., F.R.S. 459
CONTENTS. xi
Page
"J. -Criteria of Stellar Temperatures. By H. F. Newall, F.R.S 459
•A. The Short-period Barometric See-saw and its Relation to Rainfall. By
William J. S. Lockyer, M.A., Ph.D.,F.R.A.S 459
5. -The Relation hetween Solar Physics and Meteorology. By Professor
BlRKELAND , 460
6. -Experiments with Kites in the Mediterranean. By L. Teisserenc de
£«Rt .' 460
7. The Relation between the Minima and following Maxima of Sun-spots.
By Alfred Angot 460
8. ::: Relation between Pressure, Temperature, and Air Circulation in the
South Atlantic Ocean. By Commander C. Hepworth 461
9. On the Ultra-red Absorption Spectrum of Ozone and the Existence of that
Gas in the Atmosphere. By Professor K. Angstrom 461
10. An Instrument for the Measurement of the Radiation from the Earth.
By Professor K. Angstrom 462
Department op Mathematics.
1 . The Law of Error. By Professor F. Y. Edgeworth, D.C.L 463
2. Report on the Theory of Point-groups. Part IV. (p. 20). By Frances
Hardcastle 463
3. Notes on Plane Curves. By Harold Hilton, M.A 463
4. *Note on a Special Homographic Transformation of Screw Systems. By
Sir Robert Ball, LL.D., F.R.S 464
5. *The Theory of Vibrations. By Professor V. Volterea 464
6. *The Stability of the Steady Motion of a Viscous Fluid. By Professor
W. McF. Orr 464
7. -Note on the Schwarzian Derivative. By Professor A. C. Dixon, F.R.S. 464
8. -Note on the Theory of Continuous Groups. By Professor A. R. Forsyth,
F.R.S , 464
9. -Some Observations on Linear Difference Equations. By Rev. E. W.
Barnes 464
10. *On the Use of Divergent Series in Astronomy. By Z. U. Ahmad 464
1.
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
::: Recent Improvements in the Diffraction Process of Colour Photography.
By Professor R. W. Wood 464
2. -On ' Reststrahlen ' and the Optical Qualities of Metals. By Professor
H. Rubens 465
3. On the Separation of the Finest Spectral Lines. By Dr. O. Ltjmmee ... 465
4. *Recent Work at the National Physical Laboratory. By Dr. R. T.
Glazebrook, F.R.S 466
5. An Effect of Electrical Vibrations in an Optically Active Medium. By
Professor W. Voigt 466
6. Discussion on N-Rays. Opened by Dr. 0. Lummer 467
7. fStandards of Wave Length. By Professor Katser 468
xii REPORT — 1904.
Page
8. Report of the Committee on Electrical Standards (p. 30) 468
9. ^Exhibition of a Magnetic Alloy containing no Iron. By R. A. Had-
field 468
Sttb-section of Astronomy and Cosmical Physics.
1. Report of the Seismological Committee (p. 41) 468
2. Report on the Investigation of the Upper Atmosphere bv means of Kites
(p. 17) 468
3. The Temperature of the Air in Cyclones and Anticyclones, as shown by
Kite-flights at Blue Hill Observatory, U.S.A. ' By A. Lawrence
Rotch, B.S., M.A 46b
4. -Problems of Astronomy. By Sir David Gill, K.C.B., F.R.S 469
5. ^Discussion on Units used in Meteorological Measurement. Opened by
Dr. W. N. Shaw, F.R.S 469
6. -On the Masses of the Stars. By Dr. H. N. Russell 469
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
1. A Correlation between the Electric Conductivity of Air and the Variation
of Barometric Pressure. By John Don, M. A., B.Sc 469
2. On the Ionisation of the Atmosphere. By Professor A. Schuster, F.R.S. 471
3. :;: Discussion on the Radio-activity of Ordinary Matter. Opened by Pro-
fessor J. J. Thomson, F.R.S 471
4. On the Radio-activity of the Hot Springs of Aix-les- Bains. By Dr. G. A.
Blanc 471
5. fPlan of a Combination of Atoms having the Properties of Polonium or
Radium. By Lord Kelvin, F.R.S 472
6. tElectrical Insulation in Vacuum. By Lord Kelvin, F.R.S 472
7. *Electrical Conductivity of Flames. By Dr. H. A. Wilson 472
8. The Electrical Properties of Hot Bodies. By Dr. 0. W. Richardson,
M.A 472
9. The Production of Radio-active Surfaces. By C. E. S. Phillips 473
10. *The Kinetic Theory : Determination of the Size of Molecules. By J. H.
Jeans 473
11. Dr. Grindley's Experiments on Steam in the Light of the Ether-pressure
Theory. By J. Macfarlane Gray 474
12. On a Volatile Product of the Radium Emanation. By W. C. D.
Whetham, F.R.S 474
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
Department op Physics.
1. The Propagation of Electric Waves along Spiral Wires, and on an Appli-
ance for Measuring the Length of Waves used in Wireless Telegraphy.
By J. A. Fleming, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S 474
2. Eddy-current Losses in Three-phase Cable-sheaths. By M. B. Fields.... 476
3. -Magnetic and Electric Properties of Nickel at High Temperatures. By
Professor C. G. Knott _ _ 476
CONTENTS. Sill
Page
4 On the Viscosity of Colloidal Iron Hydrate. By A. D. Denning, M.Sc,
Ph.D 476
5 Magnetic Double Refraction of Colloidal Iron Hydrate. By A. D. Den-
ning, M.Sc, Ph.D 477
6. An Experimental Verification of Newton's Second Law. By W. D.
Eggar, M.A 478
7. On a Modification of FitzGerald's Model of the Ether. By J. Butler
BURKE 478
8. "On the Electric and Thermic Conductivities of certain Alloys of Iron.
By Professor W. F. Barrett, F.R.S., and R. A. Hadfield 479
9. On a New Apparatus for producing Magnetic Fields of Force. By Pro-
fessor Marcus Hartog 47 ^
Sub-section op Astronomy and Cosmical Physics.
1. Report on the Magnetic Observations at Falmouth Observatory (p. 29) ... 479
2. Report on Meteorological Observations on Ben Nevis (p. 55) 479
3 Some Results with the Solar Physics Observatory Photo-Spectro-Helio-
graph. By William J. S Lockyer, M.A., Ph.D ,F.R.A.S 480
4. On the Unsymmetrical Distribution of Rainfall about the Path of a
Barometric Depression. By Hugh Robert Mill, D.Sc 480
5. The Application to Meteorology of the Theory of Correlation. By Miss
F. E. Cave 481
6. The Development of the Aeroplane. By Major B. Baden-Powell 481
7. *Plato's Theory of the Planets. By Professor D'Arcy W. Thompson, C.B. 482
8. Report on Underground Temperature (p. 51) 482
9. *Zur Flugfrage. By Dr. F. Hirtel 482
10. Upper Air-currents and their Relation to the Audibility of Sound. By
Rev. J. M. Bacon 482
11. On the Effect of Electric Air-currents. By Professor Selim Lemstrom 482
12. The Rainfall of the Midland and Eastern Counties of England. By John
Hopkinson, Vice-Pres.R.Met.Soc, Assoc.Inst.C.E 485
13. The Rainfall of England, 1861-1900. By John Hopkinson, Vice-Pres.
R.Met.Soc, Assoc.Inst.C.E 4y5
Section B. — CHEMISTRY.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by Professor Sydney Young, D.Sc, F.R.S., President of the
Section ■•■ 488
1. The Relation between the Crystalline and the Amorphous States as dis-
closed by the Surface Flow of Solids. By G. T. Beilb y 499
2. The Action of certain Gases on Glass in the Neighbourhood of Hot Metals.
By G. T. Beilby • 50 °
3. *On the Formation of Salts in Solutions, especially amongst Tautomeric
~ . -~ ■«» • t iir Tl_^ 500
Compounds. By Professor J. W. Bruhl
*Methods of Investigating Alloys, illustrati
By C. T. Heycock. F.R.S., and F. H. Neville, F.R.S.
4. *Methods of Investigating Alloys, illustrated from the Copper-Tin Series.
oUU
xiv REPORT— 1904.
Page
5. Hexachlor-a-Picolin and its derivatives. By W. J. Sell, M.A., F.R.S. 501
6. The Change of Conductivity in Solutions during Chemical Reactions. By
P. V. Bevan, MA .'. 501
7. On Double Acetylides. By Major A. E. Edwards and Professor W. R.
Hodqkinson, PhD 502
8. On some Reactions between Ammonium Salts and Metals. By Professor
W. R. Hodgkinson, Ph.D., and Arthur H. Coote 502
9. Report on the Study of Hydro-aromatic Substances (p. 60) 503
10. The Constitution of Nickel Carbonyl. By H. O. Jones, M.D., D.Sc 503
11. A Suggested Explanation of the Phenomena of Opalescence observed in
the Neighbourhood of Critical States. By F. G. Donn an 504
FBIDA T, A UG U8T 19.
1. On Crystal Structure and its Relation to Chemical Constitution. By
Professor Paul Groth .". 505
2. On Dynamic Isomerism. By T. M. Lowrt, D.Sc. (p. 193) 509
3. The Constitution of Phthalein Salts. By Professor Richard Meyer ... 509
4. "Studies in the Dynamic Isomerism of a- and /3-Crotonic Acids. By
R. S. Morrell and E. K. Hanson 512
5. Mesoxalic Semialdehyde. By Henry J. Horstman Fenton, F.R.S. ... 512
6. Note on the Influence of Radium Radiations on Atmospheric Oxidation
in presence of Iron. By Henry J. Horstman Fenton, F.R.S 512
7. A Colour Reaction for Methylfurfural and its Derivatives. By II. J. H.
Fenton, F.R.S., and J. P. Millington, B.A 513
8. A Reaction for Keto-hexoses. By Henry J. Horstman Fenton, F.R.S. 513
9. On the Energy of Water and Steam at High Temperatures. By Pro-
fessor C. Dieterici 513
10. *On the Specific Heat of Gases at High Temperatures. By Professor
H. B. Dixon, F.R.S „ 514
11. *The Oxidation of Carbohydrates by Hydrogen Peroxide in presence of
Ferrous Sulphate. By R. S. Morrell and A. E. Bellars 514
12. Report on Wave-length Tables of the Spectra of the Elements and Com-
pounds (p. 66.) 514
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. Sur la photographie des spectres d'etincelle directe des mine>aux sulfures.
Par le Comte A. de Gramont, D. es Sc.Ph . 514
2. Quelques^ observations sur le groupement des raies du spectre du silicium
d'apres l'effet de la self-induction, et sur leur presence dans les spectres
stellaires. Par le Comte A. de Gramont, D. es Sc.Ph 515
3 -Changes produced by the 0-rays. By Sir William Ramsay, K C B
F - RS .' 517
4. The Stereochemistry of Nitrogen. By H. O. Jones, M. A., D.Sc. (p. 169) 517
5. On the Pentavalent Nitrogen Atom. By Professor Ossian Aschan 517
<3. The Asymmetric Nitrogen Atom. By Professor E. Wedekind 51 K
7. On the Products obtained by the Action of Tertiary Bases on some Acid
< 'hlorides. By Professor E. Wedekind 500
CONTENTS. XV
Page
8. Sur les Manganates et les Permanganates. By Dr. A. Etaed 523
9. On the Bearing of the Colour Phenomena presented by Kadium Com-
pounds. By William Ackeoyd 524
10. ::: Pseudomorphosis in Organic Persulphates. By Professor K. Wolffen-
stein 525
11. A New Theory of the Periodic Law. By Professor G. J. Stokes, M.A. 525
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
1. On the Velocity of Osmosis and on Solubility: a Contribution to the
Theory of Narcosis. By Professor I. Teaube 525
2. The Action of Organic Bases on Olefinic Ketonic Compounds. By Dr. S.
Rtjhemann and E. R. Watson 527
3. The Union of Hydrogen and Oxygen in contact with a Hot Surface. By
William A. Bone and Richabd V. Wheelee 527
4. The Decomposition and Synthesis of Ammonia. By Edgae Philip
Peeman, D.Sc 528
5. On Active Chlorine. By C. H. Btjbgess and D. L. Chapman 529
6. *Exhibition of Effects produced by precipitating Silver Chromate in
Gelatine. By Professor I. Tbattbe 530
7. ^'Exhibition of Photographs of Sections of an Australian Siderite. By
Professor A. Liveesidge, F.R.S 530
8. = :: Ueber Isocystein (Isothioserin). By Professor S. Gabeiel 530
9. Saponarin, a Glucoside coloured Blue by Iodine. By G. Bargee 530
10. *The Vapour Density of Hydrazine Hydrate. By Dr. A. Scott, F.R.S. 531
11. *The Combining Volumes of Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen. By Dr A
Scott, F.R.S .' 531
12. *The Action of Heat on Oxalates. By Dr. A. Scott, F.R.S 531
13. *Some Alkyl Derivatives of Sulphur, Selenium, and Tellurion. By Dr
A. Scott, F.R.S .' 531
14. :!: On the Presence of Arsenic in the Body and its Secretion by the Kidneys
By W. Thomson, F.R.S.E 531
15. *On New Low-temperature Phenomena and their Scientific Applications.
By Professor Sir James Dewae, F.R.S 531
Section C— GEOLOGY.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by Atjbeet Steahan, M.A., F.R.S., President of the Section 532
1. The Geology of Cambridgeshire. By J. E. Maer, Sc.D., F.R.S 541
2. The Great Eastern Glacier. By F. W. Haemee 542
3. On a Great Depth of Drift in the Valley of the Stour. By W. Whitakee
F.R.S .' 543
4. Well-sections in Cambridgeshire. By W. Whitakee, F.R.S. (p. 266)... 544
5. Note on a Small Anticline in the Great Oolite Series at Clapham, North
of Bedford. By Hoeace B. Woodwaed, F.R.S 544
xvi REPORT — 1904.
Page
6. Recent Coast Erosion in Suffolk — Dunwich to Covehithe. By John
Spiller 544
7. Report on the Fossiliferous Drift Deposits at Kirmington, Lincolnshire, &c.
(p. 272) 545
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1, On the Structure of the Silurian Ophiurid Lajnvorthura Miltoni. By-
Professor W. J. Sollas, F.R.S 546
2. The Base-line of the Carboniferous System round Edinburgh. By B. N.
Peach, LL.D., F.R.S., and J. Hokne, LL.D., F.R.S 546
-3. Note on the Fish-remains recently collected by the Geological Survey of
Scotland at Salisbury Crags, Craigmillar, Clubbiedean Reservoir, and
Torduff Reservoir, in the Edinburgh District. By Dr. R. H. Traquair,
F.R.S 547
4. On the Fauna of the Upper Old Red Sandstone of the Moray Firth Area.
By Dr. R. H. Traquair, F.R.S 547
5. Note on Lower Cretaceous Phosphatic Beds and their Fauna. By G. W.
Lampltjgh 548
6. On Marine Fossils from the Ironstone of Shotover Hill, near Oxford. By
G. W. Lamplttgh 548
7. On the Fossil Plants of the Upper Culm Measures of Devon. By E. A.
Newell Arber, M.A 549
8. On Derived Plant Petrifactions from Devonshire. By E. A. Newell
Arber, M.A 549
9. Report on the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the British Isles (p. 275) 549
10. On Footprints of Small Fossil Reptiles from the Upper Karroo Rocks of
Cape Colony. By Professor H. G. Seelet, F.R.S 549
11. Report on Life Zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks (p. 226) 650
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. Discussion on the Nature and Origin of Earth Movements 550
i. Introduction. By Aubrey Strahan, M. A., F.R.S 550
ii. The Earth Movements in the North- West Highlands. By Dr. John
Horne, F.R.S 550
iii. Effects of Earth Movements on Rocks. By J. J. H. Teall, M.A.,
F.R.S f .' ; 551
2. Evidence in the Secondary Rocks of Persistent Movement in the Char-
nianRange. By Professor Percy F. Kendall 558
3. River-capture in the Don System. By Rev. W. Lower Carter, M.A.... 558
4. On the Elephant Trench at Dewlish, Dorset : Was it a Pitfall ? By Rev.
O. Fisher, M.A 559
5. Notes on the Glaciation of Holyhead Mountain. By Edward Greenly 559
6. Report on the Erratic Blocks of the British Isles (p. 237) 559
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
1. On the Origin of the Great Iron-ore Deposits of Lapland. By Dr. Helse
B ackstrom 560
2. Exhibition of Specimens of Tertiary Plutonic Rocks (including Gneisses)
from the Isle of Rum. By Alfred Harker, M. A., F.R.S 561
CONTENTS. XVU
Page
3. The Lava-Domes of the Eifel. By Edward Greenly 561
4. Report on Geological Photographs (p. 242) 561
5. Concretions as the Result of Crystallisation. By Professor H. A. Miers,
F.R.S 561
6. Basic Patches in the Granite of Mount Sorrel, Leicestershire. By R. H.
Rastall, B.A 562
7. On the Different Modifications of Zircon. By L. J. Spencer, M.A 562
8. A Preliminary Description of Three New Minerals and some Curious
Crystals of Blende from the Lengenbach Quarry, Binnenthal. By R. H.
Solly, MA 563
9. On the Granite from Gready, near Luxullian, in Cornwall, and its Inclu-
sions. By Professor Karl Busz 563
10. Report on the Movements of Underground Waters of North-west York-
shire (p. 225) 565
WEDNESDA Y, A UG UST 24.
1. -Exhibition of a Model of the Cleveland Area, showing Glacier Lakes.
By Professor Percy F. Kendall 565
2. The Glaciation of the Don and Dearne Valleys. By Rev. W. Lower
Carter, M.A 565
3. The Discovery of Human Remains under Stalagmite in Gough's Cave,
Cheddar, Somerset. By Henry N. Davies 569
4. Report on the Exploration of Irish Caves (p. 288) 570
5. The Geology of the Oban Hills, Southern Nigeria. By John Parkinson 570
6. On Boulders from the Cambridge District, collected by the Sedgwick Club.
By R. H. Rastall, B.A 571
7. On Tidal Action in the Mersey in Recent Years. By James N. Shoolbred,
B.A., M.Inst.C.E " 572
8. Note on certain High-level or Plateau Gravels on the North Side of the
Tamisian Area, and their Connection with the Tertiary History of Central
England. By A. Irving, D.Sc, B.A 572
9. -Some Remarkable Occurrences of Struvite Crystals. By Dr. Hugh w™
Marshall, F. R. S 573
10. On the Occurrence of Pebbles of White Chalk in A berdeenshire Clay Bv
A. W. Gibb '" J
573
Section D. — ZOOLOGY.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by William Bateson, M.A., F.R.S., President of the Section 574
1. The Coloration of Marine Crustacea. By Professor F. W. Keeble
(P- 299) 589
2. The Miocene Ungulates of Patagonia. By Professor W. B. Scott 589
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. Heredity in Stocks. By Miss E. R. Saunders 590
2. On the Result of Crossing Japanese Waltzing with Albino Mice. By
A. D. Darbishire kqi
1901 ;• 591
xviii report — 1904.
Page
3. Experiments on Heredity in 'Rabbits. By C. C. Hurst, F.L.S 592
4. -Experiments on Heredity in Fowls. By R. C. Punnett 593
5. An ' Intermediate ' Hybrid in Wheat. By R. H. Biffen 593
6. Experiments on the Behaviour of Differentiating Colour-characters in
Maize. By R. H. Lock, B.A 593
7. Experiments on Heredity and Sex-determination in Abraxas grossulanata.
By Rev. G. H. Raynor and L. Doncaster 594
8. Experiments on Heredity in Web-footed Pigeon. By R. Staples-Browne 595
9. *Fowls and Sweet Peas. By W. Bateson, F.R.S 595
10. Report on the Occupation of a Table at the Zoological Station, Naples
(p. 300) 595
11. Report on the 'Index Animalium' (p. 297) 595
12. Report on the Influence of Salt and other Solutions on the Development
of the Frog (p. 288) 595
13. Report on the Colour Physiology of Higher Crustacea (p. 299) 595
14. Report on the Coral Reefs of the Indian Ocean (p. 298) 595
15. Report on the Occupation of a Table at the Marine Laboratory, Plymouth
(p. 297) 596
16. Report on the Zoology of the Sandwich Islands (p. 298) 596
17. Report on the Madreporaria of the Bermuda Islands (p. 299) 596
M ON DA Y, A UO UST 22.
1. :;: Egyptian Eocene Vertebrates and their Relationships, particularly with
regard to the Geographical Distribution of Allied Forms. By Dr C. W.
Andrews 696
2. ' Normentafeln ' of the Development of Vertebrata. By Professor F.
Keibel 696
3. On the Embryos of Apes. By Professor F. Keibel 596
4. On Professor Loos's recent Researches on Ankylostoma (the Miner's
Worm.) By A E. Shipley, F.R.S .' 596
5. Cytoryctes variola Guarnieri: the Organism of Small-pox. By Professor
G.N. Calkins 597
6. Certain Biological Aspects in the General Pathology of Malignant New
Growths. By J. A. Murray, M.B 598
7. On the Fertilisation of the Egg of the Axolotl. By J. W. Jenkinson,
M.A 600
8. Some New and Rare Isopoda taken in the British Area. By W. M.
Tattersall, B.Sc 601
9. fSome New and Rare Schizopoda from the Atlantic Slope on the West
of Ireland. By E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc 602
10. Some New Copepoda from the Atlantic Slopes. By G. P. Farran , 602
11. On a New Species of Dolichoglossus. By W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc 603
TUESBA Y, A UG UST 23.
1. The Budgett Memorial :
fi) Note on the Developmental Material of Polypterus obtained by the
late Mr. J. S. Budgett. By J. Graham Kerr 604
(ii) Notes on the Development of Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis (Daud).
ByE. J. Bles 605
CONTENTS. XIX
Page
2. Rejuvenation. By Charles Sedgwick Mtnot, LL.D., Sc.D 606
3. An Experiment with Telegony. By Charles Sedgwick Minot, LL.D.,
Sc.D 606
4. The Harvard Emhrvological Collection. By Charles Sedgwick Minot,
LL.D., ScD 606
5. The Precipitin Test in the Study of Animal Relationships. By Dr.
George H. F. Nuttall, F.R.S 607
6. fThe Mimetic Resemblance of Diptera for Hymenoptera, By Professor
E. B. Poulton, F.R.S 607
7. The Evolution of the Horse. By Professor Henry Fairfield Osborn... 607
8. fThe Histogenesis of the Blood of the Larva of Lepidosiren. By Dr. T. H.
Brtce 608
9. -The Hatching of Anuran Tadpoles. By E. J. Bles, M.A 608
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
1. The Effects Produced by Growing Frog Embryos in Salt and other
Solutions. By J. W. Jenkinson (p. 283) 608
2. On the Pacific, Atlantic, Japanese, and other ' Palolos.' By Professor
McTntosh, F.R.S 608
3. On the Elucidation of Cellular Fields of Force by Magnetic Models. By
Professor Marcus Hartog 610
4. ^Demonstration of Cytoplasmic Figures in Segmenting Eggs of Ryn-
chelmis (Prof. Vejdovsky). By Professor Marcus Hartog 611
Section E.— GEOGRAPHY.
THURSDA Y, AUG UST 1 8 .
Address by Douglas W. Freshfield, F.R.G.S., President of the Section ... 612
1, Cyrene: an Illustration of the Bearing of Geography on History. By
D. G. Hogarth, M.A 626
2. Ptolemy's Map of Asia Minor: Method of Construction. By the Rev.
H. S. Cronin, B.D 627
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. The Fulani Emirates of Northern Nigeria. By Major J. A. Burdon, M.A.,
F.R.G.S 628
2. Methods of Topographical Survey. By Major C. F. Close, C.M.G., R.E. 629
3. The Glaciers of the Caucasus. By Maurice de Dechy 631
4. Scenes and Studies in the Nile Valley. By Arthur Silva "White 631
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. A Journey around Lake Titicaca. By Arthur W. Hill, M.A 631
2. Glacier-bursts. By Charles Rabot 632
3. Report on Terrestrial Surface Waves (p. 301) 633
4. Brunanburh: Identification of this Battle Site in North Lincolnshire.
By the Rev. Alfred Hunt, M.A 633
5. *The Lipari Islands and their Volcanoes. By Tempest Anderson, M.D.
B.Sc 634
a2
X X REPORT — 1904.
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
Page
1. Exhibit of Maps and Photographs showing Effects of Earth Movements
near Naples ; with a Note on the Area affected by them. By R. T.
Gunther, M.A 634
2. On the Nomenclature of the Physical Features of England and Wales.
By Hugh Robert Mill, D.Sc 635
3. Changes in the Fen District. By H. Yule Oldham, M.A 635
4. Vegetation of the Fen District. By Professor R. H. Yapp, M.A 636
5. Notes on the Malabar Coast of India. By R. S. Lepper, M.A., LL.M. 636
6. A Geographical Object Lesson : Passes of the Alps. By A. W. Andrews 637
7. -The Scottish Antarctic Expedition. By W. S. Bruce 637
8. The First True Maps. By C. R. Beazley, M.A 637
Section F.— ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by Professor William Smart, M.A.,, D.Phil., LL.D., President of the
Section 639
1. Tests of National Progress. By A. L. Bowley, M.A 647
2. A Moot Point in the Theory of International Trade. By Professor F. Y.
Edgeworth, D.C.L 647
3. The Influence of Agricultural Improvements on Rent. By Professor
A. W. Flux, MA 647
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. The Incidence of Protective Duties on the Industry and Food Supply of
France. By Yves Guyot 648
2. The Effect of Protection on some German Industries. By Professor W.
Lotz 651
3. Free Trade and the Labour Market. By Professor H. Dietzel 653
4. Economic Theory and Fiscal Policy. By L. L. Price, M.A 654
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. The Economic Importance of the Family. By Mrs. Bosanquet 655
2. Cotton Growing in the Empire. By J. A. Hutton 656
3. Report on the Accuracy and Comparability of British and Foreign Statis-
tics of International Trade (p. 302) .....' 658
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
1. Changes in Nominal and Real Wages in Belgium. By Professor E.
Mahaim 658
2. The Development of Towns. By T. C. Horsfall 660
3. The Town Housing Question. By Mrs. Fisher 660
4. The Increase of Suburban Populations. By Sidney Low, B.A 661
5. The Relation between Population and Area in India. By J. A. Baines,
C.S.I 662
6. Investigations on the Nutrition of Man. By Professor Atwater (p. 758) 663
CONTENTS. XXI
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
Page
1. The Modification of the Income-tax. By W. G. S. Adams 663
2. A proposed Substitute for the Sugar-tax. By Barnard Ellinger 664
3. Some Features of the Labour Question in America. By 0. J. Hamilton 665
4. The Employment of the Graduate. By H. A. Roberts, M.A 666
Section G.— ENGINEERING.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by the Hon. C. A. Parsons, M.A., F.R.S., President of the Section 667
1. -The Origin of Sand Bipples. By Mrs. Hertha Ayrton 676
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. fFlame Temperatures in Internal Combustion. By Dugald Clerk 676
2. :;: On the Specific Heat of Gases at High Temperatures. By Professor
H. B. Dixon, F.R.S 676
3. tExhaust Gas Calorimetry. By Professor B. Hopeinson, M.A. » 676
4. tThe Effect of Receiver Drop in a Compound Engine, By J. W. Hat-
ward, M.Sc 676
5. Superheated Steam : Wire-drawing and other Experiments.- By A. II.
Peaee,B.A 676
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. Electricity from Water-Power. By A. A. Campbell Swinton 677
2. The Use of Electricity on the North-Eastern Railway and on Tyneside.
By 0. H. Merz and AV. McLellan 678
3. fTestiug Alternating-current Induction Motors by a Hopkinson Method.
By W. E. Sumpner and R. W. Weeees .' 679
4. Energy Losses in Magnetising Iron. By W. M. Mordey and A. G.
Hansard 679
5. fDistribution of Magnetic Induction in Multipolar Armatures. By W. M.
Thornton , 682
6. On Large Bulb Incandescent Electric Lamps as Secondary Standards of
Light, By Professor J. A. Fleming, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S 682
7. Some Investigations on the Ten-candle Power Harcouit Pentane Lamp
made at the National Physical Laboratory. By Clifford C. Paterson 683
TUESDA Y, A UG UST 23.
1 . Report on the Tidal Regime of the River Mersey (p. 318) 684
2. fThe Control of the Nile. By Major Sir Hanbury Brown, K.C.M.G... 684
3. A Universal Testing Machine of 300 tons for Full- sized Structural
Members. By J. H. Wicesteed, Pres.Inst.Mech.E < 684
4. tThe Effect of Rapidly Alternating Stresses on Structural Steels. By
Professor J. 0. Arnold 684
5. The Production of Magnetic Alloys from Non-magnetic Metals. By R. A.
Hadfield 685
6. ^Indicator Tests on a small Petrol Engine. By Professor H. L. Cal-
led dar, F.R.S 686
xxii REPORT — 1904.
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
Page
1. tSide Slip in Motor Cars. By Hoeacb Darwin, F.R S., and 0. V.
Burton 6y6
2. *Au Electric Temperature Alarm. By Horace Darwin, F.R. S 680
3. The Electrical Conductivity of certain Aluminium Alloys as affected by
Exposure to London Atmosphere, and a Note on their Micro-structure.
By Professor Ernest Wilson 686
4. The proposed Barrage of the River Thames. By James Casey . 686
5. Testing Alternate-current Motors by Continuous Current. By William
Cramp, A.M.I.E.E 687
6. fThe Action of Lightning Strokes on Buildings. By Killingworth
Hedges 688
Section H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by Henry Balfour, M. A., President of the Section 689
1. The Evolution of the Lotus Ornament. By Professor Oscar Montelius 700
2. -Note on the Entomology of Scarabs. By Professor W. M. Flinders
Peteie, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S 700
3. fExcavations at Ehnasya in Egypt, with special reference to a Series of
Roman Lamps. By Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, 1) C.L., LL.D.,
F.R.S 701
4. Recent Explorations at Great Zimbabwe. By R. N. Hall 701
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. Report on Anthropometric Investigation in Great Britain and Ireland
(p. 330) 701
2. *The Alleged Physical Deterioration of the People. By Professor D. J.
Cunningham, M.D., F.R.S 701
3. A Comparison of the Physical Characters of Hospital Patients with those
of Healtby Individuals from the same Areas, with Suggestions as to the
Influence of Selection by Disease on the Constitution of City Populations.
By F. C. Shrubsall, M.D 702
4 An Anthropometric Survey : its Utility to Science and to the State. By
John Gray, B.Sc ...... 704
5. ^Discussion on Physical Deterioration and Anthropometric Survey 705
6. The Progress of the Ethnographic Survey of Madras. By Edgar
Thurston 705
7. Interim Report on the Present State of Anthropological Teaching (p. 341) 706
8. Recent Anthropometric Work in Scotland. By J. F. Tocher, F.I.C. ... 706
9. The Distribution and Variation of the Surnames in East Aberdeenshire in
1696 and 1896. By J. F. Tocher, F.I.C 707
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. A Plan for a Uniform Scientific Record of the Languages of Savages.
By Sir Richard Temple, Bart., CLE 708
2. On Group-Marriage in Australian Tribes. By A. W. How.ttt 709
CONTENTS. XX1U
Page
3. The Passing of the Matriarchate. By R. S, Leppeb, M.A., LL.M 709
4. An Anthropological View of the Origin of Tragedy. By Professor W.
Ridgeway, M.A 710
5. The so-called Tomb of Mena at Negadeh in Upper Egypt. By John
Gabstang, B.Litt 711
6. On an Interment of the Early Iron Age found at Moredun, near Edin-
burgh. By F. R. Ooles and T. H. Beyce, M.D 712
7. On a Phase of Transition between the Chambered Cairns and Closed
Cysts in the South-west Corner of Scotland. By T. H. Beyce, M.D. ... 713
8. The Cimaruta, a Neapolitan Charm. By R. T. Gunthee, M.A 714
9. Records of Palaeolithic Man from a New Locality in the Isle of Wight.
By Professor E. B, Poulton, D.Sc, F.R.S 715
Sub-Section op Antheopogeaphy.
1. The Persistence in the Human Brain of certain Features usually supposed
to be distinctive of Apes. By G. Elliot Smith, M.D 715
2. A Note on the Brain of a Foetal Gorilla. By W. L. H. Duckwoeth, M.A. 715
3. Some Variations in the Astragalus. By R. B. Seymoub Sewell, B.A... 716
4. Some Varieties of the Os Calcis. By P. C. Laidlaw 716
5. Facial Expression. By F. G. Pabsons 717
6. Anthropometric Identification : a New System of Classifying the Records.
By J. Geay, B.Sc 717
7. Graphical Representation of the various Racial Human Types. By
W. L. H. Duckworth, M.A 718
8. Exhibit of Amorite Crania By Professor A. Macalistee, F.R.S 718
9. Report on Anthropometric Investigations among the Native Troops of the
Egyptian Army (p. 339) 718
10. The Variability of Modern and Ancient Peoples. By C S. Myees, M.D. 718
TUESDA Y, A UG VST 23.
1. Note on Prehistoric Archaeology in Greece. By Dr. P. Kabbadias 718
2. Report on Archaeological and Ethnographical Explorations in Crete
(p. 321) 719
3. Preliminary Scheme for the Classification and approximate Chronology of
the Periods of Minoan Culture in Crete, from the close of the Neolithic to
the Early Iron Age. By Aethub J. Evans, D.C.L., F.R.S 719
4. Painted Vases of the Bronze Age from Palaikastro. By R. M. Dawkins,
B.A , 721
5. Excavations at Heleia (Palaikastro) and Praisos in Eastern Crete. By
R. C. Bosanquet, M.A., F.S.A 721
6. The Linguistic Character of the Eteocretan Language. By Professor
R. S. Conway, Litt.D 722
7. A Find of Copper Ingots at Chalcis. By R. C. Bosanquet, M.A 722
8. The Geometric Period in Greece. By Professor Oscae Montelius 723
9. The Latest Discoveries in Prehistoric Science in Denmark. By Professor
Valdemae Schmidt 723
xxiv report — 1904.
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
Page
1 . Classification Sociale. Par M. Edmond Demolins 724
2. Further Excavations on a Paleolithic Site in Ipswich. By Nina Frances
Layard 725
3. Report on the Lake Village at Glastonbury (p. 824) 72G
4. Reports on Excavations on Roman Sites in Britain (p. 337) 726
5. -Some Funeral Customs of the Todas. By Br. W. H. R. Rivers 720
6. On a Votive Offering from Korea. By E. Sidney Hartland 726
7. Notes on the Fulahs of Nigeria. By E. F. Martin 726
8. -The Bee Cult in British Folklore. By G. L. Gomme, F.S A 727
Section I.— PHYSIOLOGY.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by Professor C. S. Sherrington, ScD., M.D., F.R.S., President of
the Section 728
1. On Reflex and Direct Response to Galvanic and Faradic Currents.
By Professor J. A. MacWilliam 741
2. On the Metabolism of Arginin. By Professor W. EL Thompson, M.D.... 741
3. On the Relation of Trvpsinogen to Trypsin. By Professor E. II. Star-
ling, F.R.S 741
4. The Effect of Alcohol on the Heart. By Br. W. E. Dixon 742
FBI DAY, AUGUST 19.
Discussion on Oxidation and Functional Activity. Opened by Sir J. S.
Burdon Sanderson, Bart., F.R.S 742
SATURDAY, AUGUST 20.
1. The Spread of Plague. By Dr. E. H. Hankin 748
2. Observations on the Senses of the Todas. By YV. H. Rivers, M.D 749
3. Recent Development of Helmholtz's Theory of Hearing. By Dr. C. S.
Myers 760
4. Experimental Investigations on Memory. The Localisation of Remote
Memories. By Dr. N. Vaschide 750
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
Discussion on Conduction and Structure in the Nerve-arc and Nerve Cell 751
1. On Methods of Artificial Respiration. By Professor E. A. Schaire,
F.R.S 754
2. The Necessity of a Lantern Test as the Official Test for Colour Blindness.
By Dr. F. W. Edridge-Green 755
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
1. On Protamines. By Professor A. Kossel and H. D. Dakin 755
2. The Metabolism of different Carbohydrates. By Professor J. E. Johans-
son 756
3. Some Observations on Blood Pigments. By P. P. Laidlaw, B. A 757
CONTENTS. XXV
Page
4. On the Distribution of Potassium in Animal and Vegetable Cells. By
Professor A. B. Macallum, Ph.D 757
5. Investigations on the Nutrition of Man. By Professor W. 0. Atwater... 758
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
1. Motor Localisation in the Lemur. By Dr. W. Page Mat and Professor
Elliot Smith 760
2. On Descending Thalamus Tracts. By Dr. W. Page Mat 760
3. Joint-ill in Foals. By Professor G. Sims Woodhead, M.D 760
4. A Committee of Pathological Research. By Dr. T. S. P. Strangewats 760
5. The Effect of Chloroform on the Heart. By Professor C. S. Sherring-
ton, M.D., F.R.S , and Miss S. C. M. Sowton 761
6. Report on the Metabolism of the Tissues (p. 348) 762
7. Report on the State of Solution of Proteids (p. 341) 762
8. Report on the Physiological Effects of Peptone and its Precursors (p. 342) 762
Section K.— BOTANY.
THURSDA Y, A UG UST 18.
Address by Francis Darwin, M.A., M.B.,F.R.S., President of the Section... 763
1. A New Type of Sphenophyllaceous Cone from the Lower Coal Measures.
By D. H. Scott, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S 777
2. On Some New Lagenostomas. By D. H. Scott, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
and E. A. Newell Arber, M.A 778
3. Observations on Structure of the Leaf-trace of Inversicatenate Filicinae.
By Professor C. Eg. Bertrand and Professor F. Cornaille 778
4. On the Presence of Parichnos in Recent Plants. By T. G. Hill 780
5. The Anatomy of Psilotum triquetrum. By Miss Sibille O. Ford 780
6. Seed-coats of Cycads. By Marie C. Stopes, Ph.D., B.Sc 780
7. A New Feature in the Morphology of the Fern-like Fossil Glossopteris.
By E. A. Newell Arber, M.A 781
8. On Reduction of the Gametophyte in Todea. By L. A. Boodle 781
9. On the Reduction of the Marchantiaceous Type in Cyathodium. By
William H. Lang, M.B., D.Sc. 782
10. :;: On some Peperomia Seedlings. By A. W. Hill, M.A 783
11. Exhibition of Specimens illustrating (1) the Comparative Constancy of
Specific Characters of Eucalypts; (2) the Relation between the Leaf
Venation and the Oil Constituents. By R. T. Baker, F.L.S 783
12. ^Exhibition of Fruits of Melocanna, Melocalamus, and Ochlandra. By
Dr. Otto Stapf 783
13. Observations on Secondary Thickening in Amarantus spinosm. By
Horace A. Wager, A.R.C.S 783
14. Report on the Respiration of Plants (p. 344) 784
15. Report on the Registration of Botanical Photographs (p. 345) 784
16. Report on Experimental Studies in the Physiology of Heredity (p. 346)... 784
17 ^Interim Report on a Monograph of the Genus Potamogeton 784
xxvi REPORT — 1904.
Sub-Section*of Agriculture.
Page
Address by W. Somerville, M. A., D.Sc., D.CEc, Cliairman 784
1. ::: The Organisation of Agricultural Research in America. By Professor
Atwaxer "95
2. The Improvement of Wheats and Mendel's Laws. By R. H. Biffen,
M.A. 795
3. Hybridisation of Cereals, By John H. Wilson, D.Sc 796
4. The Clover Mystery: A Probable Solution. By Robert H. Elliot 797
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. On the Problems of Ecology. By Professor A. G. TANSLEr, M.A.,
F.L.S 71)7
2. Botanical Survey of Britain. By W. G. Smith, B.Sc.,Ph.l) 798
3. ^Observations on the Biology and Distribution of W 7 oodland Plant.-. Bv
T. W. Woodhead 798
4. Interglacial and Postglacial Beds of the Cross Fell District. By Francis
J. Lewis, F.L.S ' 798
5. Plants of the Northern Temperate Zone in their Transition to the
High Mountains of Tropical Africa. By Professor A. Engler 799
6. Mechanical Advantage among Plant Organs. By J. Clark, Ph.D., B.Sc. 801
7. -Exhibition of Pure Cultures of Algje. By Professor R. Chodat 801
8. ^Exhibition of Micro-photographs of Freshwater Plankton. By Professor
G. S. W 7 est 802
9. -Exhibition of Kammatograph Photographs showing the Movements of
Plants. By Mrs. D. H. Scott 802
10. *On the Artificial Formation of a New Race. By Professor G. Klebs... 802
11. The Present State of our Knowledge of the Cytology of the Cyano-
phyceae. By Harold Wager, F.R.S^ 802
12. The Virgin-woods of Java. By Dr. J. P. Lotsy 803
Sub-Section of Agriculture.
1 . Analysis of the Soil by means of the Plant. By A. D. Hall, M.A 804
2. The Probable Error of Agricultural Field Experiments. By A. D.
Hall, M.A 804
3. The Determination of the Availability of Insoluble Phosphate in Manures.
By T. S. Dtmond, F.I.C., and George Clarke, A.I.C 805
4. The Influence of Sulphates as Manure upon the Yield and Feeding-value
of Crops. By T. S. Dtmond, F.I.C, F. Hughes, and C. Jupe 807
5. The Improvement of Poor Clay Soils by White Clover and other
Leguminosce. By Professor T. H. Middleton, M.A 808
6. A New Method of Forming Nitrites and Nitrates. By Edward John
Russell, D.Sc, and Norman Smith, M.Sc 809
7. The Chemical Composition of Different Varieties of Mangels. By. T. B.
Wood, M.A., and R. A. Berry, F.I.C 810
8. Variation in the Chemical Composition of Mangels. By T. B. Wood,
M.A., and R. A. Berry, F.I.C 811
CONTENTS. XXVU
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
Page
1. On the Forms of Stems of Plants. By Lord Avebtjry, D.C.L.,F.R.S.... 812
2. ::: On Recent Researches on Parasitic Fungi. By Professor H. Marshall
Ward.F.R.S 813
3. :;: On the Vegetative Life of some Uridinece. By Professor Jakob
Eriksson 813
4. :;: On the Development of the ^Ecidium of Uromyces Poce, and on the Life-
History of Puccinia Malvacearum. By V. H. Blackman and Miss
Helen C. I. Feaseb 813
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23.
1. Sunshine and C0. 2 Assimilation : an Account of Experimental Researches.
By Dr. F. F. Blackman and Miss Matthaei 813
2. Struggle for Pre-eminence and Inhibitory Stimuli in Plants. By Pro-
fessor L. Eeeera 814
3. On the Proteases of Plants. By Professor S. H. Vines, F.R.S 814
4. Sexuality in Zygospore Formation. By Dr. A. F. Blakeslee 815
5. Some General Results of the Localisation of Alkaloids in Plants. By
Professor L. Eereea 815
0. The Discovery of a New Alkaloid in Strychnos Nux Vomica. By Dr.
J. P. Lotst/. 817
7. On the Significance of the so-called Anti-ferment Reaction in Geo-
tropically Stimulated Roots. By Professor F. Czapek 817
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 24.
1. *A Measurement of the Great Swamp Cypress at Santa Maria del Tule,
Mexico. By Alfred P. Matjdslay 817
2. :;: Oxidising Enzymes and Ivatalases in Plants. By Professor R. Chodat 818
3. *On the Pollination of Gymnosperms. By Professor K. Fujrr 818
4. The Dissemination and Germination of Arceuthobium occidentale. By Dr.
Geoege J. Peiece 818
5. :;: On the Transpiration Stream in Small Plants. By. Dr. Otto V. Darbi-
shire 818
6. On a Brilliant Pigment appearing after Injury in Species of Jacobinia
(N.O. Acanthaceas). By J. Parkin, M.A 818
7. Saponarin ('Soluble Starch '). By George Barger 819
8. On the Centrosome of the Hepaticse. By K. Miteke, M.A., Ph.D 820
9. Further Cultural Experiments with ' Biologic Forms ' of the Erysiphacece.
By Ernest S. Salmon, F.L.S 821
10. The Inheritance of Susceptibility and Immunity to the Attacks of Yellow
Rust. By R. H. Biffen, M.A 822
11. Infection Experiments with various Uredinese. By Miss C. M. Gibson... 822
12. *On the Normal Histology of the Uredo of Puccinia glumarum. By
T. B.P.Evans 822
13. Pineapple Galls of the Spruce. By E. R. Btjrdon, B. A 822
14. :;: The History and Distribution of Catesby's Pitcher Plant (Sarracen
Catesbai). By Professor John M. Macfarlane 823
15. ^Observations on Two Species of Alpine Rose and their supposed Hybrids.
By Professor John M. Macfarlane 823
xxviii report — 1904.
Page
16 ^Exhibition of a Bigeneric Hybrid between Gymnadenia and Nigritella.
By Professor John M. Macfarlane 823
17. The Destruction of Wooden Paving Blocks by the Fungus Tjentinus
lepideusFr. By A. H. Reginald Buller, D.Sc, Ph. D 823
18. The Reactions of the Fruit-bodies of Lentinus lepideus Fr. to External
Stimuli. By A. H. Reginald Bullee, D.Sc, Ph.D 824
19. The Structure of the Ascocarp in the Genus Monasais. By B. T. P.
Barker, M.A 824
20. Further Observations on the Ascocarp of Ryparolius. By B. T. P.
Baekee, M.A 825
21 -Some Features in the Development of the Geoylossacece. By Dr. Eli AS
J. Durand 826
Section L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
THURSDAY, AUGUST 18.
Address by the Right Rev. the Loed Bishop of Hereford, D.D., LL.D.,
President of the Section 827
1. The Present Educational Position of Logic and Psychology. By Mi.~->
E. E.C.Jones 840
2. Comparison of the Intellectual Power of the Two Sexes. By Dr. J. de
Korost 841
3. The Teaching of Experimental Science in the Secondary Schools of
Ireland. By the Right Rev. Gerald Mollot, D.D., D.Sc 842
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19.
1. Specialisation in Science Teaching in Secondary Schools. By J. II.
Leonard, B.Sc 844
2. Short Description of ' Realistic Arithmetic' By Lieut.-Colonel G. Mac-
kinlay, late R. A 844
3. Report on the Influence of Examinations (p. 360) 844
4. Discussion on School-leaving Certificates. Opened by the Rev. Canon
G. C. Bell, M.A 845
5. The Need of Scientific Method in Elementary Rural Instruction. Uv
A. D. Hall, M.A ,. 848
MONDAY, AUGUST 22.
1. Discussion on the Training of Teachers and the Local Education
Authorities. Opened by the Right Hon. Henry Hobhouse, M.P 849
2. The Research Method applied to Experimental Teaching. By Professor
H. E. Armstrong, LL.D., F.R.S 854
TUESDAY, AUGUST 28.
1. Discussion on Methods of Imparting Manual Instruction in Schools.
Opened by Sir Philip Magnus, B.Sc 855
2. Report on the Courses of Experimental, Observational, and Practical
Studies most Suitable for Elementary Schools (p. 352) 858
3. Report on the Conditions of Health essential to the carrying on of the
Work of Instruction in Schools (p. 348) 858
frM* , 859
LIST OF PLATES.
Plates I. and II.
Illustrating the Report on Seismological Investigations.
Plates III. to VI.
Illustrating the Report on the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the British Isles.
Plate VII.
Illustrating the Report on Terrestrial Surface Waves and Wave-like Surfaces.
Plate VIII.
Illustrating Mr. Aubrey Strahan's Address to the Geological Section.
OBJECTS AND RULES
OP
THE ASSOCIATION.
OBJECTS.
The Association contemplates no interference with the ground occupied
by other institutions. Its objects are : — To give a stronger impulse and
a more systematic direction to scientific inquiry, — to promote the inter-
course of those who cultivate Science in different parts of the British
Empire, with one another and with foreign philosophers, — to obtain a
more general attention to the objects of Science, and a removal of any
disadvantages of a public kind which impede its progress.
RULES.
Admission of Members and Associates.
All persons who have attended the first Meeting shall be entitled
to become Members of the Association, upon subscribing an obligation
to conform to its Rules.
The Fellows and Members of Chartered Literary and Philosophical
Societies publishing Transactions, in the British Empire, shall be entitled,
in like manner, to become Members of the Association.
The Officers and Members of the Councils, or Managing Committees,
of Philosophical Institutions shall be entitled, in like manner, to become
Members of the Association.
All Members of a Philosophical Institution recommended by its Coun-
cil or Managing Committee shall be entitled, in like manner, to become
Members of the Association.
Persons not belonging to such Institutions shall be elected by the
General Committee or Council to become Life Members of the Asso-
ciation, Annual Subscribers, or Associates for the year, subject to the
approval of a General Meeting.
Compositions, Subscriptions, and Privileges.
Life Members shall pay, on admission, the sum of Ten Pounds. They
shall receive gratuitously the Reports of the Association which may be
published after the date of such payment. They are eligible to all the
offices of the Association.
Annual Subscribers shall pay, on admission, the sum of Two Pounds,
and in each following year the sum of One Pound. Tbey shall receive
xxxn
REPORT — 1904.
gratuitously the "Reports of the Association for the year of their admission
and for the years in which they continue to pay without intermission their
Annual Subscription. By omitting to pay this subscription in any par-
ticular year Members of this class (Annual Subscribers) lose for that and
all future years the privilege of receiving the volumes of the Association
gratis ; but they may resume their Membership and other privileges at any
subsequent Meeting of the Association, paying on each such occasion the
sum of One Pound. They are eligible to all the offices of the Association.
Associates for the year shall pay on admission the sum of One Pound.
They shall not receive gratuitously the Reports of the Association, nor be
eligible to serve on Committees, or to hold any office.
The Association consists of the following classes : —
1. Life Members admitted from 1831 to 1845 inclusive, who have paid
on admission Five Pounds as a composition.
2. Life Members who in 1846, or in subsequent years, have paid on
admission Ten Pounds as a composition.
3. Annual Members admitted from 1831 to 1839 inclusive, subject to
the payment of One Pound annually. [May resume their Membership after
intermission of Annual Payment.]
4. Annual Members admitted in any year since 1839, subject to the
payment of Two Pounds for the first year, and One Pound in each
following year. [May resume their Membership after intermission of
Annual Payment.]
5. Associates for the year, subject to the payment of One Pound.
6. Corresponding Members nominated by the Council.
Subscriptions shall be received by the Treasurer or Secretaries.
Members and Associates will be entitled to receive the annual volume
of Reports, gratis, or to purchase it at reduced (or Members') price,
according to the following specification, viz. : —
1. Gratis. — Old Life Members who have paid Five Pounds as a compo-
sition for Annual Payments, and previous to 1845 a further
sum of Two Pounds as a Book Subscription, or, since 1845,
a further sum of Five Pounds.
New Life Members who have paid Ten Pounds as a composition.
Annual Members who hove not intermitted their Annual Sub-
scription.
2. At reduced or Members' Price, viz., two-thirds of the Publication Price.
— Old Life Members who have paid Five Pounds as a compo-
sition for Annual Payments, but no further sum as a Book
Subscription.
Annual Members who have intermitted their Annual Subscription.
Associates for the year. [Privilege confined to the volume for
that year only.]
3. Members may purchase (for the purpose of completing their sets) any
of the volumes of the Reports of the Association up to 1874,
of which more than 15 copies remain, at 2s. 6d. per volume. 1
Application to be made at the Office of the Association.
Volumes not claimed within two years of the date of publication can
only be issued by direction of the Council.
1 A few complete sets, 1831 to 1874 are on sale at £10 the set.
RULES OP THE ASSOCIATION. XXXlii
Meetings.
The Association shall meet annually, for one week, or longer. Tie
place of each Meetiug shall be appointed by the General Committee not
less than two years in advance 1 ; and the arrangements for it shall be
entrusted to the Officers of the Association.
General Committee.
The General Committee shall sit during the week of the Meeting, or
longer, to transact the business of the Association. It shall consist of the
following persons : —
Class A. Permanent Members.
1. Members of the Council, Presidents of the Association, and Presi-
dents of Sections for the present and preceding years, with Authors of
Reports in the Transactions of the Association.
2. Members who by the publication of Works or Papers have fur-
thered the advancement of those subjects which are taken into considera-
tion at the Sectional Meetings of the Association. With a view of sub-
mitting new claims under this Bute to the decision of the Council, they must be
sent to the Assistant Secretary at least one month before the Meeting of the
Association. The decision of the Council on the claims of any Member of the
Association to be placed on the list of the General Committeelo be final.
Class B. Temporary Members. 2
1. Delegates nominated by the Corresponding Societies under the
conditions hereinafter explained. Claims under this Rule to be sent to the
Assistant Secretary before the opening of the Meeting,
2. Office-bearers for the time being, or delegates, altogether not ex-
ceeding three, from Scientific Institutions established in the place of
Meeting. Claims under this Rule to be approved by the Local Secretaries
before the opening of the Meeting.
3. Foreigners and other individuals whose assistance is desired, and
who are specially nominated in writing, for the Meeting of the year, by
the President and General Secretaries.
4. Vice-Presidents and Secretaries of Sections.
Constitution of the Sectional Committees. 3
(i) The President, Vice-Presidents, and Secretaries of a Section are
appointed by the Council in November or December. They form, with
the existing members (see (ii) and (vi) ), the Committee, which has the duty of
obtaining information upon the Memoirs and Reports likely to be sub-
mitted to the Section at the next meeting, of preparing a report thereon,
of generally organising the business of the Section, and of bringing before
the Council any points which they think deserving of consideration 4
1 Revised by the General Committee, Liverpool, 1896.
2 Revised, Montreal, 1884.
3 Adopted by the General Committee at Cambridge, 1904.
4 Notice to Contributors of Memoirs. — Authors are reminded that, under an
arrangement dating from 1871, the acceptance of Memoirs, and the days on which
1904. • b
xxxiv REPORT — 1904.
(ii) The Sectional Presidents of former years are ex-officio members of
these Committees.
(iii) The Sectional Committees may hold such meetings as they think
proper for the organisation of the business, but shall, under any circum-
stances, meet on the first "Wednesday of the Annual Meeting at 2 p.m.
for the appointment of additional Members and other business.
Any member who has served on the Committee in previous years, and
who has intimated his intention of being present at the Meeting, is eligible
for election as a Member of the Committee at its first meeting.
(iv) The Sectional Committees shall have power to add to their number
from day to day during the Annual Meeting, but it is not desirable for
them to be larger than is necessary for efficiency ; they have also the
power to elect not more than three Vice-Presidents at any time during
the meeting, in addition to those appointed by the Council.
(v) The List formed during the Annual Meeting is to be entered
daily in the Sectional Minute- Book, and a copy forwarded without delay
to the Printer, who is charged with publishing the same before 8 A.M. on
the next day in the Journal of the Sectional Proceedings.
(vi) Before the close of the Annual Meeting each Sectional Committee
is to nominate six members of the Association to form the nucleus of the
Committee for the succeeding year, and forsvard a list of the six names to
the Assistant Secretary of the Association.
Included in the six names should be the existing President of the
Section, or one of the Vice-Presidents, and one of the existing Secretaries.
It will be the duty of these Members to transact the business of
the Committee until the officers of the Section for the ensuing year are
appoin ^d by the Council, and thus become the officers of the Committee
(see (i) ).
Business of the Sectional Committees.
Committee Meetings are to be held on the Wednesday, and oij tlie
following Thursday, Friday, Saturday (optional), Monday, and Tuesday,
for the objects stated in the Rules of the Association. The Committee of
a Section is empowered to arrange the hours of meeting of the Section
and the Sectional Committee.
The business is to be conducted in the following manner : —
At the first meeting, one of the Secretaries will read the Minutes of
last year's proceedings, as recorded in the Minute-Book, and the Synopsis
of Recommendations adopted at the last Meeting of the Association
they are to be read, are now as far as possible determined by the Sectional Com-
mittees before the beginning of the Meeting. It has therefore become necessary,
in order to give an opportunity to the Committees of doing justice to the several
Communications, that each author should prepare an Abstract of his Memoir of a
length suitable for insertion in the published Transactions of the Association,
and that he should send it, together with the original Memoir, by book-post, on or
before addressed to the General Secretaries, at the office of
the Association. 'For Section ' If it should be inconvenient to the Author
that his paper should be read on any particular days, he is requested to send in-
formation thereof to the Secretaries in a separate note. Authors who send in their
MSS. three complete weeks before the Meeting, and whose papers are accepted,
will be furnished, before the Meeting, with printed copies of their Reports and
abstracts. No Report, Paper, or Abstract can be inserted in the Annual Volume
unless it is handed either to the Recorder of the Section or to the Assistant Secre-
tary before the conclusion of the Meeting.
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. XXXV
and printed in the last volume of the Report. He will next proceed to
read the Report of the Committee that has held office since the last Annual
Meeting. No paper shall be read until it has been formally accepted by
the Committee of the Section, and entered on the minutes accordingly.
The List of Communications to be read on Thursday shall be then
arranged, and the general distribution of business throughout the week
shall be provisionally appointed. At the close of the Committee Meeting
the Secretaries shall forward to the Printer a List of the Papers appointed
to be read. The Printer is charged with publishing the same before
8 A.M. on Thursday in the Journal.
On the second day of the Annual Meeting, and the following days,
the Secretaries are to prepare a copy of the Journal for the following day
by (i) removing from the list of papers those which have been read on
that day ; (ii) making any needful additions to or corrections in the list
of those appointed to be read on following days ; (iii) revising the list of
the Sectional Committee, and making any other necessary corrections,
and to send this copy of the Journal as early in the day as possible to
the Printer, who is charged with printing the same before 8 a.m. next
morning in the Journal. It is necessary that one of the Secretaries of
each Section (generally the Recorder) should call at the Printing Office
and revise the proof each evening.
Minutes of the proceedings at each Meeting of the Committee are to be
entered in the Minute-Book, and these Minutes should be confirmed at
the next meeting of the Committee.
Lists of the Reports and Memoirs read in the Sections are to be entered
in the Minute-Book daily, which, with all Memoirs and Copies or Abstracts
of Memoirs furnished by Authors, are to be forwarded, at the close of the
Sectional Meetings, to the Assistant Secretary of the Association.
The Vice-Presidents and Secretaries of Sections become ex officio
temporary Members of the General Committee, and will receive, on
application to the Treasurer in the Reception Room, tickets entitling
them to attend its Meetings.
The Committees will take into consideration any suggestions which may
be offered by their Members for the advancement of Science. They are
specially requested to review the recommendations adopted at preceding
Annual Meetings, as published in the volumes of the Association, and the
communications made to the Sections at this Meeting, for the purposes of
selecting definite points of research to which individual or combined
exertion may be usefully directed, and branches of knowledge on the
state and progress of which Reports are wanted ; to name individuals or
Committees for the execution of such Reports or researches ; and to state
whether, and to what degree, these objects may be usefully advanced by
the appropriation of the funds of the Association, by application to
Government, Philosophical Institutions, or Local Authorities.
In case of appointment of Committees for special objects of Science
it is expedient that all Members of the Committee should be named, and
one of them appointed to act as Chairman, who shall have notified per-
sonally or in writing his willingness to accept the office, the Chairman to
have the responsibility of receiving and disbursing the grant (if any has
been made) and securing the presentation of the report in due time ; and,
further, it is expedient that one of the members should be appointed to
act as Secretary, for ensuring attention to business.
It is desirable that the number of Members appointed to serve on
b2
xxxvi REPORT — 1904.
a Committee should be as small as is consistent with its efficient
working.
A tabular list of the Committees appointed on the recommendation
of each Section shall be sent each year to the Recorders of tbe
several Sections, to enable them to fill in the statement whether or no the
several Committees appointed on the recommendation of their respective
Sections have presented their reports.
On the proposal to recommend the appointment of a Committee
for a special object of science having been adopted by the Sectional
Committee, the number of Members of such Committee shall be then
fixed, but the Members to serve on such Committee shall be nominated
and selected by the Sectional Committee at a subsequent meeting.
Committees have power to add to their number persons, being Members
of the Association, whose assistance they may require.
The recommendations adopted by the Committees of Sections are to
be registered on the Forms furnished to their Secretaries, and one Copy of
each is to be forwarded, without delay, to the Assistant Secretary of the
Association for presentation to the Committee of Recommendations.
Unless this be done, the Recommendations cannot receive the sanction of the
Association.
N.B. — Recommendations which may originate in any one of the Sections
must first be sanctioned by the Committee of that Section before they can
be referred to the Committee of Recommendations or confirmed by the
General Committee.
Notices regarding Grants of Money. 1
1. No Committee shall raise money in the name or under the auspices of
the British Association without special permission from the General
Committee to do so ; and no money so raised shall be expended
except in accordance with the Rules of the Association.
2. In grants of money to Committees the Association does not contem-
plate the payment of personal expenses to the Members.
3. Committees to which grants of money are entrusted by the Association
for the prosecution of particular Researches in Science are ap-
pointed for one year only. If the work of a Committee cannot be
completed in the year, and if the Sectional Committee desire the
work to be continued, application for the reappointment of the
Committee for another year must be made at the next meeting of
the Association.
4. Each Committee is required to present a Report, whether final or in-
terim, at the next meeting of the Association after their appoint-
ment or reappointment. Interim Reports must be submitted in
writing, though not necessarily for publication.
5. In each Committee the Chairman is the only person entitled to call
on the Treasurer, Professor John Perry, F.R.S., for such portion
of the sums granted as may from time to time be required.
6. Grants of money sanctioned at a meeting of the Association expire on
June 30 following. The Treasurer is not authorised after that
date to allow any claims on account of such grants.
1 Revised by the General Committee at Ipswich, 1895.
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. XXXV11
7. The Chairman of a Committee must, before the meeting of the Asso-
ciation next following after the appointment or reappointment of
the Committee, forward to the Treasurer a statement of the sums
which have been received and expended, with vouchers. The
Chairman must also return the balance of the grant, if any, which
has been received and not spent ; or, if further expenditure is con-
templated, he must apply for leave to retain the balance.
8. When application is made for a Committee to be reappointed, and to
retain the balance of a former grant which is in the hands of the
Chairman, and also to receive a further grant, the amount of such
further grant is to be estimated as being additional to, and not
inclusive of, the balance proposed to be retained.
9. The Committees of the Sections shall ascertain whether a Report has
been made by every Committee appointed at the previous Meeting
to whom a sum of money has been granted, and shall report to the
Committee of Recommendations in every case where no such
report has been received.
10. Members and Committees who may be entrusted with sums of money
for collecting specimens of any description are requested to re-
serve the specimens so obtained to be dealt with by authority of
the Council.
11. Committees are requested to furnish a list of any apparatus which
may have been purchased out of a grant made by the Association,
and to state whether the apparatus will be useful for continuing
the research in question, or for other scientific purposes.
12. All Instruments, Papers, Drawings, and other property of the Asso-
ciation are to be deposited at the Office of the Association when
not employed in scientific inquiries for the Association.
Business of the Sections.
The Meeting Room of each Section is opened for conversation shortly
before the meeting commences. The Section Rooms and approaches thereto
can be used for no notices, exhibitions, or other purposes than those of the
Association.
At the time appointed the Chair will be taken, 1 and the reading of
communications, in the order previously made public, commenced.
Sections may, by the desire of the Committees, divide themselves into
Departments, as often as the number and nature of the communications
delivered in may render such divisions desirable.
A Report presented to the Association, and read to the Section which
originally called for it, may be read in another Section, at the request of
the Officers of that Section, with the consent of the Author.
Duties of the Doorkeepers.
1 . To remain constantly at the Doors of the Rooms to which they are
appointed during the whole time for which they are engaged.
1 The Sectional Committee is empowered to arrange the hours of meeting of
the Section and of the Sectional Committee, except for Saturday.
xxxviii REPORT — 1904.
2 To require of every person desirous of entering the Rooms the ex-
hibition of a Member's, Associate's, or Lady's Ticket, or Reporter's
Ticket, signed by the Treasurer, or a Special Ticket signed by the
Assistant Secretary.
3. Persons unprovided with any of these Tickets can only be admitted
to any particular Room by order of the Secretary in that Room.
No person is exempt from these Rules, except those Officers of the
Association whose names are printed in the Official Programme, p. 1.
Duties of the Messengers.
To remain constantly at the Rooms to which they are appointed dur-
ing the whole time for which they are engaged, except when employed on
messages by one of the Officers directing these Rooms.
Committee of Recommendations.
The General Committee shall appoint at each Meeting a Committee,
which shall receive and consider the Recommendations of the Sectional
Committees, and report to the General Committee the measures which
they would advise to be adopted for the advancement of Science.
The ex officio members of the Committee of Recommendations are the
President and Vice-Presidents of the Meeting, the General Secretaries,
the General Treasurer, the Trustees, and the Presidents of the Association
in former years.
All Recommendations of Grants of Money, Requests for Special Re-
searches, and Reports on Scientific Subjects shall be submitted to the
Committee of Recommendations, and shall not be taken into considera-
tion by the General Committee unless previously recommended by the
Committee of Recommendations.
All proposals for establishing new Sections, or altering the titles of
Sections, or for any other change in the constitutional forms and funda-
mental rules of the Association, shall be referred to the Committee of
Recommendations for a report. 1
If the President of a Section is unable to attend a meeting of the
Committee of Recommendations, the Sectional Committee shall be
authorised to appoint a Vice-President, or, failing a Vice-President,
some other member of the Committee, to attend in his place, due notice
of the appointment being sent to the Assistant Secretary. 2
Corresponding Societies. 3
1. Any Society is eligible to be placed on the List of Corresponding
Societies of the Association which undertakes local scientific investiga-
tions, and publishes notices of the results.
2. Application may be made by any Society to be placed on the
List of Corresponding Societies. Applications must be addressed to
1 Passed by the General Committee at Birmingham, 1865.
2 Passed by the General Committee at Leeds, 1890.
3 Passed by the General Committee, 1884.
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. XXXIX
the Assistant Secretary on or before the 1st of June preceding the
Annual Meeting at which it is intended they should be considered,
and must be accompanied by specimens of the publications of the
results of the local scientific investigations recently undertaken by the
Society.
3. A Corresponding Societies Committee shall be annually nomi-
nated by the Council and appointed by the General Committee for the
purpose of considering these applications, as well as for that of keeping
themselves generally informed of the annual work of the Corresponding
Societies, and of superintending the preparation of a list of the papers
published by them. This Committee 3hall make an annual report to the
General Committee, and shall suggest such additions or changes in the
List of Corresponding Societies as they may think desirable.
4. Every Corresponding Society shall return each year, on or before
the 1st of June, to the Assistant Secretary of the Association, a
schedule, properly filled up, which will be issued by him, and which
will contain a request for such particulars with regard to the Society
as may be required for the information of the Corresponding Societies
Committee.
5. There shall be inserted in the Annual Report of the Association
a list, in an abbreviated form, of the papers published by the Corre-
sponding Societies during the past twelve months which contain the
results of the local scientific work conducted by them ; those papers only
being included which refer to subjects coming under the cognisance of
one or other of the various Sections of the Association.
6. A Corresponding Society shall have the right to nominate any
one of its members, who is also a Member of the Association, as its dele-
gate to the Annual Meeting of the Association, who shall be for the time
a Member of the General Committee.
Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies.
7. The Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies is em-
powered to send recommendations to the Committee of Recommen-
dations for their consideration, and for report to the General Committee.
8. The Delegates of the various Corresponding Societies shall con-
stitute a Conference, of which the Chairman, Vice- Chairmen, and Secre-
taries shall be annually nominated by the Council, and appointed by the
General Committee, and of which the members of the Corresponding
Societies Committee shall be ex officio members.
9. The Conference of Delegates shall be summoned by the Secretaries
to hold one or more meetings during each Annual Meeting of the Associa-
tion, and shall be empowered to invite any Member or Associate to take
part in the meetings.
10. ' The Committee of each Section shall be instructed to transmit
to the Secretaries of the Conference of Delegates copies of any recom-
mendations forwarded by the Presidents of Sections to the Committee
of Recommendations bearing upon matters in which the co-operation
of Corresponding Societies is desired ; and the Secretaries of the Conference
of Delegates shall invite the authors of these recommendations to attend
1 Revised by the General Committee, 1903.
xl REPORT — 1904.
the meetings of the Conference and give verbal explanations of their
objects and of the precise way in which they would desire to have them
carried into effect.
11. It will be the duty of the Delegates to make themselves familiar
with the purport of the several recommendations brought before the Confer-
ence, in order that they and others who take part in the meetings may be
able to bring those recommendations clearly and favourably before their
respective Societies. The Conference may also discuss propositions bear-
inc on the promotion of more systematic observation and plans of opera-
tion, and of greater- uniformity in the mode of pubiishing results.
Local Committees.
Local Committees shall be formed by the Officers of the Association
to assist in making arrangements for the Meetings.
Local Committees shall have the power of adding to their numbers
those Members of the Association whose assistance they may desire.
Officers.
A President, two or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Secretaries,
and a Treasurer shall be annually appointed by the General Committee.
The Council shall appoint and have power to dismiss such paid officers
as they may consider necessary to carry on the work of the Association,
on such terms as they may from time to time determine. 1
Council.
In the intervals of the Meetings, the affairs of the Association shall
be managed by a Council appointed by the General Committee. The
Council may also assemble for the despatch of business during the week
of the Meeting.
(1) The Council shall consist of 2
1. The Trustees.
2. The past Presidents.
3. The President and Vice-Presidents for the time being.
4. The President and Vice-Presidents elect.
5. The past and present General Treasurers and General
Secretaries and past Assistant General Secretaries.
6. The Local Treasurer and Secretaries for the ensuing
Meeting
7. Ordinary Members.
(2) The Ordinary Members shall be elected annually from the
General Committee.
( 3 ) There shall be not more than twenty-five Ordinary Members, of
whom not more than twenty shall have served on the Council,
as Ordinary Members, in the previous year.
1 Passed by the General Committee at Cambridge, 1904.
2 Passed by the General Committee at Belfast, 1874 ; amended at Cambridge
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. xli
(4) In order to carry out the foregoing rnle, the following Ordinary
Members of the outgoing Council shall at each annual election
be ineligible for nomination : — 1st, those who have served on
the Council for the greatest number of consecutive years ; and,
2nd, those who, being resident in or near London, have
attended the fewest number of Meetings during the year
— observing (as nearly as possible) the proportion of three by
seniority to two by least attendance.
(5) The Council shall submit to the General Committee in their
Annual Report the names of twenty-three Members of the
General Committee whom they recommend for election as
Members of Council. The two vacancies then remaining shall
be filled by the General Committee, without nomination by
the Council, at the Meeting at which the election of the other
Members of the Council takes place. 1
(6) The Election shall take place at the same time as that of the
Officers of the Association.
Papers and Communications.
The Author of any paper or communication shall be at liberty to
reserve his right of property therein.
Accounts.
The Accounts of the Association shall be audited annually, by Auditors
appointed by the General Committee.
1 Passed by the General Committee at Cambridge, 1904.
xlii
REPORT — 1904.
CO
I
>
-«s
o
o
go
on
*
^
s
I
00
3
to
1
CS
oo
I.
C3
00
00
■
I 3
c
00
o
<
a
m
6
to
m
«
. :&
z 3 -
2 'I-
in fin
Q .k
w a|>
m <\ a
K
«<i
12
0>
J3
H
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. xliii
|3P
2*2
p b : s«
<ft 2
fe . *»
"2 > £
C « o
x .
B :
£ So
B ■
^ a
pa
•s °
CO —
CO
pi
Bel ■
°ft
a .
« r
s«
p i
eg 05
^ T3
gB
V •
OS
|h
Sec
02
B"
ft •
a ft
to\g
- V
as
0.0
gg
SP
o
fe
P.M
CO
^a"g\2
p s H p
*sg^
H 1 ^ .B
o> >B j>
HBOH
JH
P
._J •
ȣ
<u ■
•fe
! o3 T3
BfePn
« J ^ o o n
fej ^ jj C3 t T W
JiS.Sf.ss.Sg
H P B co H ft
B
ft
*JJ CD
h*a*
O t.
co S
1-1 •£
cn a
OS
Bo.
sf
SI
Mg
O O
WOT
B
ft
P
O
B
B
^
BP
B
xliv
REPORT — 1904.
<
I-
UJ
or
o
uj
O)
_i
<
o
o
ad
1*
"p
to
d
d
. 8"
CO -
fc^
Q 9
"0
:|
IcoP
o
CO
05 .
<«P="£g
9 eo J «05
■* H05 ofc,^
M >-§Md
?* „• |h
sPP5p §
ta.S-C £ .
* to"^. of
a 9 "So
9
. -GO.
^^
r o
hi
•CO
V ." S -co
O pqto : fe
ja _rp; on ?
>>s d •
Bco W >>a>
|g-.s-ii
H or P g
o+j SfuM
.-..CP UT3
wrt
HHOPMco
to
d
a"
a
cS
a
<u
GO
d
d
d
CO
05
fc •
Pco"
• O
• S-i
;Ph
: t>"
• PS
O C
8 IB
n,ffl w p
W j m ai
05 Pki-j
. : . s» :
: :hs :
• :S : ld
:g :°>
■ -W'3 -
rp-rt.s-a
: 2 &' H a
: i -i «
:|dfi|
■3 : -o
pi 3 .co . w
-■-•P<B1
O03
fid
BO
„ <D .O • <£ CO
rft
05
pq
IM d««af
■Slllsl .|
o^pso^i^So
HO^mEh £s°
+^ O O +3 .£. ^ .£ ~
&Zt< J3CO >>T3 h
.SfSS.SP'S 53«S
osIhphS^-ss
<D 01 0> 0) a Q> "£
HHHHOH C4
Chi
to ^
H -J? I
„ to 3 O
■a c>aa
i~ & I* u
3a o o
ofioo
o • • <»
l ill
o : . .
:&<
:g S"
•13 pf
:.ijS
fe ft «3. H
3id
o
H
o
dHa .
CoOfflw
<» tn to " S
aJ CO TO • o
"goo a X3
fr v, h 9 o
30,Cl,-§o
<u > >"? d
H05Kco>-=
2 TO
: j
• -4J • t^
• . to . a
• ■& •«
• -23 . t*
• ' CQ u i -w
: . ,<<<o
: :Sf rt . S
:M3i05
c/3 -oj
d»-i
Eh' 05
• .-05 a
to pq CO
<".B r «
WW . ^. a) o ^
<m <u En u K f£ ;
oo. « -O
- B &&co« s
3 3 c-o . . o
ja ^3 ,ij o> a) a) S
HHco05««Ph
w
>■
1
w
.- fl
to . o*
1'S.o
c .a 5 B
••»0H
•CO • •
•Ml :
:*| :
ai 41 :
h jd d
-■¥ jab
ilia
l-s'd-s
d
d
a
Wo-
_ to
nW
o -
a c
|I
•^ to
•" 2
m 2
Or 3
CO
h-
z
LU
Q
ui
LU
a.
•iX
:<i
d G ,
rP5
»§05« .
05 € Ph' ^ <„•
fe Si - ■' ""
rwda.-ld^
3^°|dg-
*^*^ • ® o » -
I>» to Q fe . * a»
H en (5 « fS ^
pa §■
05 o
wa
(^
05
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. xlv
P
a
o
O" to
. o>
j a a*
M .<** to
co 2 a)
fa S3
«3og
all
fl oa5
>"3fap
• CO
:s«
1-8
•Son
:' Stf
to • rtl
os'S to. .
hW
"8 fa P fa r s .
| -P H 9
CO
P5
fa
2 §W
. w ^
■wfl a
aoj
a;- o
n
q
a fa
5 CO'
• a
• a
J
_^
M :
B»3
Stipes
a « -a a
5 -^ STfl
^O .
0> . tT
o> .-^
r o a a
to g §n
too
o afl.
t. .a . cr - a o> ° p M
n. -O ;a m fl A '71 0,<s fl
. UoHg.<5 io.S
is a
S
ca tfl —
2~=
>..! s 'a a n
fliilflS
Ehcqcoi-sHPh
tog
i&
Hco
Ci! t
P5 o
hj
Ot5
fl
R'S H >
ills
wjsa
fl) U M O
fl fl.a fl
HtHcoH
cc
P5
~ fa
BBS
on
fa a .-"
P>-2
§|S
. o a
o
ra £
3-s
Dj
fat
-fa
. -*^ -
§|W
fa 8 fl
>>fa"5;
a >**
AM?
S "S
fi 3 H
i_, t— < o
5' CIO 3
fl S> ,2
Sa i)
"go . fl
<" n2 o
S'S'Si
td +3 2 -^
WfaSfl
0) (U 0> 0)
fl flfl fl
I
c8 : :
& : :
P3 • .
t. ;co
a : 3
fl . «
? :d
:co
■w
rco •
A**
3^ ..■
flJHR
Wjfl
■=W gin
fl - a.«
° S Si
•a «oO
fl s •- "
EhcOiJPh
PS •
^ ;
p :
d :
ri •
p :
p : .
- "K
p : g
o :<c
|J -IN
L3 • -,_)
•^ • in
J* .S
«^
W -P
.fa
>co'
Was
w fa
<Jo •
_gfaH
W-aa"
- o
a^fa
o w^
fl O) al
^ (>>fl
O) L^fl
_JL
•CO
:-^
:ps
;fa
CO .-
65.
-fa
CO -
fa 1 "!
.-«
S .a
PiSgp?
a a „«fa
O.SWP
» a .<*>§:
cfa^ »»
iifliSg
a " o«^
£ -2 H « kT
-a-cfl fl. .
p jpqfloi
<U 0> « W O)
fl fl fl .a fl
BHEHcotH
CO
ii
P3
fa
&co" r
org"
gp rP
=3 ^^
t-af H
.-S'S to"
flfl 01
cS -^ fl
HMO
'aS
Ha
fa^
P5°
fa. 2
-co
.-fl
r fl ^ o>
rS c.2 &
w S.-sco
« g O) H
P ./ CO
<JC*J a>
pfa a
a
03
CO
6
fa
h"
CO
.H ^ -
•^ S +3
*-E|
fa M^
O O •
tfl Mfc,
O Ofl
fafal-=
CO
M
&;
Id.
H S ~- co
M'HR.tf^tOaj
.-fl <^' fa" co" f? P3
■faptl
to
4*^w .-2
^P^coo'cb
M^o« ro
_rP o> fl rtd o
t3 „j-. CD . M
a|oB b -l
£V " ffl 0) O
.SS«M»S
«5
-° P
ih d k- fa j,*
OWJ lp(§
o> 0) oj ~
fl fl fl ^ ^ ^
tH tH E-i ffi CO co
•"2
^.PP3
BPfa
3 gP
o 2J
o.a t
Sfl^
t> > S
0) CP o
««fl
o> o> H
flfl :
CO
Hco co
fadd
p fe >!.
w •« r
■** ja -^
rt^.ci
bo . bo
O) • O)
•a is _L
O O '
S "Htl'
oo.
2.fc2
■"it; o>
ew fl Td
o C P
OS'S
a^o
g oJ
a t< r
fl as •
o gci
Pa.
q'op
ciqo
MO^
a a a
O) CD ^
.CO
:«
|fa
:co'
:pj
'.fa
:fl«:«ri
. ■-
. o
:V,
• o
:fl"
•o
co;
a oi -.a
fartPfl
O) 0) 0)
flflfl
ifl c
^ .tM . o
al - °^&
■ ■ fl :h
fe7 3 get ,°
cl^x^ 2
r- ' P -"fa
ft .Pfifi
^•pfl-jco
flfl; «;Pp3
fa « ^ fl r
«" ° fl a -
o g ■ fl a
cdfl > a a
w .2 « e!^
•gfflfcJO^
— ■a >>h tj
(- ^ »-« o o
d O <■> « m
Hflt> S S
s s s ° °
fl fl fl ^H fH
EHHtHfafa
xlvi
REPORT — 1904.
sa-
fe .
p£
d H .
:■*
P s;
P-2
p
^g
z
III
O" A
Q
Hco
Ul
S H
rt H
0.
«H B
CO £
o 1 ■
W <g'H
« S >
l, OS "r:
§««
o
-:
a
W al
-*-• . . - CO
08 . . O"
« • :f *
« pq Q
pill
V 0) O Oi O ID
A AAAJJ1
H HHHHH
co
D
:■*
»1
J a.
M 0J
p»
P tS
CO £
O
«
55
: o* :
:fl :
i o ;
:S :
• B •
:j ;
-<s :
co . :
faW ■
« .
si :
O gee
co ^
« CO
***
r <" H
CO . ■/;
d .1
E-iftqco
$4&
* CO
d-W .
W si
r'SS
IN
- <« -^
3 £ (u
■Sco
IIS
«- C -
O 08 j
p<5
rS
aw
OS
J • -^ _j r t-i
■a • .2 -a T te -
PO^S SJ «?^ rt
<s t "5 fee 71 ■g ~
ojojCfcg'TM -
j^3 O O C5 JJ ..e .
OOoOOSorr *
5Sg55«S.2°.
H H H H £h h H p h.
CO •
ci :
■a
CO H
«2 .
>J~ s
^i
.0 <»
CO » >!
d ►>«
P.J
O
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES, xlvii
in
►4
6-'
a
*t
&■£
*g
c; *^
a' Ife
OJ •
.fiTJ CD
o bos
h«5
HHH
>
® ® £
III
I'll
a o«
■Si-
S|l
13 ^ £
•A ••= +^
•PS a
.a -3
a 3
55
bo 4
. C3
x'
OS
P r
i c
4 CO
° °tm-~ » ■
g s s . a h a 1 -?
M-% ilJ"^ co T3
?3H^ r_*pq a
O O a e ST ! cB
ggSSfagg
C3 OS &C &Ijk_ CO " ,£
*< ^ S *.3 t? * X! OS
„ OT g SO g Sj.fl
H W H E-i i-j Eh i-j i-j
03
05
h •
o'-g
Kw
p- fil
§S
« H
O
03&
3
Hi
W
»5o'
r fflH
s v a
3MO
■i-a c8 rft
a^ 8
o e"°
II 5
CD ro ■<
0j ^ o
m a 'E
•a-g
i-ji-sPh
EH
«L
-'U
•3' a
.a a
< a
o^j
a o -.2
HI *D 2 C
A fl £» .
O 0_> l—l
§.3 | 9.§
05P5OO
m <d^ w
-a -a a a
EhEhcqco
CO
P.
'8
a
■3
Pm
x
05
fi
►4
d
§£
s s
Ppq
o -
60 .
42 *
3 •
o :
le
52
& 1
s<
*.»
*- 03
».*
.&«
o'SS
II
«:S
eg
co c8
»3
O o3
p^P
03 03 >-=
a
w
w
o
fc>
H
J
D
O
P
pq
Pm
o
H
a
a
« : w"
n .«
EHCCg
„05 b
05 i- h'
cSd
Q
CO
»-<
W
S05
03
<i
05
r w •
k — 1 ;t
;«.
Pi
i3
&W05
R-afe
P
3 .05
H
■Sio be
2 M-S
d a a .a ° - t"
• 1^1 I »M
> : ■? a § " «j> „
d*f*"
O
1-3
•S5.3?«^
EHHo3t=05P
03
05
Pu
►4
d
p'
a**
£ -
EHro
03'-'
O a
05 «
O H
W H
05 W
o
03
03
N
o
05
Ph
O* to CO
. a'-- S
u om a
d> CO " r3
.a'EBW
a ca" •
$to b<5
M «5 •
• 2 » ^
> '5 >' >
tO 0) CO OJ
05 05 05 05
PuPh
•ga.
S o o
03 '
05 ;
6 ;
raj
s
e>
■JO
S E"^ Pn pa j
So-fiS' 3 .iS
Sf-Sj&fca
«§« .|s-§.
» ^ cd 05 ^ a «
^> .3 -a . .3 § o
En 03 Eh 03 03 i-i i-3
P2
xlviii
report — 1904.
co
UJ
or
?
Ill
K
o
UJ
CO
-I
<
o
o
-J
to
pi
4 •
«4"6
din
o
GO
m
ll
o o
flfj
O
/■o S c
.°fl r
"Sf P*!
3 "-PS
*o ^ w r
oPhS -g
Q b a .
»" s
ps :
h :
p :
d :
p :
rh
PQ :
d°2
M?.
-Pn
+3 ;
fep
P5q
a"P
o .
It
S W
.Cfl
QJ
« SPSfS
SSSn
O to
qd a) ^
g Ojq
.a.n
coco
• • S :
tcPn_ •
PJJw
PhqCC
pjp«.
• -p«
Sp r
O c fe
- o «
'Ss'S 3
«n « o
■ S''C S
PnOpp
r- " -
goo
o to to
p* to to
. O O
** Jh ^
OPhCu
CO
h-
2
111
Q
CO
UJ
K
a.
l~H CO
o
COCO
«
o 1
H<a
JJTgH
§*«
tfi QJ
■S*E?
OEhW
«i '
IS .
.• a :
0) ©<^
•gc5«
3.2 o
CO* •
^CO
p"*
'«co r
a .
o
•41 IS
Mco . .
.iafeHpn
j .Fn .
to • •
a pl, rco
m
o«coj
cJ sg
.2 u .• tn
Wcofli-s
GO
09
P3
to ■<
«
o
P5
; 0,"C _
o o o ^
WWW°-g
J3 J3 J3 J5 .
o
00
3
a
I
P3
H
Q
'A
fa
Jco
"•d
O r
WP3
O w
P5
CO
«
fi
Tt--
(J0O
^«"
R P
■5 5
Hg
i-s a
P5«
O
CO
CO
H
N
§
Cl,
CO
C6
f^
CO
p4 .
4^ 00
00
turn
w
o
CO
6
g
CO
«
co'
«"
p
p
co
o a -j
3 «o
P>"3>-=
• w
tod
:k
:ph'
.'09
.P3
:p
:d
Ph'O
Sfi"
i;ki rl
rt3 -
^Sg5
^!a SP.2
Q> M -W P*
aQOQl
WHroP<
63 •
co ;
ps :
pm :
coco
pj6
Pco'
PP3
Sp fe
° &«
o g
if a a-
c .W
5^§
p p a
- - -
PhPhI-j
09
P3
p
p
p
p
2
CQ*
&
P3
P
co
o : o
KM?
Hco iJ
63 o
«
ft
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES, xlix
W
■s ■ a
WW.S
m cT-t*
$&■
<co c
sa£
ill
■in
'■A
:&
:fa
•to
H
:pj
:co : :
S :« : :
a -fa" : :
so r .
%%$%£
^3 r *
o u c«: -
-sag**
WWo o S
bo bo d e ,„
a, »aa s
o
W
H
w
a
a
COttJ
C3
■§5
°o
w
PS
fa . ■
.- op
< Jg
>-4 o
* rC
co'Wgco
faiggd
oC .o o
tfi in f-i it,
<i> o> r-. <u
SB^P
>• a ° ~
fai-ji-sfa
-co •
Ifaccf
•°t -S
of* S?
jQ fc a.
■ M . Q OB
!£> . r
p<J dO
f ll -T
■M S» SoO
M
O CD
•3 1
d^o
tS ° s
fa -^ *-
«££
Cj a<
C3
nq oj
*J - -^
.a co
d °
M^pSo
Ch
O
P
tJ
i-j
P
w 'I
. •■*
o^"
oci 2
I s fa<!
*" . -
En nog
O
CO
«■
fa
d
w
.fa
W i-s'
fa
►4 •
fa ;
co •
«' :
o '
Oj ■
COCO
CO .
6 :
« :
fa :
CO •
PS "•
fa" ;"
Rco :
^^
<Sp
•wfa
ciW <u"
" § u -pO ^
<D <1> ai ci< ^ he
^J ^3 rj W S H
a, o S •= fa u
o *» ■" £ H ^
o ^ JS ^ ^ *-<
g .5P.5P M § °
" Si ^ . o o
v- .3 J3 , ' ^i u
tCHHPSfafa
o» ^ O f. o. .
W
CO
«
fa
(/■
pi
fa*
Cf]
Cfa M
CO i-4
P3
fa
co
fa
P
fa d 1
« m
d"W
s-g
be 02
O m
y a-
a . s
. -co
: :ci
: :«
: :*•
: :to"
: :ci
^- o
rt c3 ^
o n ■
d co fe-
rn
bit
■a f. C
P5«W
HHH
: :co
: -»4
:^:fa
•ci r
COfa^
6 ■ Cu -
.J r
fa' fa P.
h rP
. c 4 | -'
crS pi
^ ' »
« »-.
w> ^-\ R
2 . ■*"
Woo
Wi-"'-'
fa C «
J fa
P d c
1-1 tog
« a)
: o i«
fa"2 S
■S3
^°°
"Is
■II
ox
g°."2
°co'S
•scspg'
L-.
m
Pi
P
<i S ..
S!?
„rfa
3n
■C! S
<JJ^
C/J-B
cs id
d<!
O *j
H&
^a
4) a>
«H
CO
P3
fa
, : c ^ Q aT
2"2ll
ss S
g'So s
. -co
" .CS
: w fa'w
CO
O
• 1 w fa
t7> .9 (/j ^ - -
M
>p'fa«- .
a -PS fa"-:
■d«S^p r
° ip-j 3 ^'
^ „-a .ft
« S « fa „-
= iociw |-5
3*
1 9 S a G
S
«co w
gfa(H
fcico"
Wp
QQ
9 x ^
flj o o ^
« <» ."» 2
oSpSk-
, 1, 4) *
ShBHH fa co < fa HO
^ ^r
CO •
« :
fa :
d :
P :
p :
t '.
►j •
d :
p :
OW'B'PJ^Q
^ . a fa P" «
13 "' U CD rt
rvi Zt -^ O
^3 . (U ^ 5
o fa £ fa § O
• r- 1 ^ fij ^ "^ DO
Jfi ^ o
«m
PV
fa
° cS -
<J « * o
rt ci *u >.
a> T3 o. ,—
a> O *-■ "
O "^ €*-, JZ
■ 23
fafa
w
co"
'A .
So
w s
■ja-
1U01.
REPORT— 1904.
CO
ill
tf
<
1
111
or
CI
Ul
(fl
o*
_l
• VI
<
o" ja
O
W . of
O
-as
-1
n't
>-JQH
•-••>>•
■B ; ;g ;
■ w « r k :
■fa § : > :
co r-2 • 2 •
rb«« •£> •
F.R.
LL
Of I
G.S
oria
D., F.R.S.,
Balcarres,
u. the Earl
, F.R.S., F
of the Vict
F.C.S
to
t-
<; ^ bji : a *
111
n-
s~««Jo"
Derb
of Ci
T
M.G.,
.,Vie
D.,L
0.
1
1 1
"S-a do.g
-. cs -.Jpw
^
5 W g J „;
H (u S : °
c£ (egg
w
H
h
Z
LU
il
c/>
o:
d
i » .Si's
~ .a ^ . I-*
tr<fr< fai-sP*
03 3
H 1 ^ :*1
. o ".-H
r S M.O
fj . £ U"
gt>.S
fa
• —i en —
fi . " CO .
co PS co co' H
^ i
o°> :
s - M io r :
tJMj :
c* tA • •
« S b a
a ayy
O'Spj'q
old 6 .;
: : :co
: : :q
|fa
tco
|p3
:«'
• i-l
.co : .
:p5 : :
it* : :
:d : :
: > J ' : /
:>-i •<»
• r :«
'.p. "ri
fat,;P
• r :o~. .
-.q :d J .»
s-aja.2i-.oo -re -S
§3fa? a'SE : a or
So s
S En
as^J
ar
3
dS. :
o:3 :
! ?^
"> a
HonO
w °^
das"
KW it no
.« a°i
V5 h 'm V.
O r" O
W CO/Sg
ciQ-5
^ a
CO
d
fa
D
.a
rj tn .Si
O !- fc,
.".ho
, • a o>
*n
^3 0.
t O
1L
a. .
cS^S-g^a^ri-
J-. t- ? * ^ > . r
x gg^dco^Ogoi^
,„ 0) OJ 0J 03 .2 B ^ O C>
a^a^flj: S.?i S.*^
hie •
a S *
J5 l-«
Son n
2 .3 "So ? m, 7 '- S ft £
cio W ^ K u;i.tH
3 | J 111
:co o
:<: .
:«?
- / -
~acr
»-< .
^3 W^.
oK o
o . r
o^;>J
o o
3 J
W.S
el
Ph a
S a>T3
Ph a
o
t*c
3§
|J-1
si a
«a _
°.° .
Sag'
tv fc t<T
I|J
■SB
<i ^ o i S t
A
H
n •
d :
w :
k : .
m :«
?-coS
>*S -
<jfaff.
i-! rco
COr^ Ul
H^
§R :
V
t-l
to
fa"
• So'
a> o» *
«s • *-
M ► es
^- r - J-
C — * "i
II :1
co « £
*3 o
:co
« s • = a „-
tJ .s : t: & £ °-i
is iail^
id ; ».a»O p 1
M (-1 .(fij p w .
5>3»i*8s'„-a
2ftftS«i--oS
• _j • • . O .
*-• *± *J *J *J V-.
6U be iij !sc t£ ,j, O o
(25g«« I £ s
H F-i H H H H P-i Pm
""IT
•S.a
pa?:
c- a
P5^J
d*
|JS
►J
d§
a
a
,J3
fc .2 « *
co 2 s
'Jfa' a
OS-
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES.
°3
O
fa
a
. <
fa COS
»: "•§
§ W 5 «S
ci on ° CO w
.•7"* OJ Q &*
._• J; •£"■«-
bo
p -
tS
.*■•<£*
faOfa
a.
d
fa
fa
fa
d
d
fa
a
d
00
«
d
CO
fa
fa"
3°
a_§
ci
a ° fe
.Is a
,a<gd
wa^
o c
a CO
~CO
Q .a ti »53 ^ f" 1
J
opq
SSSfl
a
rt (-< ■» +* «,_,
S ** Si .2* a -2
** -u *3 -a )c- *2
» : g > & § 1 S
:>>-;.« .a a j= j3 i
• bo bo bo bo bo o
Jfafa.
rt ** a * a
3 JH»o
o ■§ a'S"
2.1 «J S'S
.23 „Kfa
M p- bp bo
fD d; u « b V Oj
r- .El.a.e.a.a,elj ...
U fa fa fn fa H fa fa co H O >^
GO
fa
fa
fa
d
fa
d
a
d
a
w
o
o
co
o
03
-s
£'
w
d
C-w o!
3C0^
£
nirn
. a
dfi« £
. o
a
o
w
■soo
<^8»j fa
^ fa ci -^ n *
m fa O „ g
a -^ 5" ^ o j
g^bo-a-^Sq
-a rt^.a.3 .
■^ . . ^ p o
§ Is sS I "3
-^ ,a « ^ ^3
g bo bo bo bo<;
|SiS2«2 •
4} O 4) CJ C
-a ja J j: ja .b
H E-i fa H Eh «2
-co
:d
jfa
:co
:4
:fa*
•CO
;«
co' o
Oco
<Jfa r
fa rQ
" m . fa
Ufa r
M JO
<H < "SJ
°S -
a J
o ^ ■
si*
• 3 '2«
3 ° 2
£fa«
« • ti
at-o
4) (2J f/3
>BSS
EHHfa
fa •
a'-i
.-«
« r
dfa
'5 d<
SI
o o
6Z
fa
a
fa .
•^■-ifa'
Wfa.ff
o r w
aw S
|£ s
coo's;
fc=Kw
cc
a
d
>J
o
«
fa
r /J
fa
fa
*
in
•^
s
<
B
fa
oj
Ha
IS
K
o
05
fafa
OS
co
d
fa .
-<!
o .
<«.a
il
en «j-i
t3 &j
IB
faW
fafa
: :q
cc :q
Sis
fa . c=
- •*)
.a -S
Rd :o
ofa :<g
""d : b
Id
■5«a-g°fa?° s
<5
11e&!a5ocB3
^Qfa-a 8 CV =5"-Q
— Mw wJ3 >>Ow o w
5 ° ° w a s » 2 o-e
»2 2"s-i?a 0J "
; o ca .2-^ ffl
'^.aCfa
3a§gg§§tf|l|
?t;aa
J £ bo &d be Cm 6o fc &doS
-• 0> •« --H -F- .ii — J" ■■-■ fa-. "H
satftfrtPSK^^^fa
» SSJSSS 2_a t.
3 HfaHfaHHfaHco
M.t! a.
r
fa:
sfaS
fc5
fa a
-a.
ass
So-
fees?
W05 <u a
§fa3a
1
fa
s
CO
(5
fa
J CO CO
5 S ^B^^: £
c: ^ bp bo tiD^bo g
5"=S255 «
tf , a) 4 1) CJ 4>
•- J3 ^3 ^3 xl -a .t;
W fa fa fa fa fa CO
Hi
REPORT — 1904.
a.
<
■ 41
o a
wg
Ul
■fr*
K
O
UJ
MP.
II)
-1
r r
<
O
S*
3
■SWoQ
3^
'I
I
to
u
o
6
a
5
O
■s
a
:«
:w
Z "5
in E
•P
■►4
:p
;»4
Hd
«P
1^
3«s
<»
6
pi
Em
00
«
B
d
t5 c
few
to %
W§
OS'S
pH
& >-.
02 o
o _
<H
3rt
rPto
Z
Kl
o
V)
III
o.
O fl) fll fl) u
•3 <a f> J3 .a .Jj a .►)
HHHEHE-iaitao-j
WW -
i«K
So
Ew «
Hw
d
■i ,s
Is".
|wS
s tod:
. .oT W
^Wg o
CJTj "W.S
2 °. -g
p* t* 4
*
: :w
: :<»
:w'«
:a)w
'd ?
• Wpj
;aiW
• 'tf r
m :w^
S -S .d P
O O <L ~ _
+j lJ .O S :
.ov
:d
«H
-w
:w
:cc"
:«
:w*
•o-'
flpjWh
i ~- ^ G* W t^ _•"
kOOtwu .oj P
^ s
15
M
.2 a>.S .-S-5-SS „
O S O KH ^rKn
bo X "Si'Sb P. g o o o
SSSSrOOOO
•-" •— «S ■—< k U Ih ti u
HE^tntHMMPiMS
— ^ —
CQg
M'6
• o
o "^
o o
■S
Ih
O &)
sg
o **-•
e«
CQ O
OD
p; l
tfO
wSS" 1
WP^g
o^pSS
M .«-.
*-* * o
W«S.
Ooa j
M
wfc?
^P
Q2 r- ^
r^ a< 'C
tu i_^ w '
V! XT/ tfj'
WW We
%
mil
o-Jp ^
i
= :p
:o
:>'
:d
° :l*
G
K
^^
« •■ r
g cr cr
g««
M jj-s
^dw"
3dP*
si
cog
W'gWf;
J3 ^ - 1 - t
US <*^
: it
■ a
:"fi
;p
: o
60 p
« W M
oo :-3
M • 3
r 5 - :«
W .<m
. . o
4 ;i
^O g r p
* ° .nS
°"|'£?
c > c d t» O
o 5 o o^«-
W«WW £°
-^ *- 4J +j *S t
jflj=^i . £
ftp 6060 60 £ 5
o o
u
■ o u
°»i . a o
o :-&0
« Ci rt
"^ .Q3-S
= WP5o3
< .-W -
=a«.«
i rSw
e« ?
,*!£:
? M-Q
J c -P
. • fc g « J3 •
t-To
«3
si
fa p-
or. ■;*>
S = -<
S 2 °
Bo;
wgg
o«
W^
po
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. liii
S
d
►J
-aw
3 -W
W-ajd
Odd
:W
d
:R
:d
■ p
•3 -S
bo
: :a
• -^
"":!'2
:« :
■►Ja
§hi-! • s^
a •»-> « : J93 O
ftco«
lj.3 u
»a . =
S^|dd
:n
d^
:R£
M
fc K'-'.-i
: g.a' i £..S<«R<l
| :£ : H;?& > §o'd -
^fe^w?? r-3
M«OoOo ■-« cs
M a°aaaW8 tt '
5) OJ <U V 1> W
cis
3 3
H H fHHH^boPM
p :
d :
R :
« :
d :
M : .
' US
._r : ot
5s : a °
o :-l
h :**
* a
i>cS -
Qft £
r m
3d
1
to .
d^
-ft
9 ~
a^
Ha 5?
la-*
||«
si
a>a
g3
>-. :i
o a
c3 ♦*
■g^
is
rf a .
dcs
t£a"
.O O
Hoc
O o
WW
t/} bo
P3l3
p
dad
8P**
a a g
° ° E
WW o
■*>«&*
■O-O-J
boboffl
Srtt.
0> 0)
fHHcQ
. 2
m p. a , - ►.;
•"3 **«
PL,
d
3d
f^d>-i
:w.3
•pi-*-
:«3
-j
■«
•ft
a
?)
.o
2^
a
ft r
< oihlO r
5.S.Sa'S
w a^'P«
oji
:^
a :a
d . o
°d°
S :W
„°M r
? O h. * -»
« o „Oj
2 § a r9
opu a w ..-g
a T- o> a> tn^ 3
rt g '3 ?> 2} c3
M <u d rt o
O CJ
55>
a *s
a
« r
°a
go"
to O
ii ®^ « .
■ajOS^ a
rl ° s cfi w
w Phh
'i^CJ'
a 3 ^ -p 33 JJ
a a a a a a
q o o O O o
pH WD3 W W
m © 0) 4) 0>
y-jqxi i J3
Wbhhh
a a g
.a 2
cof4
z',
CO
M *3
I"3ft
OS
oo
P
-<ipq
r -«d
r -5d23
Pm„.
'fed
o O a
-2t>
Pi S J . R w «
d n ^Ki
cToPP
Ig'jfd
i3 *-* '* n
■ft ^ 2 fe d
oa a .- t
cacj"^ P
■A
cod
Pp'
•-- ^ t^ ^3
I fe* § a
Wp3W g
Q) « fl)
•o-a-a.-,
BHHco
■|g^ rP
S .2 R cT
3d a a
a^ o n> o
■St-ija Spq
fift " a^i
cog
d<»
d rt .
(>':
co'-s
d§
feu
a*
Opq
s
CQ
liv
REPORT — 1904.
w
•
w
m
a.
<
°<
ul
o
Ul
^*! W
o £
<
O
o
S3
^Pn
B)
h
z
lu
O
w ".
o :
w :
« :«•
W *o
h :s
CO • -
O *cc
J : l
w : S
<! £
2«<°
CJ ^
_»C« >
W -o
WO
fan
o w
K
7U
m
«
co
CO
«
«
w
W
r
CO
W
.Q
OP'
P r
,_)
QfiU
3
1
a
o
2 °
5S v
1-3
■U 5)
o o
vjWW
t
■ no
CO 6 *'
b d
p r «
w°w
^«
«.2'o
s£g-
W •= v- « C ™
CASH'S
lT^j v a Jo
•w to*" W ^, ^
•=i g £~33
.«£ M S COM
c;
ja
H
•S-t>W
:o
W "E a
o b .
5 .J 05 13
M.S
►a
-Sw
" w - o
(I rS
« o.a
2 M "2
cri -o
<v cq
W 01 V V
•~ J3 XI X!
WHHEh
B a J
oeq j~ —
$ .2* a w
£E_;'tjp- a!
g ^.a "o
WOW W
po
2
;
. o
w
y,
• „
H
g
, J3
- ti
3
-._-
4
. a
i-<
.U)
i->
n
^r
W P
3
K
O r
%$
wo
o M
M
W
:3 --a
- CeI o
:™ to»
:w^f?
ww g.&
w>So.
«; no fl _; '"i
* >>"3W «;
■"COW j;^
^h r3 ^ 3 *J
' c a , r -o
* • ^ H to ^ ^
Mto.Wlrtg.S*
■ - c3 ! K ^a
w :
d :
w •'
a :
Mpa
afw'
*w
So
So
— 0)
•w'
"iw^
B!W
o r d.Q
ltd
] O k ?
. . XiW «
•a a S WS
.-2 o S -i?
_.2 bW a
«W«§
b ^-^- 1 !"
i Q) 9 S 1
HWWcok cocoi/Jio>-=^W
CO
8
CO
8*
o r i
wl
JS
J" * -
^S
sa
05 O.
■2 °
P5 C5
«
o
CO
CO
o
w
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. lv
a
I
a
d
x>
as a C e»
to OJ
W H
co
M
r$
a
d
^
d
d
n
+J <D ,«-^j
«*-t >.« *-> ;_,
-3 3 i-Z CQ
t/iffi £^
as
M .
S-SssT
Z; £ eS f Xi -* <w ■
_ 9 g £ 3 5
*J +^H l, w
3.5
a h
x* a
fe«1
5v3|
MEW -.2 3 . a5
xl xl xl 2 'O Vi ** >«
titttca g a) o o
XI XI xl ~ ^ XI E t,
H H H co E-i E-i Ph pu,
i__
d .
.&
o'-'W Cxi
g w 3
r*?
H8
2S
Cxi
Y§R
O a r
n J k
no g
•«<« a
O O CO
fl S oj
A) O) u
a a" a
o o o
wte w
XI X! XI
to to 60
d
d
a 4
a oJ
SfJJ
XI • l_l
-~^a'i
a ti j'2 «
HH^ trjW
cj »ffl a .
xixi ,; 3
>.a a "fa a
.5 5 2 o j 3 .
g W W m <i -g.
>XiXl &»1H
■a.5f.Sf a S
— -- ^ -_, r,
5 2-
Q.X3
ao
oto
CO h
!fa
o
S>. c^
3^
^x>
p to
^3
w |xTh a
w ■„
* a j r
a ST-d
xf-4
WP
o a
.!S .a bo
>,-gaa| n
i> • *a <u o ^
> sr-sfi ^
^4
fi ""i 5 « a 5p o xl
r r- 113 i: p ^ a °
tJ.d° 3rj 3S a
• ►* « O lTx: ^ a
«dS -« S^ S,
jS'-i) . 5fa S s S
,¥-daB55 JTj
h>no5ogr
ao «wa-^"C
' o r5 3," .3 a a
S^o"
i-i iJ
w ? O ► J yw-
'a a
t^ i^5 rt e8 rt
. .X1XIXI
HHOOO
axi x: ;
S'a^a.SP.S'a
'So . <-> > 44 Pj^q
■SLA > % h^P^ on o
be bo 53 $ "r.-df 1
'n t* o3 »-• l* v "
*/3 ^ ffi l-^fnU^ OJ
>1
C)
M
—
^
3
J
-j-i
t->
s
o
i
s
>,
q
3
o
u
r
H
n
w.
s
C 1
.s
f-l
S
a
o
H
01 OJ (U
XtXIXJ
HHH
xl xl ^ a -^l
E-i H cc co ■<
XT.
< <1
HE-i
V U U <D K W -
xixix; xi h' : o
i^fe
3
«
fa
d
d
Si s
OB H
"1^
O a
^xi
>-l a
:>S
9o§
O ^"
rffft"
o.&S
pq a cd
-J «*!
Wxi r p
►"> o □
ill
o So
M.3
H 1 ^
xl
H
Ivi
REPORT — 1904.
TEUSTEES AND GENERAL OFFICERS, 1831-1904.
TRUSTEES.
1832-70 (Sir) R. I. Murchison (Bart.), 1872
F.R.S.
1832-62 John Taylor, Esq., F.R.S.
1832-39 C. Babbage, Esq., F.R.S.
1839-44 F. Batly, Esq., F.R.S.
1844-58 Rev. G. Peacock, F.R.S.
1858-82 General E. Sabine, F.R.S.
1862-81 Sir P. Eckrton, Bart., F.R.S.
Sir J. Lubbock, Bart, (now Lord
Avebury), F.R.S.
1881-83 W. Spottiswoode, Esq., Pres.
R.S.
Lord Rayleioii, F.R.S.
Sir Lyon (afterwards Lord )
Playfair, F.R.S.
Prof.(S:r)A.W.RuoKBB,F.R.S.
1883
1883-118
1 80S
GENERAL TREASURERS.
1831 Jonathan Gray, Esq. 1891-
1832-62 John Taylor, Esq., F.R.S. 1898
1 862-74 W. Spotttswootm:, Esq.. F.R.S. 1 90 I
1874-91 Prof. A. W. WILLIAMSON, F.R.S.
-98 Prof. A. W. RUCKEB, F.R.S.
-1904 Prof. <;. <\ Poster, f.R.s.
Prof. John Pkrry, F.R.S.
GENERAL SEGRETARI RS.
1832-
1835-
36
1 836-37
Rov. W.
F.R.S.
Rev. W.
F.R.S.,
F.R.S.
Rov. W.
Veenon Rabcotjrt,
Vbenon Habcouet,
and F. Baily, Esq.,
Veenon IIarcourt,
Murchison,
1 837-39
1 839-45
1845.
1850-52
1852-
1853-
1859-
1861-
1862-
1863-6
1865-
1866
F.R.S., and R. I.
Esq., F.R.S.
R. I. Murchison, Esq., F.R.S.,
and Rev. G. Peacock, F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, F.R.S..
and Major E. Sabine, F.R.S.
50 Lient.-Colonol E. Sabine.F.R.S.
General E. Sabine, F.R.S., and
J. F. Royle, Esq., F.R.S.
J. F. Royle, Esq., F.R.S.
General E. SABINE, F.R.S.
Prof. R. Walker, F.R.S.
W. Hopkins, Esq., F.R.S.
W. Hopkins, Esq., F.R.S., and
Prof. J. Phillips, F.R.S.
W. Hopkins, Esq., F.R.S., and
F. Galton, Esq., F.R.S.
66 F. Galton, Esq., F.R.S.
68 F. Galton, Esq., F.R.S., and
Dr. T. A. Hirst, F.R.S.
1868-71 Br. T. A. Hirst. F.R.S.. and Dr.
T. Thomson, F.H.S.
1871-72 Dr.T.TnoMSON,F.R.S.,andC.i|it.
Dour; las Galton. F.R.S.
1872-70 Capt. D. Galton. F.R.S., and
Dr. Michael Fosteb, F.R.S.
1876-8] Capt, D. Galton, F.R.S.. and
Dr. 1'. L. Sclatkr. F.R.S.
issi-82 Capt. D. Galton, f.R.s.. and
Prof. F. M. Balfou:, F.R.s.
1882-83 Capt. Douclas Galton. F.R.S.
18S:!-95 Sir DOUGLAS Gai.TOX, F.R.S..
and A. G. Veenon FTabcol'rt,
Esq., F.R.s.
1895-97 A. G. Vernon Harcoubt, Esq..
F.R.S., and Prof. E. A.
SOHAFBB, F.R.S.
Prof. SCHAFER, F.R.S., and Sir
W.C.Rori:rts-Austen,F.R.S.
Sir W. G. Robdrts-Austen.
F.R.S., and Dr. D. If. Scott,
F.R.S.
1902-03 Dr. D. IT. Scott. F.R.S., and
Major P. A. MacMahon, F.R.S.
1 903 Major P. A. MacMahon, F.R.S.,
and Prof. W. A. Hdrdmax,
F.R.S.
17- f
1900 1
1897-
1900
1900 02
ASSISTANT GENERAL SECRETARIES.
John Phillips, Esq., Secretaa-y. j 1881-85 Prof. T. G. Bonney, F.R.S.,
rrof. J. T>. Forbes, Acting \ Secretary.
1831
1832
Secretary.
1832-62 Prof. John Phillips, F.R.S.
1862-78 G. Griffith, Esq., M.A.
1878-80 J. K. H. Gordon, Esq., B.A.,
A mutant Secretary.
\ 881 G. Griffith, Esq., M.A., Acting
Secretary,
1885-90 A. T. Atchison, Esq., M.A.,
Secretary.
1890 G. Griffith, Esq., M.A., Acting
Secretary.
1890-1902 G. Griffith, Esq.. M.A.
1902-04 J. G. GABSON, Esq., M.D.
1904 A. Silva White, Esq., A stittant
Secretary.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lvii
Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association.
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OP SCIENCES, I. MATHEMATICS AND GENERAL PHYSICS.
1832. Oxford
1833. Cambridge
1834. Edinburgh
Davies Gilbert, D.C.L., P.B.S.
Sir D. Brewster, P.B.S
Rev. W. Whowell, F.R.S.
Rev. H. Coddington.
Prof. Forbes.
Prof. Forbes, Prof. Lloyd.
183.". Dublin
183C. Bristol
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle
1830. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1841. Plymouth
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork
1844. York
SECTION A. — MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Rev. Dr. Robinson
Prof. Sir W. R. Hamilton, Prof.
Wheatstone.
Prof. Forbes, W. S. Harris, F. W.
Jerrard.
W. S. Harris, Rev. Prof. Powell,
Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. Prof. Chevallier, Major Sabine,
Prof. Stevelly.
J. D. Chance, W. Snow Harris, Prof.
Stevelly.
Rev. Dr. Forbes, Prof. Stevelly,
Arch. Smith.
Rev. Prof. Lloyd, F.R.S IProf. Stevelly.
Very Rev. G. Peacock, D.D., Prof. M'Culloch, Prof. Stevelly, Rev.
F.R.S. W. Scoresby.
Prof. M'Culloch, M.R.I.A. ... J. Nott, Prof. Stevelly.
The Earl of Rosse, F.R.S. ... Rev. Wm. Hey, Prof. Stevelly.
1845. Cambridge The Very Rev. the Dean oC Rev. H. Goodwin, Prof. Stevelly,
Ely. G. G. Stokes.
184G. Southamp- Sir John F. W. Herschel, John Drew, Dr. Stevelly, G. G.
Rev. William Whewell, F.R.S.
Sir D. Brewster, F.R.S
Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart.,
F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Whewell, F.R.S....
Prof. Forbes, F.R.S
ton.
1847. Oxford.
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ...
1852. Belfast
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool...
1855. Glasgow ...
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
Bart., F.R.S
Rev. Prof. Powell, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Stokes.
Rev. H. Price, Prof. Stevelly, G. G.
Stokes.
Lord Wrottesley, F.R.S Dr. Stevelly, G. G. Stokes.
William Hopkins, F.R.S ! Prof. Stevelly, G. G. Stokes, W.
Ridout Wills.
Prof. J. D. Forbes, F.R.S. Jw. J.MacquornRankine.Prof. Smyth,
Sec. R.S.E.
Rev. W. Whewell, D.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. W. Thomson, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
The Very Rev. the Dean of
Ely, F.R.S.
Prof. G. G. Stokes, M.A., Sec.
R.S.
Rev. Prof. Kelland, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
Rev. R. Walker, M.A., F.R.S.
Rev. T. R. Robinson, D.D.,
F.R.S., M.R.I.A.
Rev. W. Whewell, D.D..
V.P.R.S.
Prof. Stevelly, Prof. G. G. Stokes.
S. Jackson, W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
Prof. Stevelly, Prof. G. G. Stokes.
Prof. Dixon, W, J. Macquorn Ran-
kine, Prof. Stevelly, J. Tyndall.
B. Blaydes Haworth, J. D. Sollitt,
Prof. Stevelly, J. Welsh.
J. Hartnup, H. G. Puckle, Prof.
Stevelly, J. Tyndall, J. Welsh.
Rev. Dr. Forbes, Prof. D.Gray, Prof.
Tyndall.
C. Brooke, Rev. T. A. Southwood,
Prof. Stevelly, Rev. J. C. Turnbull.
Prof. Curtis, Prof. Hennessy, P. A.
Ninnis, W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. S. Earnshaw, J. P. Hennessy,
Prof. Stevelly, H.J. S.Smith, Prof.
Tyndall.
lviii
report — 1904.
Date and Place
1859
1860,
1861
1862
1863
1864,
1865,
1866
1867,
1868,
1860,
1870.
Aberdeen...
Oxford
Manchester
Cambridge
Newcastle
Path
Birmingham
Nottingham
Dundee ...
Norwich ...
Exeter
Liverpool...
Presidents
1871. Edinburgh
1872.
187?..
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1S78.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
Brighton ...
Bradford ...
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow ...
Plymouth...
Dublin.. ..
Sheffield ...
Swansea ...
York
Southamp-
ton.
Southport
Montreal ...
Aberdeen. ..
Birmingham
The Earl of Rosse, M.A., K.P.,
UD C
Rev. B. Price, M.A., F.R.S....
G. P.. Airy, M.A., D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Q. G. Stokes, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof . W. J. Macquorn Rankine.
O.E., F.R.S.
Prof. Cay ley, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.R.A.S.
W.Spottiswoode,M.A.,F.B.S.,
F.R.A.S.
Prof. Wheatstone, D.P.L.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. Tyndall, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. J. Sylvester, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
J. Clerk Maxwell, M.A.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. P. G. Tait, F.R.S.E. ...
W. De La Rue, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. H. J. S. Smith, F.R.S. .
Rev. Prof. J. n. Jellett, M.A..
M.R.I.A.
Prof. Balfour Stewart, M.A.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, M.A.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof.G.C. Foster, B.A., F.R.S.,
Pros. Physical Soc.
Rev. Prof. Salmon, D.D.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
George Johnstone Stoney,
M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. W. Grylls Adams, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, M.A.,
LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.
Rt, Hon. Prof. Lord Rayleigh,
M.A., F.R.S.
Prof.O.Henrici, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, M.A.,
LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. G. Chrystal, M.A.,
F.R.S.E.
Prof. G. H. Darwin, M.A.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Secretaries
J. P. Hennessy, Prof. Maxwell, H.
J. S. Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. G. C. Bell, Rev. T. Rennison,
Prof. Stevell)'.
Prof. R. B. Clifton, Prof. n. J. S.
Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
Prof. R. B. Clifton, Prof. H. J. S.
Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
Re v.N.Ferrers, Prof . Fn 1 ler, F.Jenkin ,
Prof. Stevellv, Rev. C. T. Whitley.
Prof. Fuller, P. .lenkin, Rev. G.
Buckle, Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. T. N. Hutchinson, P. .lenkin, G.
S. Mathews, Prof. IT. J. S. Smith,
.1. M. Wilson.
Fleeming.Tenkin.Prof.TT.J. S.Smith,
Rev. S. N. Swann.
Rev. O. P.uckle, Prof. O. C. Foster,
Prof. Fuller, Prof. Swan.
Prof. G. C. Foster, Rev. R. TTarley,
R. B. TTayward.
Prof. G. C. Foster, R. B. Hayward,
W. K. Clifford.
Prof. W. G. Adams, W. K. Clifford,
Prof. G. C. Foster, Rev. W. Allen
Whit worth.
Prof. W. G. Adams, J. T. P.ottomley,
Prof. W. K. Clifford, Prof. J. D.
Everett, Rev. R. TTarley.
Prof. W.K.Clifford,.!. W.L.Glaisher,
Prof. A . S. llerschel, G . F. Rodwel 1.
Prof. W. K. Clifford, Prof. Forbes, J.
W.L.Glaisher, Prof. A. S. llerschel.
J.W.L.Glaisher.Prof.Herscbel, Ran-
dal Nixon, J. Perry, G. F. Rod well.
Prof. W. F. Barrett, J. W.L.Glaisher,
C. T. Hudson, G. F. Rodwell.
Prof. W. F. Barrett, J. T. Bottomley.
Prof. G. Forbes, J. W. L. Glaisher,
T. Muir.
Prof. W. F. Barrett,.!. T. Bottomley,
.1. W. L. Glaisher, F. G. Landon.
Prof. J. Casey, G. F. Fitzgerald, J.
W. L. Glaisher, Dr. O. .1. Lodge.
A. H. Allen, J. W. L. Glaisher, Dr.
O. J. Lodge, D. MacAlister.
W. E. Ayrton, J. W. L. Glaisher,
Dr. O. J. Lodge, D. MacAlister.
Prof. W. E. Ayrton, Dr. O. J. Lodge,
D. MacAlister, Rev. W. Routh.
W. M. Hicks, Dr. O. J. Lodge, D.
MacAlister, Rev. G. Richardson.
W. M. Hicks, Prof. O. J. Lodge,
D. MacAlister, Prof. R. C. Rowe.
C. Carpmael, W. M. Hicks, A. John-
son, O. J. Lodge, D. MacAlister.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, Prof.
W. M. Hicks, Prof. W. Ingram.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, Prof.
J. II. Poynting, W. N. Shaw.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lis:
Date and Place
1887.
Manchester
1888.
Bath
1889.
1890.
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
1891.
Cardiff
1892.
Edinburgh
1893.
Nottingham
1894.
1895.
Ipswich . . .
1696.
Liverpool...
1897.
Toronto ...
1898.
1899.
1900.
Bradford . . .
1901.
Glasgow . . ,
1902
Belfast
1903.
Southport
1904.
Cambridge
Presidents
Prof. Sir E. S. Ball, M.A.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. G. P. Fitzgerald, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Capt, W. do W. Abney, C.B.,
R.E., F.R.S.
J. W. L. Gkiisher, Sc.D.,
F.R.S., V.P.R.A.S.
Prof. O. J. Lodge, D.Sc,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Schuster, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., F.R.A.S.
R. T. Glazebrook, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof.A.W.Rucker, M.A..F.R.S.
Prof. W. M. Hicks, M.A,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. J. Thomson, M.A.,
D.Sc, F.R.S.
Prof. A. R. Forsyth, M.A.,
Prof. W. E. Ayrton, F.R.S. ...
Prof. J. H. Poynting, F.R.S.
Dr. J. Larmor, F.R.S.— Dep.
of Astronomy, Dr. A. A.
Common, F.R.S.
Major P. A. MacMahon, F.R.S.
— Dep. of Astronomy, Prof.
H. H. Turner, F.R.S.
Prof. J.Purser,LL.D.,M.R.I.A.
— Dep. of Astronomy, Prof.
A. Schuster, F.R.S.
C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.— Dep.
of Astronomy and Meteor-
ology, Dr. W. N. Shaw,
F.R.S.
Prof. H. Lamb, F.R.S.— Sub-
Section of Astronomy and
Cosmical Physics, Sir J.
Eliot, K.C.I.E., F.R.S.
Secretaries
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, Prof.
H. Lamb, W. N. Shaw.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, A.
Lodge, W. N. Shaw.
R. R. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, A.
Lodge, W. N. Shaw, H. Stroud.
R. T. Glazebrook, Prof. A. Lodge,
W. N. Shaw, Prof. W. Stroud.
R. E. Baynes, J. Larmor, Prof. A.
Lodge, Prof. A. L. Selby.
R. E. Baynes, J. Larmor, Prof. A.
Lodge, Dr. W. Peddie.
W. T. A. Emtage, J. Larmor, Prof.
A. Lodge, Dr. W. Peddie.
Prof. W. H. Heaton, Prof. A. Lodge.
J. Walker.
Prof. W. II. Heaton, Prof. A. Lodge,
G. T. Walker, VV. Watson.
Prof. W. n. Heaton, J. L. Howard,
Prof. A. Lodge, G. T. Walker, W.
Watson.
Prof. W. H. Heaton, J. C. Glashan, J.
L. Howard, Prof. J. C. McLennan.
A. P. Chattock, J. L. Howard, C. H.
Lees, W. Watson, E. T. Whittaker.
J. L. Howard, C. H. Lees, W. Wat-
son, E. T. Whittaker.
P. H. Cowell, A. Fowler, C. H. Lees,
C. J. L. Wagstaffe, W. Watson,
E. T. Whittaker.
H. S. Carslaw, C H. Lees, W. Stewart,
Prof. L. R. Wilberforce.
H. S. Carslaw, A. R. Hinks, A.
Larmor, C. H. Lees, Prof. W. B.
Morton, A. W. Porter.
D. E. Benson, A. R. Hinks, R. W.
H. T. Hudson, Dr. C. H. Lees, J.
Loton, A. W. Porter.
A. R. Hinks, R. W. II. T. Hudson,
Dr. C. H. Lees, Dr. W. J. S. Lock-
yer, A. W. Porter, W. C. D.
Whetham.
CHEMICAL SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OP SCIENCES, II. — CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY.
1832. Oxford
1833. Cambridge
1834. Edinburgh
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Dr. Hope
James F. W. Johnston.
Prof. Miller.
Mr. Johnston, Dr. Christison.
SECTION B. — CHEMISTRY AND MINERALOGY.
1835. Dublin.
1836. Bristol.
1837. Liverpool.
Dr. T. Thomson, F.R.S.
Rev. Prof, dimming ...
Michael Faraday, F.R.S
.. ! Dr. Apjohn, Prof. Johnston.
Dr. Apjohn, Dr. C. Henry, W. Hera-
path.
Prof. Johnston, Prof. Miller, Dr.
Reynolds.
Ix
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
1838 Newcastle
1839. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1841. Plymouth...
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork
1844. York
Presidents
Kev. William Whewell,F.R.S.
Prof. T. Graham, F.R.S
Dr. Thomas Thomson, F.R.S.
Dr. Daubeny, F.R.S
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. Apjohn, M.R.I. A
Prof. T. Graham, F.R.S
LSI;". Cambridge
18 40. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ...
1852. Belfast
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool
1855. Glasgow ...
1 856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1864. Bath
1 865. Birmingham
1866. Nottingham
1867. Dundee
1868. Norwich
1869. Exeter...
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton ..
Secretaries
Rev. Prof. Camming
Michael Faraday, D.C.L.,
K.R.S.
Rev. W. V. Harconrt, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Richard Phillips, F.R.S
John Percy, M.D., F.R.S
Dr. Christison, V.P.R.S.E. ...
Prof. Thomas Graham, F. U.S.
Thomas Andrews,M.D.,F.R.S.
Prof. J. F. W. Johnston, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof.W. A.Miller, M.D.,F.R.S.
Dr. Lyon Playfair,C.B.,F.R.S.
Prof. B. C. Brodie, F.R.S. ...
Prof. Apjohn, M.D., F.P.S.,
M.R.I.A.
Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart.,
D.C.L.
Dr. Lyon Playf air, C. B., F.R. S.
Prof. P.. C. Brodie, F.R.S
Prof. W.A.Miller, M.D.,F.R.S.
Prof. W.H.Miller, M.A., F.R.S.
Dr. Alex. W. Williamson,
F.R.S.
W. Odling, M.B., F.R.S
Prof. W. A. Miller, M.D..
V.P.R.S.
H. Bence Jones, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. T. Anderson, M.D.,
F.R.S.E.
Prof. E. Frankland, F.R.S.
Dr. H. Debus, F.R.S
Prof. H. E. Roscoe, B.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof. T. Andrews, M.D., F.R.S.
Dr. J. ^Gladstone, F.R.S....
Prof. Miller, H. L. Pattinson, Thomas
Richardson.
Dr. Goldine: Bird, Dr. J. B. Melson.
Dr. R. D. "Thomson, Dr. T. Clark,
Dr. L. Playfair.
J. Prideanx, R. Hunt, W. M. Tweedy.
Dr. L. riayfair, R. Hunt, J. Graham.
R. Hunt, Dr. Sweeny.
Dr. L. Playfair, E. Solly, T. H.
Barker.
R. Hunt, J. P. Joule, Prof. Miller,
E. Solly.
Dr. Miller, R. Hunt. W. Randall.
P.. V. Brodie, R. Hunt, Prof. Solly.
T. II. Henry, R. Hunt, T. Williams.
R. Hunt, G. Shaw.
Dr. Anderson, R. Hunt, Dr. Wilson.
T. J. Pearsall, W. S. Ward.
Dr. Gladstone, Prof. Hodges, Prof.
Ronalds.
H. S. Blundell, Prof. R. Hunt, T. J.
Pearsall.
Dr. Edwards, Dr. Gladstone, Dr.
Price.
Prof. Frankland, Dr. H. E. Roscoe.
J. Horsley, P. J. Worsley, Prof.
Voelcker.
Dr. Davy, Dr. Gladstone, Prof. Sul-
• livan.
Dr. Gladstone, W. Odling, R. Rey-
nolds.
J. S. Brazier, Dr. Gladstone, G. D.
Liveing, Dr. Odling.
A. Vernon Harcourt, G. D. Liveing,
A. B. Northcote.
A. Vernon Harcourt, G. D. Liveing.
H. W. Elphinstone, VV. Odling, Prof.
Roscoe.
Prof. Liveing, H. L. Pattinson, J. C.
Stevenson.
A. V. Harcourt, Prof. Liveing, R.
Biggs.
A. V. Harcourt, H. Adkins, Prof.
Wanklyn, A. Winkler Wills.
J. H. Atherton, Prof. Liveing, W. J.
Russell, J. White.
A. Cram Brown, Prof. G. D. Liveing,
W. J. Russell.
Dr. A. Crum Brown, Dr. W. J. Rus-
sell, F. Sutton.
Prof. A. Crum Brown, Dr. W. J.
Russell, Dr. Atkinson.
Prof. A. Crum Brown, A. E. Fletcher,
Dr. W. J. Russell.
J. Y. Buchanan, W. N. Hartley, T.
E. Thorpe.
Dr. Mills. W. Chandler Roberts, Dr.
| W. J. Russell, Dr. T. Wood.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lxi
Date and Place
1873. Bradford...
1874. Belfast
1875. Bristol
1876. Glasgow ...
1877. Plymouth...
1S78. Dublin
1879. Sheffield ...
1880. Swansea ...
1881. York
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport
1881. Montreal ...
1885. Aberdeen...
1886. Birmingham
1887. Manchester
1888. Bath
1889. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
1890. Leeds
1891. Cardiff
1892. Edinburgh
1893. Nottingham
1894. Oxford
Presidents
Prof. W. J. Kussell, F.K.S....
Prof. A. Crum Brown, M.D.,
F.R.S.E.
A. G. Vernon Harcourt, M.A.,
W. H.Perkin, F.R.S
F. A. Abel, F.R.S
Prof. Maxwell Simpson, M.D.,
Prof. De'war, M.A., F.K.S. ...
Joseph Henry Gilbert, Ph.D.,
F* R S
Prof. A. W. Williamson, F.K.S.
Prof. G. D. Liveing, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Dr. J. H. Gladstone, F.K.S...
Prof. Sir H. E. Koscoe, Ph.D.,
LL.D., F.K.S.
Prof. H. E. Armstrong, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., Sec. C.S.
W. Crookes, F.R.S., V.P.C.S.
Dr. E. Schunck, F.R.S
Prof. W. A. Tilden, D.Sc,
F.R.S., V.P.C.S.
Sir I. Lowthian Bell, Bart.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. T. E. Thorpe, B.Sc,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Treas. C.S.
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
C.B., F.R.S.
Prof. H. McLeod, F.R.S
Prof. J. Emerson Reynolds,
M.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.
Prof. H. B. Dixon, M.A., F.R.S.
Secretaries
Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Mills, W. Chand-
ler Roberts, Dr. Thorpe.
Dr. T. Cranstoun Charles, \V. Chand-
ler Roberts, Prof. Thorpe.
Dr. H. E. Armstrong, W. Chandler
Roberts, W. A. Tilden.
W. Dittmar, W. Chandler Roberts,
J. M. Thomson, W. A. Tilden.
Dr. Oxland, W. Chandler Roberts,
J. M. Thomson.
W. Chandler Roberts, J. M. Thom-
son, Dr. C. R. Tichborne, T. Wills.
H. S. Bell, W. Chandler Roberts,
J. M. Thomson.
P. P. Bedson, H. B. Dixon, W. K. E.
Hodgkinson, J. M. Thomson.
P. P. Bedson, H. B. Dixon, T. Gough.
P. Phillips Bedson, H. B. Dixon,
J. L. Notter.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. B.
Dixon, II. Forster Morley.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. B. Dixon,
T. McFarlane, Prof. W. H. Pike.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. B. Dixon,
H.ForsterMorley.Dr. W.J. Simpson.
P. P. Bedson, H. B. Dixon, H. F. Mor-
ley.W.W. J. Nicol, C. J. Woodward.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, II. Forster
Morlev, W. Thomson.
Prof. H. B. Dixon, H. Forster Morley,
R. E. Moyle, W. W. J. Nicol.
H. Forster Morley, D. II. Nagel, W.
W. J. Nicol, H. L. Pattinson, juc.
C. II. Eothamley, H. Forster Morley,
D. H. Nagel, W. W. J. Nicol.
C. II, Bothamley, H. Forster Morley,
W. W. J. Nicol, G. S. Turpin.
J. Gibson, H. Forster Morley, D. H.
Nagel, W. W. J. Nicol.
J. B. Coleman, M. J. R. Dunslan,
D. H. Nagel, W. W. J. Nicol.
A. Colefax, W. W. Fisher, Arthur
Harden, H. Forster Morley.
1895. Ipswich
1896.
1897
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
Liverpool.
Toronto .
Bristol ....
Dover ....
Bradford .
Glasgow .
SECTION B (continued).
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S
Dr. Ludwig Mond, F.R.S.
Prof. W. Ramsay, F.R.S
Prof. F. R. Japp, F.R.S
Horace T. Brown, F.R.S
J Prof. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S. ...
Prof. Percy F. Frankland,
F.R.S.
--CHEMISTRY.
E. H. Fison, Arthur Harden, C. A.
Kohn.J. W. Rodger.
Arthur Harden, C. A. Kohn.
Prof. W. H. Ellis, A. Harden, C. A.
Kohn, Prof. R. F. Ruttan.
C. A. Kohn, F. W. Stoddart, T. K.
Rose.
A. D. Hall, C. A. Kohn, T. K. Rose,
Prof. W. P. Wynne.
W. M. Gardner, F. S. Kipping, W.
J. Pope, T. K. Rose.
W. C. Anderson, G. G. Henderson,
W. J. Pope, T. K. Rose.
lxii
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
1902. Belfast.
1903. Southport
1901. Cambridge
Presidents
Prof. E. Divers, F.R.S
Prof. W. N. Hartley, D.Sc.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Sydney Young, F.R.S....
Secretaries
R. F. Blake, M. O. Forster, Prof.
G. G. Henderson, Prof. W.J. Pope.
Dr. M. O. Forster, Prof. G. G. Hen-
derson, J. Ohm, Prof. W. J. Pope.
Dr. M. O. Forster, Prof. G. G. Hen-
derson, Dr. H. 0. Jones, Prof. W.
J. Pope.
GEOLOGICAL (and, until 1851, GEOGRAPHICAL) SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, III. — GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
1832. Oxford
1833. Cambridge.
1831. Edinburgh.
R. I. Hutchison, F.R.S.
G. B. Greenough, F.R.S.
Prof. Jameson
John Taylor.
W. Lonsdale, John Phillips.
J. Phillips, T. J. Tome, Rev. J. Yates.
SECTION C. — GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
1835. Dublin 'R.J.Griffith Captain Portlook, T. J. Torric.
1836. Bristol Rev. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.— William Sanders, S. Stutchbury,
tow/.,R.I.Murchison,F.R.S.| T.J. Torrie.
Rev. Prof . Sedgwick, F.R.S. — 'Captain Port-lock, R. Hunter. — Gco-
6V<>;/.,G.B.Greenough,F.R.sJ graphy, Capt. H. M.Denham.R.N.
C. Lyell, F.R.S., V.P.G.S.— W. C. Trevclyan, Capt, Portlock.—
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle.
1839. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1811. Plymouth...
1812. Manchester
Geography, Lord Prudhoe
Rev. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.—
(?«','/. ,G.B.Greenough,F.R.S.
Charles Lyell, F.R.S. — Geog.,
G. B. Greenough, F.R.S.
H. T. De la Beche, F.R.S. ...
R. I. Murchison, F.R.S
1813. Cork ; Richard E. Griffith, F.R.S....
1811. York Henry Warburton, Pres. G. S.
1845. Cambridge. Rev. Prof. Sedgwick, M.A.
F.R.S.
Leonard Horner, F.R.S.
1810. Southamp-
ton.
1S17. Oxford
1818. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh 1
1851. Ipswich .
1852. Belfast....
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool ,
1855. Glasgow .
Very Rev.Dr.Buckland.F.R.S.
Sir U. T. De la Beche, F.R.S.
Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S
Sir Roderick
F.R.S.
I. Murchison,
Geography, Capt. Washington.
George Lloyd, M.D., H. E. Strick-
land, Charles Darwin.
W. J. Hamilton, D. Milne, H. Murray,
H. E. Strickland, J. Scoular.
W. J. Hamilton,Edward Moore, M.D.,
It. Hutton.
E. W. Binney, R. Hutton, Dr. It.
Lloyd, H. E. Strickland.
F. M. Jennings, H. E. Strickland.
Prof. Ansted, E. H. Bunbury.
Rev. J. O. Cummiug, A. C. Ramsay,
Rev. W. Thorp.
Robert A. Austen, Dr. J. U. Norton,
Prof. Oldham, Dr. C. T. Beke.
Prof. Ansted, Prof. Oldham, A. C.
liamsay, J. Buskin.
S. Benson, l'rof.01dham,l'rof. Ramsay
J. B. Jukes, Prof. Oldham, A. C.
Ramsay.
A. Keith Johnston, Hugh Miller,
Prof.Nicol.
section c (^continued). — geology
WilliamHopkins,M.A.,F.R.S.
Lieut. -Col. Portlock, R.E.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S
Prof. Edward Forbes, F.R.S.
Sir R. 1. Murchison, F.R.S....
0. J. F. Bunbury, G. W. Ormerod,
Searles Wood.
James Bryce, James MacAdam,
Prof. M'Coy, Prof. Nicol.
Prof. Harkness, William Lawtou.
Jolm Cunningham, Prof. Harkness,
G. W. Ormerod, J. W. Woodall.
J. Bryce, Prof. Harkness, Prof.Nicol.
1 Geography was constituted a separate Sectiou, see page lxix.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lxiii
Date and Place
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1864. Bath
1865. Birmingham
1866. Nottingham
1867. Dundee ...
1868. Norwich ...
1869. Exeter
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton...
1873. Bradford...
187L Belfast
1875. Bristol
1876. Glasgow ...
1877. Plymouth...
1878. Dublin
1879. Sheffield ...
1880. Swansea ...
1881. York
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport
1881. Montreal ...
1885. Aberdeen...
1886. Birmingham
1S8 7, Manchester
Presidents
Secretaries
Prof. A. C. Kamsay, F.E.S....
The Lord Talbot de Malahide
WilliamHopkins.M.A., F.R.S.
Sir Charles Lyell, LL.D.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S...
Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
J. Beete Jukes, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. Warington W. Smyth,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. J. Phillips, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart.,
K.C.B., F.R.S.
Prof. A. C. Ramsay, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Archibald Geikie, F.R.S
R. A. C. Godwin-Austen,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. B. Harkness, F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Sir Philipde M.Grey Egerton,
Bart., M.P., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Geikie, F.R.S., F.G.S.
R. A. C. Godwin-Austen,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. J. Phillips, F.R.S. ...
Prof. Hull, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Dr. T.Wright, F.R.S.E., F.G.S.
Prof. John Young, M.D
W. Pengelly, F.R.S., F.G.S.
John Evans, D.C.L., F.R.S.,
F.S.A., F.G.S.
Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S.
H. C. Sorby, F.R.S., F.G.S....
A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
R. Etheridge, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. W. C. Williamson,
LL.D., F.R.S.
W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., Sec.
G.S.
Prof. J. W. Judd, F.K.S., Sec.
G.S.
Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc,
LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Henry Woodward, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Rev. P. B. Brodie, Rev. R. Hep-
worth, Edward Hull, J. Scougall,
T. Wright.
Prof. Harkness, G. Sanders, R. H.
Scott.
Prof. Nicol, H. C. Sorby, E. W.
Shaw.
Prof. Harkness, Rev. J. Longmuir,
H. C. Sorby.
Prof. Harkness, E. Hull, J. W.
Woodall.
Prof. Harkness, Edward Hull, T.
Rupert Jones, G. W. Ormerod.
Lucas Barrett, Prof. T. Rupert
Jones, H. C. Sorby.
E. F. Boyd, John Daglish, H. C.
Sorby, Thomas Sopwith.
W B. Dawkins, J. Johnston, H. C.
Sorby, W. Pengelly.
Rev. P. B. Brodie, J. Jones, Rev. E.
Myers, H. C. Sorby, W. Pengelly.
R. Etheridge, W. Pengelly, T. Wil-
son, G. H. Wright.
E. Hull, W. Pengelly, H. Woodward.
Rev. O. Fisher, Rev. J. Gunn, W.
Pengelly, Rev. H. H. Winwood.
W. Pengelly, W. Boyd Dawkins,
Rev. H. H. Winwood.
W. Pengelly, Rev. H. H. Winwood,
W. Boyd Dawkins, G. H. Morton.
R. Etheridge, J. Geikie, T. McKenny
Hughes, L. C. Miall.
L. C. Miall, George Scott, William
Toplcy, Henry Woodward.
L.C.Miall,R.H.Tiddeman,W.Topley.
F. Drew, L. C. Miall, R. G. Symes,
R. H. Tiddeman.
L. C. Miall, E. B.Tawney,W.Topley.
J. Armstrong, F. W. Rudler, W.
Topley.
Dr. Le Neve Foster, R. H. Tidde-
man, W. Topley.
E. T. Hardman, Prof. J. O'Reilly,
R. H. Tiddeman.
W. Topley, G. Blake Walker.
W. Topley, W. Whitaker.
J. E. Clark, W. Keeping, W. Topley,
W. Whitaker.
T. W. Shore, W. Topley, E. West-
lake, W. Whitaker.
R. Betley, C. E. De Ranee, W. Top-
ley, W. Whitaker.
F. Adams, Prof. E. W. Claypole, W.
Topley, W. Whitaker.
C. E. De Ranee, J. Home, J. J. H.
Teall, W. Topley.
W. J. Harrison, J. J. U. Teall, W.
Topley, W. W. Watts.
J. E. Marr, J. J. H. Teall, W. Top
ley, W; W. Watts.
lxiv
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
1888. Bath.
1889. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
1890. Leeds
1891. Cardiff
1892. Edinburgh
1893. Nottingham
1894. Oxford
1895. Ipswich ...
1896. Liverpool...
1897. Toronto ...
1898. Bristol
1899. Dover
1900. Bradford...
1901. Glasgow
1902. Belfast...
1903. Southport
Presidents
Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. J. Geikie, LL.D., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. A. H. Green, M.A.,
F.R.8., F.G.S.
Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Prof. C. Lapworth, LL.D.,
F.B.S., F.G.S.
J. J. H. Teall, M.A., F.R.S.,
L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S. ...
W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S. ...
J. E. Marr, M.A., F.R.S
Dr. G. M. Dawson, C.M.G.,
F.B.S.
W. H. Hudleston, F.B.S
Sir Archibald Geikie, F.B.S.
Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.B.S. ...
John Home, F.B.S
Lieut. -Gen. C. A. McMahon.
Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A.,
M.Sc.
1901. Cambridge I Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S
Secretaries
Prof. G. A. Lebour, W. Topley, W.
W. Watts, H. B. Woodward.
Prof. G. A. Lebour, J. E. Marr, W.
W. Watts, H. B. Woodward.
J. E. Bedford, Dr. F. H. Hatch, J.
L. Marr, W. W. Watts.
W. Galloway, J. E. Marr, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
H. M. Cadell, J. E. Marr, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
J. W. Carr, J. E. Marr, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
F. A. Bather, A. Darker, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
F. A. Bather, G. W. Lamplugh, II.
A. Miers, Clement Reid.
J. Lomas, Prof. H. A. Miers, C. Reid.
Prof. A. P. Coleman, G. W. Lamp-
lugh, Prof. II. A. Miers.
G. W. Lamplugh, Prof. H. A. Miers,
11. Pentecost.
,1. W. Gregory, G. W. Laruplugh,
Capfe MoDakin, Prof. U. A. Miers.
H. L. Bowman, Rev. W. L. Carter,
G. W. Lamplugh, H. W. Monckton.
H. L. Bowman, H. W. Monckton.
EL L. Bowman, H. W. Monckton,
J. St. .7. Phillips, U. J. Seymour.
U. L. Bowman, Rev. W. L. Carter,
J . Lomas, H. W. Mouckcou.
II. 1;. Bowman, Rev. W. L. Carter,
J. Lomas, 11. Woods.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE UF SCIENCES, IV. — ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, PHYSIOLOGY, ANATOMY.
1832. Oxford Rev. P. B. Duncan, F.G.S. ...|Rev. Prof. J. 8. Henslow.
1833. Cambridge 1 ! Rev. W. L. P. Garnons, F.L.S. C. C. Babington, D. Don.
183-1. Edinburgh .! Prof . Graham W. Yarrell, Prof. Burnett.
1835. Dublin.
1836. Bristol.
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle
1839. Birmingham
1810. Glasgow ...
1811. Plymouth...
1812. Manchester
1813. Cork.
SECTION Li.
Dr. Allman
Bev. Prof. Henslow
ZOOLOGY AND UOTANY.
W. S. MacLeay
Sir W. Jardine, Bart
Prof. Owen, F.R.S
Sir W. J. Hooker, LL.D
J. Curtis, Dr. Litton.
J. Curtis, Prof. Don, Dr. Riley, S.
Rootsey.
. C. C. Babington, Rev. L. Jenyns, W.
Swainson.
J. E. Gray, Prof. Jones, R. Owen,
Dr. Richardson.
E. Forbes, W. Ick, R. Patterson.
Prof. W. Couper, E. Forbes, R. Pat-
terson.
John Richardson, M.D., F.B.S. J. Couoh.Dr. Lankester, B. Patterson.
Hon. and Very Bev. W. Her- Dr. Lankester, B. Patterson, J. A.
bert, LL.D., F.L.S. Turner.
William Thompson, F.L.S. ... G. J. Allman, Dr. Lankester, B.
Patterson.
1 At this Meeting Physiology and Anatomy were made a separate Committee,
for Presidents and Secretaries of which see p. Lxviii.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lxv
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
1844. York
Very Rev. the Dean of Man-
chester.
Rev. Prof. Henslow, F.L.S....
Sir J. Richardson, M.D.,
F.R.S.
H. E. Strickland, MA., F.R.S.
Prof. Allman, H. Goodsir, Dr. King,
Dr. Lankester.
Dr. Lankester, T. Y. Wollaston.
Dr. Lankester, T. V. Wollaston, H.
Wooldridge.
Dr. Lankester, Dr. Melville, T. V.
Wollaston.
1845. Cambridge
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford
section d (continued). — ZOOLOGY and botany, including physiology.
[For the Presidents and Secretaries of the Anatomical and Physiological Sub-
sections and the temporary Section K of Anatomy and Medicine, see p. lxviii.]
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ...
1852. Belfast
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool...
1855. Glasgow ...
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1864. Bath.
1865. Birming-
ham '
1866. Nottingham
1867. Dundee ...
1868. Norwich ...
L. W. Dillwyn, F.R.S
William Spence, F.R.S
Prof. Goodsir, F.R.S. L. & E.
Rev. Prof. Henslow, M.A.,
F.R.S.
W. Ogilby
C. C. Babington, M.A., F.R.S
Prof. Balfour, M.D., F.R.S....
Rev. Dr. Fleeming, F.R.S.E.
Thomas Bell, F.R.S., Pres.L.S
Prof. W. H. Harvey, M.D.,
F.R.S.
C. C. Babington, M.A., F.R.S,
Sir W. Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E,
Rev. Prof. Henslow, F.L.S....
Prof. C. C. Babington, F.R.S,
Prof. Huxley, F.R.S
Prof. Balfour, M.D., F.R.S....
Dr. John E. Gray, F.R.S. ...
T. Thomson, M.D., F.R.S. ...
Dr. R. Wilbraham Falconer, A. Hen-
frey, Dr. Lankester.
Dr. Lankester, Dr. Russell.
Prof. J. H. Bennett, M.D., Dr. Lan-
kester, Dr. Douglas Maclagan.
Prof. Allman, F. W. Johnston, Dr. E.
Lankester.
Dr. Dickie, George C. Hyndman, Dr.
Edwin Lankester.
Robert Harrison, Dr. E. Lankester.
Isaac Byerley, Dr. E. Lankester.
William Keddie, Dr. Lankester.
Dr. J. Abercrombie, Prof. Buckman,
Dr. Lankester.
Prof. J. R. Kinahan, Dr. E. Lankester,
Robert Patterson, Dr. W. E. Steele.
Henry Denny, Dr. Heaton, Dr. E.
Lankester, Dr. E. Perceval Wright.
Prof. Dickie, M.D., Dr. E. Lankester,
Dr. Ogilvy.
W. S. Church, Dr. E. Lankester, P.
L. Sclater, Dr. E. Perceval Wright.
Dr. T. Alcock, Dr. E. Lankester, Dr.
P. L. Sclater, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Alfred Newton, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Dr. E. Charlton, A.Newton, Rev. H.
B. Tristram, Dr. E. P. Wright.
H. B. Brady, C. E. Broom, H. T.
Stainton, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Dr. J. Anthony, Rev. C. Clarke, Rev.
H. B. Tristram, Dr. E. P. Wright.
section d (continued) . — biology.
Prof. Huxley, F.R.S.— Dep.
of Physiol., Prof. Humphry,
F.R.S.— Dep. of Anthrojml,
A. R. Wallace.
Prof. Sharpey, M.D., Sec. R.S.
— Dep. of Zool. and Bot.,
George Busk, M.D., F.R.S.
Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F.L.S.
— Dep. of Physiology, W.
H. Flower, F.R.S.
Dr. J. Beddard, W. Felkin, Rev. H.
B. Tristram, W. Turner, E. B.
Tylor, Dr. E. P. Wright.
C. Spence Bate, Dr. S. Cobbold, Dr.
M. Foster, H. T. Stainton, Rev.
H. B. Tristram, Prof. W. Turner.
Dr. T. S. Cobbold, G. W. Firth, Dr.
M. Foster, Prof. Lawson, H. T.
Stainton, Rev. Dr. H. B. Tristram,
Dr. E. P. Wright.
1904.
1 The title of Section D was changed to Biology.
lxvi
REPORT 1904.
Date and Place
Presidents
1869. Exeter,
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh.
1872. Brighton ...
1873.
Bradford ...
1874.
Belfast ,, ,
1875.
Bristol
1876.
Glasgow ...
1877.
Plymouth...
1878.
Dublin
1879.
Sheffield ...
1880.
Swansea ...
1881. York.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.L.S.
— Be}), of Dot. and Zool.,
C. Spence Bate, F.R.S.—
Dep. of Ethno., E. B. Tylor.
Prof.G. Rolleston,M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.— Dep. of
Anat. and Physiol.,Vroi.M.
Foster, M.D., F.L.S.— Dip.
of Mil no., J. Evans, F.R.S.
Prof. Allen Thomson, M.D.,
F.R.S.— Dep. of Dot. a>id
ir<wZ.,l > rof.WyvilleThomson,
F.R.S. — Dep. of Anthropoid
Prof. W. Turner, M.D.
Sir J. Lubbock, Bart.,F.R.S —
Dep. of Anat. and Physiol.,
Dr. Burdon Sanderson,
F.R.S.— Dep. of Anthropol,
Col. A. Lane Fox, F.G.S.
Prof. Allman, F.R.S.— Dep. of
Anat. and Physiol.,Tioi. Ru-
therford, M.B.—Dep. of A n ■
thropol., Dr. Beddoe, F.R.S.
Prof. Redfern, M.D.— Dip. of
Zool. and Dot., Dr. Hooker,
C.B.,Pres.R.S.— Dip. ofAn-
throp., Sir VV. R. Wilde,
M.D.
P. L. Sclater, F.R.S.— Dep. of
Anat. and Physiol., Prof.
Cleland, F.R.S.— Dep. oj
J 4.Mf7t.,Prof.Rolleston,F.R.S.
A. Russel Wallace, F.L.S. —
Dep. of Zool. and Dot.,
Prof. A. Newton, F.R.S —
Dep. of Anat. and Physiol.,
Dr. J. G. McKendrick.
J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S.—
Dep. of Anat. and Physiol.,
Prof. Macalister. — Dep. of
^l«r7m>iwZ.,F.Galton,F.R.S.
Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S.
Dip. of Anthropol., Prof.
Huxley, Sec. R.S. — Dep.
of Anat. and Physiol., R.
McDonnell, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. St. George Mivart,
F.R.S.— Dep. of Anthropol.,
E. B. Tylor, D.C.L., F.R.S.
— Dep. of Anat. and Phy-
siol., Dr. Pye- Smith.
A.C. L. Gunther, F.R.S.— Dep.
of Anat. $• Physiol, F. M.
Balfour, F.R.S.— Dep. of
Anthropol., F. W. Rudler.
R. Owen, F.R.S.— Dep. of An-
thropol., Prof. W.H. Flower,
F.R.S.— Dep. of Anat. and
Physiol., Prof. J. S. Burdon
Sanderson, F.R.S.
Secretaries
Dr. T. S. Cobbold, Prof. M. Foster,
E. Ray Lankester, Prof. Lawson,
H. T. Stainton, Rev. H. B. Tris-
tram.
Dr. T. S. Cobbold, Sebastian Evans,
Prof. Lawson, Thos. J. Moore, H.
T. Stainton, Rev. H. B. Tristram,
C. Staniland Wake, E. Ray Lan-
kester.
Dr. T. R. Fraser, Dr. Arthur Gamgee,
E. Ray Lankester, Prof. Lawson,
H. T. Stainton, C. Staniland Wake,
Dr. W. Rutherford, Dr. Kelburne
King.
Prof. Thiselton-Dyer,II. T. Stainton,
Prof. Lawson, l>. W. Rudler, J. H.
Lamprey, Dr. Gamgee, E. Ray
Lankester, Dr. I'ye-Smith.
Prof. Thiselton-Dyer, Prof. Lawson,
R. M'Lachlan, Dr. Pye-Smith, E.
Ray Lankester, F. W. Rudler, J.
H. Lamprey.
W. T. Thiselton-D ver, R. O. Cunning.
ham, Dr. J. J. Charles, Dr. P. H.
Pye-Smith, J. J. Murphy, F. W.
Rudler.
E. R. Alston, Dr. McKendrick, Prof.
W. R. M'Nab, Dr. Martyn, F. W.
Rudler, Dr. P. H. Pye-Smith, Dr.
W. Spencer.
E. R. Alston, Hyde Clarke, Dr.
Knox, Prof. W. R. M'Nab, Dr.
Muirhead, Prof. Morrison Wat-
son.
E. R. Alston, F. Brent, Dr. D. J.
Cunningham, Dr. C. A. Hingston,
Prof. W. R. M'Nab, J. B. Rowe,
F. W. Rudler.
Dr. R. J. Harvey, Dr. T. Hayden,
Prof. W. R. M'Nab, Prof. J. M.
Purser, J. B. Rowe, F. W. Rudler.
Arthur Jackson, Prof. W. R. M'Nab,
J. B. Rowe, F. W. Rudler, Prof.
Schafer.
G. W. Bloxam, John Priestley,
Howard Saunders, Adam Sedg-
wick.
G. W. Bloxam, W. A. Forbes, Rev.
W. C. Hey, Prof. W. R. M'Nab,
W. North, John Priestley, Howard
Saunders, H. E. Spencer.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
Ixvn
Date and Place
1882.
Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport 1
1884.
1885.
Montreal ..
Aberdeen ...
1 88**. P.irmingham
1887. Manchester
1888
1880
1890
1801
Bath
Newcastle -
upon-Tync
Leeds . . .
Cardiff...
1892.
1893.
Edinburgh
Nottingham 2
Presidents
Secretaries
1894. Oxford 3
Prof. A. Gamgee, M.D., F.R.S.
-De]), of Zool. and Bot.,
Prof. M. A. Lawson, F.L.S.
— Dep. of Anthropol., Prof.
W. Boyd Dawkins, F.R.S.
Prof. E. RayLankester, M.A.,
F.R.S. — Dep. of Anthrojjol.,
W. Pengelly, F.R S.
Prof. H. N. Moseley, M.A.,
rip o
Prof. W. C. M'lntosh, M.D.,
LL.D., F.R.S, F.R.S.E.
W. Carruthers, Pres. L.S.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. A. Newton, M. A., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., V.P.Z.S.
W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, C.M.G.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.
Prof. J. S. Burdon Sanderson,
M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Milnes Marshall,
M.A., M.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.
Francis Darwin, M.A., M.B.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.
Prof. W. Rutherford, M.D.,
F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
Rev. Canon H. B. Tristram,
M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.
1 Prof. I. Bayley Balfour, M.A.,
F.R.S.
G. W. Bloxam, W. Heape, J. B.
Nias, Howard Saunders, A. Sedg-
wick, T. W. Shore, jun.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. G. J. Haslam,
W. Heape, W. Hurst, Prof. A. M.
Marshall, Howard Saunders, Dr.
G. A. Woods.
Prof. W. Osier, Howard Saunders, A.
Sedgwick, Prof. R. R. Wright.
W. Heape, J. MoGregor-Robertson,
J. Duncan Matthews, Howard
Saunders, H. Marshall Ward.
Prof. T. W. Bridge, W. Heape, Prof.
W. Hillhouse. W. L. Sclater, Prof.
II. Marshall Ward.
C. Bailey, F. E. Beddard, S. F. Har-
mer, W. Heape, W. L. Sclater,
Prof. H. Marshall Ward.
F. E. Beddard, S. F. Harmer, Prof.
H. Marshall Ward, W. Gardiner,
Prof. W. D. Halliburton.
C. Bailey, F. E. Beddard, S. F. Har-
mer, Prof. T. Oliver, Prof. H. Mar-
shall Ward.
S. F. Harmer, Prof. W. A. Herdman,
S. J. Hickson, F. W. Oliver, H.
Wager, H. Marshall Ward.
F. E. Beddard, Prof. W. A. Herdman,
Dr. S. J. Hickson, G. Murray, Prof.
VV. N. Parker, H. Wager.
G. Brook, Prof. W. A. Herdman, G.
Murray, W. Stirling, H. Wager.
G. C. Bourne, J. B. Farmer, Prof.
W. A. Herdman, S. J. Hickson,
W. B. Ransom, W. L. Sclater.
W. W. Benham, Prof. J. B. Farmer,
Prof. W. A. Herdman, Prof. S. J.
Hickson, G. Murray, W. L. Sclater.
1895.
Ipswich ...
1896.
Liverpool...
1807.
Toronto ...
1898.
1899.
1900.
Bradford ...
1901. Glasgow
section d (continued). — zoology
Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. J G. C. Bourne, H. Brown, W. E.
Hoyle, W. L. Sclater.
Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. ... H. O. Forbes, W. Garstang, W. E.
Hoyle.
Prof. L. C. Miall, F.R.S !W. Garstang, W. E. Hoyle, Prof.
E. E. Prince.
Prof. W. F.R. Weldon, F.R.S. Prof. R. Boyce, W. Garstang, Dr.
A. J. Harrison, W. E. Hoyle.
Adam Sedgwick, F.R.S W. Garstang, J. Graham Kerr.
Dr. R. H. Traquair, F.R.S. ... W. Garstang, J. G. Kerr, T. H.
Taylor, Swale Vincent.
Prof. J. Cossar Ewart, F.R.S. | J. G. Kerr, J. Rankin, J. Y. Simpson.
' Anthropology was made a separate Section, see p. lxxv.
2 Physiology was made a separate Section, see p. lxxvi.
3 The title of Section D was changed to Zoology
d2
Ixvm
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
1902. Belfast
1903. South port
Presidents
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S.
Prof. S. J. Hickson, F.R.S.
1904. Cambridge William Bateson, F.R.S.
Secretaries
Prof. J. G. Kerr, R. Patterson, J. Y.
Simpson.
Dr. J. H. Ashworth, J. Barcroft, A.
Quayle, Dr. J. Y. Simpson, Dr.
H. W. M. Tims.
Dr. J. H. Ashworth, L. Doncaster,
Prof. J. Y. Simpson, Dr. H. W. M.
Tims.
ANATOMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OP SCIENCES, V. — ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOOY.
1833. Cambridge Dr. J. Haviland IDr. H. J. H. Bond, Mr. G. E. Paget.
1831. Edinburgh Dr. Abercrombie Dr. Roget, Dr. William Thomson.
1835. Dublin
1836. Bristol
1837. Liverpool...
SECTION E (UNTIL 1847). — ANATOMY AND MEDICINE.
Dr. Harrison, Dr. Hart.
Dr. Symonds.
Dr. J. Carson, jun., James Long,
Dr. J. R. W. Vose.
T. M. Greenhow, Dr. J. R. W. Vose.
Dr. J. C. Pritchard
Dr. P. M. Roget, F.R.S.
Prof. W. Clark, M.D. ..
1838. Newcastle T. E. Headlam, M.D
1839. Birmingham John Yelloly, M.D., F.R.S
1840. Glasgow ... James Watson, M.D
Dr. G. O. Rees, F. Ryland.
Dr.J.Brown, Prof. Couper, Prof. Reid
SECTION E. — PHYSIOLOGY.
1841. Plymouth...
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork
1844. York
1845. Cambridge
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford' ...
P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S.
Edward Holme, M.D., F.L.S.
Sir James Pitcairn, M.D. ...
J. C. Pritchard, M.D
Prof. J. Haviland, M.D
Prof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S. ...
Prof. Ogle, M.D., F.R.S
J. Butter, J. Fuge, R. S. Sargent.
Dr. Chaytor, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
Dr. John Popham, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
I. Erichsen, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
Dr. R. S. Sargent, Dr. Webster.
C. P. Keele, Dr. Laycock, Dr. Sar-
gent.
T. K. Chambers, W. P. Ormerod.
PHYSIOLOGICAL SUBSECTIONS OF SECTION D.
1850.
1855.
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
Edinburgh
Glasgow ...
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen...
Oxford
Manchester
Cambridge
Newcastle
Bath
Birming-
ham 2
Prof. Bennett, M.D., F.R.S.E.
Prof. Allen Thomson, F.R.S.
Prof. R. Harrison, M.D
Sir B. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S.
Prof. Sharpey, M.D., Sec.R.S.
Prof.G.Rolleston,M.D.,F.L.S.
Dr. John Davy, F.R.S
G. E. Paget, M.D
Prof. Rolleston, M.D., F.R.S.
Dr. Edward Smith, F.R.S.
Prof. Acland, M.D., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. H. Corbett, Dr. J. Struthers.
Dr. R. D. Lyons, Prof. Redfern.
C. G. Wheelhouse.
Prof. Bennett, Prof. Redfern.
Dr. R. M'Donnell, Dr. Edward Smith.
Dr. W. Roberts, Dr. Edward Smith
G. F. Helm, Dr. Edward Smith.
Dr. D. Embleton, Dr. W. Turner.
J. S. Bart rum, Dr. W. Turner.
Dr. A. Fleming, Dr. P. Heslop
Oliver Pembleton, Dr. W. Turner.
1 Sections D and E were incorporated under the name of ' Section D — Zoology,
and Botany, including Physiology ' (see p. lxiv). Section E, being then vacant,
was assigned in 1851 to Geography.
8 Tide note on page lxiv.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lxix
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
GEOGEAPHICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
[For Presidents and (secretaries for Geography previous to 1851, see Section C,
p. lxii.]
ETHNOLOGICAL SUBSECTIONS OP SECTION D.
1846.Southampton
1847. Oxford
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
Dr. J. C. Pritchard
Prof. H. H. Wilson, M.A.
Vice-Admiral Sir A. Malcoirn
Dr. King.
Prof. Buckley.
G. Grant Francis.
Dr. R. G. Latham.
DaDiel Wilson.
SECTION E. — GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
1851.
Ipswich ...
1852
Belfast
1853.
Hull.
1854.
Liverpool. . .
1855.
Glasgow ...
1856.
Cheltenham
1857.
Dublin
1858.
185D.
Aberdeen...
1860.
Oxford
1861.
Manchester
1862.
Cambridge
1863.
Newcastle
1864.
Bath
1865. Birmingham
1866.
Nottingham
1867.
Dundee ...
1868.
Norwich ...
1869.
1870.
Liverpool...
Sir R. I. Murchison, F.R.S.,
Pres. R.G.S.
Col. Chesney, R.A., D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
'■ R. G. Latham, M.D., F.R.S.
, Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
Sir J. Richardson, M.D.,
F.R.S.
Col. Sir H. 0. Rawlinson,
K.C.B.
Rev. Dr. J. Henthorn Todd
Pres.R.I.A.
Sir R.I. Murchison, G.C.St.S.,
F.R.S.
Rear - Admiral Sir James
Clerk Ross, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L..
F.R.S.
John Crawfurd, F.R.S
Francis Galton, F.R.S
Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B.,
F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B.,
F.R.S.
Major-General Sir H. Raw-
linson, M.P., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart.
LL.D.
Sir Samuel Baker, F.R.G.S.
Capt, G. H. Richards, R.N.,
F.R.S.
R. Cull, Rev. J. W. Donaldson, Dr.
Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, R. MacAdam, Dr. Norton
Shaw.
R. Cull, Rev. H. W. Kemp, Dr.
Norton Shaw.
Richard Cull, Rev. H. Higgins, Dr.
Ihne, Dr. Norton Shaw.
Dr. W. G. Blackie, R. Cull, Dr.
Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, F. D. Havtland, W. H.
Rumsey, Dr. Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, S. Ferguson, Dr. R. R.
Madden, Dr. Norton Sliaw.
R. Cull, F. Galton, P. O'Callaghau,
Dr. Norton Shaw, T. Wright,
Richard Cull, Prof. Geddes, Dr. Nor-
ton Shaw.
Capt. Burrows, Dr. J. Hunt, Dr. C.
Lempriere, Dr. Norton Shaw.
Dr. J. Hunt, J. Kingsley, Dr. Nor-
ton Shaw, W. Spottiswoode.
J.W.Clarke, Rev. J. Glover, Dr.Hunt,
Dr. Norton Shaw, T. Wright.
C. Carter Blake, Hume Greenfield,
C. R. Markham, R. S. Watson.
H. W. Bates, C. R. Markham, Capt.
R. M. Murchison, T. Wright.
H. W. Bates, S. Evans, G. Jabot,
C. R. Markham, Thomas Wright.
H. W. Bates, Rev. E. T. Cusins, R.
H. Major, Clements R. Markham,
D. W. Nash, T. Wright.
H. W. Bates, Cyril Graham, C. R.
Markham, S. J. Mackie, R. Sturrock.
T. Baines, H. W. Bates, Clements R.
Markham, T. Wright.
section E (continued). — geography.
Sir Bartle Frere, K.C.B., H. W. Bates, Clements R. Markham
LL.D., F.R.G.S. J. H. Thomas.
Sir R.I.Murchison,Bt.,K.C.B., H.W.Bates, David Buxton, Albert
LL.D.,D.C.L.,F.R.S.,F.G.SJ Mott. Clements R. Markham.
XX
REroRT — 1904.
Date and Place
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton ...
1873. Bradford...
1874. Belfast
1875. Bristol
1876. Glasgow ...
1877. Plymouth...
1878. Dublin
1879. Sheffield ...
1880. Swansea ...
1881. York
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport
1881. Montreal ...
1885. Aberdeen...
188G. Birmingham
1887. Manchester
1888. Bath
1889. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
1890. Leeds
1891. Cardiff
1892. Edinburgh
1893. Nottingham
1894. Oxford
1895. Ipswich ...
189G. Liverpool...
1897. Toronto ...
1898. Bristol
1899. Dover
1900. Bradford...
1901. Glasgow ...
Presidents
Secretaries
Colonel Yule, C.B., F.R.G.S. A. Buchan, A. Keith Johnston, Cle-
ments R. Markham, J. H. Thomas.
Francis Gallon, F.R.S H. W. Bates, A. Keith Johnston,
Rev. J. Newton, J. H. Thomas.
Sir Rutherford Alcock,K.C.B. H. W. Bates, A. Keith Johnston,
Clements R. Markham.
Major Wilson, R.E., F.R.S., E.G. Ravenstein, E. C. Rye, J. H.
F.R.G.S. Thomas.
Lieut. • General Strachcy, H. W. Bates, E. C. Rye, F. F.
R.E.,C.S.I.,F.R.S.,F.R.G.S. Tuckett.
Capt. Evans, C.B., F.R.S H. W. Bates, E. C. Rye, R. O. Wood.
Adm. SirE. Ommanney, C.B. H. W. Bates, F. E. Fox, E. C. Rye.
Prof. Sir C. Wyville Thorn- ! John Coles, E. C. Rye.
son, LL.D., F.R.S., F.RS.E.'
Clements R. Markham, C.B.,'H. W. Bates, C. E. D. Black, E. C.
F.R.S., Sec. R.G.S. Rye.
Lieut.-Gen. Sir J. H. Lef roy, H. W. Bates, E. C. Rye.
C.B., K.C.M.G.,R.A., F.R.S.
Sir J. D. Hooker, K.C.S.I.,
C.B., F.R.S.
Sir R. Temple, Bart., G.C.S.I.,
F.R.G.S.
John Coles, E. G. Ravenstein, E. C.
Rye.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-
Austen, F.R.S.
J. W. Barry, H. W. Bates.
E. G. Ravenstein, E. C. Rye.
Gen. Sir J. H. Lefroy, C.B., Rev. Abbe Laflamme, J.S. O'Halloran,
K.C.M.G., F.R.S., V.P.R.G.S
Gen. J. T. Walker, C.B., R.E.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Maj.-Gen. Sir. P. J. Goldsmid,
K.C.S.I., C.B., F.R.G.S.
Col. Sir C. Warren, RE.,
G.C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.G.S.
E. G. Ravenstein, J. F. Torrance.
J. S. Keltic, J H. O'Halloran, E. G.
Ravenstein, Rev. G. A. Smith.
F. T. S. Houghton, J. S. Keltic
E. G. Ravenstein.
Rev. L. C. Casartelli, J. S. Keltie,
H. J. Mackinder, E. G. Ravenstein.
Col. Sir C. W. Wilson, R.E , J. S. Keltie, H. J. Mackinder, E. G.
K.C.B., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. Ravenstein.
Col. Sir F. dc Winton, J. S. Keltie, H. J. Mackinder, R.
K.C.M.G., C.B., F.R.G.S. Sulivan, A. Silva AVhite.
Lieut.-Col. Sir R. Lambert A. Barker, John Coles, J. S. Keltic,
Playfair.K.C.M.G., F.R.G.S. A. Silva White.
E. G. Ravenstein, F.R.G.S., John Coles, J. S. Keltie, H. J. Mac-
F.S.S. kinder, A. Silva White, Dr. Yeats.
Prof. J. Geikie, D.C.L., F.R:S.. ' J. G. Bartholomew, John Coles, J. S.
V.P.R.Scot.G.S. Keltic, A. Silva White.
H. Seebohm, Sec. U.S., F.L.S., Col. F. Bailey, John Coles, H. O.
F.Z.S. Forbes, Dr. H. R. Mill.
Capt. W.J. L. Wharton, R.N., John Coles, W. S. Dalgleish, H. N.
F.R.S. Dickson, Dr. H. R. Mill.
11. J. Mackinder, M.A., John Coles, H. N. Dickson, Dr. H.
F.R.G.S. R. Mill, W. A. Taylor.
Major L. Darwin, Sec. R.G.S. Col. F. Bailey, H. N. Dickson, Dr.
H. R. Mill.'E. C. DuB. Phillips.
J. Scott Keltic, LL.D. iCol. F. Bailey, Capt. Deville, Dr.
H. R. Mill, J. B. Tyrrell.
Col. G. Earl Church, F.R.G.S. U. N. Dickson, Dr. H. II. Mill, H. C
Trapnell.
Sir John Murray, F.R.S.
Sir George S. Robertson,
K.C.S.I.
Dr. H. R. Mill, F.R.G.S.
H. N. Dickson, Dr. II. O. Forbes,
Dr. H. R. Mill.
H. N. Dickson, E. Heawood, E. R.
Wethey.
H. N. Dickson, E. Heawood, G.
Sandeman, A. C. Turner.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS
lxxi
Date and Place
Presidents
1902. Belfast ...
SirT. H. Holdich, K.C.B. ...
1903. Southport
Capt. E. W. Creak, R.N., C B.,
F.R.S.
1901. Cambridge
Secretaries
G. G. Chisholm, E. Heawood, Dr.
A.J. Herbertson, Dr. J. A. Lindsay.
E. Heawood, Dr. A. J. Herbertson.
E. A. Reeves, Capt. J. C. Under-
wood.
E. Heawood, Dr. A. J. Herbertson.
H. Y. Oldham, E. A. Reeves.
1833.
1834.
1835.
1836.
1837.
1838.
1839.
1840.
1841.
1842.
1843.
'844.
1845.
1846.
1847.
1848.
1849
Newcastle Colonel Sykes, F.R.S.
Birmingham Henry Hallarn, F.R.S.
Glasgow ...
Plymouth..,
Manchester
Cork.
York.
Cambridge
Southamp-
ton.
Oxford
Swansea ...
Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851.
1852.
1853.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1867.
1858.
Ipswich
STATISTICAL SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OP SCIENCES, VI. — STATISTICS.
Cambridge! Prof. Babbage, F.R.S i J. E. Drinkwater.
Edinburgh | Sir Charles Lemon, Bart I Dr. Cleland, C. Hope Maclean.
SECTION F. — STATISTICS. ,.
Dublin Charles Babbage, F.R.S iW. Greg, Prof. Longfield.
Bristol SirChas. Lemon, Bart,, F.R.S. Rev. J. E. Bromby, C. B. Fripp.
James Heywood.
Liverpool... | Rt. Hon. Lord Sandon |"W. R. Greg, W. Langton, Dr. W. C
Tayler.
W. Cargill.J. Heywood, W.R.Wood.
F. Clarke, R. W. Rawson, Dr. W. C.
Tayler.
C. R. Baird, Prof. Ramsay, R. W.
Rawson.
Rev. Dr. Byrth, Rev. R. Luney, R.
W. Rawson.
Rev. R. Luney, G. W. Ormerod, Dr.
W. C. Tayler.
Dr. D. Bullen, Dr. W. Cooke Tayler.
Lieut.- Col. Sykes, F.R.S., 'J. Fletcher, J. Heywood, Dr. Lay-
F.L.S. cock.
Rt. Hon. the Earl Fitzwilliam J. Fletcher, Dr. W. Cooke Tayler.
G. R. Porter, F.R.S J. Fletcher, F. G. P. Neison, Dr. W.
C. Tayler, Rev. T. L. Shapcott,
Travers Twiss, D.C.L., F.R.S. i Rev. W. H. Cox, J. J. Danson, F. G.
P. Neison.
J. H. Vivian, M.P., F.R.S. ... J. Fletcher, Capt. R. Shortrede.
Rt. Hon. Lord Lyttelton Dr. Finch, Prof. Hancock, F. P. G.
Neison.
Very Rev. Dr. John Lee, Prof. Hancock, J. Fletcher, Dr. J.
V.P.R.S.E. Stark.
Sir John P. Boileau, Bart. ... J. Fletcher, Prof. Hancock.
Lord Sandon, M.P., F.R.S.
Lieut.-Col. Sykes, F.R.S....
G. W. Wood, M.P., F.L.S.
Sir C. Lemon, Bart., M.P.
Belfast I His Grace the Archbishop of Prof. Hancock, Prof. Ingram, James
Dublin. Mac Adam, jun.
Hull ! James Heywood, M.P., F.R.S. Edward Cheshire, "VV. Newmarch.
Liverpool... Thomas Tooke, F.R.S E. Cheshire, J. T. Danson, Dr. W. H.
Duncan, W. Newmarch.
Glasgow ... R. Monckton Milnes, M.P. ... J. A. Campbell, E. Cheshire. W. Ncw-
i march. Prof. R. H. Walsh.
SECTION ¥ {continued). — ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
Cheltenham Rt. Hon. Lord Stanley, M.P. Rev. C. H. Bromby, E. Cheshire, Dr.
W. N. Hancock, W. Newmarch, W.
M. Tartt.
Dublin His Grace the Archbishop of Prof. Cairns, Dr. H. D. Hutton, W.
Dublin, M.R.I.A. Newmarch.
Leeds Edward Bailies T. B. Baines, Prof. Cairns, N. Brown,
I Capt. Fishbourne, Dr. J. Strang.
IXXll
report — 1904.
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle .
1864. Bath
1865. Birmingham
1866. Nottingham
1867. Dundee
Col. Sykes, M.P., F.E.S
Nassau W. Senior, M.A
William Newmarch, F.R.S....
Edwin Chadwick, C.B
William Tite, M.P., F.R.S. ...
W. Farr, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.
Rt. Hon. Lord Stanley, LL.D.,
M.P.
Prof. J. E.T.Rogers
1868. Norwich....
1869. Exeter
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872 Brighton...
1873. Bradford ...
1874. Belfast
1875. Bristol
1876 Glasgow ...
1877. Plymouth...
1878. Dublin
1879. Sheffield ...
1880. Swansea ...
1881. York
M. E. Grant-Duff, M.P
Samuel Brown
Rt.Hon. SirStaffordH. North-
cote, Bart., C.B., M.P.
Prof. W. Stanley Jevons, M.A.
Rt. Hon. Lord Neavcs
Prof. Henry Fawcett, M.P. ...
Rt. Hon. W. E. Forster, M.P.
Lord O'Hairan
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport
1884. Montreal ..,
1885. Aberdeen...
1886. Birmingham
1887. Manchester
1888. Bath.
1889. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
1890. Leeds
1891. Cardiff. ..
James Hevwood, M.A., F.R.S.,
Pres. S.*S.
Sir George Campbell, K.C.S.I.,
M.P.
Rt. Hon. the Earl Fortescue
Prof. J. K. Ingram, LL.D. ...
G. Shaw Lefevre, M.P., Pres.
S.S.
G. W. Hastings, M.P
Rt. Hon. M. E. Grant-Duff,
M.A., F.R.S.
Rt. Hon. G. Sclater-Booth,
M.P., F.R.S.
K. H. Inglis Palgrave, F.R.S.
Sir Richard Temple, Bart.,
G.C.S.I., CLE., F.R.G.S.
Prof. H. Sidgwick, LL.D.,
Litt.D.
J. B. Martin, M.A., F.S.s.
Robert Uiffen, LL.D.,V.P.S.S.
Rt. Hon. Lord Brauiwell,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. F. Y. Edgeworth, M.A.,
F.S.S.
Prof. A. Marshall, M.A., F.S.S.
Prof. W. Cunningham, D.D.,
D.Sc, F.S.S.
Prof. Cairns, Edmund Macrory, A. M,
Smith, Dr. John Strang.
Edmund Macrory, W. Newmarch,
Prof. J. E. T. Rogers.
David Chadwick, Prof. R. C. Christie,
E. Macrory, Prof. J. E. T. Rogers.
H. D. Macleod, Edmund Macrory.
T. Doubleday, Edmund Macrory,
Frederick Purdy, James Potts.
E. Macrory, E. T. Payne, F. Purdy.
G. J. D. Goodman, G. J. Johnston,
E. Macrory.
];. I'.irkin, jun., Prof. Leone Levi, E.
Macroiy.
Prof. Leone Levi, E. Macrory, A. J.
Warden.
Rev. W. C. Davie, Prof. Leone Levi.
E. Macrory, F. Purdy, C. T. D.
Acland.
Chas. R. Dudley Baxter, E. Macrory,
J. Miles Moss.
J. G. Fitch, James Meikle.
J. G. Fitch, Barclay Phillips.
J. G. Fitch, Swire Smith.
Prof. Donnell, F. P. Fellows, Hans
MacMordie.
F. P. Fellows, T. G. P. Hallett, E.
Macrory.
A. M'Neel Caird, T. G. P. Hallett, Dr.
W. Neilson Hancock, Dr. W. Jack.
W. K. Collier, P. Hallett, J. T. Pirn.
W. J. Hancock, C. Molloy, J. T. Pirn.
Prof. Adamson, R. E. Leader, C.
Molloy.
N. A. Humphreys, C. Molloy.
C. Molloy, W. W. Morrell, J. F.
Moss.
G. Baden-Powell, Prof. II. S. Fox-
well, A. Milnes, C. Molloy.
iRev. W. Cunningham, Prof. H. S.
Foxwcll, J. N. Keynes, C. Molloy.
Prof. H. S. Foxwell, J. S. McLennan,
Prof. J. Watson.
Rev. W. Cunningham. Prof. H. S.
Foxwell, C. McCombie, J. F. Moss.
F. F. Barbara, Rev. W. Cunningham,
Prof. H. S. Foxwell, J. F. Moss.
Rev. W. Cunningham, F. Y. Edge-
worth, T. II. Elliott, C. Hughes,
J. E. C. Munro, G. II. Sargant.
Prof. F. Y. Edgeworth, T. H. Elliott.
H. S. Foxwell, L. L. F. R. Price.
Rev. Dr. Cunningham, T. II. Elliott,
F. B. Jevons, L. L. F. K. Price.
W. A. Brigg, Rev. Dr. Cunningham,
T. H. Elliott, Prof. J. E. C. Munro,
L. L. F. R. Price.
Prof. J. Brough, E. Cannan, Prof.
E. C. K. Gonner, H. LI. Smith,
Prof. W. R. Sorley.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
Ixxiii
Date and Place
1892.
Edinburgh
1893.
Nottingham
1894.
1895.
Ipswich ...
1896.
Liverpool . . .
1897.
1898.
Toronto . . .
Bristol
1899.
1900.
Bradford ...
1901.
Glasgow ...
1902.
Belfast . . .
1903.
Southport
1904.
Cambridge
Secretaries
Hon. Sir C. W. Fremantle,
K.C.B.
Prof. J. S. Nicholson, D.Sc.,
F.S.S.
Prof. C. F. Bastable, M.A.,
F.S.S.
L. L. Price, M.A
Rl. Hon. L. Courtney, M.P....
Prof. E. C. K. Conner, M.A.
J. Bonar, M.A., LL.D.
H. Higgs, LL.B
Major P. G. Craigie, V.P.S.S.
Sir R. Giffen, K.C.B., F.R.S.
E. Cannan, M.A., LL.D.
E. W. Brabrook, C.B
Prof. Wm. Smart, LL.D
Prof. J. Brough, J. R. Findlay, Prof.
E. C. K. Gonner, H. Higgs,
L. L. F. R. Price.
Prof. E. C. K. Gonner, H. de B.
Gibbins, J. A. H. Green, H. Higgs,
L. L. F. R. Price.
E. Cannan, Prof. E. C. K. Gonner,
W. A. S. Hewins, H. Higgs.
E. Cannan, Prof. E. C. K. Gonner,
H. Higgs.
E. Cannan, Prof. E. C. K. Gonner,
W. A. S. Hewins, H. Higgs.
E. Cannan, H. Higgs, Prof. A. Shortt.
E. Cannan, Prof. A. W. Flux, H
Higgs, W. E. Tanner.
A. L. Bowley, E. Cannan, Prof. A.
W. Flux, Rev. G. Sarson.
A. L. Bowley, E. Cannan, S. J.
Chapman, F. Hooper.
W. W. Blackie, A. L. Bowley, E.
Cannan, S. J. Chapman.
A. L. Bowley, Prof. S. J Chapman,
Dr. A. Duffin
A. L. Bowley, Prof. S. J. Chapman,
Dr. B. W. Ginsburg, G. Lloyd.
J. E. Bid well, A. L. Bowley, Prof.
S. J. Chapman, Dr. B. W. Ginsburg.
SECTION G._ MECHANICAL SCIENCE.
1836.
1837.
1838.
1839.
1840.
1841.
1842.
1843.
1844.
1845.
1846.
1847.
1848.
1849.
1850.
1851.
1852.
1853.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1857.
1858.
1859.
Bristol
Liverpool...
Newcastle
Birmingham
Glasgow
Plymouth
Manchester
Cork
York
Cambridge
Southamp-
ton
Oxford
Swansea ...
Birmingham
Edinburgh
Ipswich ...
Belfast
Hull
Liverpool...
Glasgow ...
Cheltenham
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen...
Davies Gilbert, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Rev. Dr. Robinson
Charles Babbage, F.R.S
Prof. Willis, F.R.S., and Robt.
Stephenson.
Sir John Robinson
John Taylor, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. Willis, F.R.S
Prof. J. Macneill, M.R.I.A....
John Taylor, F.R.S
George Rennie, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
Rev. Prof .Walker, M.A.,F.R.S.
Rev. Prof .Walker, M.A..F.R.S.
Robt. Stephenson, M.P.,F.R.S.
Rev. II. Robinson
William Cubitt, F.R.S
John Walker, C.E., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
William Fairbairn, F.R.S.
John Scott Russell, F.R.S. ...
W. J. M. Rankine, F.R.S. ...
George Rennie, F.R.S
Rt. Hon. the Earl of Rosse,
F.R.S.
William Fairbairn, F.R.S. ...
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
T. G. Bunt, G. T. Clark, W. West,
Charles Vignoles, Thomas Webster.
R. Hawthorn, C.Vignoles, T.Webster.
W. Carpmael, William Hawkes, T,
Webster.
J. Scott Russell, J.Thomson, J. Tod,
C. Vignoles.
Henry Chatfield, Thomas Webster.
J. F. Bateman, J. Scott Russell, J.
Thomson, Charles Vignoles.
James Thomson, Robert Mallet,
Charles Vignoles, Thomas Webster.
Rev. W. T. Kingsley.
William Betts, jun., Charles Manby.
J. Glynn, R. A. Le Mesurier.
R. A. Le Mesurier, W. P. Struve.
Charles Manby, W. P. Marshall.
Dr. Lees, David Stephenson.
John Head, Charles Manby.
John F. Bateman, C. B. Hancock,
Charles Manby, James Thomson.
J. Oldham, J. Thomson, W. S. Ward.
J. Grantham, J. Oldham, J.Thomson.
L. Hill, W. Ramsay, J. Thomson.
C. Atherton, B. Jones, H. M. Jeffery.
Prof. Downing, W.T. Doyne, A. Tate,
James Thomson, Henry Wright.
J. C. Dennis, J. Dixon, H. Wright
R. Abernethy, P. Le Neve Foster, H.
Wright,
lxxiv
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
1860.
1861.
1862:
1863.
1864.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
1871.
1872.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886
1887.
1888.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.
Oxford
Manchester
Cambridge .
Newcastle .
Bath
Birmingham
Nottingham
Dundee
Norwich ...
Presidents
Secretaries
Prof . W. J. Macquorn Kankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
J. F. Bateman, C.B., F.R.S....
Exeter
Liverpool...
Edinburgh
Brighton ...
Bradford ...
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow ...
Plymouth...
Dublin
Sheffield ...
Swansea ...
York
William Fairbairn, F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
J. Hawkshaw, F.R.S
Sir W. G. Armstrong, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Thomas Hawksley, V.P. Inst.
C.E., F.G.8.
Prof .W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
G. P. Bidder, C.E., F.R.G.S.
F. J. Bramwell, C.E.
Prof. James Thomson, LL.D.,
C.E., F.R.S.E.
W. Froude, C.E., M.A., F.R.S.
C. W. Merrifield, F.R.S
Southamp-
ton.
Southport .
Montreal ...
Aberdeen...
Birmingham
Manchester
Bath
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
P. Le Neve Foster, Rev. F. Harrison,
Henry Wright.
P. Le Neve Foster, John Robinson,
H. Wright.
W. M. Fawcett, P. Le Neve Foster.
P. Le Neve Foster, P. Westmacolt,
J. F. Spencer.
P. Le Neve Foster, Robert Pitt.
P. Le Neve Foster, Henry Lea,
W. P. Marshall, Walter May.
P. Le Neve Foster, J. F. Iselin, M.
O. Tarbottun.
P. Le Neve Foster, John P. Smith,
W. W. Urquhart.
I'. Le Neve Foster, J. F. Iselin, C.
Manby, W. Smith.
C. W. Siemens, F.R.S IP. Le Neve Foster, H. Bauerman.
Chas. B. Vignoles, C.E. , F.R.S. ;H. Bauerman, P. Le Neve Foster, T.
King, J. N. Shoolbred.
Prof. Flcemins Jenkin, F.R.S. II. liauerman, A. Leslie, J. P. Smith.
H. M. Brunei, P. Le Neve Foster,
J. G. Gamble, J. N. Shoolbred.
W. H. Barlow, F.li.S C.r.arlow.H.Bauerman.E.H.C'arbutt,
J. C. Hawkshaw, J. N. Shoolbred.
A. T.Atchison, J. N. Shoolbred, John
Smyth, jun.
W. R. Browne, H. M. Brunei, J. G.
Gamble, J. N. Shoolbred.
W. Bottomley, jun., W. J. Millar,
J. N. Shoolbred, J. P. Smith.
Edward Woods, C.E \ A. T. Atchison, Dr. Merrifield, J. N.
Shoolbred.
Edward Easton, C.E A. T. Atchison, R. G. Symes, H. T.
Wood.
J. Robinson, Pres. Inst. Mech. A. T. Atchison, Emerson Bainbridge,
Eng. H. T. Wood.
J.Abernethy, F.R.S.E A. T. Atchison, H. T. Wood.
Sir W. G. Armstrong, C.B., A. T. Atchison, J. F. Stephenson,
LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S. H. T. Wood.
John Fowler, C.E., F.G.S. ... A. T. Atchison, F Churton, 11. T.
Wood.
J. Brunlees, Pres.Inst.C.E. A. T. Atchison, E. Rigg, II. T.Wood.
Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S., A. T. Atchison, W. B. Dawson, J.
V.P.Inst.C.E. Kennedy, H. T. Wood.
B. Baker, BLInst.C.E A. T. Atchison, F. G. Ogilvie, K.
Rigg, J. N. Shoolbred.
Sir J. N. Douglass, M.Inst.
C.E
Prof. Osborne Reynolds, M.A.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
W. H. Preece, F.R S.,
M.Inst.C.E.
W. Anderson, M.Inst.C.E. ...
Cardiff
Edinburgh
C. W. Cooke, J. Kenward, W. B.
Marshall, E. Rigg.
C. F. Budenberg, W. B. Marshall,
E. Rigg.
C. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, E.
Rigg, P. K. Stothert.
C. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, Hon.
C. A. Parsons, E. Rigg.
Capt. A. Noble, C.B., F.R.S., E. K. Clark, C. W. Cooke, W. B.
F.R.A.S. Marshall, E. Rigg.
C. W. Cooke, Prof. A. 0. Elliott,
W. B. Marshall, E. Rigg.
C. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, W. C.
Popplewell, E. Rigg.
T. Forster Brown, M.Inst.C.E.
Prof. W. C. Unwin, F.R.S.,
M.Inst.C.E.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
lxxv
Date and Place
Presidents
1893.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1902.
1903.
Nottingham
Oxford
Ipswich . . .
Liverpool...
Toronto ...
Jeremiah Head, M.Inst.C.E.,
F.O.S.
Prof. A. B. W. Kennedy,
F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E.
Prof. L. F. Vernon-Harcourfc,
M.A., M.Inst.C.E.
Hir Douglas Fox, V.P.Inst.C.E.
G. F. Deacon, M.Inst.C.E.
Bristol Sir J. Wolfe-Barry, K.C.B.,
V R S
Dover Sir W. White, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Bradford ... Sir Alex. R. Binnie, M.Inst.
C.E.
Glasgow ... R. E. Crompton, M.Inst.C.E.
Belfast ...Prof. J. Perry, F.R.S
Southport ;C. Hawksley, M.Inst.C.E. ...
1901. Cambridge Hon. C. A. Parsons, F.R.S. ...
Secretaries
C. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, E.
Rigg, H. Talbot,
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, C. W. Cooke,
W. B. Marshall, Rev. F. J. Smith.
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, C. W. Cooke,
W. B. Marshall, P. G. M. Stoney.
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, C. W. Cooke,
S. Dunkerley, W. B. Marshall.
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, Prof. Calen-
dar, W. A. Price.
Prof. T. H. Beare, Prof. J. Munro,
H. W. Pearson, W. A. Price.
Prof. T. H. Beare, W. A. Price, H.
E. Stilgoe.
Prof. T. H. Beare, C. F. Charnock,
Prof. S. Dunkerley, W. A. Price.
H. Bamf ord, W.E. Dalby, W. A. Price.
M. Barr, W. A. Price, J. Wylie.
Prof. W. E. Dalby, W. T. Maccall,
W. A. Price.
J. B. Peace, W. T. Maccall, W. A.
Price.
1881.
1885.
1886.
1887.
1888.
1889,
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1891.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1902.
SECTION H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
E. B. Tylor, D.C.L., F.R.S. ... G. W. Bloxam, W. Hurst.
Montreal .
Aberdeen... Francis Galton, M.A., F.R.S.
Birmingham ' Sir G. Campbell, K.C.S.I.,
M.P., D.C.L., F.R.G.S.
Manchester Prof. A. H. Sayce, M.A
Bath Lieut. -General Pitt-Rivers,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
Newcastle- Prof. Sir W. Turner, M.B.,
upon-Tyne LL.D., F.R.S.
Leeds Dr. J. Evans, Treas. R.S.,
F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.
Cardiff Prof. F. Max Midler, M.A. ...
i
Edinburgh Prof. A. Macalister, M.A.,
M.D., F.R.S.
Nottingham Dr. R. Munro, M.A., F.R.S E.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Carson, W
Hurst, Dr. A. Macgregor.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garsou, W.
Hurst, Dr. R. Saurjdby.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson, Dr.
A. M. Pater son.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson. J.
Harris Stone.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson, Dr.
R. Morison, Dr. R. Howden.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. C. M. Chadwick,
Dr. J. G. Garson.
G. W. Bloxam, Prof. R. Howden, H.
Ling Roth, E. Seward.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. D. Hepburn, Prof.
R. Howden, H. Ling Roth.
G. W. Bloxam, Rev. T. W. Davies,
Prof. R. Howden, F. B. Jevons,
J. L. Myres.
H. Balfour, Dr. J. G. Garson, H. Ling
Roth.
J. L. Myres, Rev. J. J. Raven, H.
Lingr Roth.
Oxford Sir W. 11. Flower, K.C.B.,
F.R.S.
Ipswich ... Prof. W. M. Flinders Petrie,
D.C.L.
Liverpool... Arthur J. Evans, F.S. A Prof. A. C. Haddon, J. L. Myres,
Prof. A. M. Paterson.
Toronto ... Sir W. Turner, F.R.S A. F. Chamberlain, H. O. Forbes,
Prof. A. C. Haddon. J. L. Myres.
Bristol E. W. Brabrook, C.B H. Balfour, J. L. Myres, G. Parker.
Dover C. H. Read, F.S.A. H. Balfour, W. H. East, Prof. A. C.
Haddon, J. L. Myres.
Bradford ... Prof. John Rhys, M.A Rev, E. Armitage, H. Balfour, W.
Crooke, J. L. Myres.
Glasgow ...Prof. D. J. Cunningham, W. Crooke, Prof. A. F. Dixon, J. F.
F.R.S. Gemmill, J. L. Myres.
Belfast ... Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S. ... R. Campbell, Prof. A. F. Dixon,
. J. L. Myres.
lxxvi
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
Presidents
1903. Southport Prof. J. Symington, F.R.S. ...
1904. Cambridge |H. Balfour, M.A
Secretaries
E. N. Fallaize, H. S. Kingsford,
E. M. Littler, J. L. Myre.s.
W. L. H. Duckworth, E.' N. Fallaize,
II. S. Kingsford, J. L. Myres.
SECTION I.— PHYSIOLOGY (including Expekimental
Pathology and Experimental Psychology).
1891.
1896.
1897.
1899.
1901.
1902.
1904.
Oxford | Prof. E. A. Schiifer, F.R.S.,
M.R.C.S.
Liverpool .. Dr. W. H. Gaskell, F.R.S.
Toronto ... Prof. Michael Foster, F.R.S.
Dover ,
Glasgow ...
Belfast ..,
Cambridge
J. N. Langley, F.R.S.
Prof. J. G. McKendrick
Prof. W. D. Halliburton,
F.R.S.
Prof. C. S. Sherrington, F.R.S.
Prof. F. Gotch, Dr. J. S. lLildane,
M. S. Pembrey.
Prof. R.Boyce, Prof. C. S. Sherrington.
Prof. R. Boyce, Prof. C. S. Sherring-
ton, Dr. L. E. Shore.
Dr. Howden, Dr. L. E. Shore, Dr. E.
H. Starling.
W. B. Brodie, W. A. Osborne, Prof.
W. H. Thompson.
J. Barcroft, Dr. W. A. Osborne, Dr.
C. Shaw.
J. Barcroft, Prof. T. G. Brodie, Dr.
L. E. Shore.
SECTION K.— BOTANY.
1895.
1896.
Ipswich . . .
Liverpool...
1897.
Toronto . . .
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
Bradford . . .
Glasgow ...
1902.
Belfast ...
1903.
Southport
1901.
Cambridge
W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, F.R.S
j Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S
! Prof. Marshall Ward, F.R.S.
Prof. F. O. Bower, F.R.S. ...
Sir George King, F.R.S
Prof. S. H. Vines, F.R.S
Prof. I. B. Balfour, F.R.S. ...
Prof. J. R. Green, F.RS
A. C. Seward, F.R.S
Francis Darwin, F.R.S
A. C. Seward, Prof. F. E. Weiss.
Prof. Harvey Gibson, A. C. Seward,
Prof. F. E. Weiss.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, E. C. Jeffrey,
A. C. Seward, Prof. F. E. Weiss.
A. C. Seward, H. Wager, J. W. White.
G. Dowker, A. C. Seward, II. Wager.
A. C. Seward, H. Wager, W. West.
D.T. Gwynne-Vaughan.G. F. Scott-
Elliot, A. C. Seward, H. Wager.
A. G. Tansley, Rev. C. H. Waddell,
H. Wager, R. H. Yapp.
H. Ball, A. G. Tansley, U. Wager,
R. H. Yapp.
Dr. F. F. Blackmail, A. G. Tansley,
H. Wager, T. B. Wood, R. H.
Yapp.
SECTION L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
1901. Glasgow ...
Sir John E. Gorst, F.R.S.
R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller, R. Y.
Howie, C. W. Kimmins, Prof.
II. L. Withers.
1902. Belfast ... Prof. H. E.Armstrong, F.R.S. Prof. R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller,
R. M. Jones, Dr. C. W. Kimmins,
Prof. H. L. Withers.
1903. Southport Sir W de W. Abney, K.C.B., Prof. R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller,
F.R.S. Dr. C. W. Kimmins, Dr. H. L.
Snape.
1901. Cambridge i Bishop of Hereford, D.D. ... J. H. Flather, Prof. R. A. Gregory,
I W. M. Heller, Dr. C. W. Kimmins.
LIST OF EVENING DISCOURSES.
lxxvii
LIST OF EVENING DISCOURSES.
Subject of Discourse
Manchester Charles Vignoles, F.R.S
1843. Cork
184 1. York .
1845. Cambridge
184C. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford.
1848.
1849.
1850.
Swansea ...
Birmingham
Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ..,
1852. Belfast.
1853. Hull,
1854.
1855.
Liverpool.
Glasgow .
Sir M. I. Brunei
R. I. Murchison
Prof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. E.Forbes, F.R.S... .
Dr Robinson
Charles Lyell, F.R.S
Dr. Falconer, F.R.S
G.B.Airy,F.R.S.,Astron.Royal
R. I. Murchison, F.R.S
Prof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S. ...
Charles Lyell, F.R.S
W. R. Grove, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. B. Powell, F.R.S.
Prof. M. Faraday, F.R.S
Hugh E. Strickland, F.G.S....
John Percy, M.D., F.R.S
W. Carpenter, M.D., F.R.S....
Dr. Faraday, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. H. Bennett, M.D.,
F.R.S.E.
Dr. Mantell, F.R.S
Prof. R. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
G.B.Airy,F.R.S.,Astron. Royal
Prof. G. G. Stokes, D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
Colonel Portlock, R.E., F.R.S
Prof.J.Phillips,LL.D.,F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Robert Hunt, F.R.S
Prof. R. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
Col. E. Sabine, V.P.R.S
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S.
Lieut. -Col. H. Rawlinson ...
The Principles and Construction of
Atmospheric Railways.
The Thames Tunnel.
The Geology of Russia.
The Dinomis of New Zealand.
The Distribution of Animal Life in
the iEgean Sea.
The Earl of Rosse's Telescope.
Geology of North America.
The Gigantic Tortoise of the Siwalik
Hills in India.
Progress of Terrestrial Magnetism.
Geology of Russia.
Fossil Mammalia of the British Isles.
Valley and Delta of the Mississippi.
Properties of the ExplosiveSubstance
discovered by Dr. Schonbein; also
some Researches of his own on the
Decomposition of Water by Heat.
Shooting Stars.
Magnetic and Diamagnetic Pheno-
mena.
The Dodo (Bidus ineptus).
Metallurgical Operations of Swansea
and its Neighbourhood.
Recent Microscopical Discoveries.
Mr. Gassiot's Battery.
Transit of different Weights with
varying Velocities on Railways.
Passage of the Blood through the
minute vessels of Animals in con-
nection with Nutrition.
Extinct Birds of New Zealand.
Distinction between Plants and
Animals, and their changes of
Form.
Total Solar Eclipse of July 28,
1851.
Recent Discoveries in the properties
of Light.
Recent Discovery of Rock-salt at
Carrickfergus, and geological and
practical considerations connected
with it.
Some peculiar Phenomena in the
Geology and Physical Geography
of Yorkshire.
The present state of Photography.
Anthropomorphous Apes.
Progress of Researches in Terrestrial
Magnetism.
Characters of Species.
Assyrian and Babylonian Antiquities
and Ethnology.
lxxviii
report — 1904.
Date and Place
Lecturer
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1850. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1861. Bath
1 865. Birmingham
1866. Nottingham
Col. Sir H. Rawlinson
Subject of Discourse
1867. Dundee.
1868. Norwich ...
1869. Exeter
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton ...
1873. Bradford ..,
1874. Belfast ,
W. R. Grove, F.R.S
Prof. W. Thomson, F.R.S. ...
Rev. Dr. Livingstone, D.C.L.
Prof. J. Phillips,LL.D.,F.R.S.
Prof. R. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Mnrchison, D.C.L... .
Rev. Dr. Robinson, F.R.S. ...
Rev. Prof. Walker, F.R.S. ...
.Captain Sherard Osborn, R.N.
Prof. W. A. Miller, M.A., F.R.S.
G. B. Airy, F.R.S., Astron.
Royal.
Prof. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Odling, F.R.S
Prof. Williamson, F.R.S
James Glaishor, F.R.S
Prof. Roscoe, F.R.S
Dr. Livingstone, F.R.S. ..
J. Beete Jukes, F.R.S
William Huggins, F.R.S
Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S
Archibald Geikie, F.R.S
Alexander Herschel, F.R.A.S.
J. Fergusson, F.R.S
Dr. W. Odling, F.R.S
Prof. J. Phillips, LL.D..F.R.S.
J. Norman Lockyer, F.R.S. ..
Prof. J. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof .W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
F. A. Abel, F.R.S
E. B. Tylor, F.R.S
Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B.,
Prof. W. K. Clifford
Prof. W. C.Williamson, F.R.S,
Prof. Clerk Maxwell, F.R.S.
Sir John Lnbbock,Bart.,M.P.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Huxley, F.R.S
Recent Discoveries in Assyria and
Babylonia, with the results of
Cuneiform Research up to the
present time.
Correlation of Physical Forces.
The Atlantic Telegraph.
Recent Discoveries in Africa.
The Ironstones of Yorkshire.
The Fossil Mammalia of Australia.
Geology of the Northern Highlands.
Electrical Discharges in highly
rarefied Media.
Physical Constitution of the Sun.
Arctic Discovery.
Spectrum Analysis.
The late Eclipse of t lie Sun.
The Forms and Action of Water.
Organic Chemistry.
The Chemistryof the Galvanic Bat-
tery considered in relation to
Dynamics.
The Balloon Ascents made for the
British Association.
The Chemical Action of Light.
Recent Travels in Africa.
Probabilities as to the position and
extent of the Coal-measures be-
neath the red rocks of the Mid-
land Counties.
The results of Spectrum Analysis
applied to Heavenly Bodies.
Insular Floras.
The Geological Origin of the present
Scenery of Scotland.
The present state of Knowledge re-
garding Meteors and Meteorites.
Archaeology of the early Buddhist
Monuments.
Reverse Chemical Actions.
Vesuvius.
The Physical Constitution of the
Stars and Nebulae.
The ScientificUse of the Imagination .
Stream-lines and Waves, in connec
tion with Naval Architecture.
Some Recent Investigations and Ap-
plications of Explosive Agents.
The Relation of Primitive to Modern
Civilisation.
Insect Metamorphosis.
The Aims and Instruments of Scien-
tific Thought.
Coal and Coal Plants.
Molecules.
Common Wild Flowers considered
in relation to Insects.
The Hypothesis that Animals are
Automata, and its History.
LIST OF EVENING DISCOURSES.
lxxix
Date and Place
Lecturer
1875. Bristol ....
1876. Glasgow
1877. Plymouth...
1878. Dublin ..
1879. Sheffield
1880. Swansea
1881. York
Subject of Discourse
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport
1884. Montreal..
1885. Aberdeen..
W.Spottiswoode,LL.D.,F.R.S.
F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S
Prof. Tait, F.R.S.E
SirWyville Thomson, F.R.S.
W. Warington Smyth, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Odling, F.R.S
G. J. Romanes, F.L.S
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S
W. Crookes, F.R.S
Prof.E. RayLankester, F.R.S.
Prof. W.Boyd Dawkins, F.R.S.
Francis Galton, F.R.S
Prof. Huxley, Sec. R.S
W. Spottiswoode, Pres. R.S....
Prof. Sir Wm. Thomson, F.R.S.
Prof. H. N. Moseley, F.R.S.
Prof. R. S. Ball, F.R.S
1886. Birmingham
1887. Manchester
1888. Bath
Prof. J. G. McKendrick
Prof. O. J. Lodge, D.Sc
Rev. W. H. Dallinger, F.R.S.
Prof. W. G. Adams, F.R.S. ..
John Murray, F.R.S.E
A. W. Riicker, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. W. Rutherford, M.D. ...
Prof. H. B. Dixon, F.R.S. ...
Col. Sir F. de Winton
Prof.W. E. Ayrton, F.R.S. ...
Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc,
F.R.S.
1889. Newcastle- Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
upon-Tyne F.R.S.
Walter Gardiner, M.A
1890. Leeds
1891. Cardiff.
1892. Edinburgh
1893. Nottingham
1894. Oxford
1895. Ipswich ..
E. B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S....
Prof. C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.
Prof.L. C. Miall,F.L.S.,F.G.S.
Prof. A. W. Riicker, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof. A. M. Marshall, F.R.S.
Prof. J.A.Ewing,M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Smithells, B.Sc.
Prof. Victor Horsley, F.R.S.
J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, F.G.S.
Prof. J.Shield Nicholson, M.A.
Prof. S. P. Thompson, F.R.S.
Prof. Percy F. Frankland,
F.R.S.
The Colours of Polarised Light.
Railway Safety Appliances.
Force.
The 'Challenger' Expedition.
Physical Phenomena connected with
the Mines of Cornwall and Devon.
The New Element, Gallium.
Animal Intelligence.
Dissociation, or Modern Ideas of
Chemical Action.
Radiant Matter.
Degeneration.
Primeval Man.
Mental Imagery.
The Rise and Progress of Paleon-
tology.
The Electric Discharge, its Forms
and its Functions.
Tides.
Pelagic Life.
Recent Researches on the Distance
of the Sun.
Galvanic and Animal Electricity.
Dust.
The Modern Microscope in Re-
searches on the Least and Lowest
Forms of Life.
The Electric Light and Atmospheric
Absorption.
The Great Ocean Basins.
Soap Bubbles.
The Sense of Hearing.
The Rate of Explosions in Gases.
Explorations in Central Africa.
The Electrical Transmission of Power.
The Foundation Stones of the Earth's
Crust.
The Hardening and Tempering of
Steel.
How Plants maintain themselves in
the Struggle for Existence.
Mimicry.
Quartz Fibres and their Applica-
tions.
Some Difficulties in the Life of
Aquatic Insects.
Electrical Stress.
Pedigrees.
Magnetic Induction.
Flame.
The Discovery of the Physiology of
the Nervous System.
Experiences and Prospects of
African Exploration.
Historical Progress and Ideal So-
cialism.
Magnetism in Rotation.
The Work of Pasteur and its various
Developments.
lxxx
REPORT — 1904.
Date and Place
Lecturer
Subject of Discourse
1896.
Liverpool...
Dr. F. Elgar, F.R.S
Safety in Ships.
Prof. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L.
Man before Writing.
1897.
Toronto . . .
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
F.R.S.
Canada's Metals.
J. Milne, F.R.S
Earthquakes and Volcanoes.
1898.
Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S. ..
F unafuti : the S t udy of a Coral Island .
Phosphorescence.
1899.
Prof. Charles Richet
La vibration ncrveuse.
Prof. J. Fleming. F.R.S
TheCentenary of the ElectricCnrrent,
1900.
Bradford . . .
Prof F. Gotch, F.R.S
Animal Electricity.
Glasgow ...
Prof. W. Stroud
Range Finders.
The Inert Constituents of the
1901.
Prof. W. Ramsay, F.R.S
Atmosphere.
F. Darwin, F.R.S
The Movements of Plants.
1902.
Belfast ...
Becquerel Rays and Radio-activity.
Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, F.R.S.
Inheritance.
1903.
Southport
Dr. R. Munro
Man as Artist and Sportsman in the
Palaeolithic Period.
Dr. A. Rowe
The Old Chalk Sea, and some of its
Teachings.
1904.
Cambridge
Prof. G. H. Darwin, F.R.S...
Ripple- Marks and Sand-Dunes.
Prof. H. F. Osborn
Palirontological Discoveries in the
Rocky Mountains.
LECTURES TO THE OPERATIVE CLASSES.
Date and Place
1867.
1868.
Norwich ...
1869.
1870.
Liverpool...
1872.
Brighton ...
1873.
Bradford ...
1874.
1875.
Bristol
1876.
Glasgow ...
1877.
Plymouth...
1879.
Sheffield ...
1880.
Swansea ...
1881.
York
1882
Southamp-
ton.
1883
Southp Di-
1884
Montreal ..
1885
Aberdeen ..
1886
Birmingham
1887
. Manchester
1888
Bath
1889
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Lecturer
Prof. J. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S
Prof. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Miller, M.D., F.R.S. ...
Sir John Lubbock,Bart.,F.R.S
W.Spottiswoode,LL.D.,F.R.S.
C. W. Siemens, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. Odling, F.R.S
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S
Commander Cameron, C.B.
W. H. Preece
W. E. Ayrton
H. Seebohm, F.Z.S
Prof. Osborne Reynolds,
F.R.S.
John Evans, D.C.L.,Treas.R.S.
Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S. ...
Prof. R. S. Ball, F.R.S
H. B. Dixon, M.A
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
F.R.S.
Prof. G. Forbes, F.R.S
Sir John Lubbock,Bart.,F.R.S.
B. Baker, M.Inst.C.E
Subject of Discourse
Matter and Force.
A Piece of Chalk.
The modes of detecting the Com-
position of the Sun and other
Heavenly Bodies by the Spectrum.
Savages.
Sunshine, Sea, and Sky.
Fuel.
The Discovery of Oxygen.
A Piece of Limestone.
A Journey through Africa.
Telegraphy and the Telephone.
Electricity as a Motive Power.
The North-East Passage.
Raindrops, Hailstones, and Snow-
flakes.
Unwritten History, and how to
read it.
Talking by Electricity— Telephones.
Comets.
The Nature of Explosions.
The Colours of Metals and their
Alloys.
Electric Lighting.
The Customs of Savage Races.
The Forth Bridge.
LECTURES TO THE OPERATIVE CLASSES.
lxxxi
Date and Place
Lecturer
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
Leeds Prof. J. Perry, D.Sc, F.ll.S.
Cardiff Prof. S. P. Thompson, F.ll.S.
Edinburgh Prof. C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.
Nottingham Prof. Vivian B. Lewes
Oxford Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S. ...
Ipswich ... Dr. A. H. Fison
Liverpool... Prof. J. A. Fleming, F.R.S... .
Toronto ..., Dr. H. O. Forbes
Bristol ;Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S.
Subject of Discourse
Spinning Tops.
Electricity in Mining.
Electric Spark Photographs.
Spontaneous Combustion.
Geologies and Deluges.
Colour.
The Earth a Great Magnet.
New Guinea.
The ways in which Animals Warn
their enemies and Signal to their
1900.
1901.
Bradford ...
Glasgow ...
Belfast ...
Southport
Cambridge
Prof. S. P. Thompson, F.R.S.
11. J. Mackinder, M.A
friends.
Electricity in the Industries.
The Movements of Men by Land
and Sea.
Gnats and Mosquitoes.
Martinique and St. Vincent : the
Eruptions of 1902.
The Forms of Mountains.
1902.
1903.
Prof. L. C. Miall, F.R.S
Dr. J. S. Flett
1904.
Dr. J.E. Marr, F.R.S
1904.
lxCTl &EPORT— 1904.
OFFICERS OF SECTIONAL COMMITTEES PRESENT AT
THE CAMBRIDGE MEETING.
SECTION A.— MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
President.— Prof. Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents— C Vernon Boys, F.R.S. ; Sir John Eliot, K.C.I.E.,
F.R.S. ; Prof. A. R. Forsyth, F.R.S. ; Prof. J. J. Thomson, F.R.S.
Secretaries.— C. H. Lees, D.Sc. (Recorder) ; A. R. Hinks, M.A. ; R. W.
H. T. Hudson, M.A. ; W. J. S Lockver, Ph.D. ; A. W. Porter,
B.Sc. ; W. C. D. Whetham, M.A., F.R.S.
SECTION B. — CHEMISTRY.
President. — Prof. Sydney Young, D.Sc, F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. Sir James Dewar, F.R.S. ; Dr. J. J. Dobbie,
F.R.S. ; Prof. W. N. Hartley, F.R.S.
Secretaries.— Prof. W. J. Pope, F.R.S. (Recorder) ; M. O. Forster, Ph.D. ;
Prof. G. G. Henderson, D.Sc. ; H. O. Jones, M.A.
SECTION C — GEOLOGY.
President. — Aubrey Strahan, M.A., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents.— Br. J. E. Marr, F.R.S. ; J. J. H. Tcall, F.R.S. ; Prof.
W. W. Watts, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — Herbert L. Bowman, M.A. (Recorder) ; Rev. \\". L. Carter,
M.A. ; J. Lomas ; H. Woods, M.A.
SECTION D. — ZOOLOGY.
President. — William Bateson, M.A., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents.— Prof. S. J. Hickson, F.R.S. ; W. E. Hoylc, D.Sc. ;
Adam Sedgwick, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — J. Y. Simpson, D.Sc. (Recorder) ; J. H. Ashworth, D.Sc. ;
L. Doncaster, M.A. ; H. W. M. Tims, B.A., M.D.
SECTION E. — GEOGRAPHY.
President.— Douglas W. Freshfield, F.R.G.S.
Vice-Presidents.— Capt. E. W. Creak, C.B., R.N., F.R.S. ; F. II. H.
Guillemard, M.D. ; Colonel Sir C. Scott Moncrietf, R.E., K.C.M.G.,
C.S.I.
Secretaries. — Edward Heawood, M.A. (Recorder) ; A. J. Herbertson,
Ph.D. j H. Yule Oldham, M.A. ; E. A. Reeves.
SECTION F. — ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
President. — Prof. William Smart, LL.D.
Vice-Presidents.— E. W. Brabrook, OB. ; Prof. H . S. Foxwell, M.A. j
Prof. A. Marshall, LL.D.
Secretaries. — A. L. Bowley, M.A. (Recorder) ; J. E. Bidwell, M.A. ; Prof.
S. J. Chapman, M.A. j B. W. Ginsburg, M.A., LL.D.
OFFICERS OF COMMITTEES. lxsxiil
SECTION G. — ENGINEERING.
President.— Hon. Charles A. Parsons, M.A., F.R.S., M.Inst.OJB.
Vice-Presidents. — Col. R. E. Crompton, C.B., M.Inst.C.E. : C. Hawksley
MJnst.C.E. ; Prof. B. Hopkinson, M.A.
Secretaries.— W. A. Price, M.A. {Recorder) ; W. T. Miccall, M.Sc. ; J. B.
Peace, M.A.
SECTION H. — ANTHROPOLOGY.
President. — Henry Balfour, M.A.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. A. Macalister, F.R.S. ; Prof. W. Ridgevvay, M A ;
Prof. J. Symington, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — J. L. Myres, MA. (Recorder) ; "W. L. H. Duckworth, M A ;
E. N. Fallaize, M.A. ; H. S. Kingsford, B.A.
SECTION I. — PHYSIOLOGY.
President.— Prof. C. S. Sherrington, D.Sc, M.D., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents.— Prof. F. Gotch, F.R.S. ; Prof. W. D. Halliburton.
F.R.S. ; Prof. J. N. Langley, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — J. Barcroft, M.A., B.Sc. (Recorder) ; Prof. T. G. Brodie,
M.D., F.R.S. ; Dr. L. E. Shore.
SECTION K. — BOTANY.
President. — Francis Darwin, M.A., M.B., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents.— Prof. J. B. Farmer, F.R.S. ; W. Gardiner, F.R.S. :
W. Somerville, D.Sj. ; Prof. H. Marshall Ward, F.R.S.
Secretaries. —Harold Wager, F.R.S. (Recorder); Dr. F. F. Blackman
M.A. ; A. G. Tansley, M.A. ; T. B. Wood, M.A! ; R. H. Yapp, M.A .
SECTION L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
President.— The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Hereford, D.D., LL.D.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. H. E. Armstrong, F.R.S. ; Oscar Brown hi"'
M.A. ; Rev. H. B. Gray, D.D. ; J. N. Keynes, D.Sc. °'
Secretaries. — W. M. Heller, B.Sc. (Recorder); J. H. Flatlnr MA ■
Prof. R. A. Gregory j C. W. Kimmins, M. A., D.Sc.
COMMITTEE OF RECOMMENDATIONS.
The President and Vice-Presidents of the Meeting ; the Presidents of
former years ; the Trustees ; the General Treasurer ; the General and
Assistant General Secretaries ; Prof. Horace Lamb ; Sir John Eliot ■
Prof. J. J. Thomson ; Prof. Sydney Young ; Prof. W. J. Pope •
Aubrey Straham ; G. W. Laraplugh ; Dr. J. E. Marr ; W. Bateson j
Prof. S. J. Hickson ; Dr. W. E. Hoyle ; Douglas W. Freshheld •
Dr. J. S. Keltie ; E. Heawood ; Prof. Wm. Smart ; E. W. Brabrook ;
Dr. E. Cannan ; Hon. Charles A. Parsons ; Col. Crompton ; W. A.
Price ; Henry Balfour ; E. S. Hartland ; J. L. Myres j Prof. C. S.
Sherrington ; Prof. Schafer ; J. Barcroft ; Francis Darwin ; Prof.
H. Marshall Ward ; H. Wager ; The Bishop of Hereford ; Prof.
H. E. Armstrong ; W. M. Heller ; and Principal E. H. Griffiths.
lxxxiv REPORT — 1904.
Z> f . THE GENERAL TREASURER'S ACCOUNT,
1903-1901. RECEIPTS.
Balance brought forward *>4ij
Life Compositions (including Transfers) 123
New Annual Members' Subscriptions 222
Annual Subscriptions , 659
Sale of Associates' Tickets 667
Sale of Ladies' Tickets 365
Sale of Publications 127
Dividend on Consols 1 ~>p
Dividend on India 3 per Cents 103
Interest on Deposit 33
Income Tax returned '17
.«
d.
1
7
11
4
o
1
3
1
17
4
£3351 9 3
Investments.
& S. ll.
Consols 6501 10 5
India 3 per Cents 3600
£10,101 10 5
Sir Frederick Bramwell's Gift, 2 A per Cent.
Self-cumulating Consolidated Stock 58 8 5
£10,159 18 10
G. Carry Foster, General Treasurer.
GENERAL TREASURERS ACCOUNT.
lxxxv
from July 1, 1903, to June 30, 1904.
Cr
1003-1904. EXPENDITURE.
£ s.
Expenses of Southport Meeting (including Printing, Adver-
tising, Payment of Clerks, &c, Sec.) 157 10
Rent and Office Expenses 86 4
Salaries, &c 527 4
Printing, Binding, &c *262 10
Repair, &c, of Banners 7 13
Committee on Coast Changes 12 6
Payment of Grants made at Southport :
£ s. d.
Seismological Observations 40
Investigation of the Upper Atmosphere by meansof Kites 50
Magnetic Observations at Falmouth . , 60
Wave-length Tables of Spectra 10
Study of Hydro-aromatic Substances 25
Erratic Blocks 10
Life-zones in British Carboniferous Rocks 35
Fauna and Flora of the Trias 10
Investigation of Fossiliferons Drifts 50
Table at the Zoological Station, Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum Auimalium 60
Development in the Frog 15
Researches on the Higher Crustacea 15
British and Foreign Statistics of International Trade . . 25
Resistance of Road Vehicles to Traction 90
Researches in Crete 100
Researches in Glastonbury Lake Village 25
Anthropometric Investigation on Egyptian Troops 8 10
Excavations on Roman Sites in Britain 25
The State of Solution of Proteids 20
Metabolism of Individual Tissues 40
Botanical Photographs 4 8 11
Respiration of Plants 15
Experimental Studies in Heredity 35
Corresponding Societies Committee 20
887 1
9
2
6
7
8 11
1941 8 5
On deposit at Bradford District Bank £ 1027 13 4
Balance at Bank of England
(Western Branch) £G27 11 8
Zm Cheques not presented 247 18 11
379 12 9
Cash in hand 2 14 9
1410 10
£3351 9 3
* Exclusive of an outstanding' Printing Bill of about .£1,000.
I have examined the above Account with the books and vouchers of the Associa
tion, and certify the same to be correct. I have also verified the balance at the
Bankers', and have ascertained that the Investments are registered in the names
of the Trustees.
W. B. Keen, Chartered Accountant,
Approved— 3 Church Court, Old Jewry, E,C,
E.W. Brabrook, } . ,., July 28, 1904.
L.l. Price. j^«**»*, *
lxxxvi
REPORT— 1904.
Table showing the Attendance and Receipts
Date of Meeting
Where held
Presidents
Old Life
Members
New Life
Members
1831, Sept. 27
1832, June 19
1833, June 25
1834, Sept. 8
1835, Aug. 10
1836, Aug. 22
1837, Sept. 11
1838, Aug. 10
1839, Aug. 20
1840, Sept. 17
1841, July 20
1842, June 23 . ...
1843, Aug. 17
1844, Sept. 26
1845, June 19
1846, Sept. 10 ...
1847, June 23
1848, Aug. 9
1849, Sept. 12
1850, July 21
1851, July 2
1852, Sept. 1
1853, Sept. 3
1854, Sept. 20
1855, Sept. 12
1856, Aug. 6
1857, Aug. 26
1858, Sept. 22
1859, Sept. 14
1860, June 27
1861, Sept. 4
1862, Oct. 1
1863, Aug. 26
1864, Sept. 13
1865, Sept.
1866, Aug. 22
1867, Sept. 4
1868, Aug. 19
1869, Aug. 18
1870, Sept. 14
1871, Aug. 2
1872, Aug. 14
1873, Sept. 17
1874, Aug. 19
1875, Aug. 25
1870, Sept. G
1877, Aug. 15
1878, Aug. 14
1879, Aug. 20
1880, Aug. 25
1881, Aug. 31
1882, Aug. 23 .
1883, Sept. 19
1884, Aug. 27
1885, Sept. 9
1880, Sept. 1
1887, Aug. 31
1888, Sept. 5
1889, Sept. 11
1890, Sept. 3
1891, Aug. 19 ... .
1892, Aug. 3
1893, Sept. 13
1894, Aug. 8
1895, Sept. 11
1896, Sept, 16
1897, Aug. 18
1898, Sept. 7
1899, Sept. 13
1900, Sept. 5
1901, Sept. 11
1902, Sept. 10
1903, Sept, 9
1904, Aug. 17
York
The Earl Fitzwilliam, D.C.L.. F.R.S.
The Rev. A. Sedgwick, F.R.S
Sir T. M. Brisbane, D.C.L., F.R.S. ...
The Rev. Provost Llovd.LL.D., F.R.S.
The Earl of Burlington, F.R.S
The Duke of Northumberland, F.R.S.
The Rev. W. Vernon Hareourt, F.R.S.
The Marquis of Breadalbane, F.ll.S.
The Rev. W. Whewell, F.ll.S.
The Lord Francis Egcrton, F.G.S. ...
The Earl of Rosse, F.R.S
The Rev. G. Peacock, D.D., F.R.S.
Sir John F. W.Hersehel, Bart,, F.R.S.
Sir Roderick I.Murchison,Bart.,F.R.S.
Sir Robert H. Inglis, Bart., F.R.S.
TbeMarquisofNorthauipton,Pres.R.S.
The Rev. T. R. Robinson, D.I). F.H.S.
G. B. Airy, Astronomer Royal, F.ll.S.
Lieut.-General Sabine, F.R.S
109
S03
109
220
313
241
314
119
227
235
172
104
141
238
194
1N2
230
222
184
280
321
239
2113
2*7
292
2117
107
190
204
311
240
215
212
102
239
221
173
2U 1
184
144
272
178
203
235
225
314
428
200
277
259
189
280
201
327
214
3:lu
120
281
290
267
310
213
250
419
z
05
109
2S
150
86
10
18
12
9
8
10
13
23
33
14
15
42
27
21
113
15
30
41)
44
31
25
18
21
39
28
30
27
13
36
35
19
18
10
11
28
17
60
20
in
25
80
30
20
21
24
14
17
21
13
31
8
19
20
13
37
21
21
32
Oxford
Edinburgh
Dublin
Bristol
Newcastle-on-Tyne . . .
Birmingham .'.
Glasgow
Plymouth
Manchester
Cork
York
Cambridge
Southampton
Swansea
Birmingham
Edinburgh
Ipswich
Belfast
Hull
Liverpool
The Earl of Harrowby, F.R.S
The Duke of Argyll, F.R.S
Prof. C. G. B. Dau'benv, M.D., F.R.S.
The Rev. H. Lloyd, D.D.. F.R s
Richard Owen, M.D., D.O.L., F.R.S....
H.R.H. The Prince Consort ..
Glasgow
Cheltenham
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen
Oxford ...
Manchester
Cambridge
Newcastle-on-Tyne...
Bath
Birmingiiam
Nottingham...
The Lord Wrottesley, M.A., F.R.S. ..
William Fairbairn, LL.D., F.ll.S
The Rev. Professor Willis,M.A.,F.H.s.
SirWilliam G. Aruistnuig.1 '.1:., F.lt.S.
Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. Phillips, M.A., LL.D., F.lt.S.
William R. Grove, Q.C., F.R.S
The Duke of Buccleueh, K.C.B.,F.R.S.
Dr. Joseph D. Hooker. F.R.S
Prof. G.G. Stokes, D.O.L., F.R.S
Prof. T. H. Huxley. LL.D., F.R.S. ...
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., F.ll.S.
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S
Prof. A. W. Williamson, F.R.S.
Prof. J. Tvndall. LL.D., F.R.S.
Dundee
Norwich
Exeter .,
Liverpool
Edinburgh
Brighton
Bradford ..
Belfast
Bristol
Sir John Hawkshaw, F.ll.S
Prof. T. Andrews, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Thomson, M.D., F.lt.S.
W. Spottiswoode, M.A., F.R.S
Prof. G. J. Alluian, M.D., F.R.S.
A. 0. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S
Sir John Lubbock, Bart., F.R.S. ...
Dr. C. W. Siemens F.R.S
Prof. A. Cayley, D.C.L., F.R.S
Sir J. W. Dawson, C.M.G., F.R.S. .
Sir H. E. Roseoe, D.C.L., F.R.S. ...
Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., F.R.S.
Sir F. A. Abel, C.B., F.R.S
Glasgow
Plymouth
Dublin
Sheffield
Swansea
York
Southampton .
Soutliport
Montreal
Aberdeen
Birmingham
Manchester
Bath ..
Newcastle-on-Tyne. . .
Leeds
Cardiff ..
Dr. W. Huggins, F.R.S
Sir A. Geikie, LL.D., F.R.S
Edinburgh .
Nottingham...
Prof. J. S. Bunion Sanderson, F.R.S.
The Marquis of Salisbury.K.G., F.R.S.
Sir Douglas Galton, K.C.B., F.R.S. ...
Sir Joseph Lister, Bart., Pros. R.S. ...
Sir John Evans, K.O.B., F.R.S
Sir W. Crookes, F.R.S
Sir Michael Foster, K.C.B., Sec.R.S....
SirWilliam Turner, D.O.L., F.R.S. ...
Prof. A. W. Riicker, D.Sc, SecR.S. ...
Prof. J. Dewar, LL.D., F.R.S
Sir Norman Lockyer, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Rt. Hon. A. J. Balfour, M.P., F.R.S.
Liverpool
Toronto ...
Bristol ..
Dover
Bradford . .
Glasgow
Belfast
Soutliport
Cambridge ..
* Ladies weie not admitted by purchased tickets until 1843. f Tickets of Admission to Sections only.
ATTENDANCE AND RECEIPTS AT ANNUAL MEETINGS. Ixxxvii
at Annual Meetings of the Association.
Old
Annual
New
Annual
Asso-
ciates
Ladies
Foreigners
Total
Amount
received
during the
Meeting
Grants
for Scientific
Year
Members
Members
Purposes
—
—
353
1831
—
—
—
—
—
1832
—
—
900
-
_
1833
,
—
1298
£20
1834
_
—
.
167
1835
1360
435
1836
—
1840
922 12 6
1837
1100*
2400
932 2 2
1838
—
34
143S
1595 11
1839
—
—
40
1353
1540 16 4
1840
4G
317
60*
891
1235 10 11
1841
75
376
33f
331*
28
1315
1449 17 8
1842
71
185
1611
—
—
1565 10 2
1843
45
190
9t
260
_
—
981 12 8
1844
94
22
407
172
35
1079
831 9 9
1845
65
39
270
196
36
857
685 16
1846
197
41)
495
203
53
1320
208 5 4
1847
54
25
376
197
IS
819
£707
275 1 8
1848
93
33
447
237
22
1071
963
159 19 6
1849
128
42
510
273
44
1241
I08S
345 18
1850
61
47
244
141
37
710
620
391 9 7
1851
G3
6i"l
510
292
9
1108
loss
304 6 7
1S52
56
57
367
236
6
876
903
205
1853
121
121
765
524
10
1802
1882
380 19 7
1854
142
101
1094
543
26
2133
2311
480 10 4
1855
104
48
412
346
9
1115
1098
734 13 9
1856
156
120
900
569
26
2022
2ol5
507 15 4
1857
111
91
710
509
13
1698
1931
618 18 2
1858
125
179
12(16
821
22
2564
2782
684 11 1
1859
177
59
636
463
47
1689
1604
7G6 19 6
1860
184
125
1589
791
15
3138
3944
1111 5 10
1861
150
57
433
242
25
1161
1089
1293 10 6
1862
154
209
1704
1004
25
333S
3640
1608 3 10
1863
182
103
1119
1058
13
2802
2965
1289 15 8
1864
215
149
7C6
508
23
1997
2227
1591 7 10
1865
218
105
960
771
11
2303
2469
1750 13 4
1866
193
118
1163
771
7
2444
2613
1739 4
1867
117
720
G82
45+
2004
2042
1940
1868
229
107
678
GOO
17
1850
1931
1622
1869
303
195
1103
910
14
2878
3096
1572
1870
311
127
976
754
21
2463
2575
1472 2 6
1871
2S0
80
937
912
43
2533
2649
1285
1872
237
99
796
601
11
1983
2120
1685
1873
232
85
817
638
12
1951
1979
1151 16
1874
307
93
884
672
17
2248
2397
960
1875
331
185
1265
712
25
2774
3023
1092 4 2
1876
238
59
446
283
11
1229
1268
1128 9 7
1877
290
93
1285
674
17
2578
2615
725 16 6
1878
239
74
529
349
13
1404
1425
1080 11 11
1879
171
41
389
147
12
915
899
731 7 7
1880
313
176
1230
514
24
2557
2689
476 8 1
1881
253
79
516
189
21
1253
1286
1126 1 11
1882
330
323
952
841
5
2714
3369
1083 3 3
1883
317
219
826
74
26A-60H.§
1777
1855
1173 4
1884
332
122
1053
447
6
2203
2256
1385
1885
428
179
1067
429
11
2453
2532
995 6
1886
510
244
1985
493
92
3838
4336
1186 18
1887
399
100
639
509
12
1984
2107
1511 5
1888
412
113
1024
579
21
2437
2441
1417 11
1889
368
92
680
334
12
1775
1776
789 16 8
1890
341
152
672
107
35
1497
1664
1029 10
1891
413
141
733
439
50
2070
2007
864 10
1892
328
57
773
268
17
1061
1053
907 15 6
1893
435
69
941
451
77
2321
2175
583 15 6
1894
290
31
493
261
22
1324
1236
977 15 5
1895
383
139
1384
873
41
3181
3228
Q
1104 6 1
1896
286 ;
125
682
100
41
1362
1398
1059 10 8
1897
327
96
1051
639
33
2416
2399
1212
1898
324
68
548
120
27
1403
1328
1430 14 2 '
1899
297
45
801
482
9
1915
18(11
1072 10 i
1900
374
131
794
246
20
1912
2046
945 0'
1901
314
86
647
305
6
1620
1644
917 ;
1902
319
90
688
365
21
1754
1762
84S 13 2 I
1903
449
113
1338
317 j
121
2789
2650
°l
887 18 11
1904
I Including Ladies. § Fellcwsoi the American AssociationwereadmittedasHon.Meinbersfortb.is Meeting
OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1004-1905.
PRESIDENT.
The Rig bt IT< in. A, J. BALFOUR, D.O.L., LL.D , M.P., F.R.S., Chancellor of the University of Edinburgh.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
His Grace the Duke of DEVONSHIRE, K.G., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Chancellor of the University of Cam-
bridge.
ALEXANDER Peckover, LL.D., Lord Lieutenant
of Cambridgeshire.
Arthur Hall, M.A., D.L., High Sheriff of Cam-
bridgeshire and Huntingdonshire.
The Right Rev. the Lord Bishot OF Ely, D.D.
The Right Hon. Lord Walsingham, LL.D.,
F.R.S., High Steward of the University of
Cambridgp.
The Right Hon. Lord Ratt.eigh, D.C.L., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
The Right Hon. Loud Kelvin-, G.C.V.O., D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.I!. P.
PRESIDENT ELECT.
Professor G. H. Darwin, M.A., LL.D
| The Rev. F. H. Chase, D.D. , Vice-Chancellor of the
University and President of Queens' College,
Cambridge.
The Very Rev. H. Montagu Dutt.er, D.D. .Matter
of Trinity.
Mrs. Sidgwick, Principal of Newnham College,
Cambridge.
J. H. Cbesshyre Dalton, M.D., Mayor of Cam-
bridge.
Robert Stephenson, Chairman of the Cambridge-
shire County Council.
JosErH Martin', Chairman of the Isle of Ely
County Council.
P. H. Young, Deputy Mayor of Cambridge.
Ph.D.,F.R.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS ELECT.
IIi-
Excellency the Right Hon. Lorii Milner,
G.C.B., G.O.M.G., High Commissioner for
South Africa.
The Hon. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutchinson,
G.C.M.G., Governor of Cape Colon v.
Colonel Sir Henry E. McCalldm, K.C.M.G., R.E.,
Governor of Natal.
Captain the Hon. Sir Arthur Lawley, K.C.M.G.,
Lieutenant-Governor, Transvaal.
Major Sir H. J. Goold-Apams, K.C.M.G., Lieu-
Sir W. H. Milton, K.C.M.G., Administrator of
Southern Rhodesia.
Sir Charles H. T. Metcalfe, Bart., M.A.
Sir David Gill, K.O.B., LL.D., P.R.S.
Theodore Reunert, M.Inst.C.E.
The Mayor of Cape Town.
The Mayor of Johannesburg.
The President of the Philosophical Society
of South Africa.
tenant-Governor, Orange River Colony.
GENERAL TREASURER.
Professor John Perry, D.Sc, F.R.S., Burlington House, London, W.
GENERAL SECRETARIES.
Major P. A. MacMahoN, R.A., D.Sc, F.R.S. | Professor W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S.
ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
A. Silva White, Burlington House, London, W.
CENTRAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE FOR SOUTH AFRICA.
Sir David Gill, K.C.B., F.R.S., Chairman. | J. D. F. Gilchrist, M.A., Ph.D., B.Sc, Secretary
ORDINARY MEMBERS
ABNEY, Sir W., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Armstrong, Professor H. E., F.R.S.
Bonar, J., LL.D.
Bourne, G. 0., D.Sc.
Bower, Professor F. 0., F.R.S.
Brabrook, E. W., C.B.
Brown, Dr. Horace T., F.R.S.
Oallendar, Professor H. L., F.R.S.
Cunningham, Professor D. J., F.R.S.
Darwin. Major L., See. R.G.S.
Gotch, Professor F., F.R.S.
Haddon, Dr. A. O., F.R.S.
Hawkslky, C, M.Inst.C.E.
OF THE COUNCIL.
Higgs, Henry, LL.B.
Lang ley. Professor J. X., F.R.S.
Macalister, Professor A., F.R.S.
McKgnprkk, Professor J. G., F.R.S.
Mackinder, H. J., M.A.
Noble, Sir A., Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Perkin, Professor W. H., F.R.S.
Seward, A. 0., F.R.S.
Shaw, Dr. W. N.. F.R.S.
SHirLEY, A. E., F.R.S.
Watts, Professor W. W., F.R.S.
Woodward, Dr. A.Smith, F.R.S.
EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
The Trustees, the President and President Elect, the Presidents of former years, the Vice-Presidents and
Vice-Presidents Elect, the General and Assistant General Secretaries for the present and former years,
the General Treasurers for the present and former years, and the Local Treasurer and Secretaries for
the ensuing Meeting.
TRUSTEES (PERMANENT).
The Right Hon. Lord Avebury, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.
The Right Hon. Lord Rayleigh, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S.
Sir Arthur W. RucKXR, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.
PRESIDENTS OF FORMER TEARS.
Sir Joseph D. Hooker, G.C.S.I.
Lord Kelvin, G.C.V.O., F.R.S.
Lord Aveburv, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Lord Rayleigh, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, D.C.L., F.R.S.
SirWm.Huggius.K.O.B., Pres.R.S.
Sir Archibald Geikie, Sec.B.S.
Prof. Sir J. S. Bunion Sanderson,
Bart., F.R.S.
Lord Lister, D.O.L., F.R.S.
Sir John Evans, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Sir William Crookes, F.R.S.
Sir Michael Foster, K.O.B.. F.R.S.
Sir W. Turner, K.O.B., F.R.S.
Sir A. W. Rilcker, D.Sc. F.R.S.
Sir J. Dewar, LL.D., F.R.S.
Sir Norman Lockycr, K.C.B.,
F.R.S.
GENERAL OFFICERS OF FORMER YEARS.
F. Galton, D.O.L., F.R.S.
Sir Michael Foster.K.C.B., F.R.S.
P. L. Sclater, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc, F.R.S.
A. Vernon Harcourt, F.R.S.
Sir A. W. RUcker, D.Sc, F.R.S.
| Prof. E. A. SchSfer, F.R.S.
Dr. D. H. Scott, M.A., F.R S.
Dr. G. Carey Foster, F.R.S.
Dr. J. G. Qarson.
E. W. Brabrook, Esq., O.R.
AUDITORS.
| H. Higgs, Esq., LL,B,
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. lxxxix
Report of the Council for the Year 1903-1904, presented to the General
Committee at Cambridge on Wednesday, August 17, 1904.
The Trustees of the Association having consented to act as Trustees
for the sum of 50/., presented to the Association by the late Sir Frederick
Bramwell, to provide for a report being prepared and presented at the
Centenary Meeting of the Association ' dealing with the whole question
of Prime Movers in 1931, and especially with the relation between
steam engines and internal -combustion engines,' the money has been
invested, in accordance with the suggestion made by Sir Frederick Bram-
well, in 1\ per cent, self-cumulative Consols.
The following resolutions having been referred to the Council by the
General Committee for consideration, and action if desirable : —
1. The Committee of Section A, having received a communication from
the International Meteorological Committee, is of opinion that the intro-
duction of international uniformity in the units adopted for the records of
Meteorological observations would be of great practical advantage to science,
and that the Council be requested to take such steps as they may think fit.
toward giving effect to the resolution : —
the Council appointed a Committee, consisting of Lord Rayleigh, Dr.
W. N. Shaw, Dr. R. H. Scott, Mr. C. V. Boys, Dr. R. T. Glazebrook,
Professor Schuster, the President, and the General Officers, to report
thereon.
The Council concur with the Committee in recommending that the
process of arriving, if possible, at a general agreement as to the use of
common units should be : —
(1) To prepare a statement of the considerations which would guide
the choice of units ;
(2) To ascertain whether the meteorological authorities in this country
would entertain proposals to select units on these considerations ;
(3) To ascertain whether (a) India, (b) the Colonial Organisations,
would entertain similar proposals ;
(4) To approach the United States upon the matter ;
(5) To consult the meteorological organisations of foreign countries ;
and finally
(6) To report the proceedings to the Association of Academies with a
view to the adoption of a general system.
It would be desirable for the United States to be kept informed of
the proceedings from the time that it is ascertained that the meteoro-
logical organisations of this country are willing to consider the matter,
but it is not desirable to challenge a categorical reply until the attitude
of the Colonies and dependencies is known.
A memorandum in accordance with recommendation (1) has been
drawn up as a basis for discussion. The Meteorological Council, haying
already expressed a favourable opinion upon it from that point of view,
the Council are taking steps to ascertain the views of the various authori-
ties in the manner indicated in the foregoing paragraph, and it is hoped
XC REPORT — 1904.
that arrangements will be made for a discussion of the subject in
Section A at Cambridge
o
2. That the Council be asked to consider the desirability of permitting the
publication of the whole of the Sectional Programmes in the daily Journal
at as early a date as possible.
3. That it is desirable that further steps should be taken to make the
Reports of Committees (as distinguished from papers) communicated to the
Association more accessible to the general public by the provision of Indices
to the published volumes and otherwise ; and that the Council be asked to
consider the conditions upon which reports of Committees and Proceedings of
Sections might be published if required :
the Council appointed a Committee, consisting of Dr. Scott Keltie, Pro-
fessor R. Meldola, Professor Perry, Professor W. W. Watts, the President,
and the General Officers, to report on this matter.
The Council recommend —
(1) That the names of Members of the Sectional Committees be printed
' solid ' — i.e. in continuous lines, and that additional names of Members
elected during the meeting be added successively, at the end of the list
printed in the Journal of the previous day.
(2) That the whole programme, so far as settled, of the proceedings of
each Section be printed in the Journal issued on Thursday and each suc-
cessive morning. The Recorders of Sections should be asked to furnish
the programmes of their respective Sections several days before the com-
mencement of the Meeting.
(3) That the publication of the list of papers read the previous day be
discontinued.
(4) That the changes suggested in the publication of the reports be
not adopted, the existing indices being sufficient for the present.
The Council desire to draw attention to the fact that two volumes of
' Indices '—namely, from 1831 to 1860, and from 1861 to 1890— have
already been published and are on sale.
4. That the Sectional Committees be continued in existence until the new
Sectional Committees are appointed, and be authorised to bring to the notice
of the Council in the interval between the Annual Meetings of the Association
any matter on which the action of the Council may be desired in the interests
of the several Sections, and that a Committee may be summoned at any time
by the President of the Section, or by the Council :
the Council, having considered the resolution, recommend that it lie
referred to the Committee of Recommendations.
5. That, the Council be requested to consider the desirability of urging
upon the Government, by a deputation to the First Lord of the Treasury or
otherwise, the importance of increased national provision being made for
University Education :
the Council considered the matter at a Special Meeting, when it was
resolved : —
' That the President be requested to approach the various Universities
and University Colleges, and to inquire (1) whether they would be willing
to join in organising a deputation to the Prime Minister to ask for
increased help to such institutions from Government funds ; (2) whether
they would each appoint representatives to a Joint Committee to organise
such a deputation, it being understood that the deputation will consist
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. XC1
not merely of representatives of Universities, but of all those interested
in the objects which it will be the aim of the deputation to secure.'
The communication made in pursuance of the foregoing resolution by
the President to the various universities, university colleges, and large
organisations interested in educational science, was replied to so favour-
ably by them that steps were taken to organise a deputation to the
First Lord of the Treasury.
A large and distinguished deputation, including representatives of all
the universities, university colleges, and many county, municipal, and
other educational authorities in the United Kingdom, was received by the
Prime Minister, the Chancellor of the Exchequer also being present, on
July 15, at the House of Commons. Prior to the deputation a memo-
randum had been drawn up by the President, and agreed to by the
representatives of the principal universities, pointing out the necessity
of a new departure on the part of the Government in relation to State
Aid for Universities. This memorandum was forwarded to Mr. Balfour
some days before the date of the deputation. The deputation was intro-
duced by Sir Norman Lockyer. Mr. Peiham (representing Oxford)
and Dr. Chase (Vice-Chancellor of Cambridge), on behalf of the older
universities, and Mr. Chamberlain (Chancellor of the University of
Birmingham), on behalf of the newer universities, addressed the Prime
Minister, pointing out the need for much more liberal State aid being-
granted for purposes of higher education. Sir W. H. White and Sir W.
Ramsay spoke of the importance of endowment of university teaching in
relation to the application of science to the industries of the country.
Sir R. Jebb mentioned the needs of the Humanity departments of
universities. Sir Henry Roscoe discussed the importance of original
research and its influence on our national well-being. Mr. A. Mosely,
C.B., pointed out what was being done in other countries in practical
university training for commercial and industrial life. Mr. Bell, M.P.,
spoke of the importance of university training being put within the
reach, as regards expense, of the most promising minds in all classes of
the community, so as to widen the area of selection for the higher
activities of the nation.
Mr. Balfour, in reply to the deputation, said that he did not suppose
there had ever been congregated in one chamber so many representatives
of learning in this country, and hoped that they would forgive him if he
did not wholly rise to the expectations formed of the answer he had to
give on behalf of the Government. The words of his which had been
quoted would, he hoped, absolve him from the necessity of again express-
ing sympathy with what he took to be the main object of the deputation.
Though it has been said that we have fallen far behind at least two great
countries in our national education, he absolutely denied that there is the
smallest sign that in the production of the germinating ideas of science
we have shown any inferiority. Germany has for many generations
pursued the State-endowing process of applying science to industry, and
in this we are far behind. The system of thought in Germany, the habits
of the people, and the Government, in this respect place them at great
advantage as compared to us, as far as endowment of universities can
help a nation in the industrial struggle. But the mere endowment of
universities will not, he thought, add greatly to the output of original
work of the first quality. It will provide an education which will render
xcii REPORT — 1901.
fit for industrial work persons who, without university education, would
be very ill-equipped indeed. He concurred with all the speakers that
there is a great financial need, both in the old and new universities, for
help towards this object. But there is a still greater need— namely, that
capitalists should recognise the necessity of giving employment to those
whom the universities turn out. There is some evidence to show that
shipbuilders and manufacturers prefer the future captains of industry to
begin work early in life in the old way. He thought they were wrong,
but they must be convinced that they are wrong, otherwise there will be
no advantage in turning out qualified students if employers are content
to use the man who acquires his training by actual day-to-day labour,
but is not qualified in the higher scientific attainments which are more
and more becoming necessary. Another thing we want is the creation of
positions which will enable a man who has exceptional gifts of originality
in science to devote his life to the subjects of his predilection, so as not
to be driven to another kind of life in which he will not be able to render
the full service of which he is capable to his country. In Germany such
positions, which must in the main be attached to the universities, are
more numerous than in this country. He could conceive no more
admirable use of any funds which the universities can command than
the increase of such positions. Having dealt with the more general
aspects of the problem presented by the various speakers, he desired
to leave it to the Chancellor of the Exchequer to speak upon the
more practical question of what the Government can do and what it
cannot do.
The Chancellor of the Exchequer said that he wished to express his
interest in the work of universities, and recognised the larger part they
were likely to play in our national development in the future. He con-
sidered it would be a misfortune if it were to be thought that it was the
duty of the State to take upon itself the whole or main cost of the higher
education of the country, or if the State were to come into such relations
towards university education as it occupies towards elementary education.
He must bid them consider what control the State would have to exercise,
and what restrictions it might feel called upon to impose if it ever took
on itself the duty of supplying to the universities such large grants as had
been suggested. State aid must always be accompanied by State control,
and it was, he thought, dangerous for the higher education of the country
that it should have to conform itself, for the purpose of obtaining grants,
to rules and regulations laid down by the Treasury. It would be not less
disastrous in the interests of higher education if anything were done to
relieve patriotic citizens of that sense of the importance of supporting
higher education by voluntary endowment and subscription. The Govern-
ment had not stinted their contributions to education as a whole. They
had been spending large sums on primary and secondary education, which
was a necessary equipment for any student who wished to make profitable
use of the facilities the universities granted. The Government had shown
their interest in universities this year by proposing to Parliament to
double the grant recently given to university colleges, and had expressed
a hope that in the coming year they might be able again to raise that
sum so as, in round figures, to double it once more. We are not enjoy-
ing one of those periods of prosperity when the Treasury could afford to
be generous without having to place fresh burdens on the taxpayer.
Whatever the claims of university education to further assistance, they
REPORT OF TflE COUNCIL. XClil
must wait further development until the finances of the country are in an
easier position. Beyond what he had stated it would be impossible to
make in the next financial year further large contributions to university
education. He thought that it would be of some assistance if universities
would meanwhile consider to what extent they were willing to come under
control if they received grants, to what extent the State was to have a
voice in fixing the fees of students, and to what extent it was to direct
or influence teaching, whether it was to allocate its assistance to promote
special branches of study, or whether it was desired to make every
university complete in itself.
Since the date of the deputation the President has been in corres-
pondence with representatives of the universities, and he has reported
that the Deputation Committee will probably hold another meeting in
order to obtain further information from the universities to be laid before
the Chancellor of the Exchequer.
The work of organising this deputation involved an amount of clerical
work beyond the ordinary strength of the office, and special assistance
had to be obtained for the purpose. Considerable expense has also been
incurred in preparing and printing reports of the several meetings and
conferences which have been held. A portion of the expenses falls into
this year's accounts, and are included in the Treasurer's account.
In response to a Sectional resolution received too late for presentation
to the General Committee last year requesting ' that the attention of the
Council be called to the inconvenience which is caused to the Sections by
gentlemen accepting the office of Vice-President neither appearing at the
meeting nor sending a timely notice of their inability to do so,' the
Council has resolved that gentlemen nominated as Vice-Presidents of
Sections shall be informed that their attendance at the meeting for which
they are nominated is expected.
The Council also recommend that each Sectional Committee shall
have power to elect not more thau three Vice-Presidents at any time
during the meeting, in addition to those nominated by the Council
and elected by the General Committee, and that the rules be altered
accordingly.
Arrangements for the South African meeting in 1905 have received
much attention during the year from a Committee of Council appointed
for the purpose. The general arrangements for the meeting, which were
preliminarily announced last year, have been confirmed, namely, that the
first half of the meeting be held at Cape Town and the second half at
Johannesburg, and that official visits of the Association be made to Natal
and the Orange River Colony, in each of which Colonies one or more dis-
courses will be delivered by prominent members of the Association. It
has been found that the most convenient date for the meeting to open at
Cape Town would be August 15, so that members starting for South Africa
at the end of J uly could spend at least three weeks in the Colonies, and be
back in England by the end of September.
An Additional Expenses Fund has been opened to supplement the
subsidy to be given by the Colonial Governments of South Africa towards
defraying the cost of the meeting, and subscriptions to the amount of
1.650Z. have been received or promised. The Council hope that a con-
siderably larger sum may be forthcoming during the ensuing year, so as
to secure a thoroughly representative meeting in the Colonies of South
Africa.
XC1V
REPORT — 1904.
The Council have considered what alterations, if any, it nlay be desirable
to make in the transaction of business at the South African meeting in
consequence of the exceptional distance. They are of opinion that little
alteration will be necessary in the custom other than that previously
mentioned, and that no changes need be proposed in the written laws of
the Association. There will, however, be difficulties in fixing the place of
meeting for 1907, and the date of that in 190G, for delegates from the
towns concerned could not be expected to attend. It may also be felt
that members who are unable to leave the United Kingdom ought to have
the opportunity of voting on these points, and on the election of the
President and Officers for 1 90G. The Council therefore recommend that tlie
General Committee hold only two meetings in South Africa, one at Cape
Town and the other at Johannesburg, and an adjourned meeting at some
convenient place in London on some day to be hereafter fixed towards the
end of the month of October 1905.
An invitation to hold the Annual Meeting of the Association in 190G
will be presented from York. A letter has been received from the Lord
Mayor and the Chancellor of the University of Melbourne expressing the
strong desire of the Colony of Victoria that a meeting of the British
Association may be held in Melbourne at a convenient date.
The Council nominate as additional Vice-Presidents of the Associa-
tion for the Cambridge Meeting : —
His Grace the Duke of Devonshire,
K.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Chancellor of the
University of Cambridge.
Arthur Hall, Esq., M.A., D.L., High
Sheriff of Cambridgeshire and Hunts.
The Eight Rev. the Lord Bishop of Ely,
D.D.
The Right Hon. Lord Walsingham,
LL.D., F.R.S., High Steward of the
University of Cambridge.
The Right Hon. Lord Rayleigh, D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
The Right lion. Lord Kelvin, G.C.V.O.,
D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.
The Right Rev. H. Montagu Butler. D.D.,
Master of Trinity.
Mrs. Henry Sidgwick, Principal of
Ncwnham College.
J. H. Chesshyre Dalton, Esq., M.D.,
Mayor of Cambridge.
Robert Stephenson, Esq., Chairman of the
Cambridgeshire County Council.
Joseph Martin, Esq., Chairman of the
Isle of Ely County Council.
The Council nominate as Sectional Officers the various gentlemen
whose names appear on the programme of the Cambridge Meeting.
The Council nominate Principal E. H. Griffiths, F.R.S., Chairman,
Dr. Tempest Anderson, Vice-Chairman, and Mr. F. W. Rudler, Secretary
of the Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies to be held
during the Cambridge Meeting.
A Report has been received from the Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee, together with the list of the Corresponding Societies and the
titles of the more important papers, especially of those referring to Local
Scientific Investigations, published by the Societies duriDg the year ending
May 31, 1903.
The Council nominate for election as the Corresponding Societies
Committee for the ensuing year the following members : — Mr.
W. Whitaker (Chairman), Mr. F. W. Rudler (Secretary), Rev. J. O.
Bevan, Dr. Horace T. Brown, Dr. Vaughan Cornish, Principal
E H. Griffiths, Mr. T. V. Holmes, Mr. J. Hopkinson, Professor
R. Meldola, Dr. H. R. Mill, Mr. C. H. Read, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing,
Professor W. W. Watts, and the General Officers of the Association.
The Council have received reports from the General Treasurer during
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. XCV :
the past year, and his accounts from July 1, 1903, to June 30, 1904,
have been audited and are presented to the General Committee.
The Council having been informed by Dr. G. Carey Foster that he
does not intend to offer himself for re-election as General Treasurer at
the Cambridge meeting, desire to put on record an expression of their
high appreciation of the value of the services rendered to the Association
by him, and their great regret that he feels it needful to resign.
The Council recommend that Professor John Perry, F.R.S., be
appointed General Treasurer in succession to Dr. G. Carey Foster. The
confirmation of this recommendation will cause a vacancy on the Council.
In accordance with the regulations the retiring members of the Council
will be as follows : — By seniority, Dr. J. Scott Keltie, Mr. L. L. Price,
and Professor W. A. Tilden ; by least attendance, Professor G. B. Howes
and Sir J. Wolfe-Barry (resigned in November last).
The Council recommend the re-election of the other ordinary members
of the Council, with the addition of the gentlemen whose names are dis-
tinguished by an asterisk in the following list : —
Abney, Sir W., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Armstrong, Professor H. E., F.R.S.
Bonar, J., Esq., LL.D.
Bourne, G. C, Esq., D.Sc.
Bower, Professor F. O., F.R.S.
Brabrook, E. W., Esq., C.B.
* Brown, Dr. Horace T., F.R.S.
Callendar, Professor H. L., F.R.S.
Cunningham, Professor D. J., F.R.S.
Darwin, Major L., Sec. R.G.S.
Gotch, Professor F., F.R.S.
Haddon, Dr. A. C, F.R.S.
Hawkslcy, C, Esq., M.Inst.C.E.
The following claims for admission to the General Committee have
been allowed by the Council : —
S. Monckton Copeuian, M.D., F.R.S.
F. W. Edridge-Green, M.D., F.R.C.S.
William J. S. Lockyer, Ph.D.
John Morrow, M.Sc.
A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Alfred R. Sennett.
*Higgs, Henry, Esq., LL.B.
*Langley, Professor J. N., F.R.S.
Macalister, Professor A., F.R.S.
McKendrick, Professor J.G., F.R.S.
*Mackinder, H. J., Esq., M.A.
Noble, Sir A., Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Perkin, Professor W. EL, F.R.S.
Seward, A. C, Esq., F.R.S.
*Shaw, Dr. W. N., F.R.S.
•Shipley, A. E., Esq., F.R.S.
Watts, Professor W. W., F.R.S.
Woodward, Dr. A. Smith, F.R.S.
ZCV1
REPORT — 1904.
Committees appointed by the General Committee at the
Cambridge Meeting in August 1904.
1. Receiving Grants of Money.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Grants
Section A.— MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Making Experiments for improv-
ing the Construction of Practical
Standards for use in Electrical
Measurements.
Seisniological Observations.
To co-operate with the Royal
Meteorological Society in ini-
tiating an Investigation of the
Upper Atmosphere by means
of Kites.
To co -operate with the Committee
of the Falmouth Observatory
in their Magnetic Observations.
C 'ha irma u. — Lord Rayleigh .
Secretary. — Dr. R. T. Glazebrook.
Lord Kelvin, Professors \V. E.
Ayrton, J. Perry, W. G. Adams,
and G. Carey Foster, Sir Oliver
Lodge, Dr. A. Muirhead,
Sir W. H. Preece, Professor
A. Schuster, Dr. J. A. Fleming,
Professor J. J. Thomson, Dr.
\V. N. Shaw, Dr. J. T. Bot-
tomley, Rev. T. C. Fitzpatrick,
Dr. G. Johnstone Stoney, Pro-
fessor S. P. Thompson, Mr. J.
Rennie, Principal E. H. Griffiths,
Sir A. W. Riicker, Professor H.
L. Callendar, and Mr. G.
Matthey.
Chairman. — Professor J. W. Judd.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Milne.
Lord Kelvin, Professor T. G.
Bonney, Mr. C. V. Boys, Pro-
fessor G. H. Darwin, Mr.
Horace Darwin, Major L. Dar-
win, Professor J. A. Ewing,
Mr. M. H. Gray, Dr. R. T. Glaze-
brook, Professor C. G. Knott,
Professor R. Meldola, Mr. R. D.
Oldham, Professor J. Perry, Mr.
AV. E. Plummer, Professor J. H.
Poynting, Mr. Clement Reid,
Mr. Nelson Richardson, and
Professor H. H. Turner.
Chairman— Dr. W. N. Shaw.
Secretary— Mr. W. H. Dines.
Mr. D. Archibald, Mr. C. Ver-
non Boys, Dr. A. Buchan, Dr.
R. T. Glazebrook, Dr. H. R. Mill,
Dr. A. Schuster, and Dr. W.
Watson.
Chairman. — Sir W. H. Preece.
j Secretary.— Dr. R. T. Glazebrook.
I Professor W. G. Adams, Captain
Creak, Mr. W. L. Fox, Professor
A. Schuster, and Sir A. W.
Riicker,
£
10
40
40
50
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
1. Receiving Grants of Money — continued.
XCVU
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Grants
Section B.— CHEMISTRY.
Preparing a new Series of Wave-
length Tables of the Spectra
of the Elements.
The Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub-
stances.
Dynamic Isomerism.
The Transformation of Aromatic
Nitramines and allied sub-
stances, and its relation to Sub-
stitution in Benzene Deriva-
tives.
I
Chairman. — Sir H. E. Roscoe.
Secretary. — Dr. Marshall Watts.
Sir Norman Lockyer, Professors
Sir J. Dewar, G. D. Liveing, A.
Schuster, W. N. Hartley, and
Wolcott Gibbs, Sir W. de W.
Abney, and Dr. W. E. Adeney.
Cliairman. — Professor E. Divers.
Secretary. — Dr. A. W. Crossley.
Professor W. H. Perkin, Dr. M. O.
Forster, and Dr. Le Sueur.
Chairman. — Professor H. E. Arm- 20
strong.
Secretary. — Dr. T. M. Lowry.
Professor Sydney YouDg, Dr. J. J.
Dobbie, Dr. A. Lapworth, and
Dr. M. 0. Forster.
Chairman. — Professor F. S. Kip-
ping.
Secretary. — Professor K. J. P.
Orton.
Dr. S. Ruhemann, Dr. A. Lap-
worth, and Dr. J. T. Hewitt.
S. (I.
25
Section C— GEOLOGY.
To investigate the Erratic Blocks
of the British Isles, and to take
measures for their preservation.
The Movements of Underground
Waters of North-west York-
shire.
1904.
Chairman. — Dr. J. E. Marr.
Secretary. — Mr. P. F. Kendall.
Professor T. G. Bonney, Mr. C. E.
De Ranee, Professor W. J. Sollas,
Mr. R. H. Tiddeman, Rev. S. N.
Harrison, Dr. J. Home, Mr.
F. M. Burton, Mr. J. Lomas,
Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, Mr.
J. W. Stather, Mr. W. T. Tucker,
and Mr. F. W. Harmer.
Chairman. — Prof essorW.W. Watts.
Secretary. — Mr. A. R. Dwerry-
house.
Professor A. Smithells, Rev. E.
Jones, Mr. Walter Morrison,
Mr. G. Bray, Rev. W. Lower
Carter, Mr. T. Fairley, Professor
P. F. Kendall, and Dr. J. E.
Marr.
10
and unex-
pended
balance.
Balance
in hand.
XCV111
REPORT — 1904.
1. Receiving Grants of Money — continued
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
To study Life-zones in the British
Carboniferous Rocks.
To report upon the Fauna and
Flora of the Trias of the British
Isles.
To investigate the Fossiliferous
Drift Deposits at Kirmington,
Lincolnshire, and at various
localities in the East Riding of
Yorkshire.
Chairman. — Dr. J. E. Marr.
Secretary. — Dr. Wheelton Hind.
Mr. F. A. Bather, Mr. G. C. Crick,
Mr. A. H. Foord, Mr. H. Fox,
Professor E. J. Garwood, Dr. G. J.
Hinde, Professor P. F. Kendall,
Mr. R. Kidston, Mr. G. \V. Lain-
plugh, Professor G. A. Lebour,
Mr. B. N. Peach, Mr. J.T.St obbs,
Mr. A. Strahan, Mr. D. T.
Gwynne Vaughan, and Dr. H.
Woodward.
Chairman. — Professor \V. A. Herd -
man.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Loinas.
Professors W. W. Watts and P. F.
Kendall, and Messrs H. C.
Beasley, E. T. Newton, A. C.
Seward, and W. A. E. Ussher.
Chairman. — Mr. G. W. Lam pi ugh.
Secretary. — Mr. J. W. Slather.
Dr. Tempest Anderson, Professor
J. W. Carr, Rev. W. Lower
Carter, Messrs. A. R. Dwerry-
house, F. W. Harmer, and J. H.
Howarth, Rev. W. Johnson, and
Messrs. P. F. Kendall, E. T.
Newton, H. M. Platnauer, Cle-
ment Reid, and T. Sheppard.
£ s. d.
Balance
in hand.
10
Balance
in hand.
Section D.— ZOOLOGY.
To aid competent Investigators
selected by the Committee to
carry on definite pieces of work
at the Zoological Station at
Naples.
Compilation of an Index Generum
et Specierum Animalium.
To enable Mr. J. W. Jenkinson to
continue his Researches on the
Influence of Salt and other
Solutions* on the Development
of the Frog.
Chairman.— Professor S. J. Hick-
son.
Secretary. — Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing.
Professor E. Ray Lankester, Pro-
fessor W. F. R. Weldon, Pro-
fessor G. B. Howes, Mr. A.
Sedgwick, Professor W. C.
Mcintosh, and Mr. G. P. Bidder.
Chairman. — Dr. H. Woodward.
Secretary. — Dr. F. A. Bather.
Dr. P. L. Sclater, Rev. T. R. R.
Stebbing, Mr. W. E. Hoyle, and
the Hon. Walter Rothschild.
Chairman. — Professor Weldon.
Secretary.— Mr. J. W. Jenkinson.
Professor S. J. Hickson.
100
75
10
and unex-
pended
balance.
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
1. Receiving Grants of Money — continued.
XCIX
To enable Dr. F. W. Gamble and
Mr. F. W. Keeble to conduct Re-
searches on the relation between
Respiratory Phenomena and
Colour Changes in the Higher
Crustacea.
Chairman. — Professor S. J. Hick-
son.
Secretary. — Dr. F. W. Gamble.
Dr. Hoyle and Mr. F. W. Keeble.
£ s. d.
15
and unex-
pended
balance.
Section E.— GEOGRAPHY.
To carry on an Expedition to in-
vestigate the Indian Ocean
between India and South Africa
in view of a possible land con-
nection, to examine the deep
submerged banks, the Nazareth
and Saza de Malha, and aLo
the distribution of Marine Ani-
mals.
Chairman. — Sir John Murray.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Stanley Gardi-
ner.
Dr. W. T. Blanford, Captain E. AV.
Creak, Professors W. A. Herd-
man, S. J. Hickson, and J. \V.
Judd, Mr. J. J. Lister, Dr. H. R.
Mill, and Admiral Sir W. J. L.
Wharton.
150
Section F.— ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
The Accuracy and Comparability
of British and Foreign Statistics
of International Trade.
Chairman. — Dr. E. Cannan.
Secretary. — Dr. W. G. S. Adams.
Mr. A. L. Bowley, Professor S. J.
Chapman, and Sir R, Giffen.
20
Section H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
To conduct Archaeological and
Ethnological Researches in
Crete.
To investigate the Lake Village
at Glastonbury, and to report
on the best method of publica-
tion of the result.
To conduct Anthropometric In-
vestigations among the Native
Troops of the Egyptian Army.
To co-operate with Local Com-
mittees in Excavations on
Roman Sites in Britain.
75
and unex-
pended
balance.
Balance
in hand.
Chairman. — Sir John Evans.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Mr. K. C. Bosanquet, Mr. A. J.
Evans, Mr. D. G. Hogarth, Pro-
fessor A. Macalister, and Pro-
fessor \V. Ridgeway.
Chairman. — Dr. R. Munro.
Secretary. — Professor W. Boyd
Dawkins.
Sir John Evans and Messrs.
Arthur J. Evans, C. H. Read,
II. Balfour, and A. Bulleid.
Chairman. — Professor A. Mac- 10
alister.
Secretary. — Dr. C. S. Myers.
Sir John Evans and Professor
D. J. Cunningham.
Chairman. — Dr. A. J. Evans.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Professor Bojd Dawkins, Mr. E.
W. Brabrook, Mr. T. Ashby, and
Professor AV. Ridgeway.
10
f 2
REPORT — 1904.
1 . Receiving Grants of Money — continued.
Subject fov Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
To organise Anthropometric In-
vestigation in the British Isles.
To conduct Explorations with the
object of ascertaining the Age
of Stone Circles.
The present state of Anthropo- |
logical Teaching in the United
Kingdom and elsewhere.
Chairman.— Professor D. J. Cun-
ningham.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Cray.
Dr. A. C. Haddon, Dr. C. S.Myers,
Mr. J. L. Myres, Professor A. F.
Dixon, Mr. E. N. Fallaize, Mr.
Randall Maclver, Professor J.
Symington, Dr. Waterston, Mr.
E. W. Brabrook, Dr. T. H. Bryce,
Mr. W. H. L. Duckworth,
Mr. G. L. Gomme, Dr. F. C.
Shrubsall, Professor G. D.
Thane, and Mr. J. F. Tocher.
Chairman — Mr. C. H. Read.
Secretary. — Mr. H. Balfour.
Sir John Evans, Dr. J. G. Garson,
Mr. A. J. Evans, Dr. R. Munro,
Professor Boyd Dawkins, and
Mr. A. L. Lewis.
Chairman. — Professor E. B. Tylor.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Professor A Macalister, Dr. A. C.
Haddon, Mr. C. H. Read, Mr. II.
Balfour, Mr. F. W Rudler, Dr
R. Munro, Professor Flinders
Petrie, Mr. H. Ling Roth, and
Professor D. J. Cunningham.
Section I.— PHYSIOLOGY.
The State of Solution of Proteids.
To enable Professor Starling, Pro-
fessor Brodie, Dr. Hopkins, Mr.
Fletcher, Mr. Barcroft, and
others to determine the ' Meta-
bolic Balance Sheet ' of the
Individual Tissues.
The Ductless Glands.
Grauls
£ i. ,1.
10
40
Balance
in hand.
Chairman.— Professor W.D.Halli- 20
burton.
Secretavy. — Professor E. Way-
mouth Reid.
Professor E. A. Schafer.
Chairman. — Professor Gotch. 30
Secretary. — Mr. J. Barcroft. and unex-
Sir Michael Foster and Professor pended
Starling
Chairman. — Professor Schafer.
Secretary. — Professor Swale Vin-
cent.
Professor A. B. Macallum, Dr. L.
E. Shore. Mr. J. Barcroft.
Section K.— BOTANY.
To carry out the scheme for the i Chairman. — Professor L. C. Miall.
Registration of Negatives of \ Secretary. — Professor F. E. Weiss.
Botanical Photographs. Mr. Francis Darwin, Dr. W. G.
j Smith, and Mr. A. G. Tansley^
balance.
40
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
1. Receiving Grants of Money — continued.
CI
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
I
Experimental Studies in the Phy- Chairman. — Professor H. Marshall
siology of Heredity.
The Structure of Fossil Plants.
Ward.
Secretary. — Mr. A. C. Seward.
Professor J. B. Farmer and Dr.
D. Sharp.
Chairman. — Dr. D. H. Scott.
Secretary. — Professor F.W. Oliver
Messrs. A. C. Seward and E.
Newell Arber.
Section L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
To report upon the Course of Ex-
perimental, Observational, and
Practical Studies most suitable
for Elementary Schools.
Chairman. — Sir Philip Magnus.
Secretary.— Mi. W. M. Heller.
Sir W. de W. Abney, Mr. R. H.
Adie, Professor H. E. Arm-
strong, Miss A. J. Cooper, Miss
L. J. Clarke, Mr. George Flet-
cher, Professor R. A. Gregory,
Principal Griffiths, Mr. A. D.
Hall, Mr. A. J. Herbertson, Dr.
C. W. Kimmins, Professor J.
Perry, Mrs. W. N. Shaw, Pro-
fessor A. Smithells, Dr. Lloyd
Snape, Principal Reichel, Mr. H.
Richardson, Mr. Harold Wager,
Miss Edna Walter, and Profes-
sor W. W. Watts.
Grants
£ s. d.
3. p i
50
20
CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES.
Corresponding Societies Com- | Chairman. — Mr. W. Whitaker.
mittee for the preparation of i Secretary. — Mr. F. W. Rudler.
' 20
their Report.
Rev. J. O. Bevan, Dr. H. T.
Brown, Dr. Vaughan Cornish,
Principal E. H. Griffiths, Mr.
T. V. Holmes, Mr. J. Ilopkinson,
Professor R. Meldola, Dr. H. R.
Mill, Mr. C. H. Read, Rev.
T. R. R. Stebbing, Prof. W. W.
Watts, and the General Officers
of the Association.
Cll
REpORT-^-1904;.
2. Not receiving Grants of Money.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Section A.— MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Co-operating with the Scottish Meteoro-
logical Society in making Meteoro-
logical Observations on Ben Nevis.
The Rate of Increase of Underground
Temperature downwards in various
Localities of Dry Land and under
Water.
The Consideration of the Teaching of
Elementary Mechanics, and the Im-
provement which might be effected
in such Teaching.
That Miss Hardcastle be requested to
continue her Report on the present
state of the Theory of Point-groups.
Chairman. — Lord McLaren.
Secretary. — Professor Crura Brown.
Sir John Murray, Dr. A. Buchan, Pro-
fessor R. Copeland, and Mr. Omond.
Chairman and Secretary. — Professor
H. L. Callendar.
Lord Kelvin, Sir Archibald Geikie, Pro-
fessor Edward Hull, Professor A. S.
Herschel, Professor G. A. Lebour, Dr.
C. H. Lees, Mr. A. B. Wynne, Mr. W.
Galloway, Mr. Joseph Dickinson, Mr.
G. F. Deacon, Mr. Edward Wethe-
red, Mr. A. Strahan, Professor Michie
Smith, and Mr. B. H. Brough.
Chairman. — Professor Horace Lamb.
Secretary. — Professor J. Perry.
Mr. C. Vernon Boys, Professors Chrystal,
Ewing, G. A. Gibson, and Greenhill,
Principal Griiliths, Professor Henrici,
Dr. E. W. Hobson, Mr. 0. S. Jackson,
Sir Oliver Lodge, Professors Love,
Minchin, and Schuster, and Mr. A.
W. Siddons.
Section B.— CHEMISTRY.
Isomeric Naphthalene Derivatives.
The Study cf Isomorphous Sulphonic
Derivatives of Benzene.
Chairman. — Professor W. A. Tildcn.
Secretary. — Professor H. E. Armstrong.
Chairman. — Professor H. A. Miers.
Secretary. — Professor H. E. Armstrong.
Dr. W. P. Wynne and Professor W. J.
Pope.
Section C— GEOLOGY.
The Collection, Preservation, and Sys-
tematic Registration of Photographs
of Geological Interest.
Chairman. — Professor J. Geikie.
Secretary. — Professor W. W. Watts.
Professor T. G. Donney, Dr. T. Anderson,
Professors E. J. Garwood and S. H.
Reynolds, and Messrs. A. S. Reid, W.
Gray, H. B. Woodward, R. Kidston,
J. J. H. Teall, J. G. Goodchild, H.
Coates, C. V. Crook, G. Bingley, B.
Welch, and W. J. Harrison.
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
2. Not receiving Grants of Money — continued.
cm
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
To record and determine the Exact
Significance of Local Terms applied
in the British Isles to Topographical
and Geological Objects.
Members of the Committee
Chairman. — Mr. Douglas W. Freshfield.
Secretary. — Mr. W. G. Fearnsides.
Lord Avebury, Mr. C. T. Clough, Pro-
fessor E. J. Garwood, Mr. E. Heawood,
Dr. A. J. Herbertson, Col. D. A. John-
ston, Mr. 0. T. Jones, Dr. J. S. Keltie,
Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, Mr. H. J. Mac-
kinder, Dr. E. J. Marr, Dr. H. E. Mill,
Mr. H. Yule Oldham, Dr. B. Peach,
Professor W. W. Watts, and Mr. H. B.
Woodward.
Section D.— ZOOLOGY.
To continue the Investigation of the
Zoology of the Sandwich Islands,
with power to co-operate with the
Committee appointed for the purpose
by the Royal Society, and to avail
themselves of such assistance in their
investigations as may be offered by
the Hawaiian Government or the
Trustees of the Museum at Honolulu.
The Committee to have power to dis-
pose of specimens where advisable.
To conduct an Investigation into the
Madreporaria of the Bermuda Islands.
To summon meetings in London or else-
where for the consideration of mat-
ters affecting the interests of Zoology
or Zoologists, and to obtain by cor-
respondence the opinion of Zoologists
on matters of a similar kind, with
power to raise by subscription from
each Zoologist a sum of money for
defraying current expenses of the
Organisation.
To inquire into the probability of Anky-
lo8toma becoming a permanent in-
habitant of our coal mines in the
event of its introduction, with power
to issue an interim report.
To enable Miss Igerna Sollas, of Newn-
ham College, Cambridge, to study
certain points in the development of
Ophiusoids, and to enable other com-
petent naturalists to perform definite
pieces of work at the Marine Labora-
tory, Plymouth.
Chairman. — Professor A. Newton.
Secretary. — Dr. David Sharp.
Dr. W. T. Blanford, Professor S. J.
Hickson, Dr. P. L. Sclater, Mr. F.
Du Cane Godman, and Mr. Edgar
A. Smith.
Chairman. — Professor S. J. Hickson.
Secretary.— Dr. W. E. Hoyle.
Dr. F. F. Blackman, Mr. J. S. Gardiner,
Professor W. A. Herdman, Mr. A. C.
Seward, Professor C. S. Sherrington,
and Mr. A. G. Tansley.
Chairman. — Professor E. Ray Lankester.
Secretary. — Professor S. J. Hickson.
Professors T. W. Bridge, J. Cossar Ewart,
M. Hartog, W. A. Herdman, and J.
Graham Kerr, Mr. 0. H. Latter, Pro-
fessor Minchin, Dr. P. C. Mitchell,
Professor C. Lloyd Morgan, Professor
E. B. Poulton, Mr. A. Sedgwick, Mr.
A. E. Shipley, and Rev. T. R. R. Steb-
bing.
Chairman. — Mr. A. E. Shipley.
Secretary. — Mr. G. P. Bidder.
Mr. G. H. F. Nuttall.
Chairman and Secretary. — Mr. W. Gar-
stang.
Professor E. Ray Lankester, Mr. A. Sedg-
wick, Professor Sydney H. Vines, and
Professor W. F. R. Weldon.
CIV
REPORT — 1904.
2. Not receiving Grants of Money — continued.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
To enable Dr. H. W. Marett Tims to
conduct experiments with regard to
the effect of the Sera and Antisera
on the Development of the Sexual
Cells.
Members of the Committee
Chairman— Mr. G. H. F. Nuttall.
Secretary. — Dr. H. W. Marett Tims.
Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner.
Section K— GEOGRAPHY.
Terrestrial Surface Waves.
The continued Investigation of the Os-
cillations of the Level of the Land in
the Mediterranean Basin.
Chairman,. — Dr. J. Scott Keltie.
Secretary. — Dr. Vaughan Cornish.
Lieut.-Col. F. Bailey and Messrs. John
Milne, W. H. Wheeler, and W. Whit-
aker.
Chairman.— Mr. D. G. Hogarth.
Secretary. — Mr. R. T. Gunther.
Drs. T. G. Bonney, F. H. Guillemard,
J. S. Keltie, and H. R. Mill.
Section G.— ENGINEERING.
To investigate the Resistance of Road
Vehicles to Traction.
To consider the Incidence of the Patent
and Design Laws upon the National
Development of the Practical Appli-
cations of Science.
Chairman.— Sir J. I. Thornycroft.
Secretary. — Mr. A. Mallock.
Mr. T. Aitken, Mr. T. C. Aveling, Pro-
fessor T. Hudson Beare, Mr. W. W.
Beaumont, Mr. J. Brown, Colonel R. E.
Crompton, Mr. B. J. Diplock, Pro-
fessor J. Perry, Sir D. Salomons, Mr.
A. R. Sennett, Mr. E. Shrapnell Smith,
and Professor W. C. Unwin.
Chairman. — Sir W. H. Preccc.
Secretary. — Sir H. Trueman Wood.
Mr. C. D. Abel, Mr. Dugald Clerk, Dr.
R. T. Glazebrook, Mr. R. A. Hadtield,
Hon. C. A. Parsons, Mr. A. Siemens,
and Major-General Webber.
Section H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
he Collection, Preservation, and Sys-
tematic Registration of Photographs
of Anthropological Interest.
To report on the present state of know-
ledge of the Ethnography, Folklore,
and Languages of the Peoples of the
Pacific, with a view to farther re-
search.
Chairman. — Mr. C. H. Read.
Secretary. — Mr. H. S. Kingsford.
Dr. J.G.Garson,Mr. H. Ling Roth, Mr. H.
Balfour, Dr. A. C. Haddon, Mr. E. S.
Hartland, Mr. E. Heawood, Professor
Flinders Petrie, Mr. E. N. Fallaize,
and Mr. J. L. Myres.
Chairman. — Professor E. B. Tylor.
Secretary. — Dr. A. C. Haddon.
Mr. H. Balfour and Mr. J. Stanley Gar-
diner.
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
2. Not receiving Grants of Money — continued.
CV
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
To consider what steps may be taken to
organise Anthropological Teaching
and Research in the British Empire.
Excavations on Prehistoric Sites in
South Africa.
Members of the Committoc
Chairman. — Professor E. B. Tylor.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Mr. H. Balfour, Professor D. J. Cunning-
ham, Mr. G. L. Gomme, Dr. A. C. Had-
don, Professor A. Macalister, Dr. C. S.
Myers, Professor Flinders Petrie, Mr.
C. H. Read, and Mr. F. W. Rudler.
Chairman. — Mr. H. Balfour.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Sir David Gill, Dr. A. C. Haddon, and
Professor H. A. Miers.
Section I.— PHYSIOLOGY.
The Physiological Effects of Peptone
and its Precursors when introduced
into the circulation.
Chairman. — Professor E. A. Schafer.
Secretary. — Professor W. H. Thompson.
Professors R. Boyce and C. S. Sherring-
ton.
Section L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
The conditions of Health essential to | Chairman. — Professor Sherrington,
the carrying on of the work of in- Secretary. — Mr. E. White Wallis.
struction in schools. Mr. E. W. Brabrook, Dr. C. W. Kimmins,
Professor L. C. Miall, and Miss Mait-
land.
To consider and report upon the influ-
ence exercised by Universities and
Examining Bodies on secondary school
curricula, and also of the schools on
university requirements.
The Training of Teachers.
Chairman. — Dr. H. E. Armstrong.
Secretary. — Mr. R. A. Gregory.
The Bishop of Hereford, Sir Michael
Foster, Sir P. Magnus, Sir A. \V.
Riicker, Sir 0. J. Lodge, Mr. H. W. Eve,
Mr. W. A. Shenstone, Mr. W. D. Eggar,
Professor Marshall Ward, Mr. F. H.
Neville, Mrs. W. N. Shaw, and Dr. C.
W. Kimmins.
Chairman. — The Bishop of Hereford.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Holland.
Professor H. E. Armstrong, Mr. Oscar
Browning, Miss A. J. Cooper, Mr.
Ernest Gray, and Dr. H. B. Gray.
Mvi Report — 1904.
Communications ordered to be printed in extenso.
The Stereochemistry of Nitrogen. By Dr. H. 0. Jones.
Dynamic Isomerism. By Dr. T. M. Lowry.
On the Wells of Cambridgeshire. By W. Whitakcr, F.B.S.
Resolutions referred to the Council for consideration, and action
if desirable.
From Section A .
(i.) The Committee think it desirable that information as to reports and papers
sent to the General Secretary for communication to any Section should be forwarded
to the Kecorder of the Section concerned as soon as possible after it is received at the
office.
(ii.) The Committee of Section A desire to draw the attention of the Committee
of Recommendations to the concluding portion of Sir John Eliot's Introductory
Address to the Sub-Section for Astronomy and Cosmical Physics, and to express the
opinion that the organisation of a Central Meteorological Department for the British
Empire would be of the highest benefit to the progress of Meteorological Science
and its application to the economic problems of the various Colonies and Depen-
dencies. The object of each department would be to collect and prepare digests of
the Meteorological observations taken in different parts of the Empire, to provide a
scientific staff for dealing with the more general Meteorological problems, includ-
ing their relations to Solar Physics and Terrestrial Magnetism, which involve the
co-ordination of data from wide areas, and to promote experimental investiga-
tions of the scientific questions which arise in connection with such discoveries.
The Committee desire also to express the opinion that the reorganisation of the
Meteorological Office, which is at present before the Government, affords an excep-
tionally favourable opportunity for the establishment of such a central Meteoro-
logical Department for the Empire.
From Section F,
(i.) That it is desirable that the Reports of Committees, especially where they
extend over two or more years, should be offered for public circulation in a separate
form from the annual volume of Reports, at a small price, say %d. per copy.
(ii.) That as there has been a great demand for copies of the Reports of the
Women's Labour Committee of this Section, and it has been impossible to satisfy it,
these Reports be printed and sold separately at the smallest charge possible.
From the Conference of Delegates.
(i.) That a Committee be appointed, consisting of Members of the Council of
the Association, together with representatives of the Corresponding Societies, to
consider the present relation between the British Association and local Scientific
Societies.
That the Committee be empowered to make suggestions to the Council with a
view to the greater utilisation of the connection between the Association and the
affiliated Societies, and the extension of affiliation to other Societies who are at pre-
sent excluded under Regulation 1.
SYNOPSIS OF GRANTS OF MONEV. evil
Synopsis of Grants of Money appropriated to Scientific Purposes by the
General Committee at the Cambridge Meeting, August 1904. The
Names of the Members entitled to call on the General Treasurer
for the respective Grants are prefixed.
Mathematics and Physics.
£ s. d.
'Rayleigh, Lord — Electrical Standards 40
*<J udd, Professor J. W. — Seismological Observations 40
•'Shaw, Dr. W. N. — Investigations of the Upper Atmosphere
by means of Kites 40
*Preece, Sir W. H. — Magnetic Observations at Falmouth ... 50
Chemistry.
*Roscoe, Sir H. E.— Wave-length Tables of Spectra 5
*Divers, Professor E. — Study of Hydro- Aromatic Substances 25
Armstrong, Professor H. E. — Dynamic Isomerism 20
Kipping, Professor F. S. — Aromatic Nitramines 25
Geology.
*Marr, Dr. J. E.— Erratic Blocks (and unexpended balance) 10
*Watts, Professor W. W. — Movements of Underground
Waters (balance in hand)
*Marr, Dr. J. E. — Life-zones in British Carboniferous Rocks
(balance in hand) —
*Herdman, Professor W. A. — Fauna and Flora of British Trias 10
*Lamplugh, G. W. — Fossiliferous Drift Deposits (balance in
hand) —
Zoology.
*Hickson, Professor S. J. — Table at Zoological Station at
Naples 100
"Woodward, Dr. H. — Index Animalium 75
*Weldon, Professor — Development of Frog (and unexpended
balance) 10
*Hickson, Professor S. J. — Higher Crustacea (and unexpended
balance) 15
Geography.
Murray, Sir J. — Investigations in the Indian Ocean 150
Economic Science and Statistics.
*Cannan, Dr. E. — British and Foreign Statistics of Interna-
tional Trade 20
Carried forward £635
* Reappointed.
cviii report — 1904.
£ s. d.
Brought forward 635
Anthropology.
*Evans, Sir J. — Excavations in Crete (and unexpended
balance) 75
*Munro, Dr. R. — Lake Village at Glastonbury (balance in
hand)
*Macalister, Professor A. — Anthropometry of Native Egyptian
Troops 10
*Evans, A. J. — Excavations on Roman Sites in Britain 10
*Cunningham, Professor D. J. — Anthropometric Investigation
in Great Britain and Ireland 10
*Read, C. H.— Age of Stone Circles 40
*Tylor, Professor E. B. — Anthropological Teaching (balance
in hand)
I'hysioloyy.
* Halliburton, Professor W. D. — The State of Solution of
Proteids 20
*Gotch, Professor — Metabolism of Individual Tissues (and
unexpended balance) 30
Schafer, Professor— The Ductless Glands 40
Botany.
*Miall, Professor — Botanical Photographs 5
*Ward, Professor H. Marshall— The Physiology of Heredity ... 35
Scott, Dr. D. H.— The Structure of Fossil Plants 50
Educational Science.
*Magnus, Sir P.— Studies Suitable for Elementary Schools ... 20
CorrespoJiding Societies Committee.
*\Vhitaker, W.— Preparing Report, &c 20
£1,000
* Reappointed.
The Annual Meeting in 1905.
The Annual Meeting of the Association in 1905 will be held in
South Africa, commencing, August 15, at Cape Town.
The Annual Meeting in 1906.
The Annual Meeting of the Association in 1906 will be held at
York.
GENERAL STATEMENT.
C1X
General Statement of Sums which have been paid on account of
Grants for Scientific Purposes
1834.
Tide Discussions
£ s. d.
20
1835.
Tide Discussions 62
Hritish Fossil Ichthyology ... 105
£167
1836.
Tide Discussions 163
British Fossil Ichthyology ... 105
Thermometric Observations,
&c SO
Experiments on Long-con-
tinued Heat 17 1
Rain-gauges 9 13
Refraction Experiments 15
Lunar Nutation 60
Thermometers 15 6
£435
1837.
Tide Discussions 284
Chemical Constants 24
Lunar Nutation 70
Observations on Waves 100
Tides at Bristol 150
Meteorology and Subterra-
nean Temperature 93
Vitrification Experiments ... 150
Heart Experiments 8
Barometric Observations 30
Barometers 11
1
13
6
12
3
4
(5
18
6
£922 12 6
1838.
Tide Discussions 29
British Fossil Fishes 100
Meteorological Observations
and Anemometer (construc-
tion) 100
Cast Iron (Strength of) 60
Animal and Vegetable Sub-
stances (Preservation of ) . . . 19
Railway Constants 41
Bristol Tides 50
Growth of Plants 75
Mudin Rivers 3
Education Committee 50
Heart Experiments 5
Land and Sea Level 267
Steam- vessels 100
Meteorological Committee ... 31
1
10
2
10
6
6
3
s
7
9
5
£932 2 2
1839.
Fossil Ichthyology
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth, &c
Mechanism of Waves
Bristol Tides
Meteorology and Subterra-
nean Temperature
Vitrification Experiments ...
Cast-iron Experiments
Railway Constants
Land and Sea Level
Steam-vessels' Engines
Stars in Histoire Celeste
Stars in Lacaille
Stars in R.A.S. Catalogue ...
Animal Secretions
Steam Engines in Cornwall...
Atmospheric Air
Cast and Wrought Iron
Heat on Organic Bodies
Gases on Solar Spectrum
Hourly Meteorological Ob-
servations, Inverness and
Kingussie
Fossil Reptiles
Mining- Statistics
£
8.
d.
110
63
10
144
2
35
18
6
21
11
9
4
(t
103
7
28
7
274
1
2
100
4
171
18
11
t;
166
16
10
10
t;
50
O
16
1
40
o
3
22
49
7
8
118
2
9
50
£1595 11
1810.
Bristol Tides
Subterranean Temperature ...
Heart Experiments
Lungs Experiments
Tide Discussions
Land and Sea Level
Stars (Histoire Celeste)
Stars (Lacaille)
Stars (Catalogue)
Atmospheric Air
Water on Iron
Heat on Organic Bodies
Meteorological Observations .
Foreign Scientific Memoirs...
Working Population
School Statistics
Forms of Vessels
Chemical and Electrical Phe-
nomena
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth
Magnetical Observations
100
13 13 6
18 19
8 13
50
6 11 1
242 10
4 15
264
15 15
10
7
52 17 6
112 1 6
100
50
184 7
40
80
185 13 9
£1546 16 4
ex
REPORT — 1904.
1841.
£ s. d.
Observations od Waves 30
Meteorology and Subterra-
nean Temperature 8 8
Actinoineters 10
Earthquake Shocks 17 7
Acrid Poisons 6
Veins and Absorbents 3
Mud in Rivers 5
Marine Zoology 15 12 8
Skeleton Maps 20
Mountain Barometers 6 18 6
Stars (Histoire Celeste) 185
Stars (Lacaille) 79 5
Stars (Nomenclature of) 17 19 6
Stars (Catalogue of ) 40
Water on Iron 50
Meteorological Observations
at Inverness 20
Meteorological Observations
(reduction of) 25
Fossil Reptiles 50
Foreign Memoirs 62 6
Railway Sections 38 1
Forms of "Vessels 193 12
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth 55
Magnetical Observations 61 18 8
Fishes of the Old Red Sand-
stone 100
Tides at Leith 50
Anemometer at Edinburgh .. . 69 1 10
Tabulating Observations 9 6 3
Races of Men 5
Radiate Animals . 2
£'1235 10 11
1842.
Dynamometric Instruments . . 113 11 2
Anoplura Britannire 52 12
Tides at Bristol 59 8
Gaueson Light 30 14 7
Chronometers 26 17 6
Marine Zoology 15
British Fossil Mammalia 100
Statistics of Education 20
Marine Steam-vessels' En-
gines 28
Stars (Histoire Celeste) 59
Stars (Brit. Assoc. Cat. of) ... 110
Railway Sections 161 10
British Belemnites 50
Fossil Reptiles (publication
of Report) 210
Forms of Vessels 180
Galvanic Experiments on
Rocks 5 8 6
Meteorological Experiments
at Plymouth 68
Constant Indicator and Dyna-
mometric Instruments 90
Force of Wind 10
Light on Growth of Seeds ... 8
Vital Statistics 50
Vegetative Power of Seeds ... 8
Questions on Human Race ... 7
d.
11
£1449 17
1843.
Revision of the Nomenclature
of Stars 2
Reduction of Stars, British
Association Catalogue 25
Anomalous Tides, Firth of
Forth 120
Hourly Meteorological Obser-
vations at Kingussie and
Inverness 77
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth 55
Whewell's Meteorological Ane-
mometer at Plymouth 10
Meteorological Observations,
Osier's Anemometer at Ply-
mouth 20
Reduction of Meteorological
Observations 30
Meteorological Instruments
and Gratuities 39
Construction of Anemometer
at Inverness 56
Magnetic Co-operation 10
Meteorological Recorder for
Kew Observatory 50
Action of Gases on Light 18
Establishment at Kew Ob-
servatory, Wages, Repairs,
Furniture, and Sundries ... 133
Experiments by Captive Bal-
loons SI
Oxidation of the Rails of
Railways 20
Publication of Report on
Fossil Reptiles 40
Coloured Drawings of Rail-
way Sections 1 17
Registration of Earthquake
Shocks 30
Report on Zoological Nomen-
clature 10
Uncovering Lower Red Sand-
stone near Manchester 4
Vegetative Power of Seeds ... 5
Marine Testacea (Habits of) . 10
Marine Zoology 10
Marine Zoology 2
Preparation of Report on Bri-
tish Fossil Mammalia 100
Physiological Operations of
Medicinal Agents 20
Vital Statistics 36
12
8
II
6
12
8
2
10
16
1
4
7
8
18
3
4
3
14
6
8
11
5
8
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXI
£ s.
Additional Experiments on
the Forms of Vessels 70
Additional Experiments on
the Forms of Vessels 100
Eeduction of Experiments on
the Forms of Vessels 100
Morin's Instrument and Con-
stant Indicator 69 14
Experiments on the Strength
of Materials 60
£1565 10
10
1844.
Meteorological Observations
at Kingussie and Inverness 12
Completing Observations at
Plymouth 35
Magnetic and Meteorological
Co-operation 25 8 4
Publication of the British
Association Catalogue of
Stars 35
Observations on Tides on the
East Coast of Scotland ... 100
Revision of the Nomenclature
of Stars 1842 2 9 6
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observa-
tory 117 17 3
Instruments for Kew Obser-
vatory 56 7 3
Influence of Light on Plants 10
Subterraneous Temperature
in Ireland 5
Coloured Drawings of Rail-
way Sections 15 17 6
Investigation of Fossil Fishes
of the Lower Tertiary Strata 100
Registering the Shocks of
Earthquakes 1842 23 11 10
Structure of Fossil Shells ... 20
Radiata and Mollusca of the
-ffigean and Red Seas 1842 100
G eographical Distributions of
Marine Zoology 1842 10
Marine Zoology of Devon and
Cornwall 10
Marine Zoology of Corfu 10
Experiments on the Vitality
of Seeds 9
Experiments on the Vitality
of Seeds 1842 8 7 3
Exotic Anoplura 15
Strength of Materials 100
Completing Experiments on
the Forms of Ships 100
Inquiries into Asphyxia 10
Investigations on the Internal
Constitution of Metals 50
Constant Indicator and Mo-
rin's Instrument 1842 10
i'981 12 8
1845.
£ s. d.
Publication of the British As-
sociation Catalogue of Stars 351 14 6
Meteorological Observations
at Inverness 30 18 11
Magnetic and Meteorological
Co-operation 16 16 8
Meteorological Instruments
at Edinburgh 18 11 9
Reduction of Anemometrical
Observations at Plymouth 25
Electrical Experiments at
Kew Observatory 43 17 8
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 149 15
For Kreil's Barometrograph 25
Gases from Iron Furnaces... 50
The Actinograph 15
Microscopic Structure of
Shells 20
Exotic. Anoplura 1843 10
Vitality of Seeds 1843 2 7
Vitality of Seeds 1844 7
Marine Zoology of Cornwall . 10
Physiological Action of Medi-
cines 20
Statistics of Sickness and
Mortality in York 20
Earthquake Shocks 1843 15 14 8
£831 9 9
1846.
British Association Catalogue
of Stars 1844 211 15
Fossil Fishes of the London
Clay 100
Computation of the Gaussian
Constants for 1829 50
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 146 16 7
Strength of Materials 60
Researches in Asphyxia 6 16 2
Examination of Fossil Shells 10
Vitality of Seeds 1844 2 15 10
Vitality of Seeds 1845 7 12 3
Marine Zoology of Cornwall 10
Marine Zoology of Britain ... 10
Exotic Anoplura 1844 25
Expenses attending Anemo-
meters 11 7 6
Anemometers' Repairs 2 3 6
Atmospheric Waves 3 3 3
Captive Balloons 1844 8 19 8
Varieties of the Human Race
1844 7 6 3
Statistics of Sickness and
Mortality in York 12
£685 16
CX11
RETORT — 1904.
1817.
£ g. d.
Computation of the Gaussian
Constants for 1829 50
Habits of Marine Animals ... 10
Physiological Action of Medi-
cines 20
Marine Zoology of Cornwall 10
Atmospheric Waves 6 9 3
Vitality of Seeds 4 7 7
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 107 8 6
£208 5 4
1848.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 171 15 11
Atmospheric Waves 3 10 9
Vitality of Seeds 9 15
Completion of Catalogue of
Stars 70
On Colouring Matters 5
On Growth of Plants 15
£275 1 ~ 8
1849.
Electrical Observations at
Kew Observatory 50
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at ditto 76 2 5
Vitality of Seeds 5 8 1
On Growth of Plants 5
Registration of Periodical
Phenomena 10
Bill on Account of Anemo-
metrical Observations 13 9
£159 19~ 6
1851.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory
(includes part of grant in
1849) 309 2 2
Theory of Heat 20 1 1
Periodical Phenomena of Ani-
mals and Plants 5
Vitality of Seeds 5 6 4
Influence of Solar Radiation 30
Ethnological Inquiries 12
Researches on Annelida 10
£391~9~ 7
1850.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 255 18
Transit of Earthquake Waves 50
Periodical Phenomena 15
Meteorological Instruments,
Azores 25
£345 18~0
1852.
£ *. d.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory
(including balance of grant
for 1850).. 233 17 8
Experiments on the Conduc-
tion of Heat 5 2 9
Influence of Solar Radiations 20
Geological Map of Ireland .. . 15
Researches on the British An-
nelida 10
Vitality of Seeds 10 6 2
Strength of Boiler Plates 10
£304 6 7
1853.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 165
Experiments on the Influence
of Solar Radiation 15
Researches on the British
Annelida 10
Dredging on the East Coast
of Scotland 10
Ethnological Queries 5
£205~0~
1854.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory
(including balance of
former grant) 330 15 4
Investigations on Flax 11
Effects of Temperature on
Wrought Iron 10
Registration of Periodical
Phenomena 10
British Annelida 10
Vitality of Seeds 5 2 3
Conduction of Heat 4 2
£380 19" 7
1855.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 425
Earthquake Movements 10
Physical Aspect of the Moon 11 8 5
Vitality of Seeds 10 7 11
Map of the World 15
Ethnological Queries 5
Dredging near Belfast 4
£480 16 4
1856.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observa-
tory :—
1854 £ 75 01 ,., „ ,
1855 £500 OOf 67500
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CX11.
£ s. d.
Strickland's Ornithological
Synonyms 100
Dredging and Dredging
Forms 9 13
Chemical Action of Light ... 20
Strength of Iron Plates 10
Registration of Periodical
Phenomena 10
Propagation of Salmon 10
£734 13 9
1859.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
Dredging near Dublin 15
1904.
1857.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 350
Earthquake Wave Experi-
ments 40
Dredging near Belfast 10
Dredging on the West Coast
of Scotland 10
Investigations into the Mol-
lusca of California 10
Experiments on Flax 5
Natural History of Mada-
gascar 20
Researches on British Anne-
lida 25
Report on Natural Products
imported into Liverpool ... 10
Artificial Propagation of Sal-
mon 10
Temperature of Mines 7 8
Thermometers for Subterra-
nean Observations 5 7 4
Life-boats 5
£507 15 4
1858.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
Earthquake Wave Experi-
ments 25
Dredging on the West Coast
of Scotland 10
Dredging near Dublin 5
Vitality of Seed 5 5
Dredging near Belfast 18 13 2 I
Report on the British Anne-
lida 25
Experiments on the produc-
tion of Heat by Motion in
Fluids 20
Report on the Natural Pro-
ducts imported into Scot-
land 10
£618 18 2
£
Osteology of Birds 50
Irish Tunicata 5
Manure Experiments 20
British Medusidas 5
Dredging Committee 5
Steam-vessels'Performance... 5
Marine Fauna of South and
West of Ireland 10
Photographic Chemistry 10
Lanarkshire Fossils 20
Balloon Ascents 39
£684"
8.
d.
1
11
11 1
1860.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
Dredging near Belfast 16
Dredging in Dublin Bay 15
Inquiry into the Performance
of Steam-vessels 124
Explorations in the Yellow
Sandstone of Dura Den . . 20
Chemico-mechanical Analysis
of Rocks and Minerals 25
Researches on the Growth of
Plants io
Researches on the Solubility
of Salts 30
Researches on theConstit uents
of Manures 25
Balance of Captive Balloon
Accounts l
£766
6
(t
1861.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory.. 500
Earthquake Experiments 25
Dredging North and East
Coasts of Scotland 23
Dredging Committee : —
1860 £50 ~) „
1861 £22 / ' 2
Excavations at Dura Den 20
Solubility of Salts 20
Steam- vessel Performance ... 150
Fossils of Lesmahagow 15
Explorations at Uriconium ... 20
Chemical Alloys 20
Classified Index to the Trans-
actions ioo
Dredging in the Mersey and
Dee 5
Dip Circle 30
Photoheliographic Observa-
tions 50
Prison Diet 20
Gauging of Water 10
Alpine Ascents 6
Constituents of Manures 25
£lTll _
5 10
iL °
5 10
CX1V
REPORT— 190 i.
1862.
£ s.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
PatentLaws 21 6
Molluscaof N.-W. of America 10
Natural History by Mercantile
Marine 5
Tidal Observations 25
Photoheliometer at Kew 40
Photographic Pictures of the
Sun 150
Rocks of Donegal 25
Dredging Durham and North-
umberland Coasts 25
Connection of Storms 20
Dredging North-east Coast
of Scotland 6 9
Ravages of Teredo 3 11
Standards of Electrical Re-
sistance 50
Railway Accidents 10
Balloon Committee 200
Dredging Dublin Bay 10
Dredging the Mersey 5
Prison Diet 20
Gauging of Water 12 10
Steamships' Performance 150
Thermo-electric Currents ... 5
£1293 16
£ s. d.
d. Thermo-electricity 15 0>
Analysis of Rocks 8
| Hydroida •.. 10 '
| £1608 3 10
1863.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory... 600
Balloon Committee deficiency 70
Balloon Ascents (other ex-
penses) 25
Entozoa 25
Coal Fossils 20
Herrings 20
Granites of Donegal 5
Prison Diet 20
Vertical Atmospheric Move-
ments 13
Dredging Shetland 50
Dredging North-east Coast of
Scotland 25
Dredging Northumberland
and Durham 17
Dredging Committee superin-
tendence 10
Steamship Performance 100
Balloon Committee 200
Carbon underpressure 10
Volcanic Temperature 100
Bromide of Ammonium 8
Electrical Standards 100
Electrical Construction and
Distribution 40
Luminous Meteors 17
Kew Additional Buildings for
Photoheliograph 100
I)
3
10
1864.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory.. 600
Coal Fossils 20
Vertical Atmospheric Move-
ments 20
Dredging, Shetland 75
Dredging, Northumberland... 25
Balloon Committee 200
Carbon under pressure 10
Standards of Electric Re-
sistance 100
Analysis of Rocks 10
Hydroida 10
Askham's Gift 50
Nitrite of Amyle 10
Nomenclature Committee ... 5
Rain-gauges 19
Cast-iron Investigation 20
Tidal Observations in the
Humber 50
Spectral Rays 45
Luminous Meteors 20
£1289
0-
0-
o
0-
0-
0-
15
8
0-
0'
15 »
1865.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory.. 600
Balloon Committee 100
Hydroida. . . 13
Rain-gauges 30
Tidal Observations in the
Humber 6
Hexylic Compounds 20
Amyl Compounds 20
Irish Flora 25
American Mollusca 3
Organic Acids 20
Lingula Flags Excavation ... 10
Eurypterus 50
Electrical Standards 100
Malta Caves Researches 30
Oyster Breeding 25
Gibraltar Caves Researches... 150
Kent's Hole Excavations 100
Moon's Surface Observations 35
Marine Fauna 25
Dredging Aberdeenshire 25
Dredging Channel Islands ... 50
Zoological Nomenclature 5
Resistance of Floating Bodies
in Water 100
Bath Waters Analysis 8
Luminous Meteors 40
£159T
0'
0-
8
0-
9
0-
10
10
7
10
GEXERAL STATEMENT.
CXV
18GG.
£ s. d.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory. . 600
Lunar Committee 64
Balloon Committee 50
Metrical Committee 50
British Rainfall 50
Kilkenny Coal Fields 16
Alum Bay Fossil Leaf -bed ... 15
Luminous Meteors 50
Lingula Flags Excavation ... 20
Chemical Constitution of
Cast Iron 50
Amyl Compounds 25
Electrical Standards 100
Malta Caves Exploration 30
Kent's Hole Exploration 200
Marine Fauna, &c, Devon
and Cornwall 25
Dredging Aberdeenshire Coast 25
Dredging Hebrides Coast ... 50
Dredging the Mersey 5
Resistance of Floating Bodies
in Water 50
Polycyanides of Organic Radi-
cals 29
Rigor Mortis 10
irish Annelida 15
Catalogue of Crania 50
Didine Birds of Mascarene
Islands 50
Typical Crania Researches ... 30
Palestine Exploration Fund... 100
£1750~13~^
13
4
1867.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory.. 600
Meteorological Instruments,
Palestine 50
Lunar Committee 120
Metrical Committee 30
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 100
Palestine Explorations 50
Insect Fauna, Palestine 30
British Rainfall 50
Kilkenny Coal Fields 25
Alum Bay Fossil Leaf -bed ... 25
Luminous Meteors 50
Bournemouth, &c, Leaf-beds 30
Dredging Shetland 75
Steamship Reports Condensa-
tion 100
Electrical Standards 100
Ethyl and Methyl Series 25
Fossil Crustacea 25
Sound under Water 24
North Greenland Fauna 75
Do. Plant Beds 100
Iron and Steel Manufacture... 25
Patent Laws 30
£1739 4
i
1868.
£
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory. . 600
Lunar Committee 120
Metrical Committee 50
Zoological Record 100
Kent's Hole Explorations . 150
Steamship Performances . .. 100
British Rainfall 50
Luminous Meteors 50
Organic Acids 60
Fossil Crustacea 25
Methyl Series 25
Mercury and Bile 25
Organic Remains in Lime-
stone Rocks 25
Scottish Earthquakes 20
Fauna, Devon and Cornwall.. 30
British Fossil Corals 50
Bagshot Leaf-beds 50
Greenland Explorations 100
Fossil Flora 25
Tidal Observations 100
Underground Temperat ure . . , 50
Spectroscopic Investigations
of Animal Substances 5
Secondary Reptiles, ice 30
British Marine Invertebrate
Fauna 100
£1940
*. d.
O
o
1869.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory. . 600
Lunar Committee 50
Metrical Committee 25
Zoological Record 100
Committee on Gases in Deep-
well Water 25
British Rainfall 50
Thermal Conductivity of Iron,
&c 30
Kent's Hole Explorations 150
Steamship Performances 30
Chemical Constitution of
Cast Iron 80
Iron and Steel Manufacture 100
Methyl Series 30
Organic Remains in Lime-
stone Rocks 10
Earthquakes in Scotland 10
British Fossil Corals 50
Bagshot Leaf -beds 30
Fossil Flora 25
Tidal Observations 100
Underground Temperature... 30
Spectroscopic Investigations
of Animal Substances 5
Organic Acids 12 O
Kiltorcan Fossils 20
CXV1
REPORT — 1904.
£ s. d.
Chemical Constitution and
Physiological Action Rela-
tions 15
Mountain Limestone Fossils 25
Utilisation of Sewage 10
Products of Digestion 10
£1622
1870.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 600
Metrical Committee 25
Zoological Record 100
Committee on Marine Fauna 20
Ears in Fishes 10
Chemical Nature of Cast
Iron 80
Luminous Meteors 30
Heat in the Blood 15
British Rainfall 100
Thermal Conductivity of
Iron, &c 20
British Fossil Corals 50
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 160
Scottish Earthquakes 4
Bagshot Leaf-beds 15
Fossil Flora 25
Tidal Observations 100
Underground Temperature ... 50
Kiltorcan Quarries Fossils ... 20
Mountain Limestone Fossils 25
Utilisation of Sewage 50
Organic Chemical Compounds 30
Onny River Sediment 3
Mechanical Equivalent of
Heat 50
£1572
1871.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 600
Monthly Reports of Progress
in Chemistry 100
Metrical Committee 25
Zoological Record 100
Thermal Equivalents of the
Oxides of Chlorine 10
Tidal Observations 100
Fossil Flora 25
Luminous Meteors 30
British Fossil Corals 25
Heat in the Blood 7 2 6
British Rainfall 50
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 160
Fossil Crustacea 25
Methyl Compounds 25
Lunar Objects 20
£ .v. d.
Fossil Coral Sections, for
Photographing 20
Bagshot Leaf -beds 20
Moab Explorations 100
Gaussian Constants 40
£1472 2 6
1872.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 300
Metrical Committee 75
Zoological Record 100
Tidal Committee 200
Carboniferous Corals 25
Organic Chemical Compounds 25
Exploration of Moab 100
Terato-embryological Inqui-
ries 10
Kent's Cavern Exploration.. 100
Luminous Meteors 20
Heat in the Blood 15
Fossil Crustacea 25
Fossil Elephants of Malta ... 25
Lunar Objects 20
Inverse Wave-lengths 20
British Rainfall 100
Poisonous Substances Anta-
gonism 10
Essential Oils, Chemical Con-
stitution, &c 40
Mathematical Tables 50
Thermal Conductivity of Me-
tals 25
£1285
1873.
Zoological Record 100
Chemistry Record 200
Tidal Committee 400
Sewage Committee 100
Kent's Cavern Exploration .. . 150
Carboniferous Corals 25
Fossil Elephants 25
Wave-lengths 150
British Rainfall 100
Essential Oils 30
Mathematical Tables 100
Gaussian Constants 10
Sub-Wealden Explorations... 25
Underground Temperature .. . 150
Settle Cave Exploration 50
Fossil Flora, Ireland 20
Timber Denudation and Rain-
fall 20
Luminous Meteors 30
£1685
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXV11
1874.
£ s. d.
Zoological Record 100
Chemistry Record 100
Mathematical Tables 100
Elliptic Functions 100
Lightning Conductors 10
Thermal Conductivity of
Rocks 10
Anthropological Instructions 50
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 150
Luminous Meteors 30
Intestinal Secretions 15
British Rainfall 100
Essential Oils 10
Sub-Wealden Explorations... 25
Settle Cave Exploration 50
Mauritius Meteorology 100
Magnetisation of Iron 20
Marine Organisms 30
Fossils, North-West of Scot-
land 2 10
Physiological Action of Light 20
Trades Unions 25
Mountain Limestone Corals 25
Erratic Blocks 10
Dredging, Durham and York-
shire Coasts 28 5
High Temperature of Bodies 30
Siemens's Pyrometer 3 6
Labyrinthodonts of Coal-
measures 7 15
£115 1 16
1875. ~~
Elliptic Functions 100
Magnetisation of Iron 20
British Rainfall 120
Luminous Meteors 30
Chemistry Record 100
Specific Volume of Liquids... 25
Estimation of Potash and
Phosphoric Acid 10
Isometric Cresols 20
Sub-Wealden Explorations... 100
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 100
Settle Cave Exploration 50
Earthquakes in Scotland 15
Underground Waters 10
Development of Myxinoid
Fishes 20
Zoological Record 100
Instructions for Travellers ... 20
Intestinal Secretions 20
Palestine Exploration 100
£960
1876.
Printing Mathematical Tables 159 4 2
British Rainfall 100
Ohm's Law 9 15
Tide Calculating Machine ... 200
Specific Volume of Liquids... 25
£ s. d.
Isomeric Cresols 10
Action of Ethyl Bromobuty-
rate on Ethyl Sodaceto-
acetate 5
Estimation of Potash and
Phosphoric Acid 13
Exploration of Victoria Cave 100
Geological Record 100
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 100
Thermal Conductivities of
Rocks 10
Underground Waters 10
Earthquakes in Scotland 1 10
Zoological Record 100
Close Time 5
Physiological Action of
Sound 25
Naples Zoological Station ... 75
Intestinal Secretions 15
Physical Characters of Inha-
bitants of British Isles 13 15
Measuring Speed of Ships ... 10
Effect of Propeller on turning
of Steam-vessels 5
£1092 4 2
1877.
Liquid Carbonic Acid in
Minerals 20
Elliptic Functions 250
Thermal Conductivity of
Rocks 9
Zoological Record 100
Kent's Cavern 100
Zoological Station at Naples 75
Luminous Meteors 30
Elasticity of Wires 100
Dipterocarpeaa, Report on ... 20
Mechanical Equivalent of
Heat 35
Double Compounds of Cobalt
and Nickel 8
Underground Temperature... 50
Settle Cave Exploration 100
Underground Waters in New
Red Sandstone 10
Action of Ethyl Bromobuty-
rate on Ethyl Sodaceto-
acetate 10
British Earthworks 25
Atmospheric Electricity in
India 15
Development of Light from
Coal-gas 20
Estimation of Potash and
Phosphoric Acid 1
Geological Record 100
Anthropometric Committee 34
Physiological Action of Phos-
phoric Acid, &c 15
£1128
11
7
8
9 7
CXV111
REPORT — 1904.
1878.
£ s. d.
Exploration of Settle Caves 100
Geological Record 100
Investigation of Pulse Pheno-
mena by means of Siphon
Recorder 10
Zoological Station at Naples 75
Investigation of Underground
"Waters 15
Transmission of Electrical
Impulses through Nerve
Structure 30
Calculation of Factor Table
for 4th Million 100
Anthropometric Committee... 66
Composition and Structure of
less-known Alkaloids 25
Exploration of Kent's Cavern 50
Zoological Record 100
Fermanagh Caves Explora-
tion 15
Thermal Conductivity of
Rocks 4 16 6
Luminous Meteors 10
Ancient Earthworks 25
£725 16 6
1879.
Table at the Zoological
Station, Naples 75
Miocene Flora of the Basalt
of the North of Ireland ... 20
Illustrations for a Monograph
on the Mammoth 17
Record of Zoological Litera-
ture 100
Composition and Structure of
less-known Alkaloids 25
Exploration of Caves in
Borneo 50
Kent's Cavern Exploration . . . 100
Record of the Progress of
Geology 100
Fermanagh Caves Exploration 5
Electrolysis of Metallic Solu-
tions and Solutions of
Compound Salts 25
Anthropometric Committee... 50
Natural History of Socotra... 100
Calculation of Factor Tables
for 5th and 6th Millions ... 150
Underground Waters 10
Steering of Screw Steamers... 10
Improvements in Astrono-
mical Clocks 30
Marine Zoology of South
Devon 20
Determination of Mechanical
Equivalent of Heat 12 15 6
£ s. d.
Specific Inductive Capacity
of Sprengel Vacuum 40
Tables of Sun-heat Co-
efficients 30
Datum Level of the Ordnance
Survey 10
Tables of Fundamental In-
variants of Algebraic Forms 36 14 9
Atmospheric Electricity Ob-
servations in Madeira 15
Instrument for Detecting
Fire-damp in Mines 22
Instruments for Measuring
the Speed of Ships 17 1 8
Tidal Observations in the
English Channel 10
£1080 11 11
1880.
New Form of High Insulation
Key 10
Underground Temperature ... 10
Determination of the Me-
chanical Equivalent of
Heat 8 5
Elasticity of Wires 50
Luminous Meteors 30
Lunar Disturbance of Gravity 30
Fundamental Invariants 8 6
Laws of Water Friction 20
Specific Inductive Capacity
of Sprengel Vacuum 20
Completion of Tables of Sun-
heat Coefficients 50
Instrument for Detection of
Fire-damp in Mines 10
Inductive Capacity of Crystals
and Paraffines 4 17 7
Report on Carboniferous
Polyzoa 10
Caves of South Ireland 10
Viviparous Nature of Ichthyo-
saurus 10
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 60
Geological Record 100
Miocene Flora of the Basalt
of North Ireland 15
Underground Waters of Per-
mian Formations 5
Record of Zoological Litera-
ture 100
Table at Zoological Station
at Naples 75
Investigation of the Geology
and Zoology of Mexico 50
Anthropometry 50
Patent Laws 5
£731 7 7
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CX1X
1881.
£
Lunar Disturbance of Gravity 30
Underground Temperature ... 20
Electrical Standards 25
High Insulation Key 5
Tidal Observations 10
Specific Refractions 7
Fossil Polyzoa 10
Underground Waters 10
Earthquakes in Japan 25
Tertiary Flora 20
Scottish Zoological Station ... 50
Naples Zoological Station ... 75
Natural History of Socotra ... 50
Anthropological Notes and
Queries 9
Zoological Record 100
Weights and Heights of
Human Beings 30
£476
1882.
Exploration of Central Africa 100
Fundamental Invariants of
Algebraical Forms 76
Standards for Electrical
Measurements 100
Calibration of Mercurial Ther-
mometers 20
Wave-length Tables of Spec-
tra of Elements 50
Photographing Ultra-violet
Spark Spectra 25
Geological Record 100
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 25
Conversion of Sedimentary
Materials into Metamorphic
Rocks 10
Fossil Plants of Halifax 15
Geological Map of Europe ... 25
Circulation of Underground
Waters 15
Tertiary Flora of North of
Ireland 20
British Polyzoa 10
Exploration of Caves of South
of Ireland 10
Exploration of Raygill Fissure 20
Naples Zoological Station ... 80
Albuminoid Substances of
Serum 10
Elimination of Nitrogen by
Bodily Exercise 50
Migration of Birds 15
Natural History of Socotra... 100
Natural History of Timor- laut 100
Record of Zoological Litera-
ture 100
Anthropometric Committee... 50
£1126
s.
d.
3
1
3 1
1
11
1 11
1883.
£ s. A.
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis 50
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives 15
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 50
Fossil Plants of Halifax 20
British Fossil Polyzoa 10
Fossil Phyllopoda of Palaeo-
zoic Rocks 25
Erosion of Sea-coast of Eng-
land and Wales 10
Circulation of Underground
Waters 15
Geological Record 50
Exploration of Caves in South
of Ireland 10
Zoological Literature Record 100
Migration of Birds 20
Zoological Station at Naples 80
Scottish Zoological Station... 25
Elimination of Nitrogen by
Bodily Exercise 38 3 3
Exploration of Mount Kili-
ma-njaro 500
Investigation of Loughton
Camp 10
Natural History of Timor-laut 50
Screw Gauges 5
£1083 3 3
1884.
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis 50
Collecting and Investigating
Meteoric Dust 20
Meteorological Observatory at
Chepstow 25
Tidal Observations 10
Ultra Violet Spark Spectra ... 8
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 75
Fossil Plants of Halifax 15
Fossil Polyzoa 10
Erratic Blocks of England ... 10
Fossil Phyllopoda of Palaeo-
zoic Rocks 15
Circulation of Underground
Wate rs 5
International Geological Map 20
Bibliography of Groups of
Invertebrata 50
Natural History of Timor-laut 50
Naples Zoological Station ... 80
Exploration of Mount Kili-
ma-njaro, East Africa 500
Migration of Birds 20
Coagulation of Blood 100
Zoological Literature Record 100
Anthropometric Committee... 10
£1173
4
4
cxx
REPORT 1904.
1885.
£ s.
Synoptic Chart of Indian
Ocean 50
Reduction of Tidal Observa-
tions 10
Calculating Tables in Theory
of Numbers 100
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis 50
Meteoric Dust 70
Vapour Pressures, &c, of Salt
Solutions 25
Physical Constants of Solu-
tions 20
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 25
Raygill Fissure 15
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 70
Fossil Phyllopoda of PalEeozoic
Rocks 25
Fossil Plants of British Ter-
tiary and Secondaiy Beds... 50
Geological Record 50
Circulation of Underground
Waters 10
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Zoological Literature Record. 100
Migration of Birds 30
Exploration of Mount Kilima-
njaro 25
Recent Polyzoa 10
Granton Biological Station ... 100
Biological Stations on Coasts
of United Kingdom 1 50
Exploration of New Guinea... 200
Exploration of Mount Roraima 100
£1385
1886.
Electrical Standards 40
Solar Radiation <) 10 6
Tidal Observations 50
Magnetic Observations 10 10
Observations on Ben Nevis ... 100
Physical and Chemical Bear-
ings of Electrolysis 20
Chemical Nomenclature 5
Fossil Plants of British Ter-
tiary and Secondary Beds... 20
Caves in North Wales 25
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 30
Geological Record 100
Palaeozoic Phyllopoda 15
Zoological Literature Record. 100
Granton Biological Station ... 75
Naples Zoological Station 50
Researches in Food-Fishes and
Inverte'jrata at St. Andrews 75
£
Migration of Birds 30
Secretion of Urine 10
Exploration of New Guinea. . . 150
Regulation of Wages under
Sliding Scales 10
Prehistoric Race in Greek
Islands 20
North-Western Tribes of Ca-
nada 50
£995~
s.
a.
0-
0-
o e
1887.
Solar Radiation 18 10
Electrolysis 30 a
Ben Nevis Observatory 75 O
Standards of Light (1886
grant) 20 O
Standards of Light (1887
grant) 10
Harmonic Analysis of Tidal
Observations 15 &
Magnetic Observations 26 2
Electrical Standards 50
Silent Discharge of Electricity 20 O
Absorption Spectra 40 0-
Nature of Solution 20 O
Influence of Silicon on Steel 30 O
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
Volcanic Phenomena of Japan
(1886 grant) 50
Volcanic Phenomena of Japan
(1887 grant) 50
Cae Gwyn Cave, N. Wales ... 20 0-
Erratic Blocks 10
Fossil Phyllopoda 20 O
Coal Plants of Halifax 25
Microscopic Structure of the
Rocks of Anglesey 10
Exploration of the Eocene
Beds of the Isle of Wight... 20 O
Underground Waters 5
' Manure ' Gravels of Wexford 10 0-
Provincial Museums Reports 5 0'
Lymphatic System 25
Naples Biological Station ... 100
Plymouth Biological Station 50
Granton Biological Station ... 75
Zoological Record 100
Flora of China 75 O
Flora and Fauna of the
Cameroons 75
Migration of Birds 30 0'
Bathy-hypsographical Map of
British Isles 7 6
Regulation of Wages 10 O
Prehistoric Race of Greek
Islands 20 O
Racial Photographs, Egyptian 20
£1186 18
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXXl
1888.
£ s. d.
Ben Nevis Observatory 150
Electrical Standards 2 6 4
Magnetic Observations 15
Standards of Light 79 2 3
Electrolysis 30
Uniform Nomenclature in
Mechanics 10
Silent Discharge of Elec-
tricity 9 11 10
Properties of Solutions 25
Influence of Silicon on Steel 20
Methods of Teaching Chemis-
try 10
Isomeric Naphthalene Deriva-
tives 25
Action of Light on Hydracids 20
Sea Beach near Bridlington... 20
Geological Kecord 50
Manure Gravels of Wexford. . . 10
Erosion of Sea Coasts 10
Underground Waters 5
Palaeontographical Society ... 50
Pliocene Fauna of St. Erth... 50
Carboniferous Flora of Lan-
cashire and West Yorkshire 25
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
Zoology and Botany of West
Indies 100
Flora of Bahamas 100
Development of Fishes — St.
Andrews 50
Marine Laboratory, Plymouth 100
Migration of Birds 30
Flora of China 75
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Lymphatic System 25
Biological Station at Granton 50
Peradeniya Botanical Station 50
Development of Teleostei ... 15
Depth of Frozen Soil in Polar
Regions 5
Precious Metals in Circulation 20
Value of Monetary Standard 10
Effect of Occupations on Phy-
sical Development 25
North-Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Prehistoric Race in Greek
Islands 20
£1511 5
1889.
Ben Nevis Observatory 50
Electrical Standards 75
Electrolysis 20
Surface Water Temperature... 30
Silent Discharge of Electricity
on Oxygen 6 4 8
£ s. d.
Methods of teaching Chemis-
try 10
Action of Light on Hydracids 10
Geological Record 80
Volcanic Phenomena of Japan 25
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
Palaeozoic Phyllopoda 20
Higher Eocene Beds of Isle of
Wight 15
West Indian Explorations ... 100
Flora of China 25
Naples Zoological Station ... 100 O
Physiology of Lymphatic
System 25
Experiments with a Tow-net 5 16 3
Natural History of Friendly
Islands 100
Geology and Geography of
Atlas Range 100
Action of Waves and Currents
in Estuaries 100
North-Western Tribes of
Canada 150
Nomad Tribes of Asia Minor 30
Corresponding Societies 20
Marine Biological Association 200
' Baths Committee,' Bath 100
£1417 11
1890.
Electrical Standards 12 17
Electrolysis 5
Electro-optics 50
Mathematical Tables 25
Volcanic and Seismological
Phenomena of Japan 75
Pellian Equation Tables 15
Properties of Solutions 10
International Standard for the
Analysis of Iron and Steel 10
Influence of the Silent Dis-
charge of Electricity on
Oxygen 5
Methods of teachingChemistry 10
Recording Results of Water
Analysis 4 10
Oxidation of Hydracids in
Sunlight 15
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
Palaeozoic Phyllopoda 10
Circulation of Underground
Waters 5
Excavations at Oldbury Hill 15
Cretaceous Polyzoa 10
Geological Photographs 7 14 11
Lias Beds of Northampton ... 25
Botanical Station at Perade-
niya 25
cxxn
REPORT — 1904.
£ s. d.
Experiments with a Tow-
net * 3 9
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Zoology and Botany of the
West India Islands 100
Marine Biological Association 30
Action of Waves and Currents
in Estuaries 150
Graphic Methods in Mechani-
cal Science 11
Anthropometric Calculations 5
Nomad Tribes of Asia Minor 25
Corresponding Societies 20
£799 16 8
1891.
Ben Nevis Observatory 50
Electrical Standards 100
Electrolysis 5
Seismological Phenomena of
Japan 10
Temperatures of Lakes 20
Photographs of Meteorological
Phenomena 5
Discharge of Electricity from
Points 10
Ultra Violet Bays of Solar
Spectrum 50
International Standard for
Analysis of Iron and Steel... 10
Isomeric Naphthalene Deriva-
tives 25
Formation of Haloids 25
Action of Light on Dyes 17 10
■Geological Record 100
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 10
Fossil Phyllopoda 10
Photographs of Geological
Interest 9 5
Lias of Northamptonshire ... 25
Registration of Type-Speci-
mens of British Fossils 5 5
Investigation of Elbolt on Cave 25
Botanical Station at Pera-
deniya 50
Experiments with a Tow-net 40
Marine Biological Association 12 10
Disappearance of Native
Plants 5
Action of Waves and Currents
in Estuaries 125
Anthropometric Calculations 10
New Edition of ' Anthropo-
logical Notes and Queries ' 50
North - Western Tribes of
Canada 200
Corresponding Societies 25
£1,029 10
1892.
£ s. d.
Observations on Ben Nevis ... 50
Photographs of Meteorological
Phenomena 15
Pellian Equation Tables 10
Discharge of Electricity from
Points 50
Seismological Phenomena of
Japan 10
Formation of Haloids 12
Properties of Solutions 10
Action of Light on Dyed
Colours 10
Erratic Blocks 15
Photographs of Geological
Interest 20
Underground Waters 10
Investigation of Elbolton
Cave 25
Excavations at Oldbury Hill 10
Cretaceous Polyzoa 10
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Marine Biological Association 17 10
Deep-sea Tow-net 40
Fauna of Sandwich Islands... 100
Zoology and Botany of West
India Islands 100
Climatology and Hydrography
of Tropical Africa 50
Anthropometric Laboratory... 5
Anthropological Notes and
Queries 20
Prehistoric Remains in Ma-
shonaland 50
North - Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Corresponding Societies 25
£864 10~~b
1S93.
Electrical Standards 25
Observations on Ben Nevis .. . 150
Mathematical Tables 15
Intensity of Solar Radiation 2 8 6
Magnetic Work at the Fal-
mouth Observatory 25
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives 20
Erratic Blocks 10
Fossil Phyllopoda 5
Underground Waters 5
Shell-bearing Deposits at
Clava, Chapelhall, &c 20
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills 10
Naples Zoological Station ...100
Marine Biological Association 30
Fauna of Sandwich Islands 100
Zoology and Botany of West
Indialslands 50
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXS111
£ s. d.
Exploration of Irish Sea 30
Physiological Action of
Oxygen in Asphyxia 20
Index of Genera and Species
of Animals 20
Exploration of Karakoram
Mountains 50
Scottish Place-names 7
Climatology and Hydro-
graphy of Tropical Africa 50
Economic Training 3 7
Anthropometric Laboratory 5
Exploration in Abyssinia 25
North- Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Corresponding Societies 30
£907 15 6
1894.
Electrical Standards 25
Photographs of Meteorological
Phenomena 10
Tables of Mathematical Func-
tions 15
Intensity of Solar Radiation 5 5 6
Wave-length Tables 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 5
Erratic Blocks 15
Fossil Phyllopoda 5
Shell - bearing Deposits at
Clava, &c 20
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills 5
New Sections of Stonesfield
Slate 14
Observations on Earth-tre-
mors 50
Exploration of Calf - Hole
Cave 5
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Marine Biological Association 5
Zoology of the Sandwich
Islands 100
Zoology of the Irish Sea 40
Structure and Function of the
Mammalian Heart 10
Exploration in Abyssinia ... 30
Economic Training 9 10
Anthropometric Laboratory
Statistics 5
Ethnographical Survey 10
The Lake Village at Glaston-
bury 40
Anthropometrical Measure-
ments in Schools 5
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children 20
Corresponding Societies 25
£583 15 6
1895.
£ s. d.
Electrical Standards 25
Photographs of Meteorological
Phenomena 10
Earth Tremors 75
Abstracts of Physical Papers 100
Reduction of Magnetic Obser-
vations made at Falmouth
Observatory 50
Comparison of Magnetic Stan-
dards 25
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis 50
Wave-length Tables of the
Spectra of the Elements ... 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 4 6 1
Formation of Haloids from
Pure Materials 20
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives 30
Electrolytic Quantitative An-
alysis 30
Erratic Blocks 10
Palaeozoic Phyllopoda 5
Photographs of Geological In-
terest 10
Shell-bearing Deposits at
Clava, &c 10
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills 3
New Sections of Stonesfield
Slate 50
Exploration of Calf Hole Cave 10
Nature and Probable Age of
High-level Flint- drifts 10
Table at the Zoological Station
at Naples 100
Table at the Biological Labo-
ratory, Plymouth 15
Zoology, Botany, and Geology
of the Irish Sea 35 9 4
Zoology and Botany of the
West India Islands 50
Index of Genera and Species
of Animals 50
Climatology of Tropical Africa 5
Exploration of Hadramut ... 50
Calibration and Comparison of
Measuring Instruments ... 25
Anthropometric Measure-
ments in Schools 5
Lake Village at Glastonbury 30
Exploration of a Kitchen -
midden at Hastings 10
Ethnographical Survey 10
Physiological Applications of
the Phonograph 25
Corresponding Societies 30
£977 15 5
CXX1V
REPORT — 1904.
1896.
£ s. d.
Photographs of Meteorologi-
cal Phenomena 15
Seismological Observations... 80
Abstracts of Physical Papers 100
Calculation of certain Inte-
grals 10
Uniformity of Size of Pages of
Transactions, &c 5
Wave-length Tables of the
Spectra of the Elements ... 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 2
Electrolytic Quantitative Ana-
lysis 10
The Carbohydrates of Barley
Straw .'. 50
Reprinting Discussion on the
Relation of Agriculture to
Science 5
Erratic Blocks 10
Palasozoic Phyllopoda 5
Shell-bearing Deposits at
Clava, &c 10
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills 2
Investigation of a Coral Reef
by Boring and Sounding ... 10
Examination of Locality where
the Cetiosaurus in the Ox-
ford Museum was found ... 25
Palaeolithic Deposits at Hoxne 25
Fauna of Singapore Caves ... 40
Age and Relation of Rocks
near Moreseat, Aberdeen . 10
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion at Naples 100
Table at the Biological Labo-
ratory, Plymouth 15
Zoology, Botany, and Geology
of the Irish Sea 50
Zoology of the Sandwich Is-
lands 100
African Lake Fauna 1 00
Oysters under Normal and
Abnormal Environment ... 40
Climatology of Tropical Africa 10
Calibration and Comparison of
Measuring Instruments 20
Small Screw Gauge 10
North- Western " Tribes of
Canada 100
Lake Village at Glastonbury . 30
Ethnographical Survey 40
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children 10
Physiological Applications of
the Phonograph 25
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 30
£1,104 6 1
6
1
1897.
£ s. d.
Mathematical Tables 25 0-
Seismological Observations... 100
Abstracts of Physical Papers 100 O
Calculation of certain In-
tegrals 10
Electrolysis and Electro-
chemistry 50
Electrolytic Quantitative Ana-
lysis 10
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives ... 50 0'
Erratic Blocks 10
Photographs of Geological
Interest 15
Remains of the Irish Elk in
the Isle of Man 15
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 9 10 8
Zoological Bibliography and
Publication 5
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium... 100
Zoology and Botany of the
West India Islands 40
The Details of Observa-
tions on the Migration of
Birds 40
Climatology of Tropical
Africa 20
Ethnographical Survey 40
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children 10
Silchester Excavation 20
Investigation of Changes as-
sociated with the Func-
tional Activity of Nerve
Cells and their Peripheral
Extensions 180
Oysters and Typhoid 30
Physiological Applications of
the Phonograph 15
Physiological Effects of Pep-
tone and its Precursors 20
Fertilisation in Phseopbycese 20
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 25
£1,059 10 8
1898.
Electrical Standards 75
Seismological Observations... 75
Abstracts of Physical Papers 100
Calculation of certain In-
tegrals 10
Electrolysis and Electro-chem-
istry 35
Meteorological Observatory at
Montreal 50
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXXV
£ s. d.
Wave-length Tables of the
Spectra of the Elements ... 20
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 8
Erratic Blocks 5
Investigation of a Coral Reef 40
Photographs of Geological
Interest 10
Life- zones in British Carbon-
iferous Rocks 15
Pleistocene Fauna and Flora
in Canada 20
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 14
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Healthy and Unhealthy Oys-
ters 30
Climatology of Tropical Africa 10
State Monopolies in other
Countries 15
Small Screw Gauge 20
North - Western Tribes of
Canada 75
Lake Village at Glastonbury 37 10
Silchester Excavation 7 10
Ethnological Survey of Canada 75
Anthropology and Natural
History of Torres Straits... 125
Investigation of Changes asso-
ciated with the Functional
Activity of Nerve Cells and
their Peripheral Extensions 100
Fertilisation in Phseophyceae 15
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 25
£1,212
1899.
Electrical Standards 225
Seismological Observations ... 65 14 8
Science Abstracts 100
Heat of Combination of Metals
in Alloys 20
Radiation in a Magnetic Field 50
Calculation of certain In-
tegrals 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 4 19 6
Relation between Absorption
Spectra and Constitution of
Organic Substances 50
Erratic Blocks 15
Photographs of Geological
Interest 10
Remains of Irish Elk in the
Isle of Man 15
Pleistocene Flora and Fauna
in Canada 30
Records of Disappearing Drift
Section at Moel Tryfaen ...
Ty Newydd Caves
Ossiferous Caves at Uphill ...
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium
Migration of Birds
Apparatus for Keeping Aqua-
tic Organisms under Definite
Physical Conditions
Plankton and Physical Con-
ditions of the English Chan-
nel during 1899
Exploration of Sokotra
Lake Village at Glastonbury
Silchester Excavation
Ethnological Survey of Canada
New Edition of ' Anthropolo-
gical Notes and Queries '...
Age of Stone Circles
Physiological Effects of Pep-
tone
Electrical Changes accom-
panying Discharge of Res-
piratory Centres
Influence of Drugs upon the
Vascular Nervous System...
Histological Changes in Nerve
Cells
Micro-chemistry of Cells
Histology of Suprarenal Cap-
sules
Comparative Histology of
Cerebral Cortex
Fertilisation in Phyasophyceae
Assimilation in Plants
Zoological and Botanical Pub-
lication
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee
£ s. d.
5
40
30
100
20
100
15
15
100
35
50
10
35
40
20
30
20
10
20
40
20
10
20
20
5
25
£1,430 14 2
1900.
Electrical Standards 25
Seismological Observations... 60
Radiation in a Magnetic Field 25
Meteorological Observatory at
Montreal 20
Tables of Mathematical Func-
tions 75
Relation between Absorption
Spectra and Constitution
of Organic Bodies 30
Wave-length Tables 5
Electrolytic Quantitative
Analysis 5
CXXV1
REPORT — 1904.
£ s.
Isomorphous Sulphonic Deri-
vatives of Benzene 20
The Nature of Alloys 30
Photographs of Geological
Interest 10
Remains of Elk in the Isle of
Man 5
Pleistocene Fauna and Flora
iD Canada 10
Movements of Underground
Waters of Craven 40
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Ply mouth 20
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 50
Migration of Birds 15
Plankton and Physical Con-
ditions of the English
Channel 40
Zoology of the Sandwich
Islands 100
Coral Reefs of the Indian
Region 30
Physical and Chemical Con-
stants of Sea- Water 1 00
Future Dealings in Raw-
Produce 2 10
Silchester Excavation 10
Ethnological Survey of
Canada 50
New Edition of 'Anthropo-
logical Notes and Queries ' 40
Photographs of Anthropo-
logical Interest 10
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children in Schools 5
Ethnography of the Malay
Peninsula 25
Physiological Effects of Pep-
tone 20
Comparative Histology of
Suprarenal Capsules 20
Comparative Histology of
Cerebral Cortex.. 5
Electrical Changes in Mam-
malian Nerves 20
Vascular Supply of Secreting
Glands 10
Fertilisation in Phaeophycese 20
Corresponding Societies Com. 20
£1,072 10
d.
1901.
Electrical Standards 45
Seismologieal Observations... 75
Wave-length Tables 4 14
Isomorphous Sulphonic Deri-
vatives of Benzene 35
£
Life-zones in British Carbo-
niferous Rocks 20
Underground Water of North-
west Yorkshire 50
Exploration of Irish Caves... 15
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 20
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 75
Migration of Birds 10
Terrestrial Surface Waves ... 5
Changes of Land-level in the
Phlegrasan Fields 50
Legislation regulating Wo-
men's Labour 15
Small Screw Gauge 45
Resistance of Road Vehicles
to Traction 75
Silchester Excavation 10
Ethnological Survey of
Canada 30
Anthropological Teaching ... 5
Exploration in Crete 145
Physiological Effects of Pep-
tone 30
Chemistry of Bone Marrow... 5
Suprarenal Capsules in the
Rabbit 5
Fertilisation in Phasophycere 15
Morphology, Ecology, and
Taxonomy of Podoste-
maceae 20
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 15
£920
s.
d.
0-
a
15
11
9 11
1902.
Electrical Standards 40
Seismologieal Observations... 35 O
Investigation of the Upper
Atmosphere by means of
Kites 75
Magnetic Observations at Fal-
mouth 80
Relation between Absorption
Spectra and Organic Sub-
stances 20
Wave-length Tables 5
Life-zones in British Car-
boniferous Rocks 10
Exploration of Irish Caves ... 45
Table at the Zoological
Station, Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Migration of Birds 15
Structure of Coral Reefs of
Indian Ocean 50
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXXV11
£
Compound Ascidians of the
Clyde Area 25
Terrestrial Surface Waves ... 15
Legislation regulating Wo-
men's Labour 30
Small Screw Gauge 20
Kesistance of Road Vehicles
to Traction 50
Ethnological Survey of
Canada 15
Age of Stone Circles 30
Exploration in Crete 100
Anthropometric Investigation
of Native Egy ptian Soldiers 1 5
Excavations on the Roman
Site at Gelligaer . . ._ 5
Changes in Haemoglobin 15
Work of Mammalian Heart
under Influence of Drugs. . . 20
Investigation of the Cyano-
pbyceas : - 10
Reciprocal Influence of Uni-
versities and Schools 5
Conditions of Health essen-
tial to carrying on Work in
Schools 2
Corresponding Societies Com. 15
£947
s. d.
1903.
Electrical Standards 35
Seismological Observations... 40
Investigation of the Upper
Atmosphere by means of
Kites 75
Magnetic Observations at Fal-
mouth 40
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub-
stances 20
Erratic Blocks 10
Exploration of Irish Caves ... 40
Underground Waters of North-
west Yorkshire 40
Life zones in British Carbon-
iferous Rocks 5
Geological Photographs 10
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion at Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Tidal Bore, Sea Waves, and
Beaches 15
Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition 50
Legislation affecting Women's
Labour 25
Researches in Crete 100
Age of Stone Circles 3 13 2
£ s. d.
Anthropometric Investigation 5
Anthropometry of the Todas
and other Tribes of Southern
India 50
The State of Solution of Pro-
teids 20
Investigation of the Cyano-
phycere 25 0-
Respiration of Plants 12
Conditions of Health essential
for School Instruction 5
Corresponding Societies Com. 20
£845 13 2
1901.
Seismological Observations... 40
Investigation of the Upper
Atmosphere by means of
Kites 50
Magnetic Observations at
Falmouth 60
Wave-length Tables of Spectra 10
Study of Hyro-aromatic Sub-
stances 25
Erratic Blocks 10
Life-zones in British Carboni-
ferous Rocks ... 35
Fauna and Flora of the Trias 10
Investigation of Fossiliferous
Drifts 50
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 60
Development in the Frog 15
Researches on the Higher
Crustacea 15
British and Foreign Statistics
of International Trade 25
Resistance of Road Vehicles
to Traction 90
Researches in Crete 100
Researches in Glastonbury
Lake Village .'. 25
Anthropometric Investigation
of Egyptian Troops 8
Excavations on Roman Sites
in Britain 25
The State of Solution of Pro-
teids 20
Metabolism of Individual Tis-
sues 40
Botanical Photographs 4
Respiration of Plants 15
Experimental Studies in
Heredity 35
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 20_
£887
10
8
11
18 11
cxxviii report — 1904.
General Meetings.
On "Wednesday, August 17, at 8.30 p.m., in the Corn Exchange, Sir
Norman Lockyer, K.C.B., LL.D, F.R.S., resigned the office of President
to the Right Hon. Arthur Janles Balfour, D.C.L., LL.D., M.P., F.R.S.,
who took the Chair, and delivered an Address, for which see page 3.
On Thursday, August 18, at 5 p.m., in the Theatre, Mr. J. W. Clark
delivered a Lecture on 'The Origin and Growth of the University of
Cambridge ; ' and at 9 p.m., a Soire'e took place at Trinity College.
On Friday, August 19, at 8.30 p.m., in the Theatre, Professor G. H.
Darwin, F.R.S., delivered a Discourse on ' Ripple-Mai'ks and Sand-
Dunes.'
On Monday, August 22, at 8.30 p.m., in the Theatre, Professor
H. F. Osborn delivered a Discourse on ' Palreontological Discoveries
in the Rocky Mountains.'
On Wednesday, August 24, at 2.30 p.m., in the Senate House, the
concluding General Meeting took place, when the Proceedings of the
General Committee and the Grants of Money for Scientific Purposes were
explained to the Members.
The Meeting was then adjourned to South Africa. [The Meeting is
appointed to commence at Cape Town, on Tuesday, August 15, 1905.]
PEESIDENT'S ADDBESS,
1904. B
ADDRESS
BY
The Right Hon. A. J. BALFOUR, D.C.L., LL.D., M.P.,
of the Univei
PRESIDENT.
F.R.S., Chancellor of the University of Edinburgh.
Reflections suggested by the New Theory of Matter.
The meetings of the British Association have, for the most part been held
in crowded centres of population, where our surroundings never permit us
to forget, were such forgetfulness in any case possible, how close is the tie
that binds modern science to modern industry, the abstract researches of
the student to the labours of the inventor and the mechanic. This, no
doubt, is as it should be. The interdependence of theory and practice
cannot be ignored without inflicting injury on both ; and he is but a poor
friend to either who undervalues their mutual co-operation.
Yet, after all, since this great Society exists for the advancement of
science, it is well that now and again we should choose our place of
gathering in some spot where science rather than its applications, know-
ledge, not utility, are the ends to which research is primarily directed.
If this be so, surely no happier selection could have been made than
the quiet courts of this ancient University. For here, if anywhere, we
tread the classic ground of physical discovery. Here, if anywhere, those
who hold that physics is the true Scientia Scientiarum, the root of all the
sciences which deal with inanimate nature, should feel themselves at
home. For, unless I am led astray by too partial an affection for my own
University, there is nowhere to be found, in any corner of the world, a
spot with which have been connected, either by their training in youth, or
by the labours of their maturer years, so many men eminent as the
originators of new and fruitful physical conceptions. I say nothing of
Bacon, the eloquent prophet of a new era ; nor of Darwin, the Copernicus
of Biology ; for my subject to-day is not the contributions of Cambridge
to the general growth of scientific knowledge. I am concerned rather
with the illustrious line of physicists who have learned or taught within
a few hundred yards of this building— a line stretching from Newton in
the seventeenth century, through Cavendish in the eighteenth, through
Young, Stokes, Maxwell, in the nineteenth, through Kelvin, who embodies
an epoch in himself, down to Rayleigh, Larmor, J. J, Thomson, and the
b2
4 REPORT— 1904.
scientific school centred in the Cavendish laboratory, whose physical specu-
lations bid fair to render the closing years of the old century and the open-
ing years of the new as notable as the greatest which have preceded them.
Now what is the task which these men, and their illustrious fellow-
labourers out of all lands, have set themselves to accomplish 1 To what
end led these ' new and fruitful physical conceptions ' to which I have
just referred ? It is often described as the discovery of the ' laws con-
necting phenomena.' But this is certainly a misleading, and in my
opinion a very inadequate, account of the subject. To begin with, it is
not only inconvenient, but confusing, to describe as ' phenomena ' things
which do not appear, which never have appeared, and which never can
appear, to beings so poorly provided as ourselves with the apparatus of
sense-perception. But apart from this, which is a linguistic error too
deeply rooted to be easily exterminated, is it not most inaccurate in sub-
stance to say that a knowledge of Nature's laws is all we seek when
investigating Nature 1 The physicist looks for something more than
what, by any stretch of language, can be described as ' co- existences ' and
'sequences' between so-called 'phenomena.' He seeks for something
deeper than the laws connecting possible objects of experience. His
object is physical reality : a reality which may or may not be capable of
direct perception ; a reality which is in any case independent of it ; a
reality which constitutes the permanent mechanism of that physical
universe with which our immediate empirical connection is so slight and so
deceptive. That such a reality exists,- though philosophers have doubted,
is the unalterable faith of science ; and were that faith per impos&ibile to
perish under the assaults of critical speculation, science, as men of science
usually conceive it, would perish likewise.
If this be so, if one of the tasks of science, and more particularly of
physics, is to frame a conception of the physical universe in its inner
reality, then any attempt to compare the different modes in which, at
different epochs of scientific development, this intellectual picture has
been drawn, cannot fail to suggest questions of the deepest interest.
True, I am precluded from dealing with such of these questions as are
nurely philosophical by the character of this occasion ; and with such of
them as are purely scientific by my own incompetence. But some there
may be sufficiently near the dividing line to induce the specialists who
rule by right on either side of it, to view with forgiving eyes any trespasses
into their legitimate domain which I may be tempted, during the next
few minutes, to commit.
Let me then endeavour to compare the outlines of two such pictures,
of which the first may be taken to represent the views prevalent towards
the end of the eighteenth century ; a little more than a hundred years
from the publication of Newton's ' Principia,' and, roughly speaking, about
midway between that epoch-making date and the present moment. I
suppose that if at that period the average man of science had been asked
ADDRESS. 5
to sketch his general conception of the physical universe, he would
probably have said that it essentially consisted of various sorts of ponder-
able matter, scattered in different combinations through space, exhibiting
most varied aspects under the influence of chemical affinity and temperature,
but through every metamorphosis obedient to the laws of motion, always
retaining its mass unchanged, and exercising at all distances a force of
attraction on other material masses, according to a simple law. To this
ponderable matter he would (in spite of Rumford) have probably added
the so-called ' imponderable ' heat, then often ranked among the elements ;
together with the two ' electrical fluids,' and the corpuscular emanations
supposed to constitute light.
In the universe as thus conceived the most important form of action
between its constituents was action at a distance ; the principle of the
conservation of energy was, in any general form, undreamed of ; electricity
and magnetism, though already the subjects of important investigation,
played no great part in the Whole of things ; nor was a diffused ether
required to complete the machinery of the universe.
Within a few months, however, of the date assigned for these deliver-
ances of our hypothetical physicist, came an addition to this general con-
ception of the world, destined profoundly to modify it. About a hundred
years ago Young opened, or re-opened, the great controversy which finally
established the undulatory theory of light, and with it a belief in an
interstellar medium by which undulations could be conveyed. But this
discovery involved much more than the substitution of a theory of light
which was consistent with the facts for one which was not ; since here
was the first authentic introduction * into the scientific world-picture of a
new and prodigious constituent — a constituent which has altered, and is
still altering, the whole balance (so to speak) of the composition. Un-
ending space, thinly strewn with suns and satellites, made or in the
making, supplied sufficient material for the mechanism of the heavens as
conceived by Laplace. Unending space filled with a continuous medium
was a very different affair, and gave promise of strange developments.
It could not be supposed that the ether, if its reality were once admitted,
existed only to convey through interstellar regions the vibrations which
happen to stimulate the optic nerve of man. Invented originally to fulfil
this function, to this it could never be confined. And accordingly,
as everyone now knows, things which, from the point of view of sense-
perception, are as distinct as light and radiant heat, and things to which
sense perception makes no response, like the electric waves of Avireless
telegraphy, 2 intrinsically differ, not in kind, but in magnitude alone.
This, however, is not all, nor nearly all. If we jump over the century
1 The hypothesis of an ether was, of course, not new. But before Young and
Fresnel it cannot be said to have been established.
2 First known through the theoretical wpik of Maxwell and the experiments of
Herz,
6 REroRT — 1904.
which separates 1804 from 1904, and attempt to give in outline the world,
picture as it now presents itself to some leaders of contemporary specu-
lation, we shall find that in the interval it has been modified, not merely
by such far-reaching discoveries as the atomic and molecular composition
of ordinary matter, the kinetic theory of gases, and the laws of the con-
servation and dissipation of energy, but by the more and more important
part which electricity and the ether occupy in any representation of
ultimate physical reality.
Electricity was no more to the natural philosophers in the year
1700 than the hidden cause of an insignificant phenomenon. 1 It was
known, and had long been known, that such things as amber and glass,
when 'electrified' by friction, could be made to attract light objects
brought into their neighbourhood ; yet it was about fifty years before the
effects of electricity were perceived in the thunderstorm. It was about
100 years before it was detected in the form of a current. It was about
120 years before it was connected with magnetism; about 170 years
before it was connected with light and ethereal radiation.
But to-day there are those who regard gross matter, the matter of
everyday experience, as the mere appearance of which electricity is the
physical basis ; who think that the elementary atom of the chemist, itself
far beyond the limits of direct perception, is but a connected system of
monads or sub -atoms which are not electrified matter, but are electricity
itself ; that these systems differ in the number of monads which they
contain, in their arrangement, and in their motion relative to each other
and to the ether ; that on these differences, and on these differences
alone, depend the various qualities of what have hitherto been regarded
as indivisible and elementary atoms ; and that while in most cases these
atomic systems may maintain their equilibrium for periods which, com-
pared with such astronomical processes as the cooling of a sun, may
seem almost eternal, they arc not less obedient to the law of change
than the everlasting heavens themselves.
But if gross matter be a grouping of atoms, and if atoms be systems
of electrical monads, what are these electrical monads ? It may be that,
as Professor Larmor has suggested, they are but a modification of the
universal ether, a modification roughly comparable to a knot in a medium
which is inextensible, incompressible, and continuous. But whether
this final unification be accepted or not, it is certain that these monads
cannot be considered apart from the ether. It is on their interaction
with the ether that their qualities depend ; and without the ether an
electric theory of matter is impossible.
Surely we have here a very extraordinary revolution. Two centuries
ago electricity seemed but a scientific toy. It is now thought by many
to constitute the reality of which matter is but the sensible expression.
1 The modern history of electricity begins with Gilbert, but I have throughout
confined ray observations to the post-Newtonian period.
ADDRESS. 7
It is but a century ago that the title of an ether to a place among the
constituents of the universe was authentically established. It seems
possible now that it may be the stuff out of which that universe is wholly
built. Nor are the collateral inferences associated with this view of the
physical world less surprising. It used, for example, to be thought that
mass was an original property of matter, neither capable of explanation
nor requiring it ; in its nature essentially unchangeable, suffering neither
augmentation nor diminution under the stress of any forces to which it
could be subjected ; unalterably attached to each material fragment,
howsoever much that fragment might vary in its appearance, its bulk, its
chemical or its physical condition.
But if the new theories be accepted, these views must be revised.
Mass is not only explicable, it is actually explained. So far from being
an attribute of matter considered in itself, it is due, as I have said, to the
relation between the electrical monads of which matter is composed and
the ether in which they are bathed. So far from being unchangeable, it
changes, when moving at very high speeds, with every change in its velocity.
Perhaps, however, the most impressive alteration in our picture of the
universe required by these new theories is to be sought in a different
direction. "We have all, I suppose, been interested in the generally
accepted views as to the origin and development of suns with their
dependent planetary systems ; and the gradual dissipation of the energy
which during this process of concentration has largely taken the form of
light and radiant heat. Follow out the theory to its obvious conclusions,
and it becomes plain that the stars now visibly incandescent are those in
mid-journey between the nebula? from which they sprang and the frozen
darkness to which they are predestined. What, then, are we to think of
the invisible multitude of the heavenly bodies in which this process has been
already completed 1 According to the ordinary view we should suppose
them to be in a state where all possibilities of internal movement were
exhausted. At the temperature of interstellar space their constituent
elements would be solid and inert ; chemical action and molecular move-
ment would be alike impossible, and their exhausted energy could obtain
no replenishment unless they were suddenly rejuvenated by some celestial
collision, or travelled into other regions warmed by newer suns. .
This view must, however, be profoundly modified if we accept the
electric theory of matter. We can then no longer hold that if the
internal energy of a sun were as far as possible converted into heat either
by its contraction under the stress of gravitation, or by chemical reactions
between its elements, or by any other inter-atomic force ; and that were the
heat so generated to be dissipated (as in time it must be) through infinite
space, its whole energy would be exhausted. On the contrary, the
amount thus lost would be absolutely insignificant compared with what
remained stored up within the separate atoms. The system in its
corporate capacity would become bankrupt — the wealth of its individual
8 REPORT — 1904.
constituents would be scarcely diminished. They would lie side by side,
without movement, without chemical affinity ; yet each one, howsoever
inert in its external relations, the theatre of violent motions, and of
powerful internal forces.
Or, put the same thought in another form : When the sudden appear-
ance of some new star in the telescopic field gives notice to the astronomer
that he, and perhaps, in the whole universe, lie alone, is witnessing the
conflagration of a world, the tremendous forces by which this far-off
tragedy is being accomplished must surely move his awe. Yet not only
would the members of each separate atomic system pursue their relative
course unchanged, while the atoms themselves were thus riven violently
apart in flaming vapour, but the forces by which such a world is shattered
are really negligible compared with those by which each atom of it is held
together.
In common, therefore, with all other living things we seem to be
practically concerned chiefly with the feebler forces of Nature, and with
energy in its least powerful manifestations. Chemical affinity and
cohesion are on this theory no more than the slight residual effects of the
internal electrical forces which keep the atom in being. Gravitation,
though it be the shaping force which concentrates nebulre into organised
systems of suns and satellites, is trifling compared with the attractions
and repulsions with which we are familiar between electrically charged
bodies ; while these again sink into insignificance beside the attractions
and repulsions between the electric monads themselves. The irregular
molecular movements which constitute heat, on which the very possibility
of organic life seems absolutely to hang, and in whose transformations
applied science is at present so largely concerned, cannot rival the
kinetic energy stored within the molecules themselves. This prodigious
mechanism seems outside the range of our immediate interests. We live,
so to speak, merely on its fringe. It has for us no promise of utilitarian
value. It will not drive our mills ; we cannot harness it to our trains.
Yet not less on that account does it stir the intellectual imagination.
The starry heavens have from time immemorial moved the worship or
the wonder of mankind. But if the dust beneath our feet be indeed
compounded of innumerable systems, whose elements are ever in the
most rapid motion, yet retain through uncounted ages their equilibrium
unshaken, we can hardly deny that the marvels we directly see are not
more worthy of admiration than those which recent discoveries have
enabled us dimly to surmise.
II.
Now whether the main outlines of the world-picture which I have
just imperfectly presented to you be destined to survive, or whether in their
turn they are to be obliterated by some new drawing on the scientific
palimpsest, all will, I think, admit that SQ bold an attempt to unify
ADDRESS. 9
physical nature excites feelings of the most acute intellectual gratification.
The satisfaction it gives is almost aesthetic in its intensity and quality.
We feel the same sort of pleasurable shock as when from the crest of
some melancholy pass we first see far below us the sudden glories of
plain, river, and mountain. Whether indeed this vehement sentiment in
favour of a simple universe has any theoretical justification, I will not
venture to pronounce. There is no a priori reason that I know of for
expecting that the material world should be a modification of a single
medium, rather than a composite structure built out of sixty or seventy
elementary substances, eternal and eternally different. Why, then,
should we feel content with the first hypothesis and not with the second 1
Yet so it is. Men of science have always been restive under the multi-
plication of entities. They have eagerly watched for any sign that the
different chemical elements own a common origin, and are all compounded
out of some primordial substance. Nor, for my part, do I think such
instincts should be ignored. John Mill, if I rightly remember, was con-
temptuous of those who saw any difficulty in accepting the doctrine of
'action at a distance.' So far as observation and experiment can tell us,
bodies do actually influence each other at a distance ; and why should they
not 1 Why seek to go behind experience in obedience to some a priori
sentiment for which no argument can be adduced ? So reasoned Mill, and
to his reasoning I have no reply. Nevertheless, we cannot forget that it
was to Faraday's obstinate disbelief in 'action at a distance ' that we owe
some of the crucial discoveries on which both our electric industries and
the electric theory of matter are ultimately founded. While at this very
moment physicists, however baffled in the quest for an explanation of
gravity, refuse altogether to content themselves with the belief, so satisfy-
ing to Mill, that it is a simple and inexplicable property of masses acting
on each other across space.
These obscure intimations about the nature of reality deserve, I think,
more attention than has yet been given to them. That they exist is cer-
tain ; that they modify the indifferent impartiality of pure empiricism can
hardly be denied. The common notion that he who would search out the
secrets of Nature must humbly wait on experience, obedient to its
slightest hint, is but partly true. This may be his ordinary attitude ;
but now and again it happens that observation and experiment are not
treated as guides to be meekly followed, but as witnesses to be broken
down in cross-examination. Their plain message is disbelieved, and the
investigating judge does not pause until a confession in harmony with
his preconceived ideas has, if possible, been wrung from their reluctant
evidence.
This proceeding needs neither explanation nor defence in those cases
where there is an apparent contradiction between the utterances of expe-
rience in different connections. Such contradictions must of course be
reconciled, and science cannot rest until the reconciliation is effected.
10 REPOBT— 1904.
The difficulty only arises when experience apparently says one thing
and scientific instinct persists in saying another. Two such cases I have
already mentioned ; others will easily be found by those who care to seek.
What is the origin of this instinct, and what its value ; whether it be a
mere prejudice to be brushed aside, or a clue which no wise man would
disdain to follow, I cannot now discuss. For other questions there are,
not new, yet raised in an acute form by these most modern views of
matter, on which I would ask your indulgent attention for yet a few
moments.
III.
That these new views diverge violently from those suggested by
ordinary observation is plain enough. No scientific education is likely
to make us, in our unreflective moments, regard the solid earth on
which wc stand, or the organised bodies with which our terrestrial fate is
so intimately bound up, as consisting wholly of electric monads very
sparsely scattered through the spaces which these fragments of matter
are, by a violent metaphor, described as ' occupying.' Not less plain is it
that an almost equal divergence is to be found between these new theories
and that modification of the common-sense view of matter with which
science has in the main been content to work.
What was this modification of common sense 1 It is roughly indicated
by an old philosophic distinction drawn between what were called the
' primary ' and the ' secondary ' qualities of matter. The primary quali-
ties, such as shape and mass, were supposed to possess an existence quite
independent of the observer ; and so far the theory agreed with common
sense. The secondary qualities, on the other hand, such as warmth and
colour, were thought to have no such independent existence, being,
indeed, no more than the resultants due to the action of the primary
qualities on our organs of sense-perception ; and here, no doubt, common
sense and theory parted company.
You need not fear that I am going to drag you into the controversies
with which this theory is historically connected. They have left abiding
traces on more than one system of philosophy. They are not yet solved.
In the course of them the very possibility of an independent physical
universe has seemed to melt away under the solvent powers of critical
analysis. But with all this I am not now concerned. I do not propose
to ask what proof we have that an external world exists, or how, if it
does exist, we are able to obtain cognisance of it. These may be ques-
tions very proper to be asked by philosophy ; but they are not proper
questions to be asked by science. For, logically, they are antecedent to
physical science, and we must reject the sceptical answers to both of them
before any such science becomes possible at all. My present purpose requires
me to do no more than observe that, be this theory of the primary and
secondary qualities of matter good or bad, it is the one on which, as a
matter of fact, science has in the main proceeded. It was with matter thus
ADDRESS. 11
conceived that Newton experimented. To it he applied his laws of motion ;
of it he predicated universal gravitation. Nor was the case greatly altered
when science became as much preoccupied with the movements of molecules
as it was with those of planets. For molecules and atoms, whatever else
might be said of them, were at least pieces of matter, and, like other
pieces of matter, possessed those 'primary' qualities supposed to bo
characteristic of all matter, whether found in large masses or in small.
But the electric theory which we have been considering carries us into
a new region altogether. It does not confine itself to accounting for the
secondary qualities by the primary, or the behaviour of matter in bulk
by the behaviour of matter in atoms ; it analyses matter, whether molar
or molecular, into something which is not matter at all. The atom is
now no more than the relatively vast theatre of operations in which
minute monads perform their orderly evolutions ; while the monads
themselves are not regarded as units of matter, but as units of elec-
tricity ; so that matter is not merely explained, but is explained away.
Now the point to which I desire to call attention is not to be sought
in the great divergence between matter as thus conceived by the
physicist and matter as the ordinary man supposes himself to know it,
between matter as it is perceived and matter as it really is, but to the
fact that the first of these two quite inconsistent views is wholly based
on the second.
This is surely something of a paradox. We claim to found all our
scientific opinions on experience ; and the experience on which we found
our theories of the physical universe is our sense-perception of that
universe. That is experience ; and in this region of belief there is no
other. Yet the conclusions which thus profess to be entirely founded
upon experience are to all appearance fundamentally opposed to it : our
knowledge of reality is based upon illusion, and the very conceptions we
use in describing it to others, or in thinking of it ourselves, are abstracted
from anthropomorphic fancies, which science forbids us to believe and
Nature compels us to entertain.
We here touch the fringe of a series of problems with which induc-
tive logic ought to deal ; but which that most unsatisfactory branch of
philosophy has systematically ignored. This is no fault of men of
science. They are occupied in the task of making discoveries, not in
that of analysing the fundamental presuppositions which the very pos-
sibility of making discoveries implies. Neither is it the fault of trans-
cendental metaphysicians. Their speculations flourish on a different
level of thought ; their interest in a philosophy of nature is lukewarm j
and howsoever the questions in which they are chiefly concerned be
answered, it is by no means certain that the answers will leave the
humbler difficulties at which I have hinted either nearer to or further
from a solution. But though men of science and idealists stand acquitted,
the same can hardly be said of empirical philosophers. So far from solving
12 REPORT — 1904.
the problem involved in the attempt to extract knowledge from experi-
ence, they seem scarcely to have understood that there was any such
problem to be solved. Led astray by a misconception to which I have
already referred ; believing that science was concerned only with (so-called)
'phenomena,' that it had done all that it could be asked to do if it
accounted for the sequence of our individual sensations, that it was con-
cerned only with the ' laws of Nature/ and not with the inner character
of physical reality ; disbelieving, indeed, that any such physical reality
does in truth exist ; — it has never felt called upon seriously to consider
what are the actual methods by which science attains its results, and how
those methods are to be justified. If anyone, for example, will take up
Mill's logic, with its ' sequences and co-existences between phenomena,'
its 'method of difference,' its 'method of agreement,' and the rest ; if he
will then compare the actual doctrines of science with this version of the
mode in which those doctrines have been arrived at, he will soon be
convinced of the exceedingly thin intellectual fare which has so often been
served out to us under the imposing title of Inductive Theory.
There is an added emphasis given to these reflections by a train of
thought which has long interested me, though I acknowledge that it never
seems to have interested anyone else. Observe, then, that in order of
logic sense-perceptions supply the premisses from which we draw all our
knowledge of the physical world. It is they which tell us there is a
physical world ; it is on their authority that we learn its character. But
in order of causation they are effects due (in part) to the constitution of our
organs of sense. What we see depends not merely on what there is to be
seen, but on our eyes. What we hear depends not merely on what there
is to hear, but on our ears. Now, eyes and ears, and all the mechanism
of perception, have, according to accepted views, been evolved in us and
our brute progenitors by the slow operation of Natural Selection. And
what is true of sense-perception is of course also true of the intellectual
powers which enable us to erect upon the frail and narrow platform which
sense-perception provides, the proud fabric of the sciences.
Now Natural Selection only works through utility. It encourages
aptitudes useful to their possessor or his species in the struggle for
existence, and, for a similar reason, it is apt to discourage useless apti-
tudes, however interesting they may be from other points of view, because,
being useless, they are probably burdensome.
But it is certain that our powers of sense-perception and of calcula-
tion were fully developed ages before they were effectively employed in
searching out the secrets of physical reality — for our discoveries in this
field are the triumphs but of yesterday. The blind forces of Natural
Selection which so admirably simulate design when they are providing
for a present need, possess no power of prevision, and could never,
except by accident, have endowed mankind, while in the making, with a
physiological or mental outfit adapted to the higher physical investigations.
Address. 13
Ho far as natural .science can tell us, every quality of sense or intellect
which does not help us to fight, to eat, and to bring up children, is but
a by-product of the qualities which do. Our organs of sense-perception
were not given us for purposes of research ; nor was it to aid us in
meting out the heavens or dividing the atom that our powers of calcu-
lation and analysis were evolved from the rudimentary instincts of the
animal.
It is presumably due to these circumstances that the beliefs of all
mankind about the mateiual surroundings in which it dwells are not only
imperfect but fundamentally wrong. It may seem singular that down to,
say, five years ago, our race has, without exception, lived and died in a
world of illusions ; and that its illusions, or those with which we are here
alone concerned, have not been about things remote or abstract, things
transcendental or divine, but about what men see and handle, about those
' plain matters of fact ' among which common sense daily moves with its
most confident step and most self-satisfied smile. Presumably, however, this
is either because too direct a vision of physical reality was a hindrance, not
a help, in the struggle for existence ; because falsehood was more useful
than truth ; or else because with so imperfect a material as living
tissue no better results could be attained. But if this conclusion be
accepted, its consequences extend to other organs of knowledge besides
those of perception. Not merely the senses, but the intellect, must be
judged by it ; and it is hard to see why evolution, which has so lament-
ably failed to produce trustworthy instruments for obtaining the raw
material of experience, should be credited with a larger measure of
success in its provision of the physiological arrangements which condition
reason in its endeavours to turn experience to account.
Considerations like these, unless I have compressed them beyond
the limits of intelligibility, do undoubtedly suggest a certain inevitable
incoherence in any general scheme of thought which is built out of
materials provided by natural science alone. Extend the boundaries
of knowledge as you may ; draw how you will the picture of the
universe ; reduce its infinite variety to the modes of a single space-filling
ether ; re-trace its history to the birth of existing atoms ; show how under
the pressure of gravitation they became concentrated into nebula?, into
suns, and all the host of heaven ; how, at least in one small planet, they
combined to form organic compounds ; how organic compounds became
living things ; how living things, developing along many different lines,
gave birth at last to one superior race ; how from this race arose, after
many ages, a learned handful, who looked round on the world which thus
blindly brought them into being, and judged it, and knew it for what it
was : perform, I say, all this, and though you may indeed have attained
to science, in nowise will you have attained to a self-sufficing system
of beliefs. One thing at least will remain, of which this long-drawn
sequence of causes and effects gives no satisfying explanation ; and that
14 REPORT — 1904.
is knowledge itself. Natural science must ever regard knowledge as the
product of irrational conditions, for in the last resort it knows no others.
It must always regard knowledge as rational, or else science itself dis-
appears. In addition, therefore, to the difficulty of extracting from
experience beliefs which experience contradicts, we are confronted with the
difficulty of harmonising the pedigree of our beliefs with their title to
authority. The more successful we are in explaining their origin, the
more doubt we cast upon their validity. The more imposing seems the
scheme of what we know, the more difficult it is to discover by what
ultimate criteria we claim to know it.
Here, however, we touch the frontier beyond which physical science
possesses no jurisdiction. If the obscure and difficult region which lies
beyond is to be surveyed and made accessible, philosophy, not science,
must undertake the task. It is no business of this .Society. We meet
here to promote the cause of knowledge in one of its great divisions ; we
shall not help it by confusing the limits which usefully separate one
division from another. It may perhaps be thought that I have dis-
regarded my own precept ; that I have wilfully overstepped the ample
bounds within which the searchers into Nature carry on their labours.
If it be so, I can only beg your forgiveness. My first desire has been to
rouse in those who, like myself, are no specialists in physics, the same
absorbing interest which I feel in what is surely the most far-reaching
speculation about the physical universe which has ever claimed experi-
mental support ; and if in so doing I have been tempted to hint my own
personal opinion, that as Natural Science grows it leans more, not less,
upon a teleological interpretation of the universe, even those who least
agree may perhaps be prepared to pardon.
BEPOBTS
ON THE
STATE OF SCIENCE,
REPORTS
ON THE
STATE OF SCIENCE.
Investigation of the Upper Atmosphere by Means of Kites in co-opera-
tion with a Committee of the Iioyal Meteorological Society. — Third
Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr. W. N. Shaw (Chairman),
Mr. W. H. Dines (Secretary), Mr. D. Archibald, Mr. C. Vernon
Boys, Dr. A.. Buchan, Dr. R. T. Glazebrook, Dr. H. R. Mill,
and Professor A. Schuster. (Brawn up by the Chairman and
Secretary.)
The Committee have acted throughout in conjunction with the Committee
of the Royal Meteorological Society.
Since the date of the last report an account of the observations made
in the summer of 1903 has been communicated to the P^oyal Meteorological
Society and published in their ' Quarterly Journal.'
Winter Observations.
In the interval between the meeting of the Association at Southport
and the beginning of June experimental observations have been made at
Oxshott ; kites, of which various details have been altered, have been
sent up almost every clay on which the wind-force equalled or exceeded
six on the Beaufort scale. The object of these experiments was to ascer-
tain if the behaviour of the kites could be improved by alteration of
shape, size, &c, more particularly with regard to uniformity of pull and
stability in winds of varying force.
As regards the first of these qualities considerable improvement has
been effected by arrangements which will be described subsequently.
Instruments.
A new form of meteorograph has been designed for kite experiments
by which the records of pressure, temperature, and humidity are traced
upon a revolving disc of paper instead of a drum.
The pressure is indicated by the variation of capacity of an aneroid
box of thin metal containing air. This needs a temperature correction to
give the actual pressure, and the necessary correction is obtained from
the temperature trace. Temperature is recorded by the expansion of
ether contained in a coil of thin brass tube, terminating at one end in a
small aneroid box, the variation in the position of the lid indicating the
1904. c
e>
18
REPORT 1904.
changes of temperature by direct multiplication with the aid of a single
lever.
The humidity is given by the expansion and contraction of a bundle
of hairs in the usual way. This apparatus was described by Mr. Dines
for ' Symons's Meteorological Magazine' for July. One of its advantages
for kite work is the stability of the pen levers due to the more powerful
controlling forces. Another important advantage is that the apparatus
is comparatively cheap. It is made by Mr. Hicks, of Hatton Garden.
Ascents in connection with the International Aeronautical Investigation.
From the beginning of February till June ascents were made at
Oxshott on every day specified by the President of the International
Aeronautical Committee unless the wind was too light for work with
kites.
Ascents from II. M.S. 'Seahorse.'
As reported last year, an application made by the Royal Society to the
Admiralty for the loan of a vessel for experiments with kites became
inoperative in consequence of the accident to the ship which their lord-
ships intended to place at the disposal of the Committee for the purpose.
At the desire of the Royal Meteorological Society the Royal Society renewed
the application for the loan of a vessel with a view to experiments in the
summer, and their lordships assigned H.M.S. ' Seahorse,' a special service
vessel of COO tons and 1,000 horse-power, for the service, under the
command of Staff-Captain F. W. A. Crooke, R.N., for six weeks from
the middle of June. Mr. Dines visited Portsmouth to make preliminary
arrangements, and the ' Seahorse ' arrived at Crinan on June 16. The
fitting of the winding engine was completed on June 18, and the opera-
tions commenced on Monday, June 20, and were continued daily until
July 28, with the exception of Sundays and the three days, July 9, 11,
and 12, when the vessel was at Oban for the purpose of coaling. The
approximate heights of the several ascents were as follows : —
Date
Height reached
Date
Height reached
Feet
Feet
June 20
3,250
July 8
5,000
„ 21
4.000
,. 13
8,500
>, 22
5,340
„ 14
1,750
„ 23
3,320
„ 15
8,060
„ 24
1,100
„ 16
, 6,050
16,760'
„ 25
3,750
„ 27
2.300
„ 18
1,200
„ 28
7,300
„ 19
4,200
„ 29
4,900
„ 20
2,680
„ 30
5, COO
„ 21
6,500
July 1
5,500
22
5,900
2
4,400
„ 23 2
—
',', 4
0,300
„ 25
5,310
,, 5
7,200
„ 26
5,280
„ «
5,300
27 2
—
„ 7
7,350
„ 28
8,000
1 Afternoon.
2 No ascent owing to want of wind,
and after July 18.
Persistently calm weather prevailed on
INVESTIGATION OF THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE BY MEANS OF KITES. 19
The Committee take this opportunity of recording their thanks to
the Royal Society for their action in the matter, to the Lords of the
Admiralty for the loan of the « Seahorse,' and to Staff-Captain Crooke
and the officers and men of his vessel for the manner in which they
contributed to the carrying out of the observations. An account of the
results of the experiments will be published later.
Proposed Observations on S.S. ' Helga:
In the course of correspondence with Mr. E. W. L. Holt, of the
Fishery Branch of the Irish Board of Agriculture Technical Instruction,
Dr. Shaw learned that there was a prospect of occasional kite observa-
tions on board the s.s. ' Helga,' belonging to the board, provided that the
Department was not called upon to defray the expenses of the necessary
apparatus and materials. Dr. Shaw reported the matter to the Committee,
and reported, further, that if the Committee were willing to supply
apparatus and gear for the experiments on the ' Helga ' the Meteorological
Council were prepared to make arrangements with Mr. Dines to initiate
the experiments and explain the method of working the apparatus.
Of the contribution of 200/. from the Government Grant Fund made
last year for the purpose of hiring a vessel a sum of about 90/.
remained ; and as the loan of H.M.S. ' Seahorse ' obviated the necessity
for the further hiring of a vessel, it was suggested that the unexpended
balance of the fund might be used to provide the apparatus. After
communicating with the Royal Society upon the matter the Committee
decided to adopt the suggestion, and Mr. Dines made ready a duplicate
set of apparatus, which will be mounted on board the ' Helga ' as soon as
an opportunity offers for commencing experiments on that vessel.
The funds appropriated to the use of the Committee during the year
have been : —
£
Balance of Government Grant Fund left over from last year . 90
British Association Grant made at Southport .... 50
Anonymous Contribution by a. Member of the Council of the
Royal Meteorological Society 25
Provision for Continuation of the Experiments.
The Committee of Section A of the British Association passed
a resolution desiring the Council to take steps to urge upon the
Government the provision of means for co-operating in an organised
union with the Continental nations and with India and America in the
investigation of the upper air by means of balloons and kites. The
decision of the Government with regard to the matter is nevertheless
intimately connected with the action intended with regard to the Report
of the Meteorological Grant Committee of the Treasury. The Com-
mittee's report was published in June, and refers in favourable terms to
the proposed investigation, but suggests no specific grant for the purpose.
The action of the Government with regard to the finding of the report
has not yet been made known.
Nothing is therefore ascertained as to the prospects of an investiga-
tion of the upper air of this country upon an official basis. In the
meantime Mr. Dines is likely to be able with the apparatus in hand to
obtain kite observations on the fixed days of the Meteorological Com-
mittee, and to make further investigations with regard to improvements
20 REPORT — 1904.
of the kites and apparatus. With regard to the latter an easy means
of calibrating the meteorograph is required, and this involves the use of
a suitable air-tight inclosure which might be used for similar operations
in future. The cost of such an apparatus is estimated at 251.
The Committee therefore ask for reappointment, with a grant of 40Z.
Report on the Theory of Point-groups} — P ART IV.
By Frances Hardcastle, Cambridge.
§ 10. 1857-1873. The rise and development of the theory of algebraic
functions has been described by Brill and Noether in a masterpiece of
German erudition. 2 The whole of the fifth and sixth sections of this
work, as well as large portions of other sections, treat, historically and
critically, of matters more or less relevant to the theory of point-groups.
It would be impracticable to deal thoroughly with such a mass of
material within the limits of this Report. Some account of certain
publications of this period will, however, indicate how the theory of
functions came to be connected with the theory of higher plane curves,
a connection which is the origin of the theory of point-groups. And as
a preliminary to this, the following section deals very briefly with
Rieniann's contribution to the ideas which gave rise to this theory.
At the very end of the eighteenth century, two years before the
birth of Pliicker and five years before that of Jacobi, Gauss, then in
his twenty-second year, put forward a strictly rigorous proof of the
fundamental theorem of algebra. In this dissertation 3 the position of
a point in the plane was taken, for the first time, as the geometrical
interpretation of a single complex variable, in contrast to the Cartesian
plan, which, confining the attention to real quantities, had associated
two independent variables with each point. By this interpretation the
first step was taken towards the connection of the theory of functions
with the theory of higher plane curves ; for, fifty-two years later, this
plane of the complex variable was made the foundation of the ingenious
structure commonly known as a ' Riemann surface.' The conception of
a many-sheeted surface spread over the plane, upon which the complex
variable is free to move, and in which the sheets are connected by inter-
penetration of one another in a manner which it is impossible to con-
struct in the concrete, but which in the imagination affords a perfect
representation of the ' branching ' of a many-valued function, each sheet
being associated with one branch of the function, and melting into
another sheet round a point at which, for one and the same value of the
variable, two branches coincide — this conception, by means of which the
many-valued function is transformed into a one-valued function of the
position of the variable on the surface, is due to Riemann (1826-1866),
who first described such a surface in his ' Inaugural Dissertation,'
1 Parts I., II., and III. appeared in the Brit. Assoc. Reports for 1900, 1902, 1903.
2 Brill and Noether, ' Die Entwicklung der Theorie der algebraischen Functionen
in alterer und neuerer Zeit ' (Jahresber. d. devtschen Math. Ver. vol. iii. (1894),
pp. 109-565).
3 ■ Demonstratio nova theoreniatis, omnem functionem algebraicam rationalem
integram unius variabilis in factores realps primi vel secundi gradus resolvi posse,'
Helmstadt, 1799 ; Gauss, Werke, vol. iii. 1876, pp. 1-30.
ON THE THEORY OF roiNT-GROUPS. 21
published in 1851. ' This surface is an essential feature of Riemann's
method ; the results in the theory of functions which he obtained are all
intimately connected with its use ; and it is as a consequence of this fact
that the possibility of the transference of these results into the theory
of higher plane curves naturally presented itself to his readers. A
Riemann surface is, in its original state, ' multiply connected,' i.e., it
cannot be bounded by one continuous curve ; its dissection into a
'simply connected' surface, bounded by one continuous curve, is effected
by means of ' cross-cuts.' In one of the opening sections of his ' Theory
of Abelian Functions ' 2 Riemann takes the number of these cross-cuts
for any given surface to be 2p, and this assumption provides the original
definition of the number p, a number which reappears on every page of
this memoir, and whose importance is marked in § 11 by the establish-
ment of its permanence under bi-rational transformation of the equation
F (s, z) = 0, associated with the given Riemann surface. In§ 12 Riemann
further pointed out that all algebraic equations can be divided into
classes : those of the same class are derivable from each other by bi-
rational transformation, and are characterised by the value of p. This
classification is of great importance ; for subsequently, when the number p
has been identified with a purely geometrical property of a curve, it is
shown that, starting from this as a definition, p is permanent under a
bi-rational transformation of the curve ; and the standpoint of projective
geometry, from which curves are classified according to their orders, is
almost entirely replaced in the theory of point-groups by the standpoint
of bi-rational transformation, in which a curve is classified according to
the value of p.
Riemann regarded all the functions with which he dealt not, as other
writers had done, from the point of view of the actual functional form
they possess, but as defined by certain properties. 3 Among these
properties is the existence of infinities of given orders at given points
of the Riemann surface, and of given ' moduli of periodicity ' at the
2p cross-cuts. The simplest case is that in which the function has no
infinities, but only moduli of periodicity : these were called by Riemann
'integrals of the first kind,' and, from the fact that there are 2p cross-
cuts, he showed that there are exactly p linearly independent integrals
of this kind on a surface. 4 He next discussed integrals of the
' second ' and of the ' third ' kinds, which have respectively algebraic
and logarithmic infinities, and then proceeded to form an algebraic
function by means of a sum of integrals of the first and second kinds,
together with an additive constant, this sum being subject to the
condition that the moduli of periodicity should vanish. 5 And, by
counting the constants in the equations which express this condition,
he found that, after the m infinities of an algebraic function have been
chosen on the surface, there will always remain precisely m — p 4- 1
arbitrary constants (including the additive constant) in its expression.*
This result was corrected seven years later by Roch (1^39-1866),
who pointed out that under certain conditions the number of arbitrary
1 ' Grundlagen fur eine allgemeine Theorie der Functionen einer veranderliclien
complexen Grosse,' Inaugural-Dissertation, Gottingen, 1851, Ges. Werlte, pp. 3-47.
2 'Theorie der Abel'schen Functionen,' Crelle, vol. liv., 1857; Ges. Werke,
2nd edit. 1892, pp. 88-144.
3 Loc. cit. § 3. 4 Loc. cit. § 4.
5 Loc. cit. $ 5. 6 Loc. cit. § 5.
22 report — 1904.
constants is increased. The theorem in which he formulated the true
state of the case will be enunciated later on, after a brief summary of
some more of Riemann's results.
After showing that an algebraic function, s, with m infinities on the
surface, is the root of an irreducible equation of the ?ith degree whose
coefficients are integral functions of the rnih degree in z, the complex
variable — in other words, after showing that there is an equation,
» m
F(s, 2s)=0, which is so associated with the surface that as z moves over its
whole extent, s is a one-valued function of its position with m simple
infinities — Riemann considered the question of the determination of the
' branch-points ' of the surface from knowledge of the associated equation.
The essential property of a branch-point is not only that two branches of
the function coincide for a certain value of z, but that, as z moves round
the branch point, these branches interchange their values. 1 This opens
up the possibility that two branch-points may, as it were, destroy
ill- n m
each other by coincidence ; and, by expansion of F(s, z)=0 at a point,
Riemann showed that true branch-points only occur when =.0, but not
anc ' uZ = 0> but ■ a ;£ / " ~- J the branches do not interchange their
values as z moves round the point. In the discussion of the r branch-points
which may thus disappear, Riemann explicitly limits himself by assuming
that when branch-points coincide it shall only be in pairs ; he thus rules
out altogether the cases in which f =0, S.Q, and W^E^tf*™)
ds ' dz ' 8 S 2 . 8s 2 V dsdz J
when three branch-points coincide, two of them destroying each other.
This limitation is, however, quite unnecessary, and in the subsequent
adaptation of his results for the purposes of higher plane curves it was
not adhered to. 2 Riemann used his determination of the number of
arbitrary constants in the expression of an algebraic function of the
surface to show that every algebraic function s' with m infinities, can be
expressed as the quotient of two integral functions. 3 The number of
arbitrary constants in such a quotient will be, as required, m— p+l,
provided that both numerator and denominator vanish at the r points
in which two branch-points destroy each other; and this condition is
also required in order to ensure that s' should, in general, assume two
different values at such a point, although s has only one value. Now
g-g-, the differential coefficient with respect to z of the integral of the first
kind, is an algebraic function on the given surface, and it is infinite at the
branch-points of the surface ; moreover ^ F vanishes at the branch-points
of the surface and at the r other points as well ; hence the simplest
expression as a quotient for J? is one in which the denominator is
8F dz
g— J the numerator is then a function which Riemann denotes as
1 Loc. cit. § 6. 2 See Clebsch, Crelle, vol. lxiii. p. 192. 3 Loc. cit. § 8.
ON THE THEORY OF POINT-GROUPS. 23
(f> (s , z), and it also must vanish at the r points. 1 This function <j> has,
in general (n — 1) (m — 1) — r arbitrary constants, a number which Riemann
had previously shown 2 to be equal to p. There are, therefore, p linearly
independent functions (j>, which agrees with the former statement
that there are p linearly independent integrals of the first kind. The
function f, which thus appears quite naturally in this expression for
^ , plays an important part in that portion of Riemann's work which,
through its influence on the theory of higher plane curves, is connected
with the theory of point-groups. It is characterised by the fact that it
must vanish at the r -fixed points on the surface where a pair of branch-
points destroy each other ; moreover, as Riemann went on to show, it
has also m(n — 2) + ?t(»i — 2) — 2r=2p — 2 other zeros which maybe any-
where on the surface ; 3 in contradistinction to the fixed zeros, common to
all f's, these latter are now often spoken of as the moveable zeros of a
^-function. Roch's correction of Riemann's enumeration of the number
of arbitrary constants involved in the expression of an algebraic function
on the surface — alluded to above — is concerned with this function t/>, and
his theorem is as follows : ' 'If an algebraic function s' have m infinities
n m
on the surface associated with F(s, s)=0, and if q functions </>, which
are linearly independent of each other, vanish in these m points, then
s' has m—p+l+q arbitrary constants in its expression.'
This is the theorem known in the theory of functions as the Riemann-
Roch theorem ; transferred into the theory of higher plane curves it
became part of a more general theorem, now usually spoken of as Brill
and Noether's Theorem of Reciprocity. The latter, which is of funda-
mental importance for the theory of point-groups, was not taken from
any theorem which had been explicitly stated in the theory of functions,
but its enunciation was suggested by certain results obtained by Riemann
in connection with the theta- functions. 5 These results are based upon the
discussion of Abel's theorem, which occupies the last three sections of the
first part of Riemann's ' Theory of Abelian Functions.' Part II. of this
work is devoted to the theta-functions, but the actual results in which we
are interested appear in a later memoir (1865) on the vanishing of the
theta-functions. 6 A short account of these investigations will now be
given in order to show how the first idea of a point-group arose.
Riemann was only directly concerned with Abel's theorem in so
far as it applied to integrals of the first kind ; he was in fact the first
definitely to enunciate and prove it for this case, for in Abel's original
discussion of the subject this case had been treated as a particular instance
of the more general theorem for the three kinds of Abelian integrals, and
the conditions under which the sum of the integrals reduces to a constant
(i.e., the case in question) are complicated, and involve possibilities which
are excluded by Riemann's method of attacking the problem. This
method, moreover, is readily applicable to the other cases, which, however,
do not concern us here. The (^-function, which enters, as we have seen,
1 Loc. clt. § 9. " Log. cit. § 7. 3 Loo. oit. § 10.
* Roch, ' Ueber die Anzahl der willkiirlichen Constanten in algebraischen
Functionen,' Crelle, vol. lxiv. pp. 372-376 (1865).
5 See Brill and Noether's BericM, also Mathematische Annalen, vol. vii. p. 280.
6 Riemann, ' Ueber das Verschwinden der Thetafunctionen,' Crelle, vol. lxv.
1866 ; Gcs. WerJte, pp. 212-224.
24 REPORT — 1904.
automatically into Riemann's expression for the differential of the integral
of the first kind, is necessarily involved in his discussion of this particular
case of Abel's theorem ; it forms, indeed, the natural link between those
results in the theta-functions already alluded to and Abel's theorem
itself. Thus the theory of point-groups was originally provided with a
purely transcendental foundation — the whole superstructure being based
upon Abel's theorem — although, as will subsequently be seen, its true
foundation is algebraical, and it can be rendered perfectly independent of
transcendental considerations.
The basis of Riemann's proof of Abel's theorem is his division of
algebraic functions into classes pertaining to the same Riemann surface.
For this enables him to take 4' any rational function of g and z as the
independent variable in w, an integral of the first kind on the surface
n m
associated with F(s, z) = 0. If, then, t, has m infinities on the surface,
-=- is an??i-valued algebraic function of 4' ; and if iv a \ w'"-\ . . . ,w'"°are the
CLr*
m-values of w for any one and the same value of £, 2 - i s a one .
*=i dz
valued function of 4 whose integral is everywhere finite on the surface.
This function, composed of the sum of ?>i-integrals, is thus necessarily
equal to a constant, and by proper choice of the path of integration can
be easily shown to be zero ; with the notation previously introduced by
Riemann, we have
(A)
0OH«l)<fel j' <p(s. 2 Z 2 )dz 2 f «M*mSm)<fc« = n
9F(«, Sl ) I dF(s 2 z.;> +••' dF(s m z m )
2 " <-' a m
where (s^) . . . (s m z m ) are pairs of values of s, z, at which 4 assumes
one and the same value. 1 This is Abel's theorem for integrals of the
first kind. Its importance for the theory of point-groups lies in its esta-
blishment of a system of p differential equations formed by writing con-
secutively <l> x . . f p for <f, in the left-hand side of equation A ; these </>'s
being the p linearly independent numerators in Riemann's expressions
for the;) linearly independent integrals of the first kind. In discussing
the integration of these equations Riemann introduces the notion of a
system of quantities being congruent, with respect to certain moduli, to
another system ; the p quantities (6, . . . b p ), namely, are said to be
congruent to the p quantities (a t . . . a r ) with respect to 2/> systems
of moduli, when 6„=a 7r +Sjn 1 .A;'; ) where tt=1 . . . p and to, . . . m Zn are
integers. The notation is (6, . . . b p ) = (a 1 . . . n p ). 2
The necessity for this notation arises — although Riemann does not
explicitly say so — where the paths of integration in equation (A) are
arbitrary ; the sign of equality in that equation must then be replaced by
a sign of congruence.
In an earlier section (§ 10) of Part I. of the ' Theory of Abelian Func-
tions ' Riemann had shown that a rational function can be expressed as a
quotient of two ^-functions provided that the number of its infinities be
less than p + l. This result is obtained by counting constants in the
1 Riemann's ' Theorie der Abel'schen Functionen/ § 14. 2 Loc. cit. § 15.
ON THE THEORY OF POINT-GROUPS. 25
(1)
quotient i- ; the reasoning is somewhat obscure, and the number does
not tally with the number of arbitrary constants previously found by the
author ; on the contrary, it agrees with Roch's more accurate formula,
showing that, in certain cases at least, Riemann knew that his own
needed modification. But, however this may be, the result itself is true,
and its use in the integration of the p equations formed from equation
(A) is of importance. For if 4 is expressible as the quotient ^ (or, if
d> a)
m<p + \, as the quotient -L), then (s,s,) . . . (s m z m ) are the common roots
» m ' n m ..(1)
of F(s, s)=0 and of £=f (or of F(s, s)=0 and ;= ' -). That is to say,
(si^) . . . (s m z m ) may be regarded as the common roots of F=0 and x = £r
(or of F=0 and * (1) — £</''' 2) =0), but they are roots which vary with £, not
those which make x=4-=0 (or (/> a, =^ <2) =0) independently of £. When
m <p+l, they are therefore m of the 2p — 2 moveable zeros of a <£- function,
since (1) — £</> t2) obviously fulfils the necessary conditions which make it
0-f unction. 1 It is, of course, also possible, though not necessary, that
even when my p + l, I should be expressible as the quotient of two
0-f unctions, and in such cases, once more, {s x z x ) . . . (s m z m ) are m of the
2p — 2 moveable zeros of a 0-f unction.
Now Riemann shows that the p differential equations formed from
equations (A) can be completely integrated, under certain conditions :
first, when m <p + 1 and £ is perfectly general ; next, when m=p, in
which case I is necessarily expressible as the quotient of two ^-functions ;
and, lastly, when m=2p— 2, provided that 4 is expressible as the quotient
of two -functions. For, in the first case, if m=p + l, — has p + l—p + 1,
i.e., two independent constants ; it therefore depends upon one arbitrary
parameter after its p + 1 infinities have been chosen, and therefore s, z,
which are (p+l)-valued functions of I, also depend only upon one
parameter, when — has been chosen so that it becomes infinite (i.e., £=0)
at the p+l lower limits of the integrals ; of the p + 1 upper limits
(s,s,) . . . (Sp^Zp+i) of the p + l integrals connected by the p differential
equations it is thus seen that only one can remain arbitrary under these
conditions, and the system can therefore be completely integrated. If
m < p + l the reasoning only needs to be modified by considering that
certain of the upper and lower limits coincide, whereby such integrals
drop out from the equations. The solution of the p differential equations
may then be written
(M=J) + 1 P + l P+l \
2 v^>, S vif . . . S iv'f ) = (c, . . . c p ),
«=i 1 1 /
where c, . . . c p are constants which depend upon the choice of the lower
limits of the integrals. 2
a (1)
In the second case, when m=p, £ is necessarily of the form — , and
now, by the Riemann-Roch formula, it has p— p + 1 + 1, i.e., two inde-
1 Loc. cit. § 16. - Loc. oU. § 14.
26 REPORT— 1904.
pendent constants as before ; the differential equations can be integrated,
and (s^i) . . . (s p z p ) are p of the 2p— 2 moveable zeros of a (/j-function.
In the third case, since £ is a quotient of two ^-functions, £ has
2p — 2— ^> + l + l=p independent constants, i.e., it has j» — 1 arbitrary
parameters, and thus, as Riemann states it, ' the problem of determining
p— 1 of the '2p— 2 quantities (s i z 1 ) . . . (sap-a^sp-a) ni sucn a manner that
they shall be functions of the remaining p — \ and shall satisfy the
p differential equations
2;>-2
2 dw'f = c for 7T — 1, . . . p
i
is completely solved if the 2p — 2 quantities are the moveable zeros of a
f/)-f unction, and there is only one solution.' Such pairs of quantities are
said to be tiedhy the equation ^=0.' And the solution of the differential
equations, with the notation introduced above, is
/ ap-a 30-a a; -a \
^ 2 <>, Z <'. . . 2 <J = (c,. . .,.-,,),
where c M only depends upon the additive constants in w^, i.e., upon the
lower limits of the integrals ; or, in other words, the sum of the values
which any one of the p linearly independent integrals of the first kind
assumes at the 2p — 2 moveable zeros of a ^-function is congruent to a
constant which only depends upon the lower limits of the integrals.
Part II. of Eiemann's ' Theory of Abelian Functions ' is, as has been
said, devoted to the consideration of the theta-functions, which he defines
thus :
&(«,... v p ) = ( V°^ ' * ' a^mjnj, +2%vjn H
where the summations in the exponents are with respect to /.i, //, and
that in the outer bracket with respect to m, . . . m^. The adoption of
u x . . . u p the p linearly independent integrals of the first kind, in
place of the general arguments v l . . . v v and of the moduli of periodicity
of the m's in place of the constants a^, — an adoption which is duly
justified by Riemann — makes, as he says, ' log $ a function of a single
variable z, which when .v, z resume their original values after an arbitrary
continuous change in the position of z, is changed by linear functions of
the ti's.' 2 Thus ^ is a one-valued function of p arguments, but of a single
point on the Riemann surface, which point is the upper limit of each
of the p integrals which appear in the arguments of •&. The notation
employed by Riemann has not been adopted by all following writers, for
he does not use the symbol of integration with upper and lower limits
associated with it ; he introduces instead a symbol of his own for the
values of the integrals at the upper limits, and only mentions the lower
limits in words. There is, for our purpose, a certain advantage in this
notation, for it draws attention to the values of an integral u M at a certain
set of points which form the different upper limits of the same integrand.
Thus, if £, . . . f m are the m points on the surface in which a rational
function of s, z takes the same value, then, in Riemann's notation, uf is
the value of u M (for /u=l, . . . p) at the point e v (for v=l, . . . m), for
1 I jk. cit. § 16. ' Loc. cit. § 17.
ON THE THEORY OF POINT-GROUPS. 27
which the values of s, z are s„ z„ ; in particular, if rj [ . . . /?,, are the
p zeros which every ^-function is shown to have, then a£° is the value
of u^ (for fi=l, . . . p) at the point i/„ (for v=l, . . . p) for which the
values of s, z are <r„, '£ v . v
Moreover, if in the argument of the ^-function the integral u™
or n*' occurs, it is possible, by allowing the point z„ or l v (still de-
fined as above) to be a variable point on the surface, to consider
the -9-function as a function of z„ or of £„ instead of as a function of
the quite unspecialised point z ; this is important in connection with the
identical vanishing of the ^-function. The introduction of additive
constants e x . . . e p into the arguments of the 3-function is another
important feature of Riemann's discussion of the subject ; for he shows '
that in S ( . . . u^—e^ . . . ) it is always possible so to determine the
lower limits of the integrals that ( ... e M ...)=(... ZnJ? ... J
shall hold, and it is with these lower limits that he works. The establish-
ment of this congruence between the additive constants of each integral
and the sum of its p values at the p zeros of the S-f unction leads to the
preliminary discussion in § 23 and § 24 of the conditions under which
a S-function vanishes identically, i.e., for an arbitrary position of the
variable point on the surface.
He first shows, in § 23, that if ( . . . u^— e h . . . ) EE ( . . . — 2a£° • • • )
then the ^-function with these arguments vanishes identically, i.e., for
any arbitrary position of £ ; and, conversely, that if 3 vanishes identi-
cally then each of its arguments u M — e^ must be congruent to a negative
sum of the values of p—] integrals at certain p — 1 points ij x . . . v P -i- 2
Now these p>—\ points may be arbitrarily chosen, and we still have
3 ( . . . — Sci'i' . . . J identically zero ; and, since $ is an even function,
this leads to B I ... 2aJ° • • • ) being also identically zero ; whence
by the above converse we are led to certain p — 1 points r] p . . . %p_ a
such that ( ... 2a ( i' ...) = (. . .— 2af°. . . ), i.e., to the congruence
( . . . Saf' . . . ) = (0, 0, . . .0). But this shows that the last p — \
points are dependent upon the position of the first p — \ points in
such a manner that as the latter vary continuously we always have
2/) -2
2 da™ = ; and this system of differential equations is, as has been seen,
i
always satisfied by the 2p—2 moveable zeros of the ^-function (the
lower limits are another set of moveable zeros, since £=£--, and when
£ = 0, f a) must = but not <// 2) ). Hence we have the important result
that when a §- function vanishes identically its p zeros are tied by a
^-function.
In § 24 a second important conclusion is derived from the fact that if
1 Loc. cit. § 22.
2 The precise determination of these p — 1 points is as follows: — It
is assumed that although & ( . . . r^ . . . ) vanishes identically, yet that
& ( . . . u„ — aJ> + r M . . . ) does not vanish identically where r) p is arbitrary — the
remaining _p — 1 zeros of this S are rj . . . -n v -i-
28 REPORT — 1904.
■5 vanishes identically each of the arguments is congruent to the negative
sum of the values of p— 1 integrals at certain;?— 1 points ; these points,
namely, are assumed to be p—1 of the p points in which any rational
function f takes one and the same value on the surface, and then with
the notation explained above we have
(.. .uf-e... ..) = (.. .-2Lu». . )
Hence for all continuous variations of s p , z p we have 2c??t^=0, and there-
fore the p pairs of quantities s ^, s„ are p of the moveable zeros of <j>=0,
u' 2 >'- 2) where the remaining/?— 2 are fixed. And if m<p +1 > • • • be the values of
u^ at these/?— 2 fixed points we have ( . . . S?«^'. . . ) =(0, 0, . . .0). Whence
it follows that (...«„... )=f. .. - 5J. .. .V Which results are thus
stated by Riemann : 'An arbitrary system of quantities ( . . . e„ . . . ) is only
congruent to one system of the form (. . . ia%\ . . ] unless it is congruent to
one of the form L . . — So "? . . .), in which case it is congruent to an in-
finite number of the first-mentioned form.'
It is in these results that we find the first suggestion of a point-group —
that is, of a set of points on the Riemann surface which are chosen in
some definite manner out of the set in which a rational function assumes
one and the same value. Moreover, in the most general form into which
Riemann threw these same results in his later memoir — now to be de-
scribed — wefind a conspicuous feature to be the reversible relationship which
exists between a pair of point-groups in the two cases which he considers —
a relationship, namely, concerning the number of points in each point-
group which may be arbitrarily assumed. This relationship is intimately
connected with the Riemann- Roch theorem— although Riemann himself
was not concerned to point this out— and is a particular case of the Theorem
of Reciprocity established by Brill and Noether.
The first two sections of the memoir on the vanishing of the
.^-functions are occupied in putting the theorems of § 23 upon a more
rigorous foundation by showing that it is always possible to take such
arguments for a ^-function as to ensure that it does not vanish identically—
in which case the results of § 23 and § 24 are true. The third section
then goes on to establish these in a still more general form, by considering
successive pairs of 5-functions with arguments that differ from each other in
an analogous manner to those of 3( . . . r„ . . . ) and $( . . . u^—a^+r . . . ), of
which the first vanishes identically, but not the second, and where"r M itself
is of increasing complexity. Thus a typical pair of ^-functions is
(1) S( . . . ct<r h + b»+. . . +a<P- m +*>—u?-»—uf-*>—. . . -u' r "- m ^—e r . . .)
and
(2) $( . . . ,T +1 '+ . . . +«g>-™+i>_ M <*-u_ M *-rt . . . — u 'r m) —e, ),
the first of which is assumed to vanish identically, while the second,
whose arguments only differ by the addition of o»- ro+u — «»-"» does not.
Since (2) does not vanish identically we have, by considering it as a
ON THE THEORY OF POINT-GROUPS. 29
function of £ +lf ( . . . -a',! . . ,— a^~ m+1) +uff ) + . . . + u< >'-'"-> + e ,. ...) con-
gruent to the sum of the values of all its p zeros ; now the m points
e p _i . . • e p _ m are m of these zeros, since when ^ p+1 =z p _ 1 . . . z p _ m in
turn, we get a S-function whose arguments are of the form of (1) ; let the
p — in other zeros be i/, . . . »?,,_„„ then the above congruence, when
identical terms are removed from each sicle^ becomes
( . . . _a*- m+w — ... -a>;. + e r ...) = (.. . a£'+ . . . + u<"-"» . . . ).
But again, by considering (2) as a function of z p _ 1} we find that, $ being
an even function, ( . . . a<? +1) +- • • +af- m+1> —u\r 1 '— . . . —uf- m) —e r . . .)
is congruent to the sum of its values at its p zeros ; and that m + 1 of
these zeros are »/ JJ+1 . . . »/,,- m u» since when z p _ 1 =u'' )+l ' . . .a"'""" 1 ' in turn
we get a .&- function whose arguments are of the form (1) ; now let the
p — in — 1 other zeros be e , . . . e p _ m _ lt then the congruence which holds is
( . . . — u '»- m) — . . . —u ( r 2 '—£ r ...) = (... u^+ . . . +uf- m ~ v , . . ).
We have thus shown that («,... e p )=r(u™ . . . a'/") and also to
( — it' 1 ' . . . — u u 'r' a ), i.e., that the point-groups composed of the^> yfa and
those composed of the p— 2 e's are congruent to each other ; and, more-
over, that when m of the points »; are arbitrary (p — m being uniquely
determined), then in — 1 of the points £ are arbitrary (since p — in — 1 of
the^j —2 are determinate). And it is easily seen that this relationship is
reversible, i.e., that if m—\ of the e's are arbitrarily chosen, then in of the
•>/s can be arbitrarily chosen. The 2p — 2 zeros of a ^-function have thus
been divided into two point-groups, containing p and p — 2 points
respectively, and it has been shown that if in of the p points can be
arbitrarily chosen, then in — 1 of the p— 2 points are also arbitrary, and
vice versa.
A precisely similar line of argument applied to the conclusions of § 23
shows that the 2p — 2 zeros of a <f> function may also be divided into two
point-groups, each consisting of p — 1 points, and that then, if in of one
point-group are arbitrary, in of the other are also arbitrary.
The connection with the Riemann-Roch theorem is at once evident ;
for if in the first case dealt with above we assume that a rational function
becomes infinite at p points, then, if m of these p points are arbitrary, the
function has m arbitrary constants, and therefore, since by the Riemann-
Roch theorem m=jo — p + l-f^, q=m — 1, i.e., in — 1, different y functions
can be drawn through them, which agrees with the number of t's which
have been shown to be arbitrary ; and, conversely, if the number of
infinities is p — 2, and if m— 1 only are arbitrary, the Riemann-Roch
theorem shows that m— 1—p— 2 -^ + l-f</, i.e., that q=m, which agree
with the number of rfs which may be chosen arbitrarily.
Magnetic Observations at Falmouth Observatory. — Report of the
Committee, consisting of Sir W. H. Preece (Chairman), Dr.
R. T. Glazebrook (Secretary), Professor W. G. Adams,
Captain Creak, Mr. W. L. Fox, Principal Sir Arthur Rucker,
and Professor A. SCHUSTER, appointed to co-operate with the
Committee of the Falmouth Observatory in their Magnetic Obser-
vations.
The grant voted by the Association last year has been expended in
carrying on the Magnetic Observations at Falmouth Observatory.
The apparatus at the Observatory was inspected by Mr. T. W. Baker
30 REPORT— 1904.
of the National Physical Laboratory in October last, and found to be
working well. The results for the year 1903 have been printed in the
Proceedings of the Cornwall Polytechnic Society and in the Report of the
National Physical Laboratory for 1903. Dr. Chree is at present engaged
in examining the Vertical Force Records for 1904, with a view to deter-
mining how best to treat these. They have not hitherto been worked out
in full.
The records for the great magnetic storm of October 31 and Novem
ber 1, 1903, were specially good, and have been reproduced in the
Laboratory Report.
In view of the fact that the Kew magnets are very much disturbed
and that the buildings at EskdaleMuir have only just been commenced, it
is in the opinion of the Committee desirable that their work should be
continued. They therefore recommend their reappointment, with a grant
of 50/.
Experiments for improving the Construction of Practical Standards for
Electrical Measurements. — Report of the Committee, consisting
of Lord Rayleigh (Chairman), Dr. R. T. Glazebrook (Secretary),
Lord Kelvin, Professors W. E. Ayrton, J. Perry, W. G.
Adams, and G. Carey Foster, Sir Oliver J. Lodge, Dr. A.
Muirhead, Sir W. H. Preece, Professors J. D. Everett, A.
Schuster, J. A. Fleming, and J. J. Thomson, Dr. W. N. Shaw,
Dr. J. T. Bottomley, Rev. T. C. Fitzpatrick, Dr. G. Johnstone
Stoney, Professor S. P. Thompson, Mr. J. Rennie, Principal
E. H. Griffiths, Sir A. W. Rucker, Professor H. L. Callendar,
and Mr. George Matthey.
APPENDIX PAQE
I. — On Arwinalies of Standard Cells. By F. E. Smith. {From the National
Physical Laboratory) 33
II. — On the Electromotive Force of a Clark Cell. By A. P. Trotter . . .40
The Committee desire to record their deep regret at the death of their
colleague, Professor Everett, who had been a member of the Committee
since 1881. He attended the meeting at which the present Report was
considered. His work in connection with the C.G.S. system of units is
of great importance and has proved of very real value to science.
The Committee are glad to report that during the year considerable
progress has been made with the construction of the Ampere Balance.
Mr. L. Oertling has constructed the weighing mechanism, which has,
however, not yet been taken over by his Committee, and the electrical
parts of the instrument are nearing completion in the workshops of the
National Physical Laboratory. The following particulars of progress
and of applied tests may be of interest.
1. The weighing mechanism. — The castings, rods, tubes, screws, &c.,
.ntended for this had their magnetic permeability determined, and no
part used in the construction has a permeability differing from unity by
more than - 001 per cent.
The balance was examined for stability and sensitiveness at Messrs.
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS. 31
Oertling's works with satisfactory results ; a difference of one-tenth of a
milligramme may be detected.
2. The marble cylinders and fittings. — Insulation and permeability
tests were made on various samples of marble early in the year ; even-
tually First Statuary Carrara Marble was chosen as most suitable for the
work. An experimental marble cylinder was wound with a double helix
and the insulation satisfactorily carried out ; the results of the tests
leave little doubt as to the advantages of the double helix. The winding
of both suspended cylinders has now been completed, and it is anticipated
that the fixed cylinders will be finished in September. The linear
measurements and insulation tests have yet to be made. Unless unfore-
seen difficulties arise the balance equipment should be completed, and
the whole ready for preliminary observations by the end of the year.
During the early part of the year Mr. F. E. Smith completed hia
researches into the construction of a mercury unit of resistance, of
which some account was given in the last report. The results have been
communicated to the Royal Society and are being published in the
' Philosophical Transactions.' The values of the various tubes (eleven in
number) are very accordant, and a mercury standard of resistance of
a high degree of accuracy now exists. Since the completion of his work
the specification of the Clark cell has engaged Mr. Smith's attention, and
a detailed account of his work forms an Appendix to the present Report.
Mr. Smith has amply confirmed the result of previous investigators that
the greater part of the difficulty in obtaining entirely concordant results
for the various cells set up by different experimenters is due to the
mercurous sulphate. He describes three methods of preparing the paste
which lead to identical results, and which have the advantage that cells
set up with these pastes have, the same E.M.F. within one or two hundred
thousandths of a volt immediately after manufacture. In the first
method due to Professor Divers and Mr. Shimidzu the paste is prepared
by the action of fuming sulphuric acid on mercury ; in the second, follow-
ing Professor Carhart, it is prepared by the electrolysis of weak sulphuric
acid and mercury ; while in the third mercurous sulphate is dissolved
over a water bath in sulphuric acid. The acid solution is then poured
into a large volume of distilled water and the mercurous sulphate is
precipitated in a pure form. In all cases it is important that, as advised
by Mr. Swinburne and Professor Carhart, the salt should be washed, for
a Clark cell, with zinc sulphate, and for a cadmium cell with cadmium
sulphate, and not with distilled water. Mr. Smith is continuing his
inquiries and hopes shortly to be able to issue a complete specification
for Clark and cadmium cells. The completion of the Ampere Balance
will enable an absolute determination of their E.M.F. to be made.
The Committee regret to report that no further progress has been
made since their last report with the experiments to determine the per-
manence and reliability of the platinum resistance thermometers de-
scribed in that report.
It was pointed out last year that a special resistance box was required
to enable the work to continue ; unfortunately the funds necessary for
its purchase were not forthcoming, and the work has remained stationary
for a year.
The Committee would consider it most unfortunate if work of
a very real importance, on which a start has already been made and
32 REPORT— 1904.
considerable funds expended in the purchase and investigation of pure
platinum wire, should lapse for want of support, and they trust that
their recommendation in favour of the continuance of the work may
this year be accepted.
Meanwhile they would call attention to the very complete comparison
up to a temperature of 1000° C. between the constant volume nitrogen
thermometer, the platinum resistance thermometer, and the platinum —
platinum-rhodium thermo couple communicated recently from the
National Physical Laboratory to the Royal Society by Dr. Harker.
The Committee have received a cordial invitation to co-operate in
the Electrical Conference at St. Louis during the forthcoming autumn,
and have asked Professor Perry and the Secretary, who are attending as
delegates of the Institution of Electrical Engineers, to represent their
views on two questions of special interest.
The first of these relates to a proposal by Professor Carhart to substi-
tute the saturated cadmium or Weston cell for the Clark cell as a recog-
nised standard of E.M.F. The Committee are aware that the fact that the
temperature coefficient of the cadmium cell is one-twentieth of that of the
Clark cell offers many valuable advantages, but in view of the fact that
experiments designed to lead up to a satisfactory specification of the cell
are in progress at the National Physical Laboratory, and that the comple-
tion of the Ampere balance would enable the absolute E.M.F. of the
cell to be determined, the following resolution was passed at the last
meeting : —
' The Committee are not prepared at present to displace the Clark cell,
and prefer to wait for the conclusion of the experiments at the National
Physical Laboratory, and with the new balance, before coming to a deci-
sion as to the value to be assigned to the E.M.F. of the saturated cadmium
cell.'
The second question relates to certain proposals as to nomenclature
which are to be brought forward by Dr. Kenelley. These are : (a) that a
systematic nomenclature should be agreed upon for magnetic units, and
(b) that the prefix ' Abs ' should be used to indicate that a unit is given
in the absolute C.G.S. electro-magnetic system, and ' Abstat ' to indicate
that the unit in question is in the absolute C.G.S. electrostatic system.
Thus an Abs volt would be the C.G.S. electro-magnetic unit of E.M.F.
and ' Abstat' volt the C.G.S. electrostatic unit of E.M.F.
These proposals have been discussed by the Committee, which have
agreed to the following resolution : —
' With regard to the choice of magnetic units the Committee are of
opinion that the only two systems which need to be considered are the
C.G.S. system and the Ampere- Volt- Ohm system, and that the quantities
to be named, if any, are —
(1) Magnetic Potential.
(2) Magnetic Flux. 1
(3) Magnetic Reluctance.
Of the above two alternatives the Committee are in favour of the CG.S.
1 The name 'Maxwell 'was recommended by the Paris Congress, 1900, as the
name of this unit, and this recommendation was adopted by the Committee at
Bradford.
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS. 33
system as that on which to base any nomenclature of magnetic units, but
are of opinion that a system of nomenclature is not called for.'
The Committee disagree with Dr. Kenelley's prefixes for the absolute
electro-magnetic and absolute electrostatic systems of units, and express
the opinion that no system of prefixes should be employed in which each
prefix does not bear some definite numerical signification.
In view of the work still necessary with regard to the Ampere
balance, the cadmium cell, and the platinum standard of temperature,
the Committee recommend that they be reappointed, with a grant of
501., that Lord Rayleigh be Chairman, and Dr. R. T. Glazebrook
Secretary.
APPENDIX I.
On Anomalies of Standard Cells. By F. E. Smith.
From the National Physical Laboratory.
During the past two years certain anomalies of Clark and of cadmium
cells have been under investigation at the National Physical Laboratory.
The work is still far from completion, but the essential results so far
obtained are given in this paper.
In March 1902 some experiments at Bushy House resulted in the
isolation of the depolariser employed in both standards as the great
disturbing element. Lord Rayleigh, in his paper in the ' Phil. Trans.' for
1885, § 44, had shown this to be the case, and Mr. Swinburne arrived at
the same conclusion in 1891, 1 while recently in America Professor H. S.
Carhart and Mr. G. A. Hulett have traced the variations in E.M.F. of
the cadmium cell to the same source. A new specification of the mode
of manufacture of the paste was thought to be desirable, and this
problem was the first to receive attention.
In order to be independent of the variations of the other elements,
cells were constructed of a type indicated by the arrangement
Hg — Paste — Solution and Crystals — Paste — Hg.
(a) (b)
where a and b represent pastes made with different samples of mercurous
sulphate. The Rayleigh H form of vessel was employed. Preliminary
observations showed that when the same paste occupied the two limbs,
such a cell had no measurable E.M.F.
In addition a cell typified by the arrangement
Amalgam
ffi _ I _ Solution _ | _ w
<X3 X. anc l Crystals X "*
>■ I o
*— - <— '
Paste (B)
I
Hg
was largely employed, a four-limb vessel, similar to two Rayleigh H form
of vessels crossed, being used to set up the standard. In this case there
1 See B.A. Report, Cardiff, 1891.
1904. D
u
REPORT — 1904.
is one negative pole and three positive ones, and the E.M.F. between
any two of them may be measured. Such a cell not only indicates
whether a particular paste is abnormal or not, but each of the three
groups of elements may be compared with an external standard. It is
possible, of course, that a change resulting in one of the pastes may affect
the neutrality of the solution, and so the E.M.F. of all three groups. All
observations were made in a constant temperature room, the cells being
immersed in paraffin oil.
The earlier results of the investigation are omitted, but the differences
in E.M.F. due to pastes made from purchased samples of uiercurous
sulphate are shown by measurements made of cell No. 1 (4 limbs) and
cell No. 28 (2 limbs), the observations covering a period of rather more
than two years. The pastes have been distinguished by the letters K, H,
and R ; all were subjected to the same treatment and advantage taken of
the latest methods for their preparation known at that time.
Table I.
Date of
Observation.
Clark Cell, No. 1 (4 limbs).
Clark Cell,
No. 28 (2 limbs).
H>R. K>R.
H>K.
H>K.
Sept. 8, 1902 .
Sept. 30, „ .
Oct. 23, „ .
Dec. 2, „ .
Feb. 24, 1903 .
June 24, „ .
Nov. 2, „ .
Feb. 6, 1904 .
July 9, „
+ 00213 +000047
196 45
150 16
123 43
94 42
62 37
37 30
27 41
-000001 51
+ 000166
150
104
80
52
25
7
-000014
52
+ 0-00168
104
79
59
No obs.
- 5
-32
-50
-70
It is clear that although the effect of each paste is not known two of
them have certainly changed, of which one is K. In the chart curve
H R shows the change in E.M.F. of the H group, assuming the R group
to remain constant ; similarly the H K curve represents the change in
voltage of this group, K being assumed constant, and like remarks apply
to the third curve. There is a sudden break in the directions of the
curves H K and K R shown after the observations of November 2,
while none is shown in H R ; the deflections consequently indicate that
the element K must have changed in an abnormal fashion. Indeed
between November 2, 1903, and July 9, 1901, the E.M.F. of the K group
apparently increased by at least 0003 volt ; a rise of exceptional
magnitude. A fall in voltage is the usual feature.
The fact that the E.M.F. of a cell had changed by as much as 0-16
per cent, was very disconcerting. It is true that a difference between
H and R was anticipated, for H was a pale yellow colour, while R was
grey. On the other hand the paste K was also slightly yellow, yet no
such difference is observed between K and R. It was thought that the
mode of manufacture of the sulphate might influence the properties of the
product. Mercurous sulphate is often prepared by precipitation, either
Hg 2 (N0 3 ) 2 and Na 2 SO, or Hg. 2 (N0 3 ), and H 2 S0 4 being employed;
traces of the resulting nitrate in the final product would certainly intro-
duce a disturbing element. Again mercurous nitrate is often associated
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
with a basic nitrate, and basic salts are to be avoided, as will afterwards
be seen. Samples of the salts were prepared by these precipitation
methods and the results were far from satisfactory. Two samples of the
sulphate were also obtained from the same manufacturer ; the Clark cells
prepared with these differed in E.M.F. by 0-0004 volt ; each was sub-
jected to the same treatment and there was no observable difference in
colour.
A more satisfactory specification of the depolariser being desirable,
other modes of manufacture eliminating the above troublesome elements
were sought. Concentrated sulphuric acid and mercury react very slowly
at ordinary temperatures, but much more rapidly at temperatures approxi-
mating to 300° C. The resulting salt is associated with ELS0 4 , which
probably is not very difficult to remove if the salt be in a fine state of
division. Dr. Muirhead has prepared mercurous sulphate in this way and
forwarded two Clark cells containing the product to Bushy House. A
200
!50
100
50
00
\
i
i
: \
1
I
•
V
?>
,
Pv
V
N
^
.
*
V
*\
^
"<0
-e-t
>— ©-
s —
p
^_
^ ,
8
«5
K
nr
*?f
e-=-=
"^
fc
.
H
^
~ "- -
--
--
-
-V
—
-
—
L
flri.
«
' OBSER
'ATION
1
,
J
EP
1
90i
Dl
:c
f
EB
JL
19
INE
33
N
OV.
/
EB
I9(
)4
JL
ay
100
second method of preparation due to Divers and Shimidzu is reported in
the ' Journal of the Chemical Society ' (47, 639). Briefly, pure mercury
and fuming sulphuric acid saturated with S0 3 are brought into contact.
They react in the cold, though there is no visible evidence for some time
owing to the solubility of the product in the liquid ; the acid also becomes
saturated with S0 2 . If the main portion of the liquid be removed from
the salt, this latter may be freed from SO_, by warming ; mercurous
sulphate associated with H 2 S0 4 is thus obtained. The acid is removed
by washing. Dr. Carpenter has prepared five samples of the salt in this
way ; they were made from five lots of the fuming acid from different
manufacturers and mercury distilled in vacuo at the laboratory. These
sulphates were examined in four-limb cells of the cadmium type ; the
results of the observations are given in Table II. The standard of
reference is cell No. W 17, a cadmium cell more than two years old and
known to have changed but little since its manufacture.
D2
REPORT — 1904.
Table U.—E.M.F. of Cadmium Cells minus &M.F. of W\7.
Differences in hundredths of a millivolt.
Date of
Observation
Cell No. 52
Cell No. 53
Cell No. 54
a.
6.
c.
a.
6.
c.
a.
6.
c.
April 4, 1904
April 18, „
May 3, „
June 13, „
July 9, „
+ 38
+ 35
+ 30
+ 27
+ 23
-21
-30
-43
-50
-54
-19
-20
-20
-21
-21
+ 38
+ 39
4 32
+ 32
+ 30
-14
-13
-14
-14
-14
-13
-14
-14
-14
-15
+ 38
+ 35
+ 34
+ 34
+ 34
+ 14
+ 13
+ 12
+ 10
+ 10
-18
-18
-19
-19
-20
The pastes 52a, 53a, 5fa were prepared with the same sample of
Hg 2 S0 4 ; it was purchased and prepared in a similar manner to the
sulphates dealt with in Table I. 516 was also a purchased sulphate. The
remaining specimens were prepared by Divers' method.
It will be observed that all the pastes change so as to reduce the
E.M.F. of the cell ; but whereas the E.M.F. of the cells prepared with
purchased sulphates is greater than that of W 17, those made up with
the Norclhausen sulphates have in each case lower E.M.F.s. Cell No. 526
is exceptional in the fall of its voltage. The difference in the prepared
pastes, though small, condemns part of the method of preparation, and
further investigation became necessary.
The method of preparation adopted by Dr. Carpenter was at first
repeated. Close observation showed that on formation the sulphate cakes
considerably, and is accompanied at the surface of contact with the
mercury by a compound of a light brick-red colour. If without freeing
from the acid or S0 2 the product is added to distilled water, reduction of
part of the sulphate apparently occurs, mercury is precipitated as a black
powder, and the red compound entirely disappears. (The mercury thus
precipitated is a valuable addition to the paste, the conversion of mercuric
sulphate to the mercurous condition being rendered possible by its pre-
sence.) The salt produced by freeing the first product from SO;, also
loses the brick-red tint, and is finally obtained as a pure white paste. On
prolonged washing with water, however, hydrolysis results and the colour
changes to pale yellow. Two samples of hydrolysed mercurous sulphate
were thus prepared, the one being washed for one hour with water and
the other for twenty-four hours. An experimental cell indicated that the
more hydrolysed product if employed to set up a cadmium cell would
cause the E.M.F. of that cell to be greater by 0-00064 volt than if pre-
pared with the first sample. The presence of this hydrolysed product is
therefore to be avoided, and washing by water prohibited.
About this time, through the kindness of Professor Ayr ton, the
results of some experiments by Professor H. S. Carhart and Mr. G. A.
Hulett, of the University of Michigan, were communicated to the
Laboratory. Professor Carhart has also sought a standard method of
preparing the depolariser, and suggests that any prepared sulphate be
washed with cadmium sulphate (or zinc sulphate for Clark cells) in order
to prevent hydrolysis. Prior to this, Mr. Swinburne, in a letter to
Dr. Glazebrook, suggested the precipitation of the sulphate intended for
Clark cells from saturated solutions of mercurous nitrate and zinc
sulphate, the washing to be effected with alcohol or saturated zinc sul-
phate solution.
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
57
Omitting the description of further experiments, the final mode of
preparing the mercurous sulphate for standard cells is here given. ^
Fuming sulphuric acid saturated with S0 3 (32 per cent, of S0 3 is a con-
venient specification) is added to sufficient pure distilled mercury to ensure
the latter being always in excess. The mercury should be contained in a
clean glass vessel and violently agitated by a glass stirrer, so that the
product may be in a fine state of division. After seven or eight hours the
reaction will be sufficiently advanced for the sulphate to be separated from
the acid, but if convenient the action may go on for some days. Care-
fully pour off as much of the strong acid as possible into a large volume
of water or into an empty vessel, and afterwards add the pasty product
left to thirty or forty times its bulk of distilled water. Mercury is
precipitated and a considerable quantity of heat is evolved owing to the
dilution of the acid. A few minutes suffice for the sulphate to settle, when
the acid liquid may be decanted and the salt well washed by agitation
with acidulated water (1 part of cone. H 2 S0 4 to 10,000 parts of distilled
water). Filtering follows, a filter pump being employed to effect exhaus-
tion. It is advisable next to pound the damp sulphate thoroughly in an
acate mortar to ensure the absence of small caked masses, after which
acidulated water is again added, filtering effected, and the salt washed on
the filter-paper with two or three lots of neutral saturated cadmium
sulphate solution (or zinc sulphate solution for Clark cells). The salt is
now removed to a small flask, saturated cadmium sulphate solution added,
and the whole well shaken and then allowed to stand for twenty-four
hours. Filtering follows, then three more washings with cadmium sulphate
solution, removal to a flask once more with CdS0 4 solution, and at the
end of twenty-four hours the solution should still be neutral to Congo red.
If so, the sulphate may be filtered and is ready for the manufacture of
the paste. The whole of the operations should be conducted in a room
screened from sunlight. As thus prepared the mixture of mercurous
sulphate and mercury is of a dark grey colour. Cells set up with paste
prepared from it require no ageing, and the constancy obtained with
pastes made from materials obtained from different sources is an indica-
tion of the purity of the salt.
Table III. gives the results of comparisons between cadmium cells set
up with pastes prepared in this way and cadmium cell W 17. The latter
in every case has the greater E.M.F. Differences are expressed ir
hundredths of a millivolt.
Table III.
Date of
Observation
Cell No. CO
Cell No. 67
Cell No. G8
a b c
a b c
a b c
May 12, 1904
-24 -26 -24
—
—
). 12, ,,
-21 -20 5 -22
—
—
n 12, ,,
-20 5 -20 5 -21
—
—
» 16, ,,
—
-27 -25 -28
—
» 16, ,,
—
-22 -21 -21
—
it 16, ,,
-21 -20 -20
-21 -21 —20
—
June 13, „
—
-29 -29 -27
11 1 • ', ))
- 23 - 22 - 23
-21 -20 5 -21
-20 -20 5 -19
-21 -20 -19
July 6, "
-21 -21 -20
-19 5 -20 -19 5
-20 -21 -20
Q
-20 5 -20 5 -20
-20" -21 -20
-20 -20 5 -19 5
38 REPORT— 1904.
The first set of observations with each cell was made about five
minutes after adding the solution ; the second set of observations about
twenty minutes afterwards ; and the third set three hours afterwards.
For the first two sets of observations the temperature of the four-limb
cells was unsteady ; for the remaining observations they and W 17 were at
the same steady temperature. Other cells of the Eayleigh H form have
been constructed, and the comparisons are equally satisfactory.
An alternative method of preparing the salt was next sought. This
second method is very simple. Any purchased sample of mercurous
sulphate is heated together with mercury and concentrated H 2 S0 4 on a
water-bath for half an hour, the mixture being stirred occasionally. At
the end of that time the remaining solid is allowed to settle and the hot
clear acid carefully poured into a large volume of distilled water. Mercu-
rous sulphate is soluble to a considerable extent in hot concentrated
H 2 S0 4 ; the result of the dilution is, in consequence, to precipitate the
salt. As thus produced the mercurous sulphate is in a finely divided
state and of a pure white colour. It is well to at once admix with a
little mercury and filter. The washing is performed as before. Portions
of three purchased samples of Hg 2 S0 4 were dealt with in this way,
and after treatment gave identical results with the cells dealt with in
Table III. The three original samples prepared in the ordinary way
produced cells differing in E.M.F. from the standard by 40, 1G0, and
10 hundredths of a millivolt.
A third method devised by Professor Carhart does not necessitate the
use of concentrated acid. In order to hasten the reaction between
mercury and dilute sulphuric acid (one to six) an electric current is
passed from the mercury to a sheet of platinum foil suspended in the
liquid. It is essential that the liquid be kept well stirred so as to keep
the mercury surface exposed. Professor Carhart has employed a beaker
or crystallising dish to contain the liquids, and used a current of about
0*3 ampere ; the current density, however, is not stated. At Bushy
House the salt so produced has been compared with those prepared
by the two previous methods. Under ordinary circumstances about three
grams of the salt — very grey owing to the presence of mercury in a fine
state of division — is obtained per hour. The current density at Bushy
House has been about "01 ampere. It was gratifying to find that the
product (washed as before) gave identical results with the other methods.
Very violent agitation was maintained during the preparation. When
the liquid is not stirred a yellow compound (apparently turpeth mineral
HgS0 4 .2HgO) is also produced, and cells the pastes of which are prepared
with the product have an E.M.F. when first set up more than a millivolt
higher than the normal. Particular stress must therefore be laid on the
instruction to keep the mercury surface well exposed. The same thing
was found to happen when attempting to form mercurous sulphate by the
electrolysis of a saturated cadmium sulphate solution in an H _ f° rm
vessel, the electrodes being pure mercury.
It will be observed that the remarks on the depolariser apply equally
to Clark and to cadmium cells. Cadmium cells alone were made up in
the final tests because of their small temperature coefficients ; but Clark
cells have also been set up and similar results obtained. It is also neces-
sary to add that all purchased samples of Hg 2 S0 4 are not so abnormal as
those dealt with in Table I., nor does the E.M.F. of an abnormal cell
always fall so rapidly as is indicated there. (The rate of fall is probably
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
39
a function of the fineness of the sulphate.) Evidence of remarkably stable
cells set up with purchased mercurous sulphate is afforded by six cadmium
cells made at Bushy House in April 1902 : these have been in constant
use, and in the case of two of them have frequently been short-circuited
through 100 ohms. One of these cells is taken as a standard in the com-
parisons. By reference to a seventh cell made up in June 1904 with a
paste made from sulphate identical with that employed for the previous
ones it is thought probable that the whole six cells have fallen -07 milli-
volt since their manufacture, Table IV. gives the result of the com-
parisons.
Table ]
V.
Date of Observation
16>17 16>18
10>19
1G>20
1G>21
May 5, 1902 .
•00000
■00000
•00000
•00000
■ooooo
Sep. 12, „
Feb. 25, 1903 .
Dec. 14, „
Feb. C, 1904 .
July 9, „
s
+ o 5
+ o.
+
+
1
o s
»•
+ 1
o 5
+ o 5
o
At the present time the E.M.F. of a cadmium cell set up with a paste
made from fuming sulphuric acid and mercury is less than that of these
cells by 021 millivolt.
With respect to the other elements of standard cells it is proposed to
investigate the cadmium and zinc amalgams, and the solutions of the
sulphates of these metals, in a manner very similar to that employed for
the pastes. Much valuable information has fortunately accumulated
respecting the influence of impurities in these, so that probably the task
is a light one. It is interesting to note that neither of the amalgams
should have its surface exposed to the atmosphere for any length of time ;
it is preferably covered with water or a solution of the sulphate of the
metal. This prevents oxidation. In addition to these investigations the
effects of acidity and basicity are to be determined, together with observa-
tions in connection with lag, polarisation, temperature coefficients, &c.
Remarks on the Ray high II Form and the Board of Trade Tube
Form of Standard Cells.
In 1892 Dr. Kahle, in a paper read before the British Association at
Edinburgh, described some researches made by him on the Clark cell.
Comparisons of H cells set up by him with tube cells set up by Dr. Glaze-
brook at Cambridge led to the assignment of an E.M.F. to the H cell,
four ten- thousandths of a volt less than that of the Board of Trade form.
This difference in value has been often quoted, and is at the present time
accepted as a fact. In view of the discrepancies produced by the paste,
together with theoretical considerations, it was thought desirable to
investigate this difference if such should exist. For this purpose the
H and tube forms of cell were combined. In addition to the usual ter-
minals to the H cell, a zinc rod was inserted in the limb containing the
paste, so that the arrangement of the elements in this limb was in accord-
ance with the specification of the Board of Trade pattern, The sole
difference in the elements of the H and tube cells was therefore the sub-
stitution of the zinc rod for zinc amalgam. In some cases the zinc rod
40
REPORT — 1904.
was amalgamated, in others it was merely cleaned, in no case did it
touch the paste. With two cadmium cells set up similarly, a rod of
cadmium amalgam contained in a glass tube perforated at a few points
replaced the plain cadmium rod. Very steady temperatures were main-
tained before taking observations.
Table V. gives the results of comparisons of these Clark and cadmium
cells. The standard adopted for the Clarks was cell No. 10, a standard
more than two years old and fairly constant ; that for the cadmium cells
was a third cell, No. 48, made up at the same time.
Cells numbered E 10 and Ell contained a different paste from that in
C 3, C 7, C 9. The differences between H and T are small and irregular,
and probably explained by the non-uniformity of the surface of the zinc
rods and slight differences in the concentration of the solution. The zinc
rods in E 10, Ell, C 3, and C 7 were amalgamated ; that in C 9 was
cleaned only.
Table
V. — Diffrrcnrm in Hundredth
of a Millivolt.
Date of
Observation
Clark Cells
Cadmium Cells
E 10
E 11
C3
C7
C9
4!)
47
July 5, '04
i. 0, „
it 8, ,,
Means
H. T.
-2 -8
+ +2
+ 4"'-G
+ 1 -4
n. t.
+ +0
+ 3 - r>
+ 2 +0
+ 2 -2
H. T.
-1 -7
+ 4 +0
+ 6 +2
+ 5 +1
+ 6 +2
+ 4 -0 4
H. T.
+ 10 -2
+ 10 +7
+ 7 -2
+ 9 +2
+ 8 +12
+ 9 +3
H. T.
+ 10+2
+ 8 +15
+ 7 +3
+ 8 +7
H. T.
+ 2 +2
+ 2 +3
+ 2 +2
+ 2 +2
H. T.
+ +1
+ 2 +1
+ 2'"+l
+ 1 +1
The observations show that no such difference as 0-0004 volt exists
between the two forms ; the difference found in 1892 is to be attributed
to other causes, probably the pastes employed.
APPENDIX II.
On the Electromotive Force of a Clark Cell. By A. P. Trotter.
A determination of the electromotive force of the Clark cell (Wolff's
large pattern) in terms of the ampere and ohm, has been made recently
at the Board of Trade Electrical Standards Laboratory. The ampere, as
measured by the Standard Ampere Balance of the Board of Trade, was
passed with suitable precautions through a manganin coil having a
resistance of 1-4343 G ohm at 15°-0 C, and the difference of potential
between the ends of this coil was compared with that of the Clark cell
upon a low- resistance potentiometer. After necessary corrections the
electromotive force of the Clark cell was found to be 1-4329 volts at
15°-0 C. The temperature of the Clark cell was read by a thermometer
in an oil bath in which the cell was placed, estimating to o, 01 C. The
cell had been kept for several months in a constant-temperature room
and had not varied in temperature by more than o, 05 C. for forty-eight
hours before the comparisons.
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 41
Seismolor/ical Investigations.— Ninth Report of the Committee, consist-
ing of Professor J. W. Judd (Chairman), Mr. J. Milne (Secretary),
Lord Kelvin, Professor T. G. Bonney, Mr. C. V. Boys, Professor
G. H. Darwin, Mr. Horace Darwin, Major L. Darwin, Professor
J. A. Ewing, Dr. B. T. Glazebrook, Mr. M. H. Gray, Professor
C. G. Knott, Professor B. Meldola, Mr. B. D. Oldham, Professor
J. Perry, Mr. W. E. Plummer, Professor J. H. Poynting, Mr.
Clement Beid, Mr. Nelson Bichardson, and Professor H. H.
Turner. (Drawn up by the Secretary.)
[Plates I. and II.]
Contents.
I. General Notes on Stations and Registers ....
II. Comparison of Records from three Milne Horizontal Pendulums
III. An Improved Record Receiver ......
IV. The Origins of Large Earthquakes im 1903 . . .
V. On International Co-operation for Seismological Worli
VI. Seismological Work now in progress
VII. Directions in which Seismological Work mag he extended .
VIII. Experiment at the Ridgeivay Fault
PART!
41
42
43
43
45
46
48
61
I. General Notes on Stations and Registers.
During the past year the registers issued are Circulars Nos. 8 and 9.
These refer to Shide, Kew, Bidston, Edinburgh, Paisley, Toronto, Vic-
toria, B.C. ; Baltimore, San Fernando, Cairo, Ponta Delgada, Cape of Good
Hope, Alipore, Bombay, Kodaikanal, Batavia, Irkutsk, Perth, Mauritius,
Trinidad, Tiflis, Christchurch, Wellington, Cordova, and Tokyo. Captain
H. G. Lyons, R.E., Director- General of the Survey Department at Cairo,
writes that the Abbassia records terminated on December 23, 1903. On
the same day they were recommenced at Helwan, long. E. 31° 21',
lat. 29° 52'. At Abbassia, in the delta, the foundations were on sand,
and during wet weather may have been disturbed. At Helwan the
instrument stands on a limestone pier founded on solid rock.
It is anticipated that an instrument will shortly be installed at Malta.
The multiplication in the number of stations, scattered as they are all
over the globe, has led to a great increase in the work of correspondence
and reduction which has to be undertaken at Shide. Much of this work
might well be done by an assistant under the supervision of the Secretary,
leaving the latter more free to devote himself to scientific problems. The
Committee consider that the time has arrived when a fund should be
established to provide a sufficient income for securing the continuity of
the work in the future. Upon such a fund the salary of an assistant
would be a principal charge. The Committee are happy to be able to
report that Mr. M. H. Gray has very generously given the sum of 1,000/.
to serve as the nucleus of such a fund, while the Committee on Geophysics
of the Carnegie Institution of Washington have also expressed a desire to
contribute to the important work which is being carried on at Shide.
The Committee are in correspondence with the Executive Committee of
the Carnegie Institution, and they trust that donors will come forward to
assist in putting the work upon a permanent basis.
It may here be mentioned that Mr. M. H. Gray has already given
42
REPORT — 1904.
material support to the station of Shide ; his brother, Mr. R. K. Gray,
provided the instrument for San Fernando ; Mr. Joseph Wharton, of
Philadelphia, U.S.A., gave the instrument installed at Strathmore Col-
lege, near that city ; pendulum apparatus was given to Shide by Mr.
A. F. Yarrow ; the instruments in Hawaii, Victoria, and Mauritius were
paid for, or partially paid for, by funds put at the disposal of your Secre-
tary ; while the remaining installations were established by institutions or
G overnments in the countries where they are now working.
II. On the Comparison of Records from three Milne Horizontal
Pendulums at Shide.
These pendulums and their installations referred to in the following
note are described in the British Association Reports, 1902, p. 60, and
1903, p. 81.
Pendulum A is the type instrument, and carries a load of 243 gms.
It stands on its own pier, records E.W. motion, and its period, like
similar instruments in other parts of the world, has been kept at about
seventeen seconds.
Pendulums B and C stand on the same pier and swing on the same
cast-iron upright. B is parallel to A, and, like it, records E.W. motion.
C responds to N.S. motion, but by means of an arm attached to it,
similar to the arrangement shown in the British Association Reports for
1902, p. 61, fig. 1, its records are made side by side with those of B.
At intervals of several months the loads carried by B and C have been
purposely varied, and the object of this note is to show the differences in
the results obtained in consequence of such changes. In considering these
differences two points not to be overlooked are, first, that only the move-
ments of A and B are comparable ; and secondly, that the swinging of B
might cause motion in C, and vice versa.
The comparisons given in the following table refer to the number of
records given during different periods by A, B, and C, and the number of
Number of Records
Number of Early
Commencements
December 28, 1902, to April 28, 1903
f A, p. 17, W. 243 grms. .
I. B, p. 17, W. 237 „
1, C, p. 20, W. 155 „
A
35
B
35
C
31
ABC
15 12 15
April 28 to December 6, 1903
f A, p. 17, W. 243 grms. .
II. \ B, p. 17, W. 237 „
I C, p. 20, W. 404 „
29
40
50
9 12 47
December 8, 1903, to May 2, 1904
f A, p. 17, W. 243 grms. „
III. B, p. 30, W. 394 „
[ C, p. 20, W 404 „
22
40
31
8 33 27
times each of these pendulums commenced to record either sooner than the
others or at least simultaneously with one of the others. P=period in
seconds, and W=load carried by the booms expressed in grammes.
GN SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 43
During the first period the records accord fairly well with what might
be expected, the small moment of C accounting for the small number of
its records.
In the second period, when the load on C was increased threefold, we
find that it gives the largest number of records and the largest number of
early commencements. The large increase in the records on B may be
due to the influence of C swinging on the same support. In the last
period, when B carried a load practically equal to that on C, and had its
time of swing increased to thirty seconds, we see that it gave the greatest
number of records and also most frequently was disturbed before the
others.
Although these records are not strictly comparable, and for the most
part only refer to mere thickenings of the photographic trace, they suggest
that an increase in load and of period in the type instruments would result
in increased sensibility.
III. Improved Record Receiver for Horizontal Pendulum Seismograph .
The accompanying illustrations, figs. 1 and 2, show two views of
a new seismograph recorder.
The instrument consists of a light brass cylinder, D, 1 metre in circum-
ference and 160 millimetres wide, mounted upon a steel spindle. One of
the projecting ends of this spindle has a deep-threaded helix of 6 millimetres
pitch cut in it ; this being suitably mounted upon roller bearings, advances
the cylinder 6 millimetres for one turn in four hours, by a gear connection
with a clock. The bromide paper carried on the cylinder is changed every
3 - 5 or 4 days.
A cylindrical mirror has been introduced to give a greater concentra-
tion of the light on to the boom-plate.
For the time record mark upon the bromide paper a shutter actuated
by an electro-magnet is employed, the light being shut off from seven to ten
seconds every hour. For this purpose a regulating clock with suitable
electric contacts is required. An example of records from the new and
old form of receiver is shown in Plate I.
The advantages of the new arrangement are : —
1. Although the paper moves beneath the end of the boom at more
than four times the rate (250 millimetres per hour) that it does in the
original receiver, only one-half the quantity of paper is used. This implies
a large reduction in expense for paper and developer, the latter being
applied by a brush.
2. An open diagram is obtained on which wave-periods can be
measured.
3. Movements of small amplitude are easily recognised.
4. Records can be quickly inspected and are easily stored.
IV. The Origins of Large Earthquakes recorded in 1903 and since 1899.
The origins of the large earthquakes recorded in 1903 are indicated by
this Shide register number upon the accompanying map, Plate II. In the
registers (Circulars 8 and 9) there are 135 entries for this year, whilst on
the map only sixty-four origins are indicated, which means that there were
about seventy-one earthquakes the materials relating to which were insuf-
ficient to enable their origins to be determined. Even with the origins
which have been determined, the notes of interrogation attached to
44
REPORT— 1904.
numbers on the map indicate that such determinations are accompanied
by uncertainty.
Speaking generally, it may be inferred that about 50 per cent, of the
Figs. 1 and 2. Milne's Horizontal Pendulum (seismograph) with new
recording arrangement.
s3P
~ = Stable ~
MASONRK COLUMN
PART SECTIONAL ELEVATION at A . B
CLOCK
BOOM
l MASONBY COLUMN
. I I I I I I I I I O P
PLAN WITH THE TOP CASING REMOVED
6 FEET
SC AL. E
large earthquakes have disturbed the world's surface as a whole, whilst the
remainder have only affected areas equal to those of single continents.
The greatest activity is again along the Libbey Circle (radius 70° and
centre 180° E. or W. long., and 60° N. lat.). Marked activity has
taken place at the junction of regions E. and F., and in the eastern por-
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 45
tion of the E., both of which may be described as regions in which there
are intersections of tectonic folds.
Maps corresponding to the one here given can bo found in the British
Association Reports for 1900, 1902, and 1903.
V. On International Co-operation for Seismoloyical Research.
In 1902 the British Government received an official invitation from
Germany to take part in a Conference the object of which was to esta-
blish an international inquiry about earthquakes. Acting under the advice
of a Committee appointed by the Royal Society, the Board of Education
appointed Professors G. H. Darwin and J. Milne to represent Great
Britain at the proposed Congress, which took place in Strassburg
July 23 to 28, 1903. Twenty-five States or countries were represented,
but the total number of delegates and guests who were at liberty to take
part in the proceedings was 100, out of which sixty-two were Germans.
Final results were arrived at by single voices, each country having one
vote ; thus Great Britain and her colonies, like the German Empire, had
each one vote only. France was not officially represented.
The more important results arrived at were as follows : —
A Central Association is to be formed with its headquarters in Strass-
burg. Each contributing country will be represented by one member of
a governing Committee, which elects a President, a Chief for the Central
Office, and a General Secretary. The Chief will reside in Strassburg, but
it was decided that the President and Secretary should be elected from
outside Germany.
The work of the Association would be as follows : — ■
1. To carry out observations after a common plan.
2. To carry out experiments on important matters.
3. To establish and support observatories.
4. To collect, study, and publish reports or resumes of the same.
The cost of this work, including a Secretary's salary, is to be for the
first twelve years about 1,000£. per annum, twelve years being the dura-
tion of the Convention. The contributions to make up this sum are to be
apportioned amongst the co-operating States according to their population,
the British contribution to be 160£. per year. Should Great Britain join
the Convention, as it will be necessary to send a representative to the
Governing Committee, the total annual outlay will be about 200Z.
Whilst at Strassburg the British delegates explained that they were
in no way empowered to pledge his Majesty's Government, and that they
had been informed that their Government would not take action that had
not the support of the International Association of Academics. At the
last meeting of this Association, held in London May 24 to 30, 1904, the
advisability of international co-operation for purposes of seismological
research was discussed, with the result that it has been referred for
further consideration to the following Committee : Professors A. Schuster
(Chairman), Helmert, de Lapparent, Mojsisovics ; Agamennone, Karpinski,
and T. C. Mendenhall.
The Foreign Office and the Board of Education have been informed of
this action.
46 REPORT — 1904.
On April 21, 1904, the Seismological Committee of the Eoyal Society
reported to the Council of that body as follows : —
(1) That this Committee is of opinion that any moderate subsidy
likely to be available would be most profitably expended in support-
ing the seismological work inaugurated by the British Association,
and that there is urgent need of such help, which should be a first
call on any such funds.
(2) Assuming this need supplied, the Committee would approve
the further co-ordination of the work by joining the proposed
Association.
VI. Notes upon Seismological Work in various Countries.
1. Austria.
With the object of recording earthquakes with a local origin, Austria
is divided into sixteen districts, each with many observers. Their notes,
which are for the most part made without the aid of special instruments,
are collected at a local centre. From 120 to 200 disturbances are noted
annually, and the registers are published separately or collectively by the
K. Akadeniie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
At Trieste, Laibach, Kremsmunster, Lemberg, and Pribram there are
instruments to record earthquakes with a distant origin. Four of these
stations have received State subventions. The registers are published in
series with the above.
An important publication issued by Dr. A. Belar, of Laibach, is ' Die
Erdbebenwarte.' In it we find articles relating to seismological investiga-
tions, notes relating to such work in general, and a catalogue of the Laibach
observations.
2. Belgium,
Station Geophysique d'Uccle. Ilegisters relating to earthquakes with
distant origins are published every three months.
3. German)/.
Strassburg issues a monthly register of earthquakes with distant
origins with corresponding notes from a few foreign stations, together
with a list of a few earthquakes which have been felt in various parts of
the world. It is supported by the State.
Hamburg issues a list similar to that issued by Strassburg, but more
complete. The station was started as a private enterprise by Dr. R.
Schiitt, but its founder has presented the same to the city authorities.
Gottingen issues a register relating to the observations made at the
University.
Teleseismic observations are also made at Jena and Potsdam. It is
proposed to establish thirty-four more stations within the German Empire.
4. Great Britain.
A Committee of the British Association enjoys the co-operation of
thirty-nine stations, which are fairly evenly distributed over the world.
Each station is provided with similar apparatus intended for a particular
class of teleseismic observation. The registers from these stations are
published every six months, to which is added once a year a short report.
These publications are distributed to the co-operating stations and to
those who desire them. Support is obtained from the British Association,
from the Royal Society, and private sources.
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 47
5. Greece,
D. Eginitis has published a catalogue of local disturbances, 1893-1898.
6. Holland.
The Magnetic and Meteorological Department in Batavia observes and
publishes records relating to earthquakes of local and distant origin.
Supported by the State.
7. Hungary.
Earthquakes are observed by a system similar to that adopted by
Austria. At Buda Pest, Agram, O'Gylla, Fiume, and at a few other
stations, instruments have been installed to record earthquakes with a
distant origin.
8. Italy.
In Italy there are about 800 stations at which earthquakes are
observed. Out of these there are fifteen first-class observatories provided
with apparatus to record teleseisms and local shocks, and 150 second-class
stations using seismoscopes. Since 1879 these have been under State
control. The registers are published by the Central Meteorological Office
in Rome, and to these are added corresponding records from nearly all
the teleseismic stations of the world. This catalogue therefore practically
contains the information relating to teleseisms contained in registers
issued by all other nations. A few observatories, as, for example, those
at Padua and Florence, also publish their records separately.
9. Japan.
Japan has at least five stations for teleseismic observations, and about
eighty provided with instruments for recording local shocks. Records of
these latter are made at over 1,000 centres, and as from 1,000 to 2,000
earthquakes are recorded annually, and as each of these may be noted at
many centres, the number of manuscripts accumulating at the Central
Observatory in Tokyo is very great. Accounts of the more important
shocks are published in the ' Official Gazette ' and in other newspapers.
A catalogue of 8,331 shocks (1885-1892) was published in the
' Seismological Journal,' and a similar but more extensive catalogue is now
in progress.
The Earthquake Investigation Committee issue many publications
relating to seismology, while papers on the same appear in the Tokyo
Physico-Mathematical Society. Very many of the publications are in
Chinese characters. At the University there is a Professor and an
Assistant Professor of Seismology.
Practically all work is supported by the Government, the Investigation
Committee alone receiving 1,000^. to 5,000^. a year.
10. Norway.
In connection with the Museum in Bergen Dr. Kolderup is issuing
an annual list of earthquakes felt in Norway.
11. lloumania.
The ' Institut Meteorologique de Roumanie ' issues occasional sheets
relating to teleseisms.
48 REPORT — 1904.
12. Russia.
In Russia and Siberia there are seven stations of the first order at
which teleseismic and other shocks are recorded, and ten or twelve stations
of the second order. Teleseismic records and special papers are published
by the ' Commission Centrale Sismique Permanente.' Some of the
stations, like Tiflis, Taschkent, and Irkutsk, also publish their records
separately.
13. Servia.
Servia has a station in Belgrade.
14. Switzerland.
In 1880 F. A. Forrel and Heim arranged an organisation to collect
records relating to shocks originating in Switzerland. These are published
by the Meteorological Bureau.
15. U?iited States of North America.
The Department of the Interior, in the monthly bulletin of the
Philippine Weather Bureau, publish a list of teleseisms recorded in
Manila, and a list of earthquakes recorded in the Philippines.
In California there are about twenty stations furnished with apparatus
to record local disturbances. Lists are published in the Bulletin of the
U.S. Geological Survey.
VII. Directions in which Seismological Work may be extended.
Prom the preceding section it may be inferred that at the present
time there are about eighty stations at which teleseismic disturbances are
recorded, and that nearly half of these are in Central Europe.
To obtain a fairly even distribution of stations over the surface of the
world about twenty- three more places of observation are required. A
possible distribution for these is as follows : —
Alaska, 1 ; U.S.A., Central Canada, Newfoundland, and Central
America, 7 ; South America, 3 ; Iceland, 1 ; 1ST. Norway, 1 ; Africa and
Aden, 3 ; China, 2 ; the East Indies and the South Pacific, 5.
A more immediate requirement is, however, the establishment in and
near to districts from which world-shaking earthquakes originate of sets
of ordinary seismographs, together with the co-operation of observers
piovided with good time-keepers, or even fairly good watches. In dis-
tricts remote from telegraphs or observatories these may be rated by sun
observations. A simple method of making such an observation sometimes
employed at Shide and Cassamiccola is as follows. In a brick wall
facing south a hole has been made which on the outside is covered by two
pieces of sheet -iron brought together to leave a vertical slit about 5 mm
\\ in.) in width and 40 cm. (16 in.) in height. The sun passing before
this slit throws an image of the same upon the opposite wall 1 4 feet dis-
tant. On this wall opposite the slit and in a north-south plane with the
same there is a vertical line. When the image reaches this, the sun is
due south at an observed time. To the time when this occurs the equation
of time is added or subtracted and local mean noon is obtained within
about one second.
The object of these time observations, which may be made quite well
with an ordinary watch, is to obtain the time of arrival of earth move-
ment at various points round an epicentre, from which may be calculated
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 49
the positions of foci of world-shaking earthquakes, not alone from the
initial disturbance, but also from ' after shocks,' which latter seldom reach
distant places.
When we know these foci, local observations enable us to make close
approximation to the times at which large earthquakes have originated ;
and when this is done our knowledge of the rates at which motion has
been propagated in various directions through and round the world will
become more reliable.
The districts where such observations are required are indicated on the
map, Plate II.
District E (Japan) is already well supplied with seismographs. Dis-
tricts requiring similar installations are : A (Alaska), B and C (Central
America and the West Indies), and K (Caucasian Himalayan district).
In each of these at least six seismographs and the means of obtaining good
time are needed.
Other lines upon which geophysical and seismological research might
be conducted, but which have hitherto received but small attention, are
numerous. Our knowledge of earthquake movement as recorded under-
ground as compared with that noted upon the surface requires extension.
As far as we can learn from the excellent work inaugurated in the
Adalbert Shaft at Pribram by Dr. Edmund V. Mojsisovics, it would
appear that the movement, at a depth of 1,115 m., is for world-shaking
disturbances practically identical with that noted on the surface, from
which it may be inferred that for this class of earthquake the large waves
are not a mere superficial disturbance of the earth's crust.
Whether suboceanic disturbances are accompanied by molar displace-
ments and large changes in suboceanic configuration remains to be
determined by soundings the results of which should be of value to the
hydrographer.
The fact that at certain observatories unfelt teleseismic movements
are accompanied by perturbations of magnetic needles, which disturbances
remain without satisfactory explanation, suggests that if such irregular per-
turbations are clue to the influence of local subjacent magnetic magmas,
in such localities not only should magnetic intensity be abnormal, but
also that the differences between the observed and calculated values for
gravity should be unusual.
What are the relationships between seismic and volcanic activities 1
and, further, what are the relationships between such phenomena, changes
of level, magnetic elements, and the value for gravity ? are also questions
the answers to which are at present largely based upon hypotheses.
The movements on fault lines which accompany earthquake disturb-
ances require an extended investigation, while the relationship which
appears to exist between the dip and strike of rock folds and earthquake
movement is a subject that has received but little attention.
Much has already been done to establish a relationship between
earthquake frequency and certain astronomical phenomena ; but fields for
investigation, as, for example, the connection between movements of the
earth's crust and the wanderings of the pole, have yet to be exploited.
Again, as bearing upon earthquake occurrence, secular movements of the
earth's crust, as, for example, those which are evidenced by changes in
water level, alterations in the lengths of base lines and levels, the increase
or decrease in the water-holding capacity of certain basins, have yet to be
subjected to extended and careful measurements.
1904.
50 REPORT — 1904.
The harmonisation of results obtained from seismometry relating to
the probable nature of the interior of the world with the requirements of
astronomy, geodesy, the revelations of the plumb-line and the thermometer,
together with various branches of physical, chemical, and geological
research, constitute inquiries of profound interest.
Surface warpings of the earth's crust due to lunar or tidal influence or
the variations in load which accompany changes in meteorological condi-
tions may not only have a bearing upon earthquake frequency, but also
may throw light upon the variations in flow and the rise and fall of
subterranean waters, the escape of gases, and even perhaps assist the
meteorologist in his forecasts of the weather.
As illustrative of the practical outcome of seismological investigation
the following may be mentioned : —
From observations on the destructive effects of earthquakes, the
knowledge obtained respecting the actual nature of earthquake motion,
and from experiments made upon brick and other structures, new rules
and formulae for the use of engineers and builders have been established.
In Japan and other countries these have been extensively applied in the
construction of piers for bridges, tall chimneys, walls, ordinary dwellings,
embankments, reservoirs, &c. Inasmuch as the new types of structures
have withstood violent earth-shakings, whilst ordinary types in the
neighbourhood have failed, it may be infei'red that much has already been
accomplished to minimise the loss of life and property. These investiga-
tions have yet to be extended.
The application of seismometry to the working of railways, particularly
in Japan, has led to the localisation of faults on lines and alterations in
the balancing of locomotives. The result of the latter has been to decrease
the consumption of fuel.
Records of the unfelt movements of earthquakes indicate the time, the
position, and, what is of more importance, also the cause of certain cable
interruptions. The practical importance of this latter information,
especially to communities who may by cable failures be suddenly isolated
from the rest of the world, is evident. The many occasions that earth-
quake records have furnished definite information respecting disasters
which have taken place in distant countries, correcting and extending
telegraphic reports relating to the same, is another indication of the
practical utility of seismic observations. Seismograms have frequently
apprised us of sea waves and violent earthquakes in districts from which
it is impossible to receive telegrams, whilst the absence of such records
has frequently indicated that information in newspapers has been without
foundation, or at least exaggerated. The localisation of the origins of
world-shaking earthquakes, besides indicating suboceanic sites of geological
activity, have indicated positions where the hydrographer may expect to
find unusual depths. They have also shown routes to be avoided by
those who lay cables.
In addition to the above, a great proportion of which relates to what
may be called the field work of seismology, there are many subjects bear-
ing upon the same science which remain to be investigated within the
walls of a laboratory ; and as it seldom happens that any one research
fails to suggest new departures, the work of to-day implies new and
extended investigations in the future.
; June 27 6am.
vwvWMlWvW
-■■■^^ ^^% ^i -^i/W^*MA%%
e June 2
22
[Plate I.
■ mr^^if*0^0»0v^A*^^
r lection ct
2° turn ot-
rew.
16
movement
yyVVyyi/lMA/Wl/wvwvwww^^
VVV AW-
Shiafe
Brituh Association, 7ith Report, Cambridge 1904.]
[Plate I.
1904 June 27 6am
unlUUlidflHtarilillluiku *~JitMtfoNJ*
2
t 3 S •
2/ Earthquake June 26-27 /V° 36.3
2 2
n
'3
13 \
/a
OeFtcctian due 'ill lit.,,,, Per 'od of Pendulum 15 5'
10
screw U|'"
9 I!
5
cy
June 26 2am
2 ' 2' '0 Per,oas ^^^^SZ^mi^ ami u-iMflfitawiv- vl^
|||M/^vww\A ^fvv^iA^w^^wllliW!^ — vwwtff/wj*. — ■**—
1 j
4 £ —
,A IB
.560 Earthquake June 25 1904 Shide IW 252 m m = 1 hour
10
6
June 25 2 a m
21
>8
T , 60mm' 1 hour
660 Earthquakes June 25 1904
Illustrating the Report on Seismological Investigation.
t
ambridge 1904.] [Plate II.
by their B.A. Shide Regi6t(uakes which since 1899 have originated
als. CT
CT10N.
^
140 Longitude ISO East 190
Smith Allocation, 7ilh Report. Cambridge 1904.] The Urge Earthquakes of 1903
irom iboc n oipmwd in lv$t onnnnUi. Observing Blalloni ua oarnvd.
[Piute II
r ol ttrlbqaalitt whicb lint* 1899 h»ve originated
Itltutratinij the Heport on Seiimological Investigation.
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 51
VIII. The Experiment at the Ridyeway Fault.
Mr. Horace Darwin informs the Committee that he visited Upway in
March last, when he took out most of the apparatus and put new
in its place. This seems to be working well, and if it continues to do so
he hopes to furnish a detailed report on the relative movements of the
two sides of the fault next year.
Underground Temperature.— Twenty-third Report of the Committee,
consisting of Professor J. D. Everett (Chairman and Secretary),
Lord Kelvin, Sir Archibald Geikie, Professors Edward Hull,
A. S. Herschel, and G. A. Lebour, Messrs. A. B. Wynne,
W. Galloway, Joseph Dickinson, G. P. Deacon, E. Wethered,
and A. Strahan, Professors Michie Smith and H. L. Callendar,
Mr. B. H. Brough, and Professor Harold B. Dixon, appointed for
the purpose of investigating the Rate of Increase of Underground,
Temperature downivards in various Localities of Dry Land and
under Water. (Draivn up by the Secretary?)
In response to a pressing request from the Secretary for further informa-
tion respecting the Calumet and Hecla mine, Professor Agassiz, in the
spring of 1903, had all the observations (covering a period of ten years)
tabulated and sent with sketches to Professor T. C. Chamberlin, head of
the Geological Department of the University of Chicago, who undertook
to superintend their examination. In February 1 901 Professor Chamberlin
wrote the Secretary to the effect that he had only been able to prepare a
preliminary report of a tentative kind, and that the material must have
more critical study before going into print. Subsequent information
unofficially communicated renders it probable that the rate deduced will
be between 1° in 120 feet and 1° in 130 feet.
The report of the Australian Association for the Advancement of
Science for 1902 contains, at p. 309, an account, by Hemy C. Jenkins
(Government Metallurgist, Victoria), of observations of underground
temperature in deep gold mines.
At the North Garden Gully mine, Bendigo, 99°-l was found at
3,000 feet; and at New Chum Railway mine, Bendigo, 107°'0 was found
at 3,645 feet. The mean surface temperature inferred from observations
at 182 feet and 217 feet in neighbouring shallow shafts is 61 0, 4 ; which
gives the rate as 1° F. for 80 feet at both these mines.
Electric-resistance platinum thermometers were used. Also slow-
acting thermometers in which fine flannel is wrapped three times round
the bulb, and the thermometer, with cork supports, then inclosed in a
sealed glass tube.
A nearly identical rate was obtained in some preliminary observations
which were taken in less favourable circumstances in a 1,700-foot heading
at South German mine, Maldon, and at the depth of 2,080 feet in the
Band and Albion mine, Ballarat. The rate 1° in 80 feet is exactly the
samo as that found by Professor David in a bore, 2,733 feet deep, near
Port Jackson. 1
A shaft 1,000 metres deep, recently sunk at the collieries of Ronchamp
(Haute Saone) in East France, is described in a series of four articles, by
1 See Report for 1895.
E 2
52
REPORT— 1904.
Mons. L. Possigue, in the ' Bulletin de la Societe de l'lndustrie Minerale '
for 1903. The first 764 metres belong to the New Red Sandstone series,
including Lias and Permian. The remainder include 112 m. of Upper
Coal Measures, 66 m. of Lower Coal Measures, and 68 m. of Schists. The
following rock temperatures were observed during the sinking : —
Depth
Temp. C.
Depth
Temp. C.
Depth
Temp. C.
M.
o
II.
M.
o
10
105
830
39-6
930
44-6
300
210
850
10-7
950
452
400
245
800
410
960
455
600
31-1
870
41-5
970
45-7
700
342
890
429
990
464
750
368
900
435
1000
468
800
38-3
910
43-8
1009
474
The shallowest, compared with the deepest, gives an increase of
36°-9 C. in 999 m., which is at the rate of 1° C. in 274 in., or 1° F. in
49-4 feet.
When the observations are plotted they show nearly a straight line
from 10 m. to 600 m., its gradient being 1° C. in 28-6 m. (1° F. in 52 feet),
and the remaining portion from 600 m. to 1,009 m. oscillates about a line
whose gradient is 1° C. in 254 m. (1° F. in 46 feet).
Regular observations of temperature have been taken in the Simplon
Tunnel, of which only about half a kilometre remains to be pierced. On
its completion Mr. Francis Fox promises a full account of the tempera-
tures, which will probably be communicated to one of the London societies
before the end of the present year.
A large body of evidence on temperatures in deep coal mines is con-
tained in the report recently published by the Royal Commission on
Coal Supplies. The chief element of uncertainty in discussing the observa-
tions is the mean surface temperature, which has in most cases not been
directly observed, and is doubtful to the extent of 1° or more. The
following list of well-determined mean surface temperatures (chiefly from
the publications of the Royal Meteorological Society) seems to constitute
the best material for forming a judgment. They are for moderate
elevations, except where otherwise stated : —
Camden Square, London 49°-2
Bolton 49°-2
North Thoresby (LiDC.) 49°-2
Eounton (North Yorks.) 47°3
Ashton-under-Lyne (elevation 405 feet) . . . 46°5
At Pendleton, near Manchester, Mr. H. Bramall took observations
in the Rams mine and in the Agecroft Colliery. The deepest observation
was at 3 483 feet from the surface in the Rams mine, the temperature
found being 100°, as shown by a thermometer left for three hours in a
hole bored 3h feet into the rock and covered with a piece of cotton waste.
Assuming a surface temperature 47°, we have an increase of 53° in
3,483 feet, or 1° in 66 feet. If we take the surface temperature as 48°,
it is 1° in 67 teet.
At Agecroft Colliery the deepest observation was 92° - 5 at 2,940 feet ;
which with an assumed surface temperature 47° '5 gives 1° in 65 feet.
The above-named temperature in the Rams mine was checked by
ON UNDERGROUND TEMPERATURE. 53
Professor Harold Dixon in October 1902 with a slow-acting thermo-
meter made by Negretti & Zambra and tested at Kew inserted in a
hole 4 feet deep in the floor at the lowest point reached.
The reading obtained was 100 o- 6, which confirms the deduction of
1° in 66 feet.
In the North Staffordshire coalfield Mr. W. N. Atkinson, H.M.
Inspector of Mines, found the following temperatures at the greatest
depths reached : —
Sueyd Colliery, Burslem . . . 87°-5 at 2,625 feet.
Glebe Colliery 83J „ 2,295 „
Great Fenton Colliery . . . 85°0 „ 2,400 „
Assuming 48° as the surface temperature, the mean rates of increase
downwards are : —
Sneyd 1° in 66-5 feet.
Glebe 1° „ 651 „
Great Fenton 1° „ G4-9 „
The method of observation was to drill a hole, insert a bottle of water,
and, after leaving it in the hole, plugged with clay, for twenty-four hours
or more, take it out, and put a thermometer into the water in the bottle.
In the Sneyd Colliery observations were thus taken at thirteen depths
during the sinking of a shaft, beginning with 1,104 feet and ending with
2,625 feet, and the increase shown was fairly regular. The Glebe and
Great Fenton observations were also in sinking shafts.
At Hamstead Colliery in South Staffordshire Mr. F. G. Meachem
made observations extending over several years. He found the mean
annual surface temperature to be about 49°, and the temperature of the
undisturbed strata at the bottom, 1,950 feet deep, 66°. This last was
ascertained by inserting a maximum and minimum thermometer, pro-
tected by a metal case, into a bore-hole driven ten feet into freshly cut
coal. The hole was closed with clay and left for various periods from
one to fourteen days.
Repeated observations gave the same result. The rate of interest
hence deduced is 1° in 115 feet. A surface temperature of 48° would
give 1° in 108 feet. Mr. Meachem himself says : 'All observations
show an increase of temperature in undisturbed strata of 1° F. for every
110 feet of descent beyond 65 feet from the surface.' '
Mr. W. N. Atkinson 2 obtained a nearly identical rate at a new shaft
at Baggeridge Wood, S. Staffs ; but the circumstances were unfavourable,
the shaft being wet, and the observations not made till about a week after
the sinking was finished. The temperature thus found was 66^° at a
depth of 1841 feet. Assuming a surface temperature 48|°, this is an
increase of 1° in 102 feet. The Secretary has made inquiries to ascertain
whether these very slow increases in South Staffordshire can be due to
steep inclination. He learns from Mr. W. N. Atkinson that the strata
in South Staffordshire generally are very flat and nearly level. At
Hamstead the inclination averages only one in 55 (or, according to Mr.
Meachem, 1 in 19). In North Staffordshire, on the other hand, the strata
are much contorted, and the inclinations at Glebe, Great Fenton, and
Sneyd range from 1 in 10 to 1 in 5. The suggested explanation of the
difference therefore completely breaks down.
1 Trans. Inst. Mm. Eng., vol. xxv. 1903, p. 271.
2 Q. 2295 in Report of Commission.
54 REPOKT — 1904.
In South Wales, iu. the neighbourhood of Rhondda and Aberdare,
Mr. William Jenkins has taken numerous observations by a somewhat
rough method, an ordinary thermometer being inserted in a hole bored
3 feet deep into the coal, with an oiled waste plugging, and taken out
from time to time and reinserted till the temperature was steady, the
whole time being upwards of an hour. The observations were made in
various seams at depths below the surface ranging from 1,094 feet to
2,515 feet, with very varying results, the surface being 875 feet above
sea-level. Taking the surface temperature as 47°, and comparing it with
the deepest observation (73|° at 2,515 feet), we have an increase of
261,° in 2,515 feet, which is at the rate of 1° in 95 feet ; but the mode of
observation is unsatisfactory.
At Dowlais, in the Merthyr coalfield, Mr. H. W. Martin has taken
numerous observations in several collieries by means of thermometers
inserted in boreholes and left for about twenty-four hours, the instruments
being apparently strong thermometers specially ordered from a local
optician. The greatest depth below the surface was 2,600 feet, with
temperature 77°. Assuming the surface temperature to be 49°, this gives
a rate of 1° in 93 feet. The inclination of the strata averages about 1 in 7.
At the Niddrie Collieries, near Edinburgh, Mr. Robert Martin has
made observations in the Great Seam at the depth of 2,623 feet, and finds
the ' temperature in the solid coal face ' at this depth to be 74". The
surface ground temperatures found at four surrounding stations of the
Scottish Meteorological Society (Joppa, Nookton, East Linton, Smeaton)
are 46°-l, 47°-6, 47°"7, 47°-9. Assuming a surface temperature of 47°-5,
we have an increase at the rate of 1° in 99 feet. The strata are highly
inclined, the dip ranging from 50° to 90° ; a circumstance conducive to a
slow rate of increase.
Hofra,t Prof. H. Hofer, of Leoben, Austria, has recently issued, with
the sanction of the Austrian mining authorities, a circular giving direc-
tions for the taking of temperature observations during the sinking of
mining shafts, and has since been furnished, at his own request, with
copies of most of the reports of your Committee. The circular recom-
mends the use of maximum thermometers, divided to fifths of a degree
centigrade, to be inserted in holes bored to the depth of at least 2 metres
in the floor or side and well plugged. The observations are to begin at
25 m. from the surface, to be repeated at intervals of 50 m. till a coal
seam is approached, and then at shorter intervals through and a little
beyond the seam. This process is to be repeated for every seam that is
traversed. A main purpose of the investigation l is to determine the
influence of coal seams on the temperature of their surroundings. Hot
springs have been encountered in several Austrian coal mines, and Pro-
fessor H<ifer ascribes their heat to chemical changes in the coal. In this
connection it may be mentioned that much evidence has come before the
Coal Commission of spontaneous heating of coal by exposure to the air.
According to Professor Heifer the greatest heating occurs in brown coal.
It seems desirable at this time to make more generally known to
observers of rock temperature in mines that the simple and strong pattern
of slow-action thermometer, designed by your Committee many years ago
for this purpose, is still obtainable from the makers, Messrs. Negretti &
1 Oester. Zeitschrift fur Berg- void Huttenrvesen, 1901, p. 249, &c. Also paper to
Institution of Mining Engineers, London Conference, 1904.
ON UNDERGROUND TEMPERATURE. o5
Zambra. It is a mercurial thermometer, with extra-thick bulb, imbedded
in stearine, the whole being inclosed in a hermetically sealed glass tube
with a perforated copper case for protection against breakage.
Professor Harold Dixon, F.R.S., who has taken a leading part in the
underground temperature work of the Coal Commission, has been added
to the Committee ; and two old members, Mr. James Glaisher, F.R.S.,
and Sir C. Le Neve Foster, F.R.S., have been lost by death. Mr. Glaisher
was one of the most active members of the Committee for the first fifteen
years of its existence.
Meteorological Observations on Ben Nevis. — Report of the Committee,
consisting of Lord McLaren, Professor A. Orum Brown (Secretary),
Sir John Murray, Dr. Alexander Buchan, and Mr. R. T.
Omond. (Drawn up by Dr. Buchan.)
The Committee was appointed, as formerly, for the purpose of co-operating
with the Scottish Meteorological Society in making meteorological obser-
vations at the two Ben Nevis Observatories.
The hourly eye observations have been made at the high-level Obser-
vatory by Mr. Rankin and his assistants uninterruptedly during the year.
At the low-level Observatory in Fort William the self-registering instru-
ments have been in continuous use throughout the year.
The health of the observers has been good. Mr. Robert H. Mac-
dougal, who has been on the staff for many years, left the Observatory in
December, and Mr. W. L. A. Craig Christie was appointed. The
Directors desire to thank cordially Messrs. W. G. MacConnachie, A. J.
Ross, and J. H. Buchanan for their valuable services as volunteer
observers while members of the ordinary staff were on holiday last
summer.
The results of the observations made at the two Observatories during
1903 are detailed in Table I.
Table I.
1903
Jan.
Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov
Dec.
Year
Mean Pressure in Inches.
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
BenNevisOb-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
25-099
29720
4-621
25-148
29-726
4-573
24-9151 25-232
29-4751 29-845
4-56o! 4-613
25-325
29-S63
4-538
25-555
30-088
4-533
25-360
29-847
4-487
25-189] 25-4051 24-925
29-659 29-924
4-470 4-519
29-410
4-485
25-315
29-915
4-600
25-056
29-650
4-594
25-210
29-760
4-550
Mean Temperatures.
22-7
o
27-3
o
24-6
o
24-5
o
33-4
o
38-7
O
39-8
o
37-6
o
37-3
o
31-7
o
28-3
24-2
30-8
38-5
15-8
43-2
15-9
41-5
16-9
42-7
18-2
497
16-3
53-9
15-2
55-1
15-3
53-9
16-3
53-6
16-3
47-8
16-1
43-5
15-2
38-5
14-3
46-8
16-0
Extremes of Temperature :
Maxima.
35-7 :
42-3
37-0 ; 35-0 56-0 58-0
49-6
490
50-0
40-5
41-9
36-6
58-0
50-4
14-7
55-6
133
56-5 57-6 71-5 ' 76-0
19-5 22-6 | 15-5 18-0
71-1
21-5
63-8
14-8
68-0
180
60-0
19-5
55-5
13-6
84-0
17-4
76-0
180
Extremes of Temperature :
Minima.
7'7
17-0
14-9 12-6 15-7 j 22-8 | 277
31-0 1 24-3
22-8
10-9
13-3
7-7
21-3
13-6
32-1
151
32-3
17-4
29-6
17
33-4
17-7
36-2
13-4
4 0-6
12-9
42-2
11-2
35-8
11 -5
31-0
8-2
23-5
12-6
22-4
91
21-3
13-6
56
REPORT — 1904.
Table I. — continued.
1903
Jan.
Feb. March April May June
July | Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Year
Bainfall in Inches.
BenNevisOb-
servatory
Port William
Differences
33-45
16-12
17-33
36-24
17-04
1920
37-95 8-36
17-25 i 3-81
20-70 4-55
661 ' 6-41 13-26
4-49 i 2-97 6-60
2-12 3-47 6-66
20-97 10-72
11-95, 7-15
9-02 3-57
18-66
1305
5-61
17-27
7-85
9-42
6-81
5-61
1-20
216-74
113-89
102-85
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
11
5
6
13
7
6
Number
17 | 4
7
10 | 4
of Bays 1 in. or more fell.
1 2 5 7 1 3
1 1 3 1
2 4 4 1 2
8
4
4
5
1
4
3
2
1
79
32
47
Number of Days 001 in. or more fell.
BenNevisOb-
servatorv
Fort William
Differences .
22
21
1
27 28
26 31
1 1 -3
22
13
9
19
1G
3
18
12
6
23 | 29
21 27
2 1 2
18
21
-3
29
29
22
22
23
20
3
280
259
21
Mean Rainband {Scale 0-8).
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
1-4
3-6
2-2
2-4
4-8
2-4
2-0
3-9
1-9
2-0
31
1-1
2-3
3-8
1-5
3-6 27
4-7 4-7
1-1 1 2-0
2-6
4-7
2-1
2-5
4-0
1-5
3-3
4-5
1-2
2-5
40
1-5
1-5
3-4
1-9
2-4
4-1
1 7
Number of Hours of Bright Sunshine.
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
16
22
6
5
10
5
11
39
28
40
120
80
79
135
56
137
178
41
76
141
65
23 67
91 126
68 59
16
36
211
21
21
18
15
+ 3
509
934
425
Mean Hourly Velocity of Wind in Miles.
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
22 I
17 1 17 1 11 11 9 1 11 | IS 1 SO
Percentage of Cloud.
18
9
19
15
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
88
73
15
98
88
lu
95
85
10
80
74
6
82
73
9
74 1 86
68 75
6 11
95
83
12
80
66
14
96
89
7
89
80
9
?3
77
6
87
78
9
The above table shows for 1903 the monthly mean and extreme
temperature and pressure ; the amounts of rainfall ; the number of days
of rainfall, and of the days on which it equalled or exceeded an inch ;
the hours of sunshine ; the mean rainband ; the mean velocity in miles
per hour of the wind at the top of the mountain ; and the mean cloud
amount. The mean barometric pressures at Fort William are reduced to
32° and sea-level ; but those at Ben Nevis Observatory to 32° only.
At Fort William the mean atmospheric pressure was 29 -760 inches,
or - 098 inch below the average of thirteen years ; whilst the mean at
the top was 25-210 inches, or - 090 inch below the average of twenty
years. The mean difference for the two Observatories was 4 - 550 inches,
the mean monthly difference varying from 4 - 621 inches in January to
4 - 470 inches in August. At both places the mean for the year was con-
siderably lower than any hitherto recorded, and only in June, September,
and November were the monthly means above their normals. The means
for October were much lower than any yet recorded for that month, the
deficiency at Fort William being as much as 0'385 inch. At the top the
absolutely highest pressure for the year was 25 941 inches at 2 p.m. on
May 26, and the lowest 23-916 inches at 5 a.m. on February 27. At Fort
William the extremes were 30572 inches at 10 a.m. on November 6, and
MKTEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON BEN NEVIS.
57
Fort
Top of
Fort
Top of
ulliam.
Beu Nevis.
William.
Beu Nevis
-0-2
-0-7
July.
o
. -20
o
-1-9
+ 4-6
+ 3-2
August
. -26
-3-2
+ 11
+ 03
September
. +04
-0-7
-2-4
-38
October .
. +1-2
+ 0-3
+ 0-0
+ 0-2
November
. -05
-1-2
-1-5
-1-3
December
. -16
-1-5
28-326 inches at G a.m. on February 27. The extreme range on Ben
Nevis was, therefore, 2-025 inches, and at Fort William 2-246 inches.
The deviations of the mean temperatures of the months from averages
of the thirteen years (1891-1903) are shown in Table IT. : —
Table II.
January
February
March
April
May
June
The most remarkable features of the year as regards temperature were
the low temperatures for April and the cold weather of the summer
months. At both Observatories the April mean temperatures were the
lowest recorded for that month since 1891, the shade minimum at
Fort William registering frost from 12th to 18th, and on 22nd and 24th ;
whilst on Ben Nevis the minimum fell to 12°-6 on 17th, and the maxi-
mum rose above the freezing-point on only eleven days of the month,
the highest shade reading there being no higher than 35° -0, on the
6th and 9th. The absolutely highest temperature for the year at Fort
William was 76°-0 on June 7, and at the top 58°-0 on the same day ;
the lowest at Fort William being 21°-3 on January 13, and at the top
7°'7 on January 10.
In Table III. are given for each month the lowest observed hygro-
metric readings at the top of Ben Nevis (reduced by means of Glaisher's
Tables) :—
Table III.
1903
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
40-6
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Dry Bulb
o
19-1
o
4-2-2
22-6
o
16-1
42-0
o
47-3
35-8
o
42-7
31-0
23-0
21-0
Wet Bulb
15-3
32-0
18-1
14-1
:«'U
33-5
30-9
32-8
303
25-6
19-0
157
Dew-point
-12-4
20-2
-10-7
-1-3
20-0
18-3
193
20-9
16-9
11-1)
-6-2
-20-9
Elastic Force .
•024
•109
•025
•041
•108
•099
■104
•112
■093
•071
•032
•01B
Relative Hurniilitv
23
41
21
4«
40
30
42
41
37
41
2G
14
[Sat. = 100]
Day of Month
8
9
3
18
29
5
8
1
1G
18
l ^
29
Montli of Year
23
17
17
1
2
24
2
2
9
9
3
23
Of these relative humidities, the lowest, 14 per cent., occurred on
December 29 with a dew-point of -20°-9, that being the lowest dew-point
for the year. From 9 a.m. on January 21 to noon on February 9 — that is,
for a period of 507hours— the atmosphere was continuously in a saturated
condition, the summit of the mountain being wreathed in fog or mist
throughout the period, except for one short break of three hours. The
next longest periods of continuous saturation were from April 3 to 11,
from September 3 to 10, and from December 9 to 17.
The rainfall for the year at the top was 216-74 inches, or 55-97 inches
above the average of 19 years; whilst the annual amount at Fort William
was 113-89 inches, or 35-31 inches above the average for the same period.
At Fort William the year was the wettest hitherto recorded, but on Ben
58
REPORT — 1904.
Nevis the amount was considerably below that for 1898, when the total
was as much as 240-12 inches. On Ben Nevis the totals for January,
February, March and August were the largest hitherto recorded for these
months, whilst the aggregate for the first three months was half the total
for the year and considerably more "than twice the average. At Fort
William, also, about half the annual amount was registered during the
first three months, whilst the aggregate for that period was more than
twice the average. At the top of the mountain the greatest fall recorded
on a single day was 4-78 inches on January 29, the corresponding fall
at Fort William being 1 -78 inch ; whilst the maximum daily amount at
Fort William was 3*09 inches on January 25, the fall at the top on that
day being 3 -03 inches.
At the top of Ben Nevis the number of rainy days was 280, or 17
above the average, and at Fort William 259 days, or 25 above the average.
The number of days on which 1 inch or more fell was much above the
average at both observatories, Ben Nevis having no fewer than 79 such
days, or 26 above the average, and Fort William 32, or 17 above the
average. Of these days of heavy falls, as many as 41 occurred at Ben Nevis
during the first three months of the year, and as many as 19 at Fort
William. Considering also daily falls of between - 50 inch and 099 inch,
and less heavy falls, we have the following table :
Daily Palls of
Aggregate of Falls
Number of Days
B.N.O.
F.W.
51-3 in.
32-1 „
30-5 „
B.N.O.
79
52
149
280
F.W.
32
4G
181
1 in. and over .....
| in. to 0-99 in.
Less than § in
Total
149-4 in.
390 „
28-3 „
216-7 „
113-9 „
259
Thus, on Ben Nevis nearly half, and at Fort William nearly one-third,
of the number of rainy days had falls of half an inch or over, whilst at the
top of the mountain such falls contributed six-sevenths of the total for the
year. Again, at Fort William 45 per cent, of the annual amount was due
to daily falls of 1 inch or over, and at the high-level station nearly 70 per
cent, to such heavy falls.
The sunshine recorder on Ben Nevis registered 509 hours out of a
total possible of 4,473 hours, or 11 -4 per cent, of the possible sunshine, being
227 hours below the average of twenty years. This is the smallest annual
amount recorded since the Observatory was opened, the next least sunny
years being 1884 with 524 hours, 1886 with 571, and 1890 with 591. The
amounts for February and March were the least on record for these
months, and only in June, September, and December were the totals
above the average, and that by very small amounts. At Fort William the
annual amount was 934 hours, being the smallest total in thirteen years and
185 hours below the average for that period. February, March, and Octo-
ber had the smallest amounts on record for these months, the total of 10
hours in February being only one-fifth of the average for that month.
On Ben Nevis the mean percentage of cloud was 87, and at Fort
William 78, both above the average. February, March, August and
October were very cloudy months, the eye estimations of cloud amount
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON BEN NEVIS. 59
agreeing with the small amount of sunshine registered by the sunshine
recorder.
On Ben Nevis the following phenomena were observed :—
Auroras : — September 20 ; November 1 ; December 25.
St. Elmo's Fire :— January 3, 6, 27, 28 ; February 27 ; March 5, 17,
27 ; May 16 ; July 23 ; August 3, 15, IS, 19, 20, 21 : September 2, 10 :
October 5, 15, 16.
Thunder and Lightning :— July 2 ; August 15, 19, 20, 24.
Thunder only : — June 25, 29.
Lightning only :— January 26, 27 ; February 20, 25 ; March 5, 30 ;
June 29.
Solar Halos :— April 19 (with Mock Suns) ; June 29.
Lunar Halos : — January 5, 8 ; February 9 ; July 31 ; December 1.
In November 1903 the Deutsche Seewarte at Hamburg, Germany,
applied to the Directors for daily telegrams from the Fort William and
Ben Nevis Observatories, with a view to their use, along with similar
data from Continental high-level stations, in aiding the preparation for
the daily forecasts for the German Empire. These telegrams have
accordingly been sent for several months past, and appear regularly in
the Daily Weather Report issued by the ' Seewarte.'
Copies of the Ben Nevis observations have also been r sent on applica-
tion to Dr. Hergesell, to be used in connection with the International
Aeronautical Investigation.
The discussion of the Ben Nevis observations on the lines indicated
in our last year's Report has been continued. The chief subjects taken
up by Dr. Buchan have been a continuation of the inquiry into the
relations of temperature and pressure at the two Observatories, more
particularly in regard to the great movements of the atmosphere grouped
under the cyclone and the anticyclone. The observations have been
sorted out into the following four classes : —
1. The data for the mean hourly differences of the sea-level pressures
and temperatures for the months, including all types of weather, with the
exception of those days on which strong winds occurred, which rendered
the barometric readings untrustworthy owing to the pumping of the
mercury.
2. The second class included all those days during the fourteen years
on which the difference of temperature, on the mean of the whole day, was
12°-0 or less.
3. The third class included those days on which the difference of
temperature was 18 o- or upwards.
4. All the other days were grouped under this class on which the
difference of temperature lay between 12°-0 and 18°-0, showing thus the
results for the days when the temperature differences were virtually about
the average.
This fourth class has been added to the investigation since the
meeting of the British Association at Southport. Further, the averages
for these four different classes have been now calculated from all the
available observations made at the two Observatories from August 1900
to December 1 903.
The broad results are these :— (1) When the difference of the mean
60 REPORT — 1904.
temperatures of the day is only 12°-0, or less, the calculated sea-level
pressure for the top of the mountain is markedly greater than at Fort
William, and the accompanying meteorological conditions are anti-
cyclonic, the weather being clear, dry, and practically rainless ; (2) when
the difference of temperature is 18 o- 0, or greater, the meteorological
conditions are cyclonic, and the accompanying weather dull, humid, and
rainy.
The large result here arrived at empirically is in accordance with the
principle laid down by Dalton — viz., that air charged with vapour or
vaporised air is specifically lighter than when without the vapour ; or,
in other words, the more vapour any given quantity of atmospheric air
has in it the less is its specific gravity.
Another important result is that the cases of small differences of
temperature between the two Observatories are chiefly occasioned by an
increase of temperature at the top of the mountain, and large differences
of temperature by a decrease of temperature at the top.
The intimate relation thus disclosed between the varying temperatures
and sea-level pressures of a high-level and a low-level station is of
prime importance in forecasting the weather, inasmuch as it reveals, in
a way not hitherto attempted, the varying conditions of the hygrometric
states of the atmosphere, particularly at high levels, upon which changes
of weather so largely depend. The setting in of a process of saturation
of the atmosphere at great heights may thus be made known, even when
no cloud has yet been formed to indicate any such saturation. The
important bearing of these results on such practical problems in meteoro-
logy as the forecasting of the monsoons of India is evident.
The Study of JTi/dro-aromatic Substances. — Report of the Committee,
consisting of Dr. E. Divers (Chairman), Dr. A. W. Crossley
(Secretary), Professor W. H. Perkin, Dr. M. 0. Forster, and
Dr. H. R. Le Sueur.
Recent Work on Hydro-aromatic Stibstances.
By Dr. A. W. Crossley.
The following is a summary of the work published on hydro-aromatic
compounds since the preparation of the last report. 1
Petroleum. — Roumanian petroleum 2 resembles Russian and American
petroleum, inasmuch as the densities of fractions taken every 2° between
50° and 70° diminish to a minimum at 60° to 62°, and then continuously
increase, whilst in the case of Galician oil there is a steady increase of
density throughout. A further difference from this latter oil is to be
found in the composition of the fractions between 60° to 100°, which do
not contain secondary hexanes, as on nitration they yield aromatic deriva-
tives only. Methyl- and ethyl-hexahydrobenzene are among the hydro-
carbons contained in the Roumanian oil.
Hydrocarbons. — Sabatier and Senderens 3 have shown that, when
benzene or its homologues, containing methyl groups as side-chains, are
passed together with hydrogen over reduced nickel, hydrogenation takes
place without complication ; whereas if the hydrocarbons contain longer
1 Reports, 1903, p. 179. 2 Poni, J. C. 8., 1903, Abst. (1), 593.
3 Compt. Bend., 1901, 132, 1254.
ON THE STUDY OF HYDRO-AROMATIC SUBSTANCES. 61
side-chains (ethyl, propyl, ifce.) part of the latter is split oft'. For example,
ethylbenzene gives principally ethylhexahydrobenzene, but also small
amounts of methylhexahydrobenzene. Sabatier and Mailhe ' have further
investigated the product obtained by passing benzene and hydrogen over
reduced nickel, and find that if the temperature be maintained at 250°
pure hexahydrobenzene is formed, identical in all respects with that
occurring in Caucasian petroleum. If hexahydrobenzene be passed over
reduced nickel at 270° to 280°, it is decomposed into benzene and hydrogen,
which latter reacts with the benzene, forming methane. An energetic
substitution reaction takes place when chlorine acts on hexahydrobenzene
at a temperature of 0°, resulting in the formation of a mixture of mono-,
di-, tri-, tetra-, and hexa-chloro- derivatives. 2
According to Markownikoff, 3 methylhexahydrobenzene has not been
obtained pure by the methods so far described ; for example, when isolated
from Caucasian petroleum, it is contaminated with normal heptane. It
can, however, be prepared in the pure condition by the action of zinc dust
on an aqueous alcoholic solution of 3-bromo-l -methylhexahydrobenzene.
The hydrocarbon obtained by eliminating the elements of hydrogen bro-
mide from this latter substance 4 is a mixture of the two methyltetrahydro-
benzenes with the double bonds in the 2 : 3 and 3 : 4 positions. The pure
substances have been obtained by other methods. 5 In such hydrocarbons
the influence of the side-chain is such that in the splitting off of hydrogen
together with a halogen, or in the combination with a molecule containing
mobile hydrogen, the latter splits off from, or combines preferably with,
the carbon atom furthest removed from the side-chain, whilst the electro-
negative element combines with the carbon nearest the side-chain.
1:1: 3-trimethyl-A 3 -tetrahydrobenzene. 6
Hydroxy-derivatives. — The reaction introduced by Sabatier and Sen-
derens has been extended to the preparation of aromatic alcohols. When
phenol is passed together with excess of hydrogen over reduced nickel at a
temperature of 140°-160°, pure hydroxyhexahydrobenzene is obtained ; 7
but if the temperature be raised to 215°-230°, the hydroxyhexahydro-
benzene first formed is decomposed into ketohexahydrobenzene and
hydrogen. From the mixture so produced Sabatier and Senderens have
obtained the pure alcohol or ketone by, in the first case, passing the pro-
duct with excess of hydrogen over reduced nickel at a temperature of
140°-150°, and in the second by passing the product without hydrogen
over reduced copper at a temperature of 330°. Under similar conditions
thymol and carvacrol are converted into the corresponding hexahydro-
derivatives (Brunei).
Iodohydroxyhexahydrobenzene gives, when treated with potash or
silver oxide, 8 the internal oxide of 1 : 2- dihydroxy hexahydrobenzene,
°\
>CH— OH,
/ \
CH j>CH 2
\CH 2 — CH,
1 Compt. Bend., 1903, 137, 240. 2 Bull. Soo., 1903, 29, 974.
3 Cent. Blatt., 1904 (1), 1345. 4 Cent. Blatt., 1904 (1), 1346.
5 Cent. Blatt., 1903 (2), 289 ; 1904 (1), 1213 ; Wallach, Annalen, 1903, 329, 368.
B Harries and Weil, Ber., 1904, 37, 848.
7 Holleman, Cent. Blatt., 1904 (1), 727; Brunei, Compt. Rend., 1903, 137, 12fi« ;
Pabatier and Senderens, ibid., 1903, 137, 1025.
fi Brunei, Compt. Bend., 1903, 137, 62.
62 REPORT — 1904
into which substance the former is easily converted by the action of water.
When the internal oxide is treated with alcoholic ammonia, 1 there result
1 -amino- 2-hydroxyhexahvdrobenzene and two forms of dihydroxycyclo-
hexylamine, NH(C 6 H 10 .OH) 2 .
Power and Tutin 2 have isolated a ltevorotatory modification of quer-
citol from the leaves of Gymnema sylvestre. It is demonstrated that this
substance has the same constitution as c?-quercitol (pentahydroxyhexa-
hydrobenzene) which has been established by Kiliani and Schaefer, 3 and
can only differ from the latter stereochemically ; but, since c?-quercitol has
(a) (i -l-24: 0- 16, whilst the new quercitol has (a) d — 73° - 9, the one cannot be
the optical antipode of the other. Eight optically active modifications of
pentahydroxyhexahydrobenzene are possible, and until a further number
of these isomerides are known it is impossible to assign a definite con-
figuration either to rf-quercitol or to the new 1-quercitol.
Aldehydes and Ketones. — The general method for the preparation of
aldehydes by the action of organomagnesium haloids on the esters of
orthoformic acid dissolved in dry ether 4 appears to be applicable to the
synthesis of hydro-aromatic aldehydes, 5 and in this way hexahydro-m-
toluic aldehyde has been prepared from 3-bromo-l-methylhexahydro-
benzene.
The preparation of hexahydrobenzyl alcohol 6 has been described by
Bouveault. Methylhexylcarbinol, C e H M .CH(CH 3 )OH, is obtained when
acetic aldehyde is allowed to act on the magnesium compound of chloro-
hexahydrobenzene. 7 When these alcohols are oxidised with chromic acid
the former yields hexahydrobenzaldehyde and the latter hexahydroaceto-
phenone.
Chloro- derivatives of ketomethyldihydrobenzene. 8
Acids. — When pentane-aye-tricarboxylic acid is digested with acetic
anhydride and then distilled, 9 a remarkable decomposition takes place
with elimination of carbon dioxide and water and formation of 8-ketohexa-
hydrobenzoic acid.
/ CH 2 -CH 2 -CO„H .CH 2 -GH~
CO..H . CH( = CO„H . CH< " >CO + CO. + H 2
\CH 2 -CH 2 C0 2 H \CH 2 -CH/
On reduction the corresponding hydroxy- acid is obtained, which yields
trans-t-bromohexahydrobenzoic acid when treated with hydrogen bromide,
and this bromo- acid, under the influence of sodium carbonate, gives rise
to A 3 -tetrahydrobenzoic acid. c'-Ketohexahydrobenzoic acid combines with
hydrogen cyanide to form the mixed nitriles of the cis- and trans-modifi-
cations of a-hydroxyhexahydroterephthalic acid. Both the corresponding
acids decompose on distillation with formation of A'-tetrahydroterephthalic
acid, identical with the acid synthesised by Baeyer. 10
r-Ketohexahydrobenzoic acid has been used by Perkin u as the starting-
point for the synthetical preparation of terpin, inactive terpiiieol, and
dipentene ; but as this report does not include a consideration of the
terpenes and camphors, an account of this work is not given.
' Brunei, ibid., 1903, 137, 198. - J. C. S., 3 904, 85, (324.
3 Ber., 1898, 29, 1762. 4 Tschitschibabin, Ber., 1904, 37, 186.
5 Ibid., 850. 6 Onmpt. Rend., 1903, 137, 60.
7 Bull. Soc, 1903, 29, 1049. " Zincke, Annalen, 1903, 328, 261.
» Perkin, J. C. S., 1904, 85, 416. 10 Annalen, 1888, 245, 160.
11 J. C.S., 1904, 85,654.
ON THE STUDY OF HYDRO-AROMATIC SUBSTANCES. 63
Transformations. — l-Methyl-3-ketohexahydrobenzene has been con-
verted into l-methyl-2-ketohexahydrobenzene x by the series of reactions
already described. 2
When 1 :5-dimethyl-3-keto-^'-tetrahydrobenzene 3 is heated with an
equal weight of ammonium carbonate, a small quantity of a base is formed
identical with collidine (2 :4: 6-trimethylpyridine). The mechanism of
this process is the exact reverse of Hantzsch's reaction 4 whereby dihydro-
pyridine, under the influence of hydrochloric acid, yields ketotetrahydro-
benzene.
It has been shown by Demjanow and Luschnikow 5 that it is possible
to convert a substance containing a tetramethylene ring into one con-
taining a pentam ethylene ring (cyclopentanol from tetramethylenemethyl-
amine) ; and, in continuance of this work, Demjanow r ' has now provided
an example of the conversion of a ring containing six carbon atoms into
one containing seven. On distilling hexahydrobenzamide with phosphorus
pentoxide it yields cyanohexahydrobenzene (1), which on reduction gives
the corresponding amine (2). When the hydrochloride of this amine
/CHo — OH.A ,(yQ n — CH,\
CH 2 < "(1) >CK.CN CH,/ "(2) >CH . CH„ . NH,
"\CH 2 -CH/ " X!H,-CH./
CH 2 -CH,-CH . OH
CH 2 / (3)
N CH 2 -CH,-CH 2
is acted on with silver nitrite it is converted into an alcohol identical in every
respect with suberyl alcohol (3), already described by Markownikoff. 7
A study of the action of bromine on 3 : 5-dichloro-l : 1 -dimethyl- A 2 :4 -
dihydrobenzene 8 has shown that the resulting hydro-aromatic bodies very
readily lose hydrogen bromide to form aromatic substances, of which the
two principal ones are 3 : 5-dichloro-4-bromo-o-xylene and 3 : 5-dichloro-
6-bromo-o-xylene. Since the dichlorodimethyldihydrobenzene, which forms
the starting-point of the research, contains the (/em-dimethyl group, the
migration of one of these methyl groups becomes an essential step in the
production of an aromatic compound. The reaction has therefore been
worked out so as to gain an insight into the course of such changes, more
especially as, on account of the symmetry of the molecule, it forms one of
the simplest cases in which the wandering of an alkyl group can take
place. The reaction is largely influenced by the condition of experiment,
but no substance has been encountered in which an alkyl group has
wandered into any but an ortho-position.
The Nature of Double Linkings. — Recent experimental work has
enriched our knowledge of the behaviour of substances containing double
linkings, more especially as regards the property of addition. In the
case of a substance containing several double bonds in the molecule, these
bonds often do not behave independently of one another. Thiele's theory 9
of partial valencies provides a possible explanation of many such cases.
Knoevenagel 10 considers it essential to study the movement of the atoms
themselves in the molecule, and assumes that doubly linked carbon atoms are
1 Wallach, Annaleri, 1903, 329, 368. 2 Eeports, 1903, p. 181.
3 Knoevenagel and Erler, Ber., 1903, 36, 2129. * Annalen, 1882, 215, 297.
5 Cent. Blatt., 1903 (1), 828. 6 Cent. Blatt., 1904 (1), 1214.
' Ber., 1893 26, R, 813. 8 Crossley, J. C. S., 1904, 85, 264.
*i Annalen, 1899, 306, 87. 10 Ber., 1903, 36, 2803.
64
RETORT — 1904.
in a continuous state of oscillatory motion. In the case of a substance such
as butadiene, the formation of the dibromide BrCH 2 — CH=CH — CH. 2 Br,
is explained by supposing the swinging motion of the carbon atoms to be
taking place first in one direction and then in the opposite, as indicated in
the accompanying diagram (fig. 1).
Continuous motion in one direction only is prevented by the hydrogen
atoms attached to the terminal carbon atoms, which come into the plane
of rotation. It is quite another matter in the case of benzene, where
alternate carbon atoms are supposed to rotate continuously in opposite
directions, because none of the valencies which pass into the plane of
rotation have hydrogen atoms attached to them ; the result is that the
double linkings change their position and travel round the ring (fig. 2).
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Such a theory indicates the possibility of new types of isomerism,
more subtle even than optical isomerism, and it is pointed out that cases
of supposed polymorphism, e.g., the quinols and benzophenone, may be
in reality manifestations of structural differences of the above type.
Knoevenagel supports Lehmann's view, 1 that substances exhibiting
difference in crystalline form afford evidence of difference in chemical or,
perhaps better, physical constitution.
It is also suggested that bodies of the type of ethyl _ 2:5 -dihydro-
terephthalate should be particularly liable to lose a molecule of hydrogen,
( + )
HC . COOCH,
/\
HC CH
II II
HC CH
\/
HC . COOCH s
( + )
since the two hydrogen atoms marked ( +) would be in a continuous state
of bombardment, due to the swinging motion of the carbon atoms con-
nected by a double bond. On increasing the temperature this state of
things would become sufficiently intense to cause the partial dissociation
of the molecule with evolution of hydrogen. This actually happens in the
case of the above ethereal salt on heating 2 in an atmosphere of carbon
dioxide, especially in presence of platinum black. The evolved hydrogen
is much smaller in amount than required by theory, only 18 c.c. being
obtained by heating one gram of the salt instead of 113 c.c. This is
Moleliularphysik (2), 413.
■ Bcr., 1903, 36, 2857.
ON THE STUDY OK HYDHO-AROMATIC SUBSTANCES. 65
readily explained, for the evolved hydrogen combines with some unaltered
ester, and the result of the reaction is the production of methyl terephthalate
and methyl hexahydroterephthalate.
A 1:S -Dihydrobenrxne. By Dr. A. W. Crossley.
In the last report of this Committee, 1 brief allusion was made to the
preparation of A 1 : ^-dihydrobenzene ; work in this direction has now been
completed, with l-esults which entirely confirm the preliminary experi-
ments. The hydrocarbon obtained from dimethyldihydroresorcin by
Crossley and Le Sueur 2 was proved to be 1 : 1 -dimethyl- A 2 :4 dihydro-
CH CH
(CH 3 ) 2 C</~ \CH
CH 2 CH
benzene, and by submitting dihydroresorcin to an identical series of
reactions a hydrocarbon was obtained, 3 which differed from any previously
prepared dihydrobenzene in only combining with one molecule of bromine
to give a dibromodihydrobenzene melting at 104 o- 5. It was therefore
suggested that the double bonds would be in the position 1 : 3, and the
hydrocarbon prepared by Baeyer 4 and Markownikoff 5 would be A 1 ^-di-
hydrobenzene, which is characterised by directly adding on four atoms of
bromine to form a solid tetrabromide melting at 184°. Harries and
Antoni 6 consider that their work proves this suggestion to be incorrect.
Unfortunately it was not found possible to prepare pure A 1 ^-dihydro-
benzene from dihydroresorcin, but this end has now been attained by the
removal of the elements of hydrogen bromide from dibromotetrahydro-
benzene. 7
CH, .CHBr CII = CH
CH,/ \cHBr = 2HBr+ CH,/ \g&
CH 2 . CH 2 CH,-CH
The reaction can only take place in one way, and therefore leaves no
doubt as to the constitution of the resulting hydrocarbon, which like that
obtained from dihydroresorcin only adds on two atoms of bromine to give
a solid melting at 104 o- 5. That this latter substance is in reality a
dibromodihydrobenzene is conclusively proved by the fact that on treatment
with quinoline it loses two molecules of hydrogen bromide, yielding
benzene.
It seems indisputable that, as already suggested, the hydrocarbon
obtained from dihydroresorcin or from dibromotetrahydrobenzene is
A 1:3 -dihydrobenzene, and the hydrocarbon giving the tetrabromide melting
at 184° must therefore be A 1 : 4 -dihydrobenzene.
1 Southport, 1903, p. 182. 2 /. C. S., 1902, 81, 822.
3 Crossley and Haas, J. C. S., 1903, 83, 494. * Annalen, 1894, 278, 88.
8 Annalen, 1898, 302, 29. 6 Annalen, 1903, 328, 102.
' Proe. C.S., 1904, 20, 160.
1904.
66
REPORT— 1904.
Wave-length Tables of the Spectra of the Elements and Compounds. —
Report of the Committee consisting of Sir H. E. PiOSCOE (Chairman),
Dr. Marshall Watts (Secretary), Sir Norman Lockyer, Professor
J. Dewar, Professor G. D. Liveing, Professor A. Schuster, Pro-
fessor W. N. Hartley, Professor Wolcott Gibbs, Sir W. de W.
W. E. Adeney.
Abney, and Dr.
Ruthenium.
Kayser, ' Konigl. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,' 1897.
Adeney, ' Proc. Royal Dublin Soc.' vol. x. (n.s.), pt. 1, No. 3.
Exner and Hascbek, ' Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,
Rowland and Tatnall, ' Asiro.-phys. Journ.' vol. iii. p. 288, 1896.
cv. 1896, cvi. 1897.
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Spark Spectrum
Intensity
and
Reduction to
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1 _
A
in Vacuo
5887-371
•
1-60
4-6
16980-9
64-830
99
•»
17046-2
33-561
On
1-59
4-7
171375
33-380
2
380
28-580
1
521
28-235
2
■9
53-1
26-018
99
j)
59-5
15157
5
1-58
91-7
04-461
4
) J
17223-4
5792-382
1
9 9
59-3
90-741
1
64-2
82-720
4
88-2
82-511
2
?»
j»
88-8
74-533
2
1-57
J 9
17312-7
71352
j»
91
22-3
68-066
3
32 1
58-875
59-8
56 980
3
99
66-1
53-772
1
»»
75-2
52-163
3
80-0
47-623
5
93-8
46-131
4
99
98-2
45-776
1
99
99-4
40-710
5>
99
17414-7
34-606
1-56
33-3
30-122
2
46-7
25-895
4
59-8
24-975
4
62-6
14-391
2
4-8
93-9
13025
4
99
991
02-522
4
1-55
17531-3
5699-741
2
jj
399
99-224
9
))
41-5
96-526
1
49-8
94-626
2
55-6
93-190
4
60-1
92-288
1
62-8
88-990
2
99
>>
73
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OK THE ELEMENTS. 67
Ruthenium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
¥ cfcl.jHUIll
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
l _
A
in Vacuo
5679-790
4
1-55
4-8
17601-5
76-720
1
»»
110
65-370
4
1-54
46-3
63-233
j?
52-9
57-127
2
>j
72-0
53-482
2
J]
83-4
53005
> j
849
50-981
2
) j
91-2
49-737
3
951
48-058
1
tj
17700-4
47-755
01-3
41-848
2
jj
203
36-441
7
?)
36-9
29-984
1
»j
57 2
27 722
2
1-53
64-4
19-558
90-2
09-360
2
jj
4-9
17822-4
06-958
3
311
03-782
3
36-2
03-370
2
41-5
00-753
2
49-8
6582-501
2
1-52
17908-2
79-650
2
)>
174
78-914
2
19-7
78-594
4
20-8
70-906
2
455
69233
.
4
M
50-9
59-962
6
80-8
56-719
3
9)
91-3
49 960
2
1-51
18013-2
40-881
3
42-8
31-220
2
74-2
18-056
2
JJ
18117-4
12-593
2
1-50
35-4
10934
6
42-8
07151
Jj
53 3
01-230
1
5-b
72-7
5496-899
4
90-4
94-575
1
95-0
84-850
2
18227-0
84-524
6
28-1
80-507
3
41-5
79-619
4
5)
44-3
75377
2
1-49
58-6
73 050
2
66-3
71755
)»
70-7
56-329
2n
18322-3
55018
6
26-7
52-930
1
33-8
39-618
2n
1-48
78-6
39-421
2
» >
79 3
27-815
4
18418-6
19 056
4
48-4
01-609
2
1-47
5T
18507-9
01-234
5
09-2
5386 083
4
»>
61-2
68
REPORT —
1904.
Ruthenium— continued.
Wave-length
Spark Spectrum
Intensity
Reduction to
Vacuum
Oscillation
(Kayser)
and
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Hasehek
Character
\ +
1-47
1
A
in Vacuo
5378-042
3
5-1
18589-0
73-505
On
18604-7
65-799
2
31-5
62-271
2
1-46
43-7
61-967
5
44-8
48-340
92 3
36-110
3
187351
34-901
2n
39-4
33114
3
45-7
15-520
2
l'-45
1S807-7
09-440
4
29-3
07-481
37-2
06-624
1
39-3
06035
41-4
05 030
4
44-9
5291-327
1
5-2
93-6
84-256
4
1-44
18918-9
80-989
2
306
75-240
1
51-2
66-988
1
81-0
66-642
1
82-2
64113
On
91-3
57 240
2
190161
51-816
1
35-8
45-612
2
1-43
58-3
45 112
60-2
43-109
2n
67-4
42-560
1
69-4
35-774
1
94-4
23-708
3
19138-1
14-247
1
72-8
13 586
3
75-2
09-667
2
1-42
89-9
02-285
2
5-3
19217
00-040
3
25-3
5195171
4
43 3
76-361
193133
74-105
l'4l
21-7
71 193
6
32-5
69-242
39-8
68-793
41-6
68-237
43 6
60-167
2
739
55-302
4
92-2
53 364
2
99-5
51-230
4
19407 5
47-401
4
22
42-933
4
44 2
36-717
5
i'4o
62-4
34-285
71-6
34059
2
72-5
27-423
2
97-7
07-230
4
5-4
19574-7
01-892
95-2
01553
2
96-5
6093-996
4
1-39
,,
19625-6
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
69
]
Ruthenium—
■continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
"Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Are Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
X +
1
A.
in Vacuo
5077-484
3
1-39
5-4
19689-4
77 243
1
>>
))
90-3
73T41
2
JJ
99
19706-2
62-815
1
1-38
»>
46-5
57-487
4
93
>»
67 3
53114
J9
)>
84-4
47-471
2
99
99
19806-5
45-570
1
99
>J
140
41-528
99
»)
29-9
40-908
1
99
99
32-3
40521
1
99
99
338
39 794
On
»»
>l
36-7
26343
3
1-37
5-5
89-7
20-472
99
»»
19912-9
19T40
1
»»
18-2
11-387
3
?)
49
10-765
1
J»
99
51-5
05-394
1
)»
73
03-697
99
79-7
4992-891
2
)> "
20023-0
87-412
1
1-36
J»
450
80-498
2
JJ
72-8
76-351
2
)S
89-5
75-534
99
92-8
74-255
99
98-0
69-055
2
5»
201190
60-022
99
56-7
55-416
1
?»
74-4
38-587
3
1-35
5-6
202431
35-805
»»
545
21233
4
»»
20314-4
11-755
1
1-34
99
53-7
10384
)J
59-4
08-045
3
yy
J)
691
05-179
1
»S
83
03 223
5
5»
89-2
02033
»»
941
01-234
))
97-4
4899-416
1
)»
20405-0
95-745
4
)>
203
95-555
1
»»
211
95-474
1
19
214
85-186
■ 99
64-5
82-832
*»
81-1
77-598
1-33
»»
96-3
75-188
)>
20506-4
74-489
»»
09-4
69-952
1
>»
28-5
69-314
6
>)
312
65 253
1
>>
48-3
63-265
)»
56-7
62-024
2
5-7
621
54-731
1
»»
92-8
44-720
4
9*
20635 3
39-930
1
1-32
J»
55-8
39174
3
?•
490
70
REPORT—
1904
Ruthenium—
eontin ued.
Wave-length
Spark Spectrum
Intensity
Reduction to
Vacuum
Oscillation
(Kayser)
and
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
+ A
1 _
A
in Vacuo
4833-157
2
1-32
5-7
20644'7
28-865
,,
207031
22-738
29-4
17-512
1
»)
51-9
15-694
5
59-7
14-895
>»
632
13-412
5»
70-6
06-375
)>
20800-0
05043
2
*»
05-8
01-343
1
1-31
21-8
4798-607
2
99
33 7
95-721
2
99
46-3
94-547
2
99
51-3
81-937
1
»>
5-8
20906-3
74-168
)J
40-2
73 325
J>
43 9
69-464
4
>»
61-2
67 315
70-4
64-582
1-30
724
58-043
6
21011-2
56-402
2
»>
18-5
53 280
»»
32-2
51-197
»>
41-5
43-205
1
>»
77-0
38-587
99
97 5
33-710
4
) J
21119-3
33 486
99
203
31-504
3
»»
29-1
21-078
1
1-29
75-8
18-228
>J
88-6
16-201
2
)>
97-5
14-335
99
212061
12-146
1
J?
15-9
09-672
4709-55
04-2
02-6
4692-3
6
1
1
1
1-28
27-1
4690-284
90-5
87-3
4
1
)»
)>
5-9
21314-7
85-947
86-2
1
»»
34-5
84-196
84-4
4
)»
42 4
83-258
»
46-7
81-966
82-2
4
J>
52-6
81-563
77-5
In
54-5
74-821
75-0
74-0
4
In
85-3
70146
70-4
69-5
68-5
67-5
4
1
In
In
J)
21407-0
62-663
)>
?>
411
54-901
1-27
J>
76-8
54-489
54-6
4
J»
)>
78-7
52371
1)
JS
88-5
48-293
JJ
>J
21507-4
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SI'ECTKA OF THE ELEMENTS.
Ruthenium — contained.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vil PT111 111
Wave-length
Intensity
and
V ill llliJll
Oscillation
Frequency
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
\ +
1
A.
in Vacuo
4647-787
4647-68
5
1-27
5-9
21509-7
46-967
14-9
46-326
16-5
45-264
454
4
„
21-4
42-752
1
331
42-548
1
341
41-135
41-2
"
40-5
39 490
391
' v
48-2
38-569
52-5
35-849
36
4
651
28-495
6-0
98-8
26-184
1
21610-1
17-827
12-5
10-6
09 5
1
In
In
1-26
49-2
05-833
058
2
217056
02978
201
01933
019
3
26-8
*4599-271
4599 30
6
36-6
96-879
971
4
47 9
93367
64-5
93161
65-4
* 92-695
92-7
4
67-7
91717
2
72-3
* 91-257
91-4
4
74-5
89-734
81-8
89-177
87-4
85-5
1
844
* 84-632
84-60
81-5
4
In
21806-0
80-246
80-4
74-2
3
In
1-25
26-4
64-862
650
2
6T
21900-4
62-772
62-9
1
10-4
* 60-157
4560-16
60-3
4
22-9
59-215
56-5
1
In
27-5
* 54-696
54-70
54-71
6r
49 3
* 52-281
52-28
52-5 Pt
4
609
* 50-112
5011
50-3
3
714
49-589
49-6
2
739
* 48-030
48-03
48-2
4
81-4
* 47 463
47-46
47.6
4
84-2
47-105
47 3
45-4
44-0
2
In
1
859
42-848
42-85
42-7
420
414
1
In
In
1-24
22013-1
4005
40-2
36-0
35
In
In
In
»
201
* Rowland and Tatnall : 4599-265, 4592-699, 4591-285, 4584-619, 4560-168,
4554-697, 4552293, 4560121, 4548031, 4547467.
72
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium—
-continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vticuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
X +
1
A
in Vacuo
4531035
4531-04
4531 -2
4
1-24
61
22063-9
25-616
903
* 21-110
21-11
21-3
4
22112-4
* 17-977
17-98
18-2
4
27-7
* 17-060
17-06
173
4
32-2
16-421
16-42
166
2
35-3
* 11-353
11-35
US
4
60-2
* 10-251
10-25
104
4
65-6
08-715
08-72
08-8
q
73-2
08-192
08-3
1
75-7
*4498-322
4498-32
4498-30
4
1-23
22219 4
91846
91-85
921
2
C-2
56-4
90-396
9040
90 5
2
63-5
88-550
88-50
88-7
4
72-7
82-194
82-19
82-3
2
22304-3
* 80-603
80-60
80-7
4
12-2
79-80
79 7
1
,,
16-3
75-493
75-7
2
37-7
* 74-093
74-09
74-2
4
44-7
71-200
59-2
70-69
70-8
1
61-7
67-427
67-6
2
1-22
78-0
66-511
2
82-7
65-649
65-65
1
87-0
64-661
64-66
91-9
* 60-209
60-21
60-19
53-5 .
6
In
22414-3
* 49-509
49-51
49-50
4
68-2
* 44-674
44-67
44-8
43-3
4
In
92-6
40-245
225091
* 39-938
39-94
39-98
5
16-6
39-574
38-0
2
1
18-5
30-478
1
1-21
6-3
64-6
* 28-624
28-65
4
741
26-182
26-18
1
86-5
24 958
25-2
3
92-8
23143
'23-3
1
22602
* 21-629
21-63
21-7
4
09 8
21-006
2101
21-2
4
130
20-634
2063
2
14-9
14-607
2
45-7
13458
2
51-6
12-058
58-8
* 10-207
1021
10-17
09-1
6
In
68-4
05 809
05-2
02-7
In
,,
91-0
4399-751
9975
oo-o
1
22722-3
*<■ 97 956
97 96
4398-3
4
315
96-868
37-2
* Rowland and Tatnall : 4521-124, 4517985, 4517063, 4511-364, 4510-265,
4498-316, 4480-617, 4474-100, 4460-194, 4449-509, 4444-681, 4439-935, 4428-631,
4121-626, 4410-193, 4397 966.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS 78
Ruthenium — continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
1
A
in Vacuo
4395125
4495-13
4395-4
2
1-21
6-3
227461
* 91191
9119
915
4
1-20
JJ
66-5
* 90-614
90-61
90-60
6
9?
69 6
89-547
89-4
5»
75-1
89-150
2
,,
77-1.
* 86-431
4386 43
86-6
86-1
4
4
J)
»1
91-3
* 85-823
85-82
85-85
5
)»
94-4
* 85-563
85-56
85-60
5
)»
95-8
* 83 530
83 53
83-7
2
«»
22806-4
81-421
81-42
81-7
2
>!
173
76-745
76-8
73-9
734
1
1
1
41-7
* 72-381
72-38
72-38
5
?5
64-5
71-52
716
2
J?
68-8
* 71363
4
J?
69-9
70-580
70-9
2
)»
740
65-741
4
99-2
64-270
64-6
63-5
2
1
22906 9
62-872
63 2
1
»>
203
* 61-581
2
»>
210
* 61-372
6137
61-40
58-5
5
In
>*
221
57 031
57-6
1
?>
450
* 54-960
54-96
552
3
1-19
j>
55 9
* 54-300
54-30
54-32
6
)>
59-4
50-632
j»
78-8
* 49-868
49-86
49-90
5
»»
82-8
* 46-640
469
4
>>
99-9
43-178
43-7
>»
23018-2
* 42-243
42-24
42-25
6
)»
232
41-204
41-4
2
;>
28-6
40503
40-7
400
2
In
32-4
38-829
39 1
2
Jl
413
* 37 427
37 43
37-6
37 3
4
1
48-7
* 36 584
36-58
367
331
2
1
»»
)>
532
32-789
32-9
)»
73-4
32-655
32-66
2
*>
741
* 31-321
3132
315
4
5»
81-8
28-712
29-0
2
»»
95-2
* 27-588
27-59
27-8
3
•«
23101-2
27-489
2
)>
017
* 26-987
26-99
27 2 Pt
4
)»
04-4
* 25-215
25-22
25-4
4
)»
138
23-626
>»
22-3
23120
2315
233
2
»>
250
21-450
2
J»
34
* Rowland and Tatnall : 4391-191, 4390605, 4386-436, 4385-814, 4385'553,
4383-526, 4372-363, 4371366, 4361597, 4361-371, 4354969, 4354296, 4349867,
4346-645, 4342236, 4337431, 4336591, 4331329, 4327590, 4326986, 4325213.
7 1
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium — continual.
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Are Spectrum
4320972
20-743
* 20-045
19-274
* 18-596
* 16-792
15-219
* 14-468
13-067
12-632
12 047
09-361
08-567
* 07-748
02-150
01-297
*4297-887
96-860
* 96 090
* 94-955
94-268
* 93-441
92-419
90-692
* S7-209
* 84-502
Spark Spectrum
Adeney
4320-04
18-60
14 47
08-57
07-75
4297-89
96-86
9609
94-96
93-44
90-69
87-21
84-49
*
82-357
82 36
*
82-093
82-09
*
78-842
*
77415
73-115
66-157
*
65-766
63-551
65-77
60-166
60-17
*
59-152
56-790
56-049
55-868
48-304
59-15
*
46-902
46-90
*
46-522
46-52
Exner and
Haschek
43210
20-08
18-7
170
14-6
12-8
110
09 6
07-74
06-2
05
015
4299 3
97-92
97-1
96-05
94-95
93-48
92 6
909
87-4
84-50
83 4
82-6
82-3
81-7
79-6
77-6
72-0
67-0
65-9
63-7
60-3
59-20
57-6
57-0
501
55-7
48-5
46-95
46-55
Intensity
and
Character
2
5
2
4
2
4
4
2
1
2
4
1
1
]
1
8
2
5
5
4
4
2
4
6
In
2
2
1
1
2
2
In
2
2
3
5
1
2
4
4
Reduction to
Vacuum
r
1-19 6-4
IS
17
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
23137 5
37-8
414
45-6
49 3
59-0
67 4
71-4
790
81 "3
84-4
98-9
23203 T
07-5
37 7
423
608
66-3
70-4
76-6
80-3
84-8
904
99-8
23318-7
33 4
351
466
64
721
95-6
23433 8
37
481
66-7
723
85-4
89-5
90-5
23532-2
400
42-1
* Rowland and Tatnall : 4320036, 4318-599, 4316-801,
4297-870, 4296-090, 4294-948, 4293-443, 4287-204, 4284-490,
4278-844, 4277-413, 4265-762, 4259-144, 4246-893, 4246-498.
4314-471,
4282-367,
4307-746,
4282-089,
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
Ruthenium — continued.
75
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacu llrn
Wavo-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeuey
Exner and
Haschek
Character
\ +
1
K
in Vacuo
23543-0
4246359
6
1-17
6-6
* 44-997
424505
4245-2
4
11
ii
505
* 43-228
43 23
43 20
6
I 16
,,
60 3
* 41231
4123
4125
6
11
ii
714
40194
40-4
11
ii
76-9
40-0
1
11
ii
38-5
In
11
ii
* 36-838
36 84
371
33 6
4
1
11
,1
ii
ii
23604-0
* 32-478
3248
326
4
11
91
20-2
31-7
1
11
91
* 30-470
30-20
30-48
6
11
11
314
* 29-472
2947
29-6
28-2
4
1
11
91
19
11
371
* 26-825
26-82
27-0Ca
11
11
* 25-258
25 26
254
3
11
11
60-6
* 20-838
20-84
20 85
4
11
11
85-4
* 17 438
1744
17 40
7
11
91
237055
* 14610
14-61
1460
4
*1
11
204
138
1
11
/>
* 12 240
12-24
1220
09 5
5
1
99
99
)*
337
* 07-797
07-80
08-0
2
99
i:
58-8
* 06-178
06-18
06-20
4
11
ii
67-9
03 5
1
115
ii
032
1
11
>•
* 00 069
00-07
0005
7
19
67
238025
*4199039
4199 04
419902
4
»»
»,
08-2
* 97-748
97 75
97-78
4
19
>»
156
* 97-038
97-04
97 05
2
J»
j)
196
95-0
1
99
>?
* 89-639
89-9
88-6
In
99
61-7
84-5
In
91
)»
* 82-994
83
11
>5
99 6
* 82-807
1
91
>»
23900-7
* 82-621
82-62
82-8
2
19
>5
01-7
* 75-615
75-8 Os
2
19
J)
41-9
753
2
11
>,
74-5
In
11
»J
73 4
1
19
>>
70-9
In
11
»J
* 70-218
70-22
70-5
2
19
,,
72-8
69 3
1
«
»>
* 67-666
67 67
67-65
5
114
J,
87-5
* 67 030
67-03
67 3
»>
,»
91-2
65-1
In
11
)»
64-8
In
11
,5
* 61-817
6182
6180
4
11
>»
240213
59-5
1
1*
J*
58-2
1
91
»)
* Rowland and Tatnall : 4244-992, 4243216, 4241-215, 4236-834, 4232481,
4230-478, 4229-475, 4226824, 4225256, 4220-838, 4217-427, 4214-714, 4214604,
4212-225, 4207798, 4206-178, 4200062, 4199039, 4197745, 4197039, 4189-631,
4182-998, 4182-812, 4182623, 4175-604, 4170-219, 4167-683, 4167047, 4161-823.
76
KEPOKT — 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vapnnm
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
, Hl\j U U» 111
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
X
in Vacuo
24086-9
*4150-475
4150-48
41506
1
1-14
6-7
* 48-530
48-53
48-7
1
6-8
98-1
* 46 956
46-96
46-92
4
99
24107-3
* 45-905
45-80
45-95
4
»»
>J
13-4
* 44-335
44-35
4
99
24-4
38-923
>*
)»
541
* 37-410
3741
37 6
35-8 Os
35-2
317
29-2
3
1
1
In
In
9 9
99
99
1-13
JJ
99
62-9
* 28-017
28-02
28-2
2
»>
)»
24217 9
* 27-611
27-61
27-7
26-7
25 3
24-2
2
In
In
1
J)
20-3
* 23 227
23 23
23-4
2
9t
»>
40
21-287
214
2
)>
57 4
* 21-147
2115
2
"
58-3
* 18-678
2
3»
72-8
14-285
145
1
J>
) J
98-8
* 13 532
13-53
13-7
2
>»
„
24303-2
* 12-910
1290
12-95
4
>)
99
06-9
09-796
100
»>
))
25 3
* 08-218
2
99
34-6
* 08-003
08-00
08-2
4
ft
35-9
06-065
06-3
99
Jj
47 4
* 02-438
02-6
2
*9
J)
68-9
01-906
01-91
021
4
99
72 1
* 00-533
00-53
00-6
2
9>
80-2
* 4097 -965
4097-97
4098-00
4
99
6-9
95-6
* 97-185
97-97
97-5
95-3
2
In
99
»
24400-1
* 91-218
91-22
91-5
88-7
1
1
112
>>
35-7
* 85-567
85-57
85-62
83-9
5
1
»>
»»
69 5
82-947
83-2
2
85-2
* 80-777
80-78
80-76
7
f>
98-3
79-440
79-6
78-2
1
1
9)
91
24506-3
* 76-900
76-90
76-90
74-4
5
1
99
>»
21-5
73-260
73-4
2
43 4
* 73-147
73-15
2
99
441
* 71560
718
3
)»
53-7
* 68-529
68-53
68-58
4
72-0
* 67-777
67 78
68-0
4
99
||
76-6
* 64-616
64-61
64-9
4
95-7
* 64-262
64-26
64-5
2
97-8
* 63-160
6316
63 3
2
„
»»
24604-5
* Rowland and Tatnall :
4150-470, 4148-539, 414
6-939, 4145-905, 4144-324,
4137-394, 4128-035, 4127-609,
4123-227, 4121-153, 411
8-666, 4113542. 4112-905,
4108-224, 4108-001, 4102-443,
4100-530, 4097-948, 40J
)7-185, 4091-223, 4085-589,
4080-757, 4076-886, 4073156,
4071-561, 4068-529, 40(
>7 771, 4064-615 4064-263.
4063147.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTKA OF THE ELEMENTS.
Ruthenium — continued.
77
|
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
♦4063021
4060-7
58-2
1
In
In
11-2
11
6-9
24605-3
* 54-216
4054-22
54-1S
4
Ill
58 -S
* 52-356
52-36
52-6
4
11
70-1
* 51-566
51-57
51-56
4
11
74-9
* 49 570
49-57
49-8
47-4
2
In
ii
ii
7-0
87-0
*
46-2
43 5
2
2n
n
ii
42123
2
j»
24732-5
40-620
407
o
ii
41-7
* 39-379
39-37
39-6
4
n
49-3
37-892
38-2
2
ii
58-4
36-612
37
2
,..
66-2
32-650
32-8
In
• >
90-5
* 32-363
32-36
32-6
4
ii
92-3
* 31-147
31-15
314
30-6
3
In
ii
99-8
28-584
28-8
2
I'-
24815-8
26-650
27
1
ll
27 5
* 24-848
251
2
ii
38-3
24-449
24-7
i
ii
411
* 24-001
24-00
24-00
4
ii
43-9
22-837
231
2
ii
511
* 22-327
22-33
22-30
5
ii
54-2
21146
21 15
21-4
3
ii
610
19-699
19-70
19-9 Ir
2
ii
70-5
18-891
15S
1
In
ii
1-10
75-5
14297
14-30
14-6
2
?»
24904-0
13-871
13-87
141
2
j>
06-6
* 13 655
1366
138
4
.,
07-9
11-882
0991
11-6
103
2
1
>*
190
* 08-422
08-42
08-6
2
9>
415
* 07-680
07-68
07-8
3
>>
451
* 06-749
06-75
07-0
4
>9
509
* 05 789
05-79
06-0
04-7
4
In
56-9
03-15
03-3
018
3998-2
In
1
In
7T
732
•3996-650
3996-65
96-6
2
)>
25013-9
96-136
9614
96-10
4
>>
171
94-700
1
»J
"
261
89-344
2
>»
59-7
* 87-959
87-96
87-95
4
»»
68-4
* 85011
85-01
85 00
5
»•
863
84 840
1
9>
88
82-372
8237
82-1
3
J»
"„
* 79-591
! 79-59
79-58
2
»
211
* Rowland and Tatnall : 4063-023, 4054-212,
4045-949, 4039-365, 4032362, 4031 155, 4024847,
4052-354,
4023-986,
4051-561,
4022-315,
4049-570,
J013-652,
4008-418, 4007-686, 4006-748, 4005-793, 3996-128, 3987 942, 3985-007, 3979-571.
78
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium —
continued.
1
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Y 1 1 1. LI 1 I J 1 1
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
4
\ +
1
A
in Vacuo
*3978-620
3978-62
3978-61
1-10
7-1
25127-3
* 74-646
74-65
74-7
5
1-09
>>
52-3
72-508
700
4
1
99
65-5
69-936
69-94
»
85-8
68-64 Ca
68-6 Ca
2
99
* 65-057
65-06
65 05
2
)•
252132
61-84
623
J>
33-7
* 57-596
57-60
57-7
4
J)
60-8
57-376
57-5
2
99
62-2
* 52-850
5285
529
99
91-1
52-436
1
7-2
93-6
* 51-351
51-35
51-4
4
99
25300-7
* 50-548
50-5
3
99
05-3
* 50-366
50-37
50-4
4
1>
06-9
* 50-192
50-3
2
9S
08
* 49-564
49-56
49-6
2
99
121
* 46-456
46-5
2
>•
320
* 45-723
45-72
45-73
99
36-7
* 44-341
44-34
44-4
43-2
2
In
99
% 99
45 6
* 42-209
42-21
42-3
4
»)
59-3
* 41-811
41-81
420
3
99
61-8
39-268
39-27
>»
78-2
* 38-045
38-05
38-2
3
»J
861
34-352
1
99
25409-9
*
33-80 Ca
33-80 Ca
4
1-08
»»
33 06
331
1
J>
18-3
32-444
)>
22-2
* 31-936
31-94
31-93
4
99
27-6
26-581
99
60-2
* 26 071
2607
2605
6
99
63-5
* 24-776
24-78
24-9
2
,,
9)
72-0
* 23-636
23-64
23-62
6
J»
79-4
22-476
22-5
1
>)
86-9
21-061
*
2106
211
4
J>
97 1
19-711
)»
25504-9
16-7
In
>)•
J>
* 15-000
15-00
151
14-5
4
99
99
35-6
* 12-248
12-25
12-3
3
J)
53 5
11-279
11-4
3
»>
59-9
* 09-229
09-23
09-22
5
"»
99
73 3
* 08-907
08-91
09
06-9
06-7
3
In
In
"
7-3
»
»
75-3
06-141
06-3
02-4
1
1
>»
>»
93-4
* 01393
01-39
01-5
3898-9 Pt
In
4
»>
»•
25624-6
♦Rowland and Tatnall: 3978-600, 3974-650, 3965-055,
3951-360, 3950-556, 3950-371, 3950-183, 3949-560, 3946-468,
3942-215, 3!)41-819, 3938-060, 3933-700, 3931-920, 3026-062,
3 120-060, 3iH4-990, 3912-252, 3909-222. 3908-906, 3901-391.
3957-600, 3952-844,
3945 730, 3944-339,
3924-774, 3923-615,
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
79
Ruthenium—
■continual.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
V ttj^lllllll
Oscillation
Frequency
and
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character ^ +
1 _
A
in Vacuo
*3898 500
3898-50
3898-6
In 1-08
7-3
25643-5
* 97 390
97-39
97-5
96-0
951
3
2
lu
1-07
50-9
94-387
94-39
94-5
In
706
* 92-916
92-92
93
2
80-4
* 92-366
92-37
92-35
2
83-9
* 91-567
9157
91-6
4
89-3
* 90-350
90-35
90-4
89-6
2
4
97 3
* 87-962
87-96
88-0
87-6
86-5
1
2
1
257131
* 84-849
84-85
84-9
1
33-7
* 84-203
84-20
84-3
82-3
2
2
37-9
80-95
81-0
80-2
1
In
59-6
79-15
79-2
2
71-1
*
76-23
76-2
1
90-0
*
73-65
73-6
1
25808-1
72-386
714
71-0
70-8
1
1
1
1
16-2
* 67-965
67-97
67-95
3
46-2
*
65-55
65-6
63-8
2
In
62-2
*
62-82
62-80
62-0
00-8
60-0 Fe
59-8
6
1
2
1
1
»
»
80-5
58-8
1
* 57-689
57-69
57 65
57-2
56-6
54-9
53-4
5
1
2
1
In
1-06
25915-0
*
52-26
52-3
51-3
2
1
51-4
*
50-56
50-50
49-6
49-1
48-2
46-7
43-2
42-8
42-6
411
4
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
62-9
40-9
2
* 39-815
39-82
39-82
4
J* »»
26035-6
38-8
2
„
»
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3898-498, 3S97"383, 3^92915, 3892-364, 3S91564,
3- J 90-347, 3887-960, 3884-849, 3884-207. 3876-229, 3873-660, 3^67-962, 3865-547,
3862-819, 3*57-680, 3852-260, 3850561, 3839-832.
so
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
1
Are Spectrum
Aueney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
\ +
1
A
in Vacuo
*3838-215
3838-22
3838-2
36-8
361
1-06
99
7-3
26046-5
*
3519
35-2
32-3 Pd
67-0
* 31-946
31-95
31-82
31
30-4
29-5
4
891
* 28-859
28-86
28-8
™
99
26110-1
*
28-0 Fe
27-5
26-3
99
99
»»
* 25-075
25-08
25-05
24-5 Fe
35-9
* 22-225
22-23
20-50
22-19
20-5 Fe
99
99
55-3
2000
19-8
99
70-7
* 19-184
19-18
19-2
18-5 Rh
181
99
99
76 3
* 17-439
17-44
17-43
16-9
105
7-4
87-9
16-4
16-3
99
95-4
15-90
160 Fe
99
98-7
*
150
150
141
99
26204-9
13-20
13-2
*>
17-3
* 12-874
12-87
12-83
120
11-3
27-3
*
08-82
08-7
06-7
2
1
»»
)>
47-4
*
05-57
04-70
04-20
05-5
2
>>
99
99
69-9
*
03-40 ,
03-4
01-4
2
1
99
85-3
*
00-39
00-38 Ir
4
99
*3799-486
3799-49
3799-42
4r
5»
26311-9
* 99-040
99-04
99-05
4
J>
150
* 98-205
98-21
98-18
1
>>
20-8
* 95-327
95-33
95-3
99
,,
40-7
*
95 00
95
93-3 Rh
2
1
431
* 90-649
90-65
90-62
89-8
88-8
88-0 Fe
5
1
!
99
"9
73-3
* 86-193
86-19
86-27
5
99
,',
26404-4
84-30
84-4
1
99
173
83-5
1
„ !
,',
* Rowland and Tatnall :
3838-201, 38
35191, 383
1-934,
3828-8'
t9, 3828-319,
3825-074, 3822-233, 3819173,
3817-424, 3«
14-976, 381
2-869,
3S08-81
$4, 3805-570,
3803-326, 3800-393, 3799489,
3799 042, 37
98-189, 37E
5-316,
3795-Of
>2, 3790-655,
3786194.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
81
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
VflPllllTTI
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
V i.' l 1.1 l i. J 1 L
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
1 _
A
in Vacuo
3782-891
3782-89
3782-8
1-05
7'4
26434-3
81-313
81-31
81-25
3
99
38-4
80-20
801
1
40-2
*
78-90
78-9
2
55-3
78-00
78-0
2n
61-6
* 77-723
77-72
77-78
74-6
3
1
104
63-6
* 73-306
73-31
73-4
99
94-5
71244
71-3
700
69-3
In
1
99
99
99
7-5
26509-0
* 67-500
67 50
67-50
4
99
35-3
65-938
660
46-3
* 64-179
64-18
64-3
1
99
58-7
6400
64 Fe
1
99
,,
62-7
1
99
* 61-644
61-64
61-70
4
99
76-6
* 60-178
60-18
6015
4
87-5
* 59-976
59-98
6000
2
89-4
58-50
58-5
1
99
98-9
57-80
57-8
1
99
»»
26603 -S
57-40
57-4
In
99
06-6
* 56083
5608
56-07
4
16-0
* 55-865
2
n
18-6
* 55-241
55-24
55-2
3
99
21-9
* 53-695
53-70
53-70
4
99
,,
32-9
53 00
53
1
99
37-8
52-70
99
5200
52-0
1
99
45
50-60
50-6
1
99
54-9
49-60
48-40
9)
48-15
99
4715
471
1
99
79-4
46-372
4600
46-4
o
99
»»
850
45-75
45-72
6
99
89-4
44-550
44-55
44-55
2
99
97-9
* 44-367
44-37
44-35
2
99
99-2
43-45
43-5
1
99
,,
26703-8
* 42-938
42-94
42-95
4
09-5
* 42-435
42-44
42-45
40-5
5
1
99
s»
130
* 39-622
39-62
39-60
4
33-2
* 39 058
39 06
39-1
2
37 2
* 38-774
38-77
38-8 Pd
2
39-2
* 37 904
37 90
2
l'-03
516
* 37-548
37 55
37-5
3
99
48
3500 Fe
35-0
2
99
66-3
34-70
34-6
2
99
68-4
33-90
340
In
99
741
* 33187
33-3
2
99
»»
79-2 1
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3778-853, 3777729, 3773314, 3767495, 3764T73,
3761-655, 3760-163, 3759979, 3756075. 3755868, 3755234, 3753684, 3744363,
3742-933, 3742422, 3739610, 3739057, 3738773, 3737902, 3737 540, 3733-188.
1904. G
82
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
Intensity
Oscillation
(Kayser)
and
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
*3732170
373217
2
103
7-5
26786-5
* 31-045
37310
2
94-6
* 30-745
30-65
3
26803-6
* 30-587
30-59
7
7-6
04-6
* 28-170
28 17
27 33
2815
5
15-3
* 27-077
27-08
27-15
4
231
* 26-254
26-25
25-59
2610
25-6 Ir
4
1
29
* 25115
2512
251
4
37 2
24-663
2
»
405
24-110
2411
24-2
4
44-5
22-80
22-9
1
53-9
22-458
22-3
1
56-4
* 19-474
19-47
19-52
4
75-9
18-60
18-5
1
84-2
* 17-823
17 82
17-8
2
89-9
* 17-152
1715
1713
4
94-6
16583
1
26901-6
* 16-323
16-32
16-4
3
00-7
* 15-703
15-70
15-7
3
07-2
14-788
15-0
13-6
1
1
11-6
* 12-443
12-44
12-5
11-2
10-5
3
1
1
28-8
09 35
09-4
1
51-2
08-15
08-2
1
n
53-0
07-05
* 05-506
05-51
05-5
2
792
* 03-344
03-34
03 4
031
2
1
95
* 02-369
02-37
02-5
02
2
In
27002-1
* 01-457
01-4
2
08-8
01-134
0113
01-2
2
111
00-487
00-5
1
15-8
3698016
3698-0
2
1-02
33-9
* 97-921
3697-92
3
,,
34-6
* 96-738
96-74
96-7
96
t
"
43-3
94-30
941
1
611
* 93-740
93-74
92-90
92-60
937
92-5 Rh
2
1
65-2
9110
911
1
84-5
90179
90-18
90-19 Pd
87-5
1
1
91-3
86-742
86-74
86-6
1
27116-6
* 86-109
86-11
86-1
4
206
85-204
85-20
2
„
27-9
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3732170, 3731048, 3730737, 3730577, 3728-173,
3727-073, 3726-239, 3725-117, 3719468, 3717822, 3717-146, 3716314, 3715-705,
3712-444, 3705-496, 3703343, 3702-369, 3701456, 3697-906, 3696725, 3693-734,
3686086.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS 83
Ruth enium — conti n wed.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Litensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
\ +
1
A
in Vacuo
3683 730
3683 5
1
1-02
7-7
27138-7
82 5
In
n
»>
81-8
In
99
>»
* 78-465
3678-47
78-4
4
)>
j>
77-5
78-222
78-22
78-2
2
99
>»
78-6
78 140
2
J>
»>
80-0
* 77-100
77-10
771
2
)>
)>
86-6
* 76817
76-82
76-7
3
)»
»>
89-9
76-4
1
J>
»»
75-60
75-7
1
)»
»>
98-7
* 75-408
75-41
75-4
3
»
»»
27200-2
* 72-525
72-5
2
99
99
21-6
72-210
72-3
2
»J
99
231
* 71-363
713
2
JJ
99
301
* 69-694
69-69
69-79
4
JJ
»>
42-5
68-890
68-9
1
99
JJ
55-8
67-1
1
99
99
65 4
In
J»
99
641
1
99
99
* 63-526
63 53
63-53
5
)J
JJ
88-4
* 61-727
2
99
J)
27301-8
* 61-486
61-49
61-57
7
»>
99
03-6
* 60-964
60-96
61-0
3
99
>>
07 5
60 25
60-2
2
99
»
12-8
59-55
99
>J
59
1
>»
J>
57-716
57-72
57-82
1
101
)J
32-9
57315
57-32
57-4
2
?J
)>
34-8
56-50
56-7
1
J>
j;
40-9
56112
2
»)
»»
43-8
* 54-559
54-56
54-55
4
S»
)j
55-6
53-857
53-86
53-9
2
99
99
60-6
53 00
53
1
M
9?
07 1
52-816
JJ
J>
68-4
52-627
99
»»
69-9
* 52-465
52-47
52-5
3
99
>>
71-1
* 50-473
50-47
50-48
4
99
>9
87-0
500
1
)>
JJ
49-75
99
>>
48-85
99
>>
48 Fe
1
99
>>
47 5
1
99
'„
* 46-266
4627
46-3
3
»
»)
27417-6
45-827
1
>>
>»
20-9
41-3
1
>»
* 40-791
40-79
40-7
4
9>
»>
51-3
* 38163
38-16
38-2
2
99
7-8
78-0
* 37 614
3761
37-62
4
99
»»
82-7
37
1
IJ
.»
* 35-661
35-66
35-6
4
JJ
»»
97 5
* 35093
35 09
35-10
7
99
»
27501-8
* 34063
3406
341
4
«
«
09-6
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3678-456, 3677-098, 3676-808, 3675-400, 3672-521,
3671-355, 3669-688, 3603-520, 3661 721, 3661-525, 3660961, 3654 549. 3652460,
3650-465, 3646-202, 3640-786, 3638161, 3637012. 3635658, 3635084, 3634064.
Q 2
34
REPORT
1904.
Ruthenium—
continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
3632-545
3632-55
3032-0
1
1-01
7*8
27521-1
* 31-8G0
31-86
31-9
3
„
26-3
31-65Fe
31-7 Fe
29-352
28-50
28-8 Ir
28-1
1
44-8
* 27-425
27 43
27-5
o
600
* 20-807
20-90
26-88
5
„
710
* 25-345
25 35
25-30
5
75-8
23-995
80-1
23-804
23-80
23 S
4
87-5
* 20-420
20-43
20-4
4
27013-2
* 19-334
19-33
18-90Fe
19-4
18-8 Fe
4
21-0
* 17-090
17 09
15 05
17 2
15-4
4
1-00
38-7
14-486
12-30
14-5
13-3
12-6
11-6
108
09-6 Pd
1
1
1
58-0
*3009-241
2
98-8
* 08-862
08-86
08-9
06-0
2
1
27701-8
06-297
06-3
1
21-4
* 05-792
05-79
05-8 Ir
03-3
02-6
3
1
1
»
25-4
* 01-627
01-63
01-7
00-8
2
1
99
99
57 4
*3599-913
3599-91
3599-95
4
99
70-7
99-548
990
97-5
1
1
»»
93
73-4
* 96-315
96-32
96-28
5r
?J
99
98-4
95-8
1
>»
99
* 93-177
9318
9317
4r
>9
7
•9
27822-6
91-58
91-7
1
)J
9)
35-0
91044
9104
91-0
1
,,
>>
39-1
90-7
1
9»
»»
* 89-370
89-37
89-37
4
J»
99
521
87-344
87-34
87 34
85-5
85-3
2
1
1
99
99
67 9
85-17
85-0
1
99
»
84-S
*
84-21
81-31 Fe
84-3
81-4 Fe
2
1
99
99
92-3
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3031-859, 3627-433, 3626-886, 3625 339, 3620-434,
3619-348, 3017-100, 3009247, 3008-878, 3605-785, 3601630, 3599914, 3596342,
3593-178, 3589-360, 3584-349.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TARLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 85
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vaci 1,1rrl
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
I Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Hascliek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
'3579-923
357992
35798
1-00
7-9
27925-7
78-90
78-7
1
,.
?>
337
77-55
77-6
1
0-99
99
44-2
77-10
77-1
2
)J
99
47-7
7617
»>
»»
751
1
»•
9)
* 74-741
74-74
7400
74-7
3
99
99
661
738 Ir
1
J»
»
733
1
J»
»J
7213
721
1
»!
»)
866
*
719
1
99
99
* 70-743
7074
70-74
1
i>
99
976
68-6
1
99
»>
* G7-30S
67-31
67 3
2
99
>>
28024-4
66-59
66-6
2
>>
J>
300
65-5 Fe
1
JJ
S»
* 64-945
64-95
650
99
»J
430
* 64-714
64-71
64-7
1
)5
JJ
44-8
* 64-517
64-52
64-6
)>
J>
464
637
1
JJ
»>
63-3
1
99
99
62-75
62-7
1
»)
»>
60-3
* 62-035
6204
62-1
JJ
J>
65-9
61-83
61-7
1
)»
>»
67 6
61-2
1
>>
>J
6085
60-8 Os
2
)»
99
75-4
6000
60-0
1
>J
»
82-0
59-8
1
»>
J)
* 57-203
57-20
57 2
J)
>»
28104T
57
1
J)
>J
* 56-779
56-78
56-8
)J
99
07-4
* 54-002
5400
539
1
99
>>
29-4
5073
50-7
1
>>
80
55-2
* 50420
50-42
504
2
99
>»
58-4
4990
49-8
1
JS
»>
61-8
48-70
48-6
1
79
)»
713
* 47-136
47 14
47 1
1
»
>>
83-7
45-9
2b
>>
)»
42-7
1
»»
>»
* 41-788
41-79
41-7
3
J*
>>
282263
411
1
J)
»?
409
1
)>
5>
403
1
99
SJ
* 39-518
2
•9
»
44-8
* 39418
39-42
3940
2
99
>J
452
* 38100
3810
38 03
3
97
s>
55-8
36-78
36-7
2
098
»J
66-3
* 35-985
35-99
360
2
>>
>>
72-7
* 35-529
35-53
35-5
2
99
>>
763
* 32-965
32-97
32-95
2
9*
>J
96-8
* 31-545
31-55
31-5
3
99
11
28308-2
29-26
294
2
))
11
26-5
* Rowland and Tatnall: 3579-924, 3574-748, 3571-913, 3570748,356
3564-719, 3564-509, 3562043, 3557207, 3556-773, 3553-998, 3550
3541 777, 3539521, 3539415, 3538T00, 3535-988, 3535537, 3532962,
7-309.3564-949,
419, 3547 131,
3531-543.
86
REPORT— 1904.
Rut h Entixm—contl/t tied.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
Intensity
and
t Oscillation
' (Kayser)
i c requency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Easchek
Character
A +
1
in Vacuo
*3528-841
3528-84
28-05
3528-7
2
0-98
8-0
28328-9
27-39
273
26-6
26-4
25-7
1
1
1
lu
41-6-.
24-62
24-6
2
63 8
2416
240
22-4
22-2
2
1
1
67-5
* 20-285
20-29
2022
4
98-9
* 19-795
19-80
19-80
3
28402-7
1910
191
1
08-4
1800
16-040
1605
160
15-2
lu
330
14-911
1
42-2
* 14-649
14-65
14-60
4
44-3
* 13-807
13-81
130
11-5
10-5
2
1
1
lu
512
09-870
2
8T
830
09 35
09-30
07-3
06-9
05-9
4
In
In
In
87-2
04-65
03 60
02-578
02-58
02-5
2
28542-3
01-510
1
53-1
*3499-098
3499T0
3499-05
lOr
70-7
* 98 103
9810
98-0
1
0-97
79-6
* 96-293
2
93-6
* 96-145
96-15
961
2
94-8
* 94-410
94-2
3
28609-0
93377
93-38
93-2
2
17-5
92-256
92-26
92-0
1
26-7
90-879
90-88
90-8
1
46-8
90-30
90-3
1
42-7
89-895
88-2
1
In
53-7
87-87
87-7
1
62-7
86-948
2
70-3
86-360
85-6
2
In
74-0
83-65
83-7
1
>>
97-4
* 83-463
83-46
2
yt
98-9
* 83-317
83-32
83-3
2
28700-1
82-499
81-66
82-5
82-0
2
1
>9
06-8
* 81-465
81-47
81-42
4
i»
15-4
♦Rowland and Tatnall : 3528-832, 3520-286, 3519-785, 3514-631, 3513799,
3499095, 3498-086, 3196-272, 3496-131, 3494-404, 3483-438, 3483-317, 3481-449.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 87
Ruthenium - continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
1 UlilHIUL
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
1
A
in Vacuo
3481-044
0-97
8-1
28718-8
80-295
3480-30
3480-2
2
>»
it
25-0
7945
79-5
2
»»
tt
320
77-6
In
99
it
77 350
77-2
tt
tt
55-0
75-00
750
1
tt
it
68-9
* 73 900
73-90
73-90
5
if
tt
78-0
73-45
73 4
1
)J
a
81-7
72-843
72-84
72-7
2
ti
tt
86-8
72-39
72-4
2
tt
tt
90-5
70-201
69-80J
700
69-5
1
1
a
68-1
In
»»
»»
* 67-190
67-19
67 3
2
it
8-2
28833 6
65-437
65-44
65-5
1
it
48 1
63751
a
62-2
* 63-289
63 29
632
4
tt
64-0
* 62-208
62-21
61-55
621
2
tt
66-1
59-736
59-6
2
*t
95-7
58-3
lb
0-96
a
57-849
57-05
57-3
1
it
it
28911-5
* 56-769
5677
56-7
4
•
tt
20-5
55-888
2
a
27-9
55-548
55-6
2
tt
30-8
53373
i>
49
53-056
53 06
53
521
4
1
tt
51-7
51014
»>
68-8
49-608
tt
806
* 49-105
4911
491
4
a
84-9
46 96
46-8
In
)»
46-630
2
JS
29005-6
46-227
46-3
2
a
09-0
46-095
4610
»>
101
45-675
t*
13-7
45-453
45-3
1
1
ft
it
164
44-574
1
it
23
43818
a
29-3
43-309
tt
33-6
41-942
j>
45-3
* 40-361
40 36
40-4
4
3)
58-5
39-835
2
»
630
38-819
>j
715
* 38-522
38-52
38-5
4
tt
741
* 36-886
36-89
5r
ii
87-9
* 36-481
2
»»
913
36-237
j>
93-4
* 35-340
35-34
34-93
35-3
4
>>
>>
291010
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3473892, 3467-192, 3463286, 3462T86, 3456763,
3449-107, 3440-351, 3438 510, S436883, 3436 475, 3435-327,
88
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
3434-325
3434-33
0-96
8-2
29109-6
* 33 406
33-41
3433-45
4
174
* 32-909
32-91
32-9
4
21-5
32-560
32-5
24-6
* 32-354
32-35
3
26-2
31905
37 3
* 30910
30-91
3105
4
38-5
30-568
30-6
41-4
* 29-702
29-70
29-6
4
48-8
* 28-790
28-79
28-60
2
56-5
* 28-476
4r
59-2
27-717
27 72
65-6
* 26120
26-09
26-2
2
79-2
24-39
( 24-5
I 24-3
1
1
941
22-578
2
29209-4
20-881
23-9
* 20-243
20-24
20-2
200
4
In
29 3
* 19-394
19-39
2
"
36-6
* 18125
1813
18-1
2
47 5
17-790
1
0-95
50-4
* 17-493
17 49
17 45
7
52-9
16-90
16-7
1
58-0
* 16-329
16-33
16-4
156
1
1
62-9
* 14-787
14-79
14-7
14-5
3
1
761
14-422
2
8-3
79 2
14-130
80-7
13-870
75-4
* 12-947
12-95
12-8
3
91-9
12-221
2
98-1
* 11-768
11-77
11-6
4
■ •
293020
10-84
10-7
2
100
1010
09-707
2
19-7
* 09-420
09-42
09-42
09-2
5
2
22-2
07 042
42-7
* 06-736
2
45-3
* 06017
2
51-5
05-426
56-6
03-924
03-7
02-7
02 00
1
1
4
"
754
* 01-878
01-88
3
87-2
* 01-637
01-64
2
89-3
01-304
01-4
921
00-890
2
95-8
00-738
1
97-1
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3433 397, 3432896. 3432-348, 3430908, 3429689,
3428-769, 3428460, 3426089, 3420-236, 3419389, 3418117, 3417466, 3416320,
3414-782, 3412-939, 3411-780, 3409424, 3106731, 3406025, 3401 -876, 3401 -646.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
89
Ruthenium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vn.pnnm
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
V UtUUUUl
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
0-95
1 _
A.
in Vacuo
3400-116
8-3
29402-5
3399-4
1
339915
3399 040
9904
98-9
2
J J
11-8
98-470
16-7
96-967
4
8-4
32-2
96-060
37 5
95-465
95-3
940
In
42-6
* 92 654
92-65
92-68
4
67
* 92032
9203
920
2
72-4
91-042
2
810
* 89-639
89-64
89-6
4
93-3
89-250
89-25
89-3
96-6
* 88-849
88-85
88-8
4
29500-1
87-967
87-97
88-0
07-8
* 87-368
87 3
2
13
86-390
86-3
2
21-5
* 85-838
2
26-4
* 85-609
85-61
85-7
2
28-4
* 85-303
85-30
85-2
4
310
83 053
823
81-6
1
1
406
81-040
81-0
2
68-3
* 80-301
80-30
80-3
4
74-7
* 79-747
79-75
79-6
4
79-6
79 402
79-4
2
82-6
* 78-165
78-17
78-2
4
93 4
76-186
1
0'-94
29610-8
75-377
2
179
75036
2
209
* 74-790
74-79
74-7
4
23-1
74-115
74-12
2
29
73-45
73-5
73 3 Pd
1
1
34-8
72-922
72-92
39 5
* 71-990
71-99
4
47-7
71-793
71-8
49-4
70-720
70-72
2
58-9
70-19
7010
4
63-5
69-813
69-7
2
66-4
69-433
69-43
69-40
2
70-2
* 68-588
68-59
68-58
6
776
68-053
82-3
67-868
84
65-470
297051
65163
07-8
64-933
64-8
1
09-9
* 64-230
64-23
641
4
* 62-457
62-46
62-3
2
„
160
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3392672, 3392032, 3389644, 3388846, 3387-369,
3385-836, 3385608, 3385207, 3380308, 3379744, 3378170, 3374-790, 3371992,
3368-604, 3368-524, 3364243, 3362473.
90
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
*3362142
61-295
59 230
58110
56-598
56-327
55-803
54-001
53-776
53-444
53 122
52-060
50-681
50-363
50-236
49-822
48-833
48-145
47-748
46-360
45-450
44-934
44-666
42-999
42-854
41-809
41-361
41-230
39-932
39-691
39092
38-849
37-963
36-774
36-296
35-822
34-764
32-768
32-483
32-186
28-583
27-831
25-373
25136
24-509
24-077
23-226
22-368
Spark Spectrum
Adenev
3361-30
60-20
59-23
53-44
50-36
49-82
48-15
47-75
45-45
44-67
43-32
42-85
41-81
39 93
39 69
37-96
35-82
25-37
2514
24-51
Exner and
Haschek
33621
612
60-0
59-30
56-3
55-7
536
53-3
52-0
50-30
48-0
47-6
453
43 2
42-7
41-7
41-3
398
39-72
38-3
37-8
36-6
35-7
32-7
321
31-2
27 6
25-4
250
24-6
22-2
Intensity
and
Character
4
2
1
6
2
2
2
2
4
2
1
4
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
4
2
4
1
2
2
6
2
In
4
3
2
4
2
4
1
2
4
o
4
2
4
4
Reduction to
Vacuum
A. +
0-94
1
\
93
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
29731-7
34-5
42-0
59-2
70-2
83-8
86-1
907
29806-6
08-3
11-6
14-5
23-9
36-3
39 -1
40-2
43-8
52-6
58-8
62-4
73-9
83-7
87 5
89-8
92-9
29904-8
06-4
154
19-3
20-4
37 6
34-4
39-7
41-9
49-9
60-6
64-8
691
78-6
966
99-2
30001-8
343
411
53-3
65 3
71-3
74-9
82-6
90-4
* Rowland and Tatnall: 3362-151, 3359-239, 3353-790, 3352075, 3348 847,
3348153, 3347-757, 3345457, 3344-679, 3341-811, 3341365, 3341230, 3339690,
3335-836, 3332-781, 3332T90, 3327-843, 3325-136,
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 91
Ruthenium — continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A.+
1_
in Vacuo
3321-634
0-93
8-0
30097-1
21-385
3321-2
2
9f
99-3
19-944
1
J»
30112-4
19-655
1
>S
150
* 18-992
3318-99
18-8
6
99
21-0
* 18012
18-01
17-9
4
99
29-9
17-66
175d
2
JJ
331
17 045
17 05
17
1
J>
38-7
* 16-523
16-52
16«55
6
J»
43-4
* 15-590
2
J»
51-9
* 15-365
15-37
15-30
3
99
540
15-181
2
99
55-6
14-203
2
"
64-5
12-99
12-7
1
39
75-6
12-348
1
99
81-4
12-068
J»
84-0
11-388
99
90-2
* 11-090
1109
110
4
»)
92-9
10-220
10-2
99
30200-9
09-965
09-97
»
06-1
09-38
09-2
1
»>
08-5
09 00
99
08-751
08-8
J>
14-3
08-122
08-12
08 1
4
99
200
07 679
07-7
2
JJ
241
06-81
06-6
1
:>
321
* 06-305
06-31
06-2
4
99
36-5
05-804
»>
41-1
0515
051
2
99
47-2
* 04-948
04-9
2
99
491
04-772
J>
50-7
04-634
2
99
51-9
04-418
SJ
53-9
* 04-141
0414
040
4
5?
56-5
02-312
1
»
73-2
01-94
01-9 Pt
1
99
76-6
01-726
01-73
01-6
5
»>
78-6
01-35
01-1
2
»J
81-9
3299-926
000
»J
951
* 99-479
3299-48
3299-3
2
: 92
»J
99-2
* 98-559
98-56
98-4
4
J)
30307-7
* 98-096
98-10
98
3
JS
11-9
* 97-393
9739
97-2
3
„
»J
19-4
* 96-786
96-79
96-6
2
JJ
24-0
* 96-252
96-25
961
4
99
28-9
94-926
J>
411
* 94-269
94-27
94-38
6
»>
47-1
92-390
92-1
2
J»
64-4
91-789
91-8
91-5
2
In
70-2
91-250
2
>»
750
91-0
1
•
..
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3318-965, 3318-025, 3316-524, 3315-579, 3315-363,
3311-096, 3306-310, 3304-951, 3304-126, 3299-466, .298-549, 3298-089, 3297-389,
3296-780, 3296-248, 3294-233.
92
retort — 1904.
Ruthenium—
continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacu llrn
Wave-length
Intensity
Oscillation
(Kayaer)
and
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1_
in Vacuo
3289-389
3289-3
2n
0-92
8-6
30302-2
3286-55
86-8
1
»
8-7
304183
86040
1
3»
99
23-0
85-505
85-7
2
>»
»»
28-0
* 85-067
4
>»
99
321
8446
84-5
1
»
)»
37-7
84-3
2
»»
>)
82-744
82-5
>»
>»
53
81-995
2
tt
tt
60-6
81-735
81-74
81-5
J»
99
63
81-26
81-2
1
»»
>>
07-3
80-678
1
99
»»
720
80-599
80-5
2
n
>>
735
79521
2
»»
tt
83*5
* 77-699
77-70
77-6
4
»>
tt
30500-5
76-820
76-6
>>
tt
08-7
75-87
75-7
1
»>
99
17*5
* 74-831
74-83
74-7
5
j>
99
27*2
73-765
73 77
73-6
)»
»»
37 1
* 73-217
7322
731
5
5»
>J
42-3
72-366
»»
J>
50 2
72-0
lu
99
»»
71-746
»»
>»
560
71-2
In
•J
99
70-388
69-80
70-2
2
99
68-7
69-336
2
»
»»
78-5
69 087
6905
68-93
2
J>
)»
80-9
* 68-345
68-35
68-3
5
»>
99
87'8
67-269
67 07
67 2 0s
97-9
66-588
66-59
66-4
4
>»
)»
30604-3
661
1
»>
>>
* 64-808
64-81
64-90
2
»>
99
31*0
* 64-692
32*1
* 63-988
63-9
3
»>
»>
30-7
63-740
63-7
3
J>
>»
410
62-5 On
99
JJ
61-7
In
>>
»»
* 61-257
611
1
99
>)
54-3
* 60-494
60-49
60-45
3
99
»>
61*5
* 60-304
60-30
60-1
5
99
>)
63*3
* 59-811
59-81
59-6
2
99
»»
67*9
59-111
5911
59
4
091
J»
74*5
* 58-176
58-18
58-0
J»
>»
83*3
57-94
57-7
3
>»
»»
906
57-2
1
99
>J
56-746
>>
J>
96-8
* 56-477
56-48
56-3
4
J»
»>
99-3
55-356
55-2
1
)»
>»
30709-9
55173
99
I*
11-6
* 54-856
54-86 •
54-6
4
99
»
14-6
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3285-066, 3277-697, 3274-834, 3273-208, 3268-346
3264-790, 3264-688, 3263-984, b261256, 3260-477, 3260-301, 3259-805, 3258-173
3256460, 3254-834.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OP THE SPECTRA OP THE ELEMENTS. 93
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to |
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1_
A
in Vacuo
♦3254-674
3254-67
3254-5
4
0-91
8-7
30715-4
53-36
53-2
2
>»
28-8
53136
2
IS
30-9
* 53-038
1
FJ
31-8
52-683
52-8
2
J
8-i
351
52-400
)
37-7
* 52031
5203
50-7 Pd
3
>
J
411
* 51-464
51-10
51-4
3
9
46-6
50-605
1
)
59-0
50-005
50-07
49-9
2
,
59-8
48-977
2
,
70-1
48-04
48-0
1
,
790
47 501
47-50
47-4
,
t
84-1
46-380
46-38
46-2
,
t
94-7
45-746
45-75
45-6
,
t
,
30800-8
44-719
,
t
,
10-3
44-585
1
,
9
,
11-6
44-475
44-4
9
12-6
* 43-638
43-64
43-4
2
9
20-8
42-978
42-8 Pd
2
9
28-9
42-283
42-28
421
2
t
33-6
41-884
41-6 Ir
9
37 5
41-643
41-64
9
39-7
* 41-362
41-36
41-2
4
J
42-4
* 39-745
39-75
39-5
3
9
57-8
38-904
2
9
65-8
* 38-667
38-67
38-4
5
9
681
38132
9
73-2
36-101
36-10
2
f
92-6
35-85
35-7
o
9
95
35-431
9
99
35-230
35
2
9
30900-9
34-920
34-39
34-7
34-3
2
2
*
}
03-9
09
33-650
9
160
* 32-881
32-89
32-7
4
»
23-4
32-180
1
9
301
31-869
31-87
31-5
>
33
30-738
2
f
43-9
29-881
28-7
2
9
521
28-850
9
620
* 28-651
2S-65
28-63
4
9
63-9
* 28-276
28-1
2
9
67-5
* 28-021
27-8
3
9
69-9
* 27-016
27-02
26-8
2
79-5
* 26-497
26-50
26-4
5
85-6
25-418
)9
94-9
25-03
24-9
1
99
98-6
24-772
24 •![
2
8
•9
310010
2418
24
1
99
07 7
* Rowland
and Tatnall : 3254-670, 3
253041, 32
52 029, 32
51-459, £243-632,
3241-360, 3239
•727, 3238-660, 3232-872, «
1228-651, 3S
S28-280, 32
28-007, 3227-027,
3226-502.
94
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Are Spectrum
Adeney
Bxner and
Hascliek
Character
A.+
1
A
in Vacuo
3223-723
0-91
8-9
31011-1
* 23-393
3223-39
3223-2
4
9t
)»
14-3
22-07
21-9
2
)»
»
27-1
21-493
21-49
21 -3d
1
)>
,»
32-6
* 21-303
2
99
jj
34-4
20-899
20-90
2
0-90
,,
47-1
* 20-195
20-20
20-1
2
J»
,,
45 1
19-49
19-4
2
it
,,
51-9
19-274
1
99
>i
54-0
18-9
1
»>
»
17-96
17-7
2
99
>3
66-7
* 16-641
16-64
16-5
4
99
,»
79-4
16-0
1
»>
»J
15-613
J»
)>
89 4
14-475
14-3
2
>J
)»
31100-4
13-33
13-3
1
99
J,
11-4
* 13098
13-10
12-30
130
3
99
99
13-7
120 Ir
In
>>
,»
11-38
11-3
1
99
J,
30-4
10-95
99
J»
10-6 Pd
1
99
,,
10-287
10-29
101
2
»»
410
09-758
09-43
09-6
1
99
461
08-865
1
J>
,»
54-8
08-542
3
>>
»»
57-9
08-405
99
J,
59-2
07-751
07-75
07-7
99
S>
65-6
07-43
07-3
2
J»
»>
68-9
06-82
06-7
2
JJ
)»
74-6
05-428
05-43
05-3
2
>*
,,
88-2
05-08
05-0
>»
),
91-5
04-36
04-2
2
»J
»J
98-6
03-62
03-6
2
J»
>>
31205-8
03-0
1
J?
J»
02-705
02-5
2
»»
»»
14-7
* 01-604
3
>>
»)
25-4
01-372
01-37
01-38
2
»»
55
27-7
3199-238
31990 Ir
JJ
,5
48-5
3198-74
98-6
2
JJ
91
53-4
98-437
98-5
2
)»
55
56-4
97-603
97-7
>>
55
64-5
* 96-718
96-72
96-5
4
>J
55
73-2
95-85
95-6
1
>?
55
81-7
95-438
1
JJ
,5
85-7
95-137
95 14
95-1
JJ
55
88-6
93-617
93-5
2
»>
55
31303-5
92-52
92-5d
1
>»
55
04-5
* 92-171
92-17
92-1
2
99
55
07-9
91-900
91-7
2
,,
5,
20-4
91-303
1
»
55
26-2
* 90-088
90-09
89-9
4
»»
5,
38-2
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3223-394, 3221311, 3220199, 3216-646, 3213-105,
3201-631, 3196-725, 3192191, 3190096.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
95
RUTHENIUM-
-continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
*3 189 -835
3189-7
3
0-90
8-9
31340-7
89-418
89-2
88-8
2
1
44-7
88-713
88-5
2
51-7
* 88-463
3188-46
88-45
5
54- 1
88-057
2
58-2
86-867
1
69-9
* 86171
86-16
86
4
76-7
85-553
2
82-8
85-276
85-28
85-3
84-9
84-1
83-9
1
1
1
85-5
83-54
83-4
82-0
2
1
31402-7
81-312
81-4
0-89
24-7
81-126
26-5
80-569
9-0
31-9
79-380
79-38
79-2
2
43-6
78-843
1
49-0
* 77-159
77-16
77-18
4
65-6
76-401
76-2
3
73-2
75-32
75-30
75-10
4
4
84-0
* 74-243
74-24
741 Os ?
4
94-5
73-500
2
31501-9
73-221
2
04-7
72-778
72-78
72-6
091
71-352
2
23-3
70196
70-0
2
34-8
* 68-648
68-65
68-5
5
50-2
68-355
1
531
67-514
67-51
67-58
61-5
66-68
66-4
2
69-8
66-24
660
2
74-1
65-507
81-5
65-307
65-31
1
83-5
65-086
65-0
85-7
64-939
64-94
65-0
64-7
64 1
64
1
1
1
87-2
63186
63-30
63-25
31604-7
60-80
60-78
4
28-6
* 60036
60 04
6005
4
36-2
59-003 Ca
? 5900
58-7
4
46-5
57-739
57 5
57-3
57 1
2
1
1
59-2
56-917
2
67-5
56-733
55-90
55-4
1
i]
69-3
* Rowland and Tatnall:
3168-678, 3160042.
3189-843, 3188-468, 3186162, 3177-170, 3174254,
96
REPORT— 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
in Vacuo
3154-543
2
0-89
9-0
31691-3
* 53-927
3153-93
3153-7
4
97 5
52-35
52-2
1
31713-3
51-780
1
191
51-25
51-3
1
24-4
* 50-803
50-80
50-5
4
28-9
50-283
49-7
49-3
1
1
1
34-2
48-593
48-59
48-7
2
51-2
48-138
55-8
47-547
47-55
47-62
61-8
* 47-323
2
64-0
46-183
46-18
46
2
9'
1
75-5
44-820
2
89-0
* 44-369
44-37
44-2
4
93-8
43-764
43-76
43-80
318000
43-46
43-40
4
030
41-66
41-5
2
0-88
21-2
* 41-081
41-08
40-9
4
27 1
* 40-596
40-4
3
29-0
40-201
1
360
39-379
39-65
39-5 Pt ?
2
41-6
38-884
38
2
1
49-4
37-036
,,
68-2
* 36-663
36-66
3
71-9
36-451
36-5
1
741
36-044
36 04
35-48
35-98
2
»
78-3
35-170
351
',',
87-2
34-895
34-90
34-98
1
891
33-800
33-5 Ir
2
1
31901-0
* 32-98S
32-99
32-6
32-5
t
2
"
09-3
32-122
1
18-2
30-709
32-5
* 29-935
3
•»
40-4
29-717
29-7
2
i>
42-7
29-574
29-5
28-8
In
„
441
28-539
2
54-7
28-07
28-05
4
59-5
27-643
63-9
27-387
1
66-5
26-730
26-73
26-75
2
„
73-2
* 26-068
24-98
25-7
4
1
99
800
* 24-709
24-6
2
93-9
♦Rowland and Tatnall : 3153941, 3150816, 3147-326, 3144383, 3141094,
3140-604, 3136-671, 3132995, 3129951, 3126 075, 3124-720.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE STECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 9?
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Character
A. +
1
in Vacuo
Haschek
A
*3124481
3 124 48
2
0-88
9*1
31996-2
* 24-277
24-28
31241
4
JJ
jj
98-3
23-8
2
JJ
JJ
23-610
JJ
»?
32005-1
22-970
JJ
91
11-7
22-108
20 90
1
JJ
JJ
JJ
JJ
20-5
20-650
20-7
1
JJ
JJ
35-5
* 18-792
18-6
4
JJ
JJ
54-6
* 18-170
180
4
JJ
JJ
610
17-563
JJ
JJ
67-2
17-181
99
JJ
711
16-945
1
99
JJ
83-6
10-5
In
JJ
JJ
15-536
15-5
JJ
JJ
88-1
14-53
14-4
In
JJ
9-2
98-5
13-756
13-76
138 Pd
99
jj
32106-4
13-502
13-3
2
99
»s
09-0
* 12-782
12*78
12-5
2
JJ
jj
16-4
12-408
12-3
2
JJ
)»
20-3
* 12-012
1201
3
99
jj
24-3
11-8
1
99
jj
11-24
111
1
JJ
jj
32-3
* 10-641
10-64
10-5
4
99
jj
38-8
10-147
JJ
jj
43-6
09-5
In
99
jj
08-526
08-3
2
JJ
jj
61-4
* 07-829
3
JJ
jj
67-6
07-698
07-70
07-72
JJ
jj
68-9
07-373
99
jj
72-3
* 06-942
06-94
06-7
3
JJ
jj
76-8
05-910
JJ
jj
87-5
* 05-524
2
JJ
jj
91-5
05-382
0538
05-2
2
>J
jj
92-9
04-570
2
J)
jj
32201-4
04070
JJ
jj
06-5
03-51
03-3
2
99
jj
12-3
02-50
02-5
1
JJ
>j
25-4
02-2
1
JJ
jj
01-7
1
0-87
jj
01-59
01-4
1
JJ
jj
32-3
* 00-953
3000-95
3000-95
4
JJ
jj
38-9
1
99-8
1
JJ
jj
*3099-390
99-39
99-40
5
r»
jj
55-2
98-954
jj
jj
58-0
98-05
97-9
2
jj
jj
630
* 97-706
97-71
97-6
4
jj
jj
72-7
*
97-2
1
jj
jj
* 96-672
96-67
96-65
6
jj
jj
83-6
96062
960
jj
jj
89-9
95-640
19
j»
943
* 94-500
94-64
9301
94-5
2
JJ
J?
jj
jj
32306 2
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3124-480, 3124 279, 3118-799,
3112031, 3110-650, 3107-825, 3106954, 3105523, 3100945,
3097 337, 3096-669, 3094-507.
1904.
3118T82. 3112-792,
3099-390, 3097-708,
98
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium —
continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1 _
in Vacuo
3092-351
0-87
9 2
32328-6
92-085
JJ
SJ
31-4
* 91-974
3091-8
2
9>
)S
350
91-004
2
5)
>»
42-7
3090-54
905
1
M
>»
47-6
* 90-341
90-34
2
»
99
49-7
* 89-915
89-92
89-7
4
»>
)>
541
* 89-252
89-25
892
4
J>
J*
611
88-362
JJ
»>
70-4
88-177
88-18
88-1
2
9*
)9
72-3
88-050
99
)»
73-7
87-039
2
99
)»
84-2
86-888
1
J»
J»
85-9
86-631
86-63
2
99
»»
88-6
* 86181
86-18
860
4
JJ
99
93-3
85-597
1)
»>
99-4
84-728
JJ
»
32408-6
* 84-631
84-5
2
>>
»)
09-6
* 83-252
83-0
3
)»
9-3
24-0
81-946
81-95
81-7
>)
99
37-7
81-489
81-49
81-3
»>
>>
42-5
81-218
1
99
)»
45-4
* 81009
81-01
4
99
JJ
47-7
80-292
80-3
4
5)
»>
55-2
79-953
80-1
»>
J»
63-3
79-27
791
1
>»
»>
65-9
78-209
1
)»
»>
771
77-657
2
J»
)>
82-9
77-175
77-18
77-0
2
J»
JJ
88-0
* 76-886
76-8
2
99
)>
911
75-412
75-41
75-3
1
99
JJ
32506-6
* 73-440
73-50
4
>)
>>
27-5
72-42
72-3
2
*9
>»
38-3
71-824
)»
J*
44-6
* 71-721
9*
)»
45-7
71586
715
2
99
»J
471
706
1
:>
)>
70-3
1
99
JS
69-289
2
99
»»
715
* 68-355
68-36
68-2
4
99
>>
81-4
67 5
1
5»
>»
66-4
2
>»
»»
* 64-958
64-96
64-95
4
)»
»»
32617-6
63-3
1
"
»»
62 155
6216
620
2
0-86
99
473
60-67
60-4
2
>»
J*
63-2
60346
60-37
60-2
>!
»
66-6
* 59-284
59-28
59-1
3
1)
»
78-3
* 58-909
1
J»
5)
82-1
58-762
58-76
58-6
2
»>
*>
83-6
57-468
57-47
57-2
3
>>
9%
97-5
56-971
56-97
56-92
»
)>
32702-8
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3091-980, 3090-348, 3089916, 30S9-259, 3086-182,
3084-637, 3083-257, 3081010, 3076-883, 3073442, 3071711, 3068-363, 3064951,
3359-275, 3058891.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
99
Ruthenium— continued.
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
3056-877
56192
* 55042
53 450
52-445
51-974
51-704
50-504
50309
49174
* 48-897
* 48-606
48-442
47-108
46-356
46-114
* 45-833
45-630
44-077
43T61
* 42-953
* 42-598
42025
* 40-418
40071
39 586
38-851
* 38-289
38-078
37 845
36-580
35-578
* 34-167
* 33-562
32-771
32-026
30-890
30-801
28-785
27-910
27-678
27-361
27-195
Spark Spectrum
Adeney
3055 04
49-32
48-90
48-61
47-88
46-36
45-83
42-95
42-60
40-42
4007
36-58
35-93
3417
33-56
3316
32-77
29 04
27 91
27-20
Exner and
Haschek
3054-8
54-6
503
49-32
48-7
48-4
47-6
47-0
461
45-6
44-5
42-7 Ir
42-3
40-2
39-9
38-6
381
37-9
37
36-53
35-6
35-3
33-8
33-4
330
32-3
31-5
311
29-2
30-7 Os
28-9
27-7
27
26-7
Intensity
and
Character
4
4
2
1
1
2
1
4
4
2
2
2
4
1
1
2
3
1
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
4
la
2
2
2
2
1
Reduction to
Vacuum
A.+
0-86
93
9-4
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
32703-8
111
23-5
40-4
51-2
563
59-2
721
741
84-8
86-4
89-3
92-5
94-2
32800-3
08-6
16-7
19-3
22-3
24-5
* Rowland and Tatnall: 3055039, 3048-900,
3042-587, 3040-420, 3038-284, 3034169, 3033-564.
3048-603, 3045-828,
41-2
511
53-4
57-2
63-4
80-9
84-6
90-3
97-8
32903-9
06-0
08-7
22-3
29-4
33-2
48-4
551
59-4
63-7
716
840
84-2
33004-2
071
16-7
19-2
23-2
24-5
3042-944,
H 2
100
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthknium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Intensity
and
Character
vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
A +
I-
3025-212
0-86
9-5
330461
3024-0
3023-7
1
59-3
23 05
22-8
0-85
69-7
22-72
22-5
1
73-4
* 20989
20-99
20-7
205
2
1
»>
JJ
93-5
991
20-360
19-876
19-88
19-6
j>
>>
33104-4
08-9
19-472
18-38
19-2
18-3 Os
2
2b
99
99
93
20-8
18158
1816
17-6
2
2
99
23-3
17-356
1736
17-32
5
"
9)
32-1
16818
1610
15-60
15-8
15-3
14-5
2
2
i
>>
>f
99
>>
99
99
99
38-0
45-8
51-4
14-312
14-3
14-3
>>
656
* 13-477
13172
* 13040
12003
13-48
13-3
120
3
3
>9
9
>»
► »
>
74-8
78-0
79-6
910
10-623
10-62
10-3
2
33206-2
09-798
09-80
09-2
1
9
15-3
25-1
* 08-911
08-7
2
27-5
08-695
* 08 387
0800
08-2
07-8
07-2
2
1
1
9
9
30-9
35-2
* 06-708
06-71
06-75
4
49-4
06-094
05-8
051
2
2
56-2
04-708
04-6
2
71-6
02-600
02-188
* 01-756
02-60
01-76
02-4
01-6
01-0
2
3
1
94-9
99-5
33304-3
00-341
00-57
0000
00-3
2999-6
2
2
175
34-8
2999011
2999-01
98-99
1
411
* 98-446
98-45
98-09
98-2
98
3
1
55
48-9
* 97-743
97-74
97-6
2
53 5
♦
97-34
97-4
1
9-
6
58-3
* 97011
96-89
96-44
9601
96-6
96-2
95-8
1
1
1
63-4
681
78-4
* 95-083
9508
94-54
94-7
94-5
936
5
1
1
84-5
* 93-387
931
3
97-4
* Rowland and Tatnall : 3020985, 3013-468, 3013-030, 3008906 3008-366
3006-699, 3001-751, 2998458, 2997-730, 2997-536, 2997-006, 2995 077, 2993-385.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TARLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 101
RUTHENIUM-
-continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
v a pn n in
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
V L l *.. U 1 l I 1 i.
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1_
A
in Vacuo
2993070
1
0-85
9-6
33400-9
2992-48
2992-5
1
„
07-5
92080
92-08
920
120
91-71
91-66
8
16-2
90-413
900
2
In
30-5
* 89-770
89-4
2
37-9
89-451
2
40-4
* 89-079
89-06
8902
45-5
88-224
88
1
"
55-1
88-047
1
"
57-1
86-453
86-45
86-5
1
74-9
86104
78-8
85-78
85-5
1
82-5
85-08
84-7
1
90-3
83-74
* 82 045
82-05
82-0
4
0-84
33524-4
81-080
81-08
80-8
35-3
* 80-065
80-07
8005
3
||
46-7
* 79-847
79-85
79-80
3
49-2
78-760
78-76
78-72
2
„
61-4
77-596
77-60
77-4
»
74-5
77-346
7735
77-25
2
99
77-4
* 77-048
76-8
3
„
80-8
* 76-707
76-71
76-62
4
84-6
75-253
1
336010
74-79
74-7
1
06-2
* 74-454
74-45
74-4
2
100
* 74-099
3
140
73-743
73-74
73-7
73-3
1
18-1
73-08
730
2
25-5
72-594
72-59
72-4
311
7110
70-9
70-6
70-5
1
1
1
48
69850
69-85
9-7
620
69 069
69-07
68-8
4
70-9
68-564
68-56
4
76-6
68-233
6811
67-9
80-4
67-456
66-98
2
91-2
66-674
66-67
663
1
98-1
65-820
65-72
1
33707-8
65-674
65-67
3
09-4
65 286
65-29
65-2
4
13-9
64-415
23-7
63-829
3
30-4
63-523
63-52
63-50
2
"
33-9
62-705
43-2
62-442
46-2
61-803
/ 6208
1 61-60
62-0
2n
n
60-3
» Rowland and Tatnall : 2989-768,
2977037, 2976700, 2974-457, 2974095.
2989-061, 2982-048, 2980-056, 2979-834,
102
REPORT - 1904.
Ruth knium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vflfimin
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
V iV UU1I1
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
2961-097
3
0-84
9-7
33761-6
2960-35
2960-2
2
3»
1»
701
59855
59-86
59-6
2
99
JJ
75-7
58-993
»J
) )
85-6
58-118
3
»»
»>
95-5
57-297
)>
j»
33805-0
55-960
99
»>
20-3
55-714
>J
19
23
55-463
2
»>
))
25 9
55-0
1
>»
99
54-594
54-59
54-7
4
99
99
35-8
54-4
2
>»
J»
54-371
54-20
540
n
J)
38-5
53116
ft
»>
52-7
52-78
52-6
1
>»
J)
56-6
52-599
2
t)
)»
58-7
52-36
52-2
2
9f
)>
61-3
51-516
51-3
2
99
JJ
712
50-650
50-5
1
•9
»)
811
50-080
50-08
50-0
99
J;
87-5
49-612
49-61
49-5
49-2
4
1
"
93
48-7
1
»»
>»
48-47
48-2
1
»»
19
339061
47-72
47-7
1
99
99
14-8
47-102
4710
47-0
4
)J
99
21-9
46-670
99
»J
26-3
45-775
45-78
45-82
4
99
>J
37 2
45-591
99
9-8
39-2
45-20
45-0
2
J)
>»
43-7
44-294
J)
j»
54-2
44035
44-04
431)
3
99
»»
571
43-593
43-59
1
99
•»
62-3
42-823
0-83
>>
71-2
42-366
42-37
42-40
1
»»
»i
76-4
41-6
1
»?
j»
41
In
99
?»
40-474
40-3
3
J»
98-3
40057
39-8
3
99
5*
34003-1
39-796
»>
J>
06-2
39-247
39-25
39
2
„
»»
12-5
37-679
»
?»
30-7
37 448
1
»5
)>
333
37-20
37
1
„
)»
36-2
36-591
1
JJ
»>
43-3
36-380
99
»»
45-7
36131
2
J»
»>
47-8
35-67
35-5
2
J»
J5
540
34-638
99
j;
65-9
34-309
2
„
>>
69-7
33-367
33-37
3338
>>
>>
80-7
32-6
1
„
?>
31-35
31-2
2
>»
>>
341041
29-87
29-6
1
»
s*
21-7
29-027
29 03
291
„
>j
311
28-608
28-61
28-5
2
• 9
it
361
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 103
Ruthenium — continual.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vnpmirn
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
V 111. U U lli
Oscillation
Frequency
Ai - c Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
1 _
in Vacuo
2928-27
0-83
9-8
34140-1
2927-858
27-73
2927-72
»»
>»
44-3
27-232
2
»)
»»
52-2
26-913
J9
>»
55-9
26-69
26-5
1
JS
JJ
58-5
25-890
25-89
99
>>
67-8
25-685
25-5
»»
»♦
70-2
25-189
99
*J
76-0
24-760
79
JJ
81-0
24-20
23-9
2
99
J»
87-5
23-40
231
1
>>
J>
96-9
22-50
22-3
2
,.
»
34207-4
21-95
21-8
1
JJ
9-9
190
21-276
99
>>
21-7
21068
21-07
2
)5
>j
241
20-5
1
J*
»>
20-369
1
»>
j>
32-3
19-723
19-73
19-6
4
99
si
39-9
19-276
99
s»
451
18-76
18-5
2
J»
)»
51-2
17-880
17-88
17-9
2
}7
»>
616
175
I
99
?>
17-353
)»
99
67 6
17-249
2
»J
>»
68-9
16-351
16-47
16-48
6
J»
J>
79-1
15-736
2
»>
»>
86-7
14-403
14-3
2
>>
>>
34302-4
1410
14-0
2
>>
J»
06-0
13-5
1
99
;s
13-286
13-29
13-3
3
79
)»
15-6
130
1
>J
>»
12-866
99
>»
20-5
12-555
12-56
99
»»
24-2
12-451
12-45
79
?>
25-4
10-542
1010
2
97
>>
48
09-352
09-35
09-95
1
99
»»
640
09-5
1
97
>j
091 Os ?
2
99
?*
08-590
»»
j»
710
08-0
In
J?
>>
071
In
99
j>
06-6
1
>>
99
06-424
06-42
06-3
3
99
J>
96-6
05-952
05-9
1
99
J>
34402-2
05-756
05-76
3
99
>>
04-5
04-825
04-7
>»
J»
15-6
03-7
1
>>
99
03-3
1
>>
JJ
03-180
03-0
2
)»
JJ
34-9
02-969
02-8
1
J)
>»
376
02-223
02-22
02-10
1
»>
J»
46-4
01-890
01-74
01-8
1
»>
S?
50-4
00-63
00-7
2
»>
»
65-4
99-9
1
>J
>J
2899-820
2899-70
2899-7
1
99
»J
750
104
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium— continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vfl.punm
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
i ■ ' ' i l Ll I i 1
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1_
A
in Vacuo
2898-845
2898-7
1
0-83
9*9
344866
98-650
2898-40
98-5
3
99
99
99
99
88-9
98-0
2
99
99
97-820
97-82
1
99
100
34510-8
96-038
96-7
3
99
99
128
95-925
95-9
1
99
99
213
95-554
t>
9»
25-7
94-0
1
99
99
93-844
93-84
99
J9
4G-1
92-8
2
99
99
92-654
92-65
92-5
4
99
99
60-4
92-2
1
99
9*
92-00
91-9
1
99
9*
68-1
91-762
91-5
2
99
»9
710
91-242
91-24
2
99
99
77 1
90-7
1
99
99
89-9
In
99
99
89-6
1
99
99
89-543
89-54
If
99
97-5
88-739
88-8
2
0-82
ft
34G07-2
88-112
88-11
8S-2
2
99
99
14-7
87-224
87-22
87-3
99
99
25-3
86-646
86-64
86-7
4
ft
99
32-3
85-60
85-6
1
99
99
44-8
851
1
99
99
84-601
84-60
84-7
2
19
99
56-8
83-701
83-70
83-8
3
yy
99
67-6
83-3
1
99
99
82-697
2
jj
99
79-7
82-222
82-22
82-24
2
99
99
85-4
81-373
81-37
81-5
1
99
99
95-7
81-0
1
99
»>
80-637
80-64
80-6
99
99
34704-5
80-24
80-3
2
99
99
09-3
79-853
80-0
3
99
99
140
79-466
99
99
18-7
79-20
79-3
2
99
99
21-8
78-3 Pd
1
99
99
77-930
7801
78-1
2
99
99
37 2
77-5
1
99
99
77-197
77-3
2
99
99
460
76-9
1
99
»>
*
76-6
1
99
99
76-3
1
99
99
75-8
1
99
99
75-5
1
99
99
75-104
75-10
75-2
5n
99
99
71-4
74-7
1
99
99
74161
2
99
99
82-8
73-83
73-9
2
99
99
86-8
73-34
73-5
2
99
99
92-7
72-468
72-5
2
99
99
34S03-2
71-756
71-8
4
99
101
11-9
7157
71-7
2
99
ty
140
71-296
3
99
>9
173
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE
SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 105
RUTHENIUM-
-continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A.+
1_
A.
in Vacuo
2870-8
2
082
101
2870-53
70-6
In
j)
34826-8
2870-322
2
j >
29-2
on 047
09-05
691
44-8
68-002
J)
9}
49-3
08-420
68-43
68-5
2
52-2
68-280
2
»>
99
53-9
67-20
07-3
1
99
>»
67 1
66-743
00-74
66-9
5
99
JJ
72-7
OG-41
66-0
2
99
„
76-7
66-19
66-4
2
>»
99
79-4
65-65
65-7
2
99
860
64-726
0-81
972
63-33
63-5
2
»5
34914-2
63 112
631
2
16-8
62-963
62-96
62-5
In
?J
22-8
61-833
62-0
1
• 32-5
61-508
61-54
61-6
5
9$
36-5
61-17
61-3
1
99
40-6
60-95
Oil
1
99
',', 43-3
60-491
60-49
48-9
60114
60-11
60-2
600
59-9
4
■2
2
99
99
53-5
59-65
59-6
In
58-693
58-69
57-88
59- 1
58
2
99
68-8
57-770
99
82-2
57-367
57-37
57-4
1
))
87-2
5667
56-7
56-3
2
1
9)
99
95-7
56-153
561
2
j>
35002-0
55-995
55-9
2
j»
04-0
55-454
55-45
55-5
99
100
5501
551
1
10-1
54-820
54-82
54-9
18-4
54-405
54-3
22-8
54-173
5417
4
20-3
53-433
53-43
35-4
53-28
53-3
52-7
62-4
2
1
1
99
37 3
51-225
1
»>
62-5
50-86
50 S
50-3
2
In
67
49-73
49-7
2
82-2
49-399
49-40
49-4
85-0
48-088
48-8
1
J»
93-8
47-72
47-8
1
99
10-2
35105-6
47-25
47-3
46-9
1
1
31
11-3
46662
46-7
„
18-6
46-430
45-3
40-5
I
21-5
106
REPORT — 190 J.
Ruthenium— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
1
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A ~
in Vacuo
2844-86
2844-9
43-9
43-4
2
1
1
0-81
10-2
35156-4
2813 277
2
60-4
42-859
43
42-8
o
1
65-6
42-651
1 "
68-2
41-777
41-78
41-81
2
79
41-23
41-3
2
85-8
40-657
40-66
40-8
39-9
2
1
92-9
39-52
39-6
1
35207-0
3916
391
2
11-6
38-729
38-73
38-9
38
2
1
16-8
37-384
37-28
33-5
36-684
36-68
36-7
36-5
2
1
42-2
36-254
35-77
34-52
36-4
2
47 6
34107
34-2
3
"
74-3
33-97
340
2
760
33-64
801
32-755
32-9
811
3200
321
2
35300-5
31-280
09-7
30-815
30-8
30-3
301
29-6
29-4
1
1
1
1
2
»
15-3
29-253
29-25
2
44-8
27-969
27-97
28-1
4
50-9
27-627
27-63
27-7
55- 1
27-19
27-3
1
60-6
26-81
26-9
26-7
2
1
65-4
26-36
26-4
2
71-0
25-62
25-6
2
80-3
25-20
25-3
2
85-5
24-866
0-80
89-7
24-004
24-3
35400-5
23-33
23-4
2
10-3
08-8
22-912
22-9
141
22-659
22-66
22-62
2
17-3
22-371
22-3
210
22-142
2
23-7
21-504
21-50
21-48
31-8
21-279
20-8
1
In
34-5
19-667
o
54-8
19-062
19-2
2
62'4
18-913
o
64-4
18-460
18-46
18-6
4
70
17 74
17-7
2
80-3
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 107
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
VflMinni
Wave-length
(Kay sen
Intensity
and
V il'LllLl 111
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
2817-192
2817-3
3
0-80
10-3
35485-9
16-7
In
JJ
JJ
15-9
1
J>
JJ
15-410
15-6
JJ
J»
35508-5
2815T8
15-2
1
JJ
J)
11-4
14-7
2
JJ
JJ
13807
13-81
13-78
99
JJ
28-7
13-44
13-38
4
99
J»
33-3
12-925
130
2
J>
JJ
48-3
12-9
1
JJ
JJ
1206
12-2
1
JJ
JJ
50-8
11-66
11-S
1
JJ
JJ
55-9
11-360
19
JJ
59-6
10-788
10-79
10-79
99
JJ
66-9
10-645
10-65
10-5
3
JJ
JJ
68-7
10131
10-13
10-3
4
)»
)J
75-2
08-335
08-5
JJ
jj
97-9
07-7
07-7
2
JJ
JJ
35606-0
07-34
07-5
2
JJ
JJ
10-6
06-845
06-85
06-85
99
JJ
16-9
06-5
In
JJ
JJ
04-94
051
2
JJ
JJ
411
04
1
99
JJ
03-76
03-7
1
99
JJ
561
03-593
03-4
1
99
JJ
58-2
02-907
02-91
031
2
JJ
JJ
66-9
02-260
02-26
02-4
JJ
JJ
751
01-6
1
JJ
JJ
01-2
1
JJ
JJ
00-785
00-79
00-7
1
JJ
JJ
94
00-6
1
JJ
JJ
00-243
0003
99
JJ
JJ
JJ
35701-9
2799-71
2799-7
1
JJ
JJ
07-7
99-4
1
99
JJ
98-91
99
2
JJ
10-4
17-8
97 91
97 9
1
JJ
jj
30-6
97-20
97 3
1
JJ
>>
39-6
^796-652
96-65
96-6
99
?j
46-6
9610
96-2
1
JJ
»j
53-7
95-7
1
J)
jj
95-464
95-46
95-6
99
jj
61-8
94-42
94-4
2
JJ
jj
75-2
93-2
1
JJ
jj
92-746
2
J)
u
96-7
92-418
92-42
92-4
2
99
jj
35800-9
91-164
91-16
91-3
JJ
jj
041
90-695
99
jj
230
90-28
90-3
2
JJ
jj
28-3
89-720
89-72
89-6
JJ
jj
35-5
88-84
88-8
2
JJ
jj
46-8
88-5
1
JJ
jj
87-930
87-93
87-95
3
99
jj
58-5
87-35
87-5
2
JJ
jj
65-7
86-50
86-5
1
J>
j>
66-9
85-90
85-92
4
JJ
»j
84-6
108
REPORT— 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vnfinim
Wave-length
(Kayser)
:
Intensity
and
V 'h 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
1 Exner and
Haschek
Character
A.+
1_
A
in Vacuo
2785-746
1
0-80
10-4
35886-6
2785-29
2785-3
2
99
92-4
84-978
J»
96-5
84-625
84-62
84-6
»*
35901-1
83-85
83-9
83-0
2
1
0-79
5»
111
82-305
82-31
82-4
81-0
1
2n
99
>>
210
80-858
80-86
80-5
80-0
2
1
1
99
99
49-7
79-54
79-6
79-2
2
2
66 7
79-081
7908
9*
72-6
78-54
78-48
78-2
6
1
99
79-7
77-629
77-63
77-8
77-6
76-5
2
1
99
82-6
76-009
75-9
1
>»
36012-5
75-723
75-72
75-70
99
16-2
75-288
75-3
75-2
1
1
99
»9
21-9
74-589
74-25
74-7
74-4
73-2
2
1
1
tf
99
99
310
73-068
72-9
99
50-8
72-716
72-72
9»
55-3
72-55
72-58
72-2
4
1
99
57-5
7199
72-1
1
>»
64-8
71-59
71-6
1
S5
70-0
71-15
71-3
2
JJ
75-7
70-805
70-9
2
99
80-2
70-399
70-40
70-5
JJ
85-5
69-993
»
90-8
69024
69 02
69 02
4
»»
10-5
36103-2
68032
M
16-2
67-66
67-7
67 5
671
1
1
1
99
99
»
211
66-66
66-7
2
79
341
G6-323
»J
38-5
6600
661
2
ff
42-8
65-530
65-53
65-55
2
99
48-8
65-24
65-25
4
99
"
52-7
64-824
650
2
99
»
58-2
64005
64-2
1
>>
68-9
63-513
63-53
63-6
4
»|
75-3
63-232
63-3
62-9
2
1
790
62-400
62-4
2
>>
89-9
6217
62-2
1
)»
93-0
61-60
61-7
61-5 1
1
In
1>
:; t
36201-4
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 109
Ruthenium — continued.
Reduction to
I
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
\ +
1
A
10-5
in Vacuo
2760-88
2760-9
2
0-79
36209-8
2760-268
60-27
60-2
59-8
17-8
59-35
59-3
99
»
29-9
59-0
2
99
5>
58-5
»>
J>
58T04
5810
58-0
»»
J»
46-3
57-912
57 5
48-8
57-175
571
56-7
56-6
9>
58-5
56-46
56-5
560
99
67-9
55-80 Fe *
55-9
55-5
99
J)
99
55-30
55-3
2
))
>J
83-2
54-3
1
)J
))
53-543
53-54
53-6
2
>>
J)
36306-3
52-868
52-87
52-94
2
J)
JJ
15-2
52-548
52-55
52-59
2
)>
»J
19-5
52-14
52-3
2
99
JJ
24-8
51-698
51-9
>>
JJ
30-7
51-6
1
»
»>
51-0
1
»)
>J
50-452
50-6
99
10-6
47-0
49-923
J>
»>
54-1
49-66
49-7
2
99
>>
57-5
49-26
49-4
2
99
»>
62-8
49-2
2
>»
»»
48-7
1
99
jj
48-3
In
>>
»>
48-03
48-08
4
J>
»
791
47-62
47-7
1
)>
J3
84-5
46-991
47-00
471
*»
>>
92-9
46-75
46-8
2
»
)T
96-1
46-169
46-17
46-2
o
)J
J>
36403-9
45-90
45-98
4
>»
>»
07 3
45-343
99
>»
14-7
45-22
45-22
4
99
)»
16-3
44-821
JJ
)»
21-6
44-541
44-54
44-62
2
»»
J>
25-3
44 022
4402
44-10
2
>J
»)
32-3
43-57
43-62
4
>>
>>
38-3
43-3
In
»»
»
42-6
2
>>
99
42-15
42-2
1
J»
>t
571
41-7
In
0-78
ff
41-5
1
»
99
41-4
In
>>
>>
40-7
2
»
J»
40-327
40-3
1
»
>>
81-4
40-085
»>
>»
84-6
39-68 Fe
39-8
In
99
>»
39-311
39-40
39-4
4
!»
>>
94-9
1
391
1
H
»>
110
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Spark Spectrum
Intensity
and
Character
Reduction to
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
2738-9
A.+
0-78
1_
2738-983
10-6
36501-3
38-3
1
'
38-0
2
2737-87
37-8
2
if
141
37-66
36-917
36-92
36-98
26-9
36-412
36-54
36-6
ft
33-8
35-806
35-81
35-9
2
s»
41-7
34-438
34-44
33 68
34-44
33-7
3
59-9
70-1
33167
33-2
»»
j»
77-0
32-83
32-8
32-5 Ir ?
»»
»»
79-5
32011
321
J>
f3
92-5
31-48
31-5
■
99-6
31-028
311
2
j>
36605-7
30-79
30-7
08-8
30-416
30-42
30-5
2
13-9
30-115
17-9
29-540
29-54
29-04
27-74
29-5
28-9
27 4
2
25-6
32-3
27-063
27-06
271
26-6
10-7
58-8
25-549
25-55
25-55
4
99
79-2
24-95
24-95
24-2
»
87-2
24-153
240
23-6
9>
97-9
2310
23-3
36712-1
22-903
22-8
9 ,
14-8
22-760
22-76
22-6
3
16-8
22-493
1
20-3
21-937
yy
35-4
21-653
21-7
21-3
20-4
3
31-7
19-838
19-84
19-8
56-2
19-610
19-61
19-7
5
59-3
18-919
18-92
190
•a
68-6
17-93
180
82-0
17-510
17-51
17-45
2
87-7
17100
16-8
99
93-2
16-23
16-3
36805-0
1615
15-595
15-6
2
13-6
15-326
15-3 Rh
14-3
140
"
173
13-824
13-66
13-7
1
"
37-7
13-272
1314
13-2
2
451
12-967
49-3
12-493
12-49
12-43
4
55-7
12-169
1
1
,,
JS
60-2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. Ill
Ruthenium — continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
K
in Vacuo
2711-9
0-78
10-7
11-2
»>
2710321
2710-32
10-3
10-0
99
36885-3
09-851
»»
91-7
09-291
09-29
09-3
2
»*
99-3
09-157
091
,»
36901-2
08-930
08-7
99
04-2
08-054
08-2
2
39
16-2
07-41
07 5
07-4
06-6
05-6 Rh
In
2
1
lu
91
•»
250
05-416
99
52-2
04-99
04-9
In
91
58-0
04-65
04-7
2
13
62-7
04-31
04-4
1
99
67-3
03-891
04-0
2
JJ
731
03-403
03-7
JJ
79-7
03-221
03
19
82-3
02-916
02-92
02-8
4
99
86-4
01-434
015
4
99
87-0
01-09
01-2
2
10-8
97-6
00-772
00-77
00-8
99
37015-6
00-578
1
93
18-3
00-32
00-3
2
99
21-8
2699-957
oo-o
1
99
26-8
2699-42
2699-5
1
• J
34-2
98-80
: 77
J>
98-23
>»
98-161
1
fj
51-4
97-595
97-8
99
99
59-3
97-4
2
>»
97-18
))
96-653
96-7
11
72-2
94-85
94-8
94-5
1
1
J)
970
94-25
94-3
93-9
1
1
„
37105-3
93-750
93-75
93-6
sj
12-1
93-392
93-39
2
™
171
92199 ?
92-20
92-08
4
»>
33-5
90-904
»>
51-4
90-487
90-49
904
1
ft
57-2
j
89-51
89-6
1
99
70-7
88-969
88-97
1
yf
78-2
88-668
1
it
82-3
88-216
88-22
88-4
1
99
88-6
87-580
87-58
87-7
1
tl
97 4
87-214
87 21
87-3
1
93
37202-4
86-94
87-1
2
n
06-3
86-375
86-38
86-5
4
f>
140
85-94
86-1
1
»>
201
85-57
85-8
1
»»
25-2
85-242
85-24
85-4
»»
29-7
112
RETORT -1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exncr and
Haschek
2684-9
Character
A +
0-77
1
A
10*8
in Vacuo
2684-540
2684-69
47239-5
84-172
84-3 Rh
1
»»
>'
44-6
83-756
1
)>
»>
50-4
82-84
82-9
In
9>
>>
63-1
81-5
1
>>
»>
80-66
80-7
2
„
j)
93-4
800
1
91
»»
79-843
79 54
79-7
1
99
37304-8
78-837
78-84
78-79
4
9>
10-9
18-7
78-267
78-27
78-3
99
j,
27-7
77-967
IS
»»
30-9
77-406
77-5
99
» >
38-7
77-057
76-86
77-0
»»
»»
43-5
76-430
76-27
76-4
2
91
»»
»*
52-3
75-58
75-7
2
»>
91
64-2
75-273
75-27
75-2
?»
91
68-4
74-27
74-4
2
91
>»
82-5
73-930
73-7
91
?>
87-8
73-691
73-7
2
11
J)
90-6
73-550
2
M
99
92-5
73-089
73 09
73-2
91
99
99
72-6
2
)J
99
72-451
72-45
72-5
11
11
37407 9
70-813
)>
)>
30-9
70-586
70-60
70-7
ij
11
33 9
69-6
2
>»
5>
69-24
91
)>
68-71
68-7
1
11
>)
60-4
68-421
11
>»
64-5
68-042
67-89
68-1
1
>>
>>
11
JI
69-8
67-479
67-48
67 35
1
>)
»>
77-6
65-803
1
11
J>
37501-2
65-542
65-54
65-4
)»
)?
04-9
65-227
65-1
»»
!»
09-4
64-833
64-83
64-65
4
14-9
63-85
63-6
1
19
)»
28-8
62-94
630
2
j)
J»
41-6
62-36
62-3
2
»»
99
50-2
61-937
J?
99
55-7
61-690
61-69
61-64
4
;>
19
59-2
61-249
61-25
61-20
2
n
»*
65-4
60-673
60-8
»»
)»
71-6
59-64
59-8
2
»J
)9
88-2
59-5
In
j>
99
58-862
)>
99
99-2
58-482
58-28
58-4
2
11
11
37604-6
57-249
57-25
57-3
1
>>
99
22
56-776
1
»j
110
28-6
56-641
1
s»
»j
30-5
56-328
56-33
56-35
1
11
j>
350
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMEN1S.
Ruthenium — continued.
113
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
2655-292
1
0-77
11-0
37649-6
55193
99
II
510
54-898
2654-90
2655-1
0-76
II
55*2
54-563
54-01
54-7
54-2
2
"
II
II
91
60-0
53-776
1
91
712
53-240
53 05
53-2
52-7
1
1
II
99
91
78-8
52-240
52-05
52-3
91
99
930
51-936
51-94
520
4
99
97 3
51-603
51-7 Rh ?
99
37702*0
51-366
51-37
51-5
2
91
05-4
50-968
50-97
99
11*1
50-693
50-6
99
15-0
50-486
5049
50-4
1
99
17*9
5021
50-2
1
II
21*8
G0-076
19
23*8
49-608
49-7
2
II
30*4
48-872
48-87
48-95
2
11
40*9
48-706
II
43-3
48-535
1
II
45*7
47-019
48-1
1
II
531
47-394
47-5
47-0
2
1
II
II
620
46-715
99
71*7
46-087
4609
46-1
45-3
2
1
II
80*7
44-711
44-71
44-7
II
37800*3
44-187
II
08-6
43-600
43-60
43-7
43-3
2
II
II
16*2
43-042
4304
431
4
II
24*2
42-607
42-5
42-3
1
II
19
30*4
42063
42-06
91
38-2
41-72
41-7
2
II
43*1
41-549
J9
45*6
40-413
40-41
2
II
61*9
39-67
39-7
2
II
72*5
39-205
39-3
2
99
79*4
38-597
38-60
38-6
38-5
38-2
2
1
1
99
99
99
87'9
36-95
36-9
1
99
37911*6
36-760
36-7
2
99
14-3
36-617
36-62
99
16*4
35-927
35-93
36-0 Pd
4
19
26*3
35-451
35-45
33-93
35-4
33-7
1
99
91
II
33*2
33-537
II
60-8
32-83
32-9
2
II
70-7
32-584
32-5
1
II
74 5
1904.
I
114
REPORT 1904.
Ruth ex i um— continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Intensity
and
Character
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
37979-9
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
A.+
1_
2632-210
2632-4
0-76
110
31-657
31-7
31-5
1
1
n
111
87-8
2631-22
31-3
2
94-1
30-314
1
it
38007-1
3019
30-2
2
090
30010
ft
11-6
29-49
29-5
1
191
28-91
28-9
2
27 5
28-621
31-6
28-375
28-38
27-90
28-3 Pd ?
4
99
35-2
27737
27-74
27-5
1
1
99
44-5
26-60
26-5
2
60-9
26-444
63-2
26-290
25-95
261
65-4
25-59
25-6
25-5
1
2
„
75-6
25-168
25-2
"
81-7
24-87
24-9
1
86-0
24-35
24-3
1
"
93-6
23-914
1
99-9
23-76
23-7
In
38102-1
23 51
231
22-9
22-4
1
1
In
21-91
21-9
1
29
21-46
21-4
1
35-6
21173
21-2
39-8
20-713
20-71
20-8
2
46-4
20154
2015
20-2
54-6
19-745
19-8
2
60-5
19-42
19-5
2
65-3
19105
18-68
19-2
69-8
17-882
/18-0
1 17-6
1
1
87-7
17-29
17-2
2
96-3
16-50
16-5
15-7
1
1
38207-9
15179
15-18
15-2
2
27-2
14-93
15-0
2
31-0
14-671
14-8 Pd
2
34-6
14151
1415
14-2
140
1
In
42-2
13-37
13-4
In
53-6
13143
570
12-990
59-2
i
12-63
12-6
2
64-5
12-165
1217
12-2
2
71-3
11-99
120
1
J,
73-9
11-63
11-6
2
79-2
11130
11-2
2 1
«
86-5
()X WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OK THE SPECTKA OE THE ELEMENTS.
Ruthenium — continued.
Ill
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
261018
Exner and
Haschek
Character
K +
1
in V;icuo
S8300-3
2610-2
2
076
11-0
2609-573
09-57
09-6
2
0-75
tt
09-5
09143
0914
09-2
08-5
4
1
11-2
ft
15-5
08-024
08 02
08-0
1
99
320
07-440
it
40-6
07-18 Fo
07-0
1
tt
06-40
06-4
2r±
tt
56-8
05-950
06-0
2
It
62-5
05-439
05-5
2
tt
68-4
04-409
04-41
04-3
tt
85-2
03-43
03-4
In
>»
99-6
0300
030
1
tt
38406-0
02-49
02-4
2
it
13-5
01-553
01-55
01-6
2
tt
27-3
0T392
>>
29-7
00-840
00-5
00-7
It
tt
37-9
0000
2599-9
1
tt
50-3
2599-53 Fe
99-6
99-5
1
1
tt
it
98-99 Fe
99-0
2
if
2598-681
98-68
98-6
tt
09-8
9807
981
2
it
78-9
97-84
97-7
1
tt
82-3
97-417
97 42
97-3
1
it
88-5
96043
96-04
960
tt
38508-9
95-734
it
12-5
94-926
95- 1
2
tt
25-5
94-65
94-6
1
tt
29-6
93-79
93-9
93-6
93-3
931
92-3
In
In
In
In
1
99
tt
42-4
92-093
2
it
67-6
91-710
tt
73-4
91-44
91-5
2
it
77-4
91-201
91-20
91-3
2
tt
80-9
91-087
1
tt
82-6
89-886
89-9
>>
tt
38600-5
89-649
89-65
89-6
2
tt
04- 1
89-129
89-0
it
11-8
88-08
88-1
1
11-3
273
87-413
t>
373
86-95
87-0
In
>>
44-4
86-157
86-16
86-0
9)
561
85-815
tt
612
85-412
85-6
1
it
lit
84-211
84-4
2
tt
85-2
83131
8313
83-2
83 1
2
1
It
3870T4
82-7
1
>>
ft
82-48
»»
>l
8] -990
821
2
»»
»»
200
81-6
1
tt
19
12
116
REroRT — 1904.
Ruthenium— continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
"Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Are Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
\ +
1
A.
in Vacuo
2581216
2581-23
2581-3
810
2
1
0-75
11-3
38730-1
80-883
2
351
80-316
80-32
80-08
80-4
436
79-879
79-94
79-8
50-2
79-623
2
54-0
79-309
79 3
1
5S-7
79-071
7910
2
62-4
78-653
78-65
78-8
78-4
77-5
o
1
1
"
68-7
77052
77-11
77-2
*>
92-7
76-17
76-3
75-7
2
In
38806-0
75-339
74-8
1
1
18-5
74-20
74-3
1
35-7
73-654
73-65
73-6
73-3
1
44-0
73-09
73-0
1
52-5
72-71
72-7
In
58-2
72-512
2
61-2
72-370
2
63-3
7117
71-3
2
81-4
71-068
70-8
70-5
2
1
83-0
70-180
70-0
96-4
69-840
69-84
69-8
69-5
2
1
38 01-6
68-93
691
2
15-4
68-854
68-2
4
1
11-4
16-6
67-981
67-7
1
1
29-7
66-666
66-67
66-8
2
49-6
66-30
66-5
661
2
1
55-2
65-77
65-8
65-5 Pd
2
1
63-3
65-277
65-1
1
1
70-7
64-674
64-73
64-9
1
o'
74
79-9
64-503
82-5
64-02
64-2
2
89-9
63-78
63-8
1
93-5
63-38
63-5
1
99-6
63-00
63-2
1
,
39005-4
62-58
62-8
1
11-5
11-7
62-252
62-4
61-7
61-4
61-1
2
1
1
1
'
!>
16-7
60-920
610
3
37
60-347
60-35
60-5
C01
2
T
;;
45-7
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OK THE SrECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 117
Ruthenium— continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
(Kayser)
1
Arc Spectrum
2559-497
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
0-74
1
A
115 '
in Vacuo
2559-60
2559-7
39058-7
58-91
»?
>>
58-626
58-63
58-7
2
"
J«
720
58-359
|
J»
>>
76-1
58-13
58-2
1
J!
J3
79-6
57-784
57-78
57-9
1
»»
)>
84-8
57-25
573
2
•»
)J
930
56-994
56-96
56-9
?)
:»
96-9
56-100
56-10
56-2
2
»>
1
39110*0
55-955
55-96
55-9
2
>>
SJ
12*8
55-734
»»
)J
162
550
In
»>
jj
54-790
1
"
>>
307
54-5
1
1
5>
54060
1
1
w
»»
41-9
53 -58
53-6
In
"
JJ
46*0
52-965
»
S?
63-5
52-524
>>
)J
65-4
52-384
9)
JJ
68-5
52-083
52-08
5210
"
)»
72-3
51-822
51-82
51-7 Pd
»»
?»
76-2
51-466
51-4
1
?»
>>
81*6
50-946
1
»
)»
89-6
49-92
50-0
2
S>
»»
39205-4
49-664
2
)>
)>
09-4
49-576
49-6
2
J»
)»
10-7
49-260
49-26
49-3 '
»
)»
150
48-86
49-0
1
J>
5»
21-7
48-1
1
»»
»>
47-600
47-80
47-8
1
»»
»»
41-2
47
2
»J
»»
46-765
46-81
2
>>
)»
54-0
45-866
46-01
45-8
JJ
)»
07*8
45-10
451
In
s>
J»
79-0
44-318
44-32
44-4
2
»)
JJ
91-0
43-778
1
>J
>>
39300*1
.43-349
43-35
43-38
2
)J
"
00-7
43-240
)>
JJ
08-4
42-601
>»
J»
18*3
42-24
42-3
2n
>>
)>
23*8
41-6
1
JJ
)»
41-381
)»
»>
371
40-411
40-41
40-43
>*
r»
52-2
39-822
39-82
39-90
1
»>
j>
61-3
38-565
>>
j»
80-9
38-1
In
J»
jj
37-776
37-78
37-18
36-E0
36-51
376
>>
931
36-315
)»
»»
39415-7
35-80
35-7
2
>J
j>
23-8
35-42
35-5
2
)>
»
29-7
35-147
3515
351
>»
>»
33-9
34-23
34-2
2
J)
)»
48-2
1 33-66
33-6
1
»>
' »»
57-1
118
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium — contin tied.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
T tl'L/Lilllll
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
i
A.
in Vacuo
i
2533-331
2533-33
2533-3
1
0-74
11-5
39462-2
32-128
1
»»
5>
68-7
30-67
300
2
J}
JJ
39503-7
30-40
30-2
1
9)
J)
07-9
29-812
29-81
29-7
1
99
11-6
170
28-813
)»
99
32-8
28-027
28-03
28-00
>>
>>
45
27-19
27-2
111
99
58-1
26914
271
2
99
62-4
20011
»»
J»
76-7
25-726
25-68
25-0 Ir
99
81-0
25-263
25-12
99
88-3
24-952
24-95
25-0
24-G
23-9
23-3
1
1
1
99-9
22-83
22-8
1
99
39626-4
22-410
22-5
99
33
21-7(tu
21-9
2
,9
44-2
21-08
21-0
2
»•
53-9
20025
20-89
20-8
1
» *
56-4
20-041
JJ
70-3
19-40
19-32
4
»>
7S-9
18-601
18-00
18-55
99
94-0
17-728
2
)»
39700-7
17 403
-
17-40
17 00
17-38
2
99
»>
11-9
10-882
10-9
99
201
10-25
10-2
In
99
300
15-74
15-8
1
it
38-1
15-372
15-5
1
99
43-9
14-10
14-3
In
99
64-1
13-417
13-42
13-40
2
>>
74-9
12-898
130
2
99
83-1
12-79
12-7
1
99
84-8
11-652
11-7
1
11-7
39802-7
11-41
11-4
In
>>
04-9
11-058
99
»j
121
10-238
»»
25-2
09-709
090
„
»»
33-6
09-160
09-2
1
0-73
97
42-3
08-508
08-81
08-80
2
»»
52-6
08-377
08-4
2
J»
54-8
07-090
07-13
07-16
2
99
75-1
00-01
06-0
06-5
2
2
;;
99
82-7
00-18
061
„
>•
91-2
05-73
05-8 Pd
05-5
;;
»>
>>
96-8
05-13
05-1
)(
>>
39906-3
03-40
03-4
>»
340
02-966
03-0
»>
40-9
02-484
02-48
02-5
n
48-5
01-990
02-12
02-1
>>
56-5
01-569
01-7
2
„ i
it
61-2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
Ruthenium — continued.
119
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spectrun
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A. +
1
A
in Vacuo
2500-940
0-73
11-7
39973-3
00-484
2500-36
2500-3
»>
80-5
2499-873
2499-9
2
91
90-3
2499-60
99-5
99-2
1
1
94-7
98-670
98-67
98-7 Pd
2
#J
40009-6
98-512
98-6
98-1
2
1
J)
121
9714
97-0
1
if
341
95-775
95-88
95-8
2
99
56-0
94-773
94-77
94-6
1
99
73-6
94-22
94-3
1
5>
810
94-116
94-00
93-80
92-9
92-3
921
2
1
1
1
11-8
»*
39
82-7
91-847
91-85
91-6
91-4
2
1
99
99
40119-1
91-10
91-2
2
11
311
90-555
90-7
99
39-9
90017
2
11
48-6
89-34
89-5
2
11
59-5
88-58
88-7 Pd
88-3
88-1
87-7
2
1
1
1
11
9*
11
71-8
87-26
87-3
86-7 Pd
1
In
11
931
86-31
86-3
1
99
4020S-5
84-66
11
84-055
84-06
84-2
11
450
83-82
83-7
83-3
830
1
1
2
91
99
99
47-8
82-628
19
68-1
820
1
19
810
81-83
11
81-216
81-22
81-30
19
910
80-83
810
80-3
2
1
99
97 3
79-611
>>
40317-1
79-458
9t
19-6
79-010
7901
7902
2
»*
26-9
78-33
78-5
78-2
2
1
If
9*
38
77-22
77-4
77-1
2
1
»»
>»
561
76-960
76-6
2
11-9
60-3
76-395
76-4
*t
69-2
75-483
750
2
2
>>
84-4
74-506
74-55
>>
40400-2
74-115
74-2
1
>»
06-6
73-55
73-8
1
>»
15-8
72-81
730
2
»>
27-9
72-215
72-22
72-6
»»
376
120
REPORT — 1904.
RUTHENIUM-
-continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
|
Wave-length
Intensity
V 1H- LI 1 . Mil
Oscillation
(Kayser)
and
Frequency
Are Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
i_
in Vacuo
2471-576
2471-8
71-3
1
0-73
II
11 -9
40448-1
70-805
ft
JJ
60-7
70-608
2470-61
69-78
70-7
68-8
68-5
1
1
•72
9
»!
640
67-674
67-67
67-7
67-5
67-3
66-4
1
1
In
9
9
i
9
99
99
9i
91
105121
65-7
1
9
ft
65-5
1
t
it
651
1
64-781
64-78
64-9
2
i
59-7
64-474
y
j»
647
64-0
1
t
63-026
63-03
631
62-8
2
1
9
99
88-6
62-20
62-3
1
it
40603-2
61-506
60-57
61-7
61-5
1
13-7
6017
60-1
59-6
59-4
1
1
1
99
35-7
59-146
59-15
120
42-6
58-706
58-8 Rh
2
,
59-8
57-311
57-31
57 4
,
82-9
57-050
1
87-2
56-666
56-70
4
93-6
56-519
56-59
56-60
4
96-0
56-376
98-3
55-614
55-61
55-66
5
407120
55-005
54-9
2
21-2
54-267
54-27
54-4
33-6
53-85
54-0
52-6
2
In
40-3
51-27
51-4
511
2
2
83-2
50-650
50-90
50-7
1
"
93-5
50-464
50-46
50-6
"
96-7
49-958
49-6
1
f
;
»
40805
48-958
48-96
490
48-4
1
9
'
28-0
47 537
47-6
46-9
46-7
In
1
1
9
45-4
45-519
45-52
791
44-924
9
89-1
44-497
44-5
f
.
96-2
44-129
44-2
1
f
"
40902-4
43-48
43-4
2n
$
121
13-2
43-036
9
"
21-6
i
41-82
41-6
1 f
9
410
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 121
Hut h eni tiM- continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
~ j '.
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
1 K
in Vacuo
2441-419
2441-42
2441-4
0-72
121
40947-7
41-051
41-05
40-9
1
ft
it
53-9
39-715
39-72
39-7
»»
tt
76-3
39-3
1
ti
tt
390
1
it
>t
38-8
1
it
tt
38-5
1
„
a
37-3
1
i9
j>
37019
371
a
»>
41021-7
36-6
1
»»
tt
36-3
1
a
it
35-53
35-62
4
a
jj
46-8
34-980
34-98
35 1
a
a
65-9
33-81
340
In
a a
75-7
33-2
In
tt >>
330
1
it
a
32-25
32-3
2
a
a
411021
31-6
1
a
a
30-8
1
a
it
3045
30-5
2
f»
tt
32-6
29-672
29-6
2
a
it
45-7
29-4
1
a
tt
291
1
a
a
28-98
29-0
1
a
5»
57-5
27-82
27-8
2
tf
12*2
77-0
27-26
27-2
1
tt
a
86-5
26-96
a
a
91-6
26-66
26-7
1
tt
tt
96-7
26-0
In
a
tt
25-7
In
it
a
24-56
24-6
1
»»
»»
41232-5
23-7
In
it
a
22-91
230
2
it
J)
60-5
22-30
22-4
2
it
tt
70-9
21-4
1
0-71
tt
20-905
209
2
>»
tt
94-7
20-24
20-3
1
tt
)*
41306-0
20-2
1
»J
tt
20-0
1
J?
it
19-04
191
1
it
tt
27-5
18-6
1
a
tt
18-3
1
a
a
17-05
171
2
a
tt
60-6
16-64
a
it
15-82
15-8
2
a
tt
81-6
15-30
15-4
2
a
>>
90-5
14-93
14-9
2
a
a
96-9
14-00
140
2
it
„
41412-8
13-60
13-5
2
tt
tt
19-6
13-32
12-9
12-6
121
a
a
tt
tt
tt
it-
tt
tt
11-62
11-7
11-5
11-2
i
tt
tt
tt
12-3
»>
»>
536
122
REPORT — 1904.
RUTHENIUM-
-continued.
Reduction to
Spark Spectrum
Vacuum
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
1
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
1 2410-8
1
0-71
12*3
2410-24
10-3
2
II
ii
414773
10-0
1
9f
»>
09-7
1
91
»>
2408-744
08-51
08-7
1
99 99
99 »»
415031
07-997
08-00
2
)) 99
160
07-37
07-6
1
>» >»
26-8
071
1
JS 99
06-67
06-9
1
99 »J
38-9
0612
99 99
05-5
1
99 >»
05-4
1
„
05-00
051
1
>J 99
67-7
04-9
1
93 99
04-6
1
99 II
02-802
02-80
01-93
02-90
4
99
41605-8
01-18
01-3
1
)» 99
33-8
00-7
In
>> »J
00-38
00-3
1
>J 99
47-8
2399-28
J>
>»
98-63
99
»>
2398-0
2
»J
>»
97 70
97-2
2
>>
12-4
99-7
2396-791
96-79
96-90
2
99
J»
417100
96-0
In
»»
»»
95-66
95-6
1
u
II
29-7
95-3
1
l» )»
95-0
1
|
94-70
») »»
94-2
2
»»
>>
93-84
93-7
1
»»
/»
61-5
93-3
1
»>
II
92-501
92-7
2
II
>J
84-9
921
2
»*
J»
91-73
91-8
1
>»
17
98-3
91-4
1
»>
19
90-6
1
If
''f
90-4
1
If
»»
901
1
99
»»
88-5
1
II
II
88-3
In
If
II
87-28
II
II
84-3
1
»1
l»
83-53
83-7
2
tt
t»
41942-2
83
1
II
»»
82-08
82-18
4
»»
12-5
67-6
81-5
1
II
>»
81-2
I
II
pi
810
1
99
i>
80-8
1
99
>»
80-1
2
»l
»i
79-94
79-9
2
II
»f
42002-4
79-54
If
If
1
1
77-6
In
ffl
M
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
Ruthentum — continued.
I2i
Reduction to
"Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
Spark Spectrum
Intensity
and
Character
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
Adeuey
Exuer and
Haschek
A +
1 _
A
2376-30
2376-6
2
0-71
12-5
42069-7
75-71
75-80
4
>)
>>
80-2
75-6
1
>»
3»
2375-346
75-3
2
99
JJ
86-6
751
1
J»
>)
74-3
1
99
91
72-08
72-2
2
0-70
)>
42144-6
70-251
70-25
70-4
2
>»
»»
771
70-2
1
J> ))
68-7
In
99 9>
68-2 Ir
1
99 >»
6731
67-5
2
J>
12-6
42229-4
64-6
1
99
J?
6413
64-3
In
51
»>
86-3
63-7
In
»»
)»
62-9
1
»»
)>
62-47
62-7
1
J>
99
423160
62-3
1
99
J»
60-8
In
»*
»»
5914
59-3
2
»5
»>
71-7
58-90
58-95
4
»»
»J
80-0
57-991
57-99
58-10
2
'»
*9
96-2
52-92
53-2
2
»»
12-7
42487-7
51-411
51-6
2
J»
»J
42515-0
£1-23
51-3
»»
)>
18-2
C0-51
50-7
"
)>
31-3
'6-45
46-6
44-7
43-6
99
42604-9
42-920
42-92
4303
2
J>
JJ
69-1
42-66
42-7
2
>»
)>
75-6
4111
J»
99
40-767
40-77
40-8
2
99
12-8
42708-2
40-00
40-2
1
99
JJ
22-2
39-4
1
it
J>
38-9
1
>»
>>
38094
38 05
381
2
>>
9>
571
36-93
37-0
2
99
»>
78-4
361
1
9*
J»
35047
3505
2
»>
>>
42812-9
34-5
1
»»
»•
3405
341
2
»>
99
312
3372
33-8
2
If
19
37-2
32-26
32-5
In
»•
99
64
31-81
31-9
1
»»
"
723
3123
31-3
2
If
»>
830
2911
29-2
2
>»
11
429220
28-5
1
>>
»»
28-1
1
,9
>»
•
20-82
0-69
>t
200
2
99
J»
18-7
1
t$
»♦
1351
13-6
1
99
130
43210-4
09-3
1
n
if
08-8
1
tt
>»
1 08-6
1 1
»»
it
124
REPORT — 1904.
Ruthenium — continued.
Spark Spectrum
Reduction to
Wave-length
Intensity
Oscillation
(Kayser)
and
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Adeney
Exner and
Haschek
Character
A +
1
A
in Vacuo
2308-1
In
0-69
13-0
2305-85
05-7
2
43356-0
04-97
JJ
»
0306
»
2298-80
2298-7
131
87-9
97-28
97-5
940
94-2
5J
99
99
>9
434166
87-2
87-2
83-2
13-2
ft
43708-4
82 00
81-8
81-7
79-7
99
*>
43808-0
79-4
In
78-7
In
72-3
In
0-08
68-20
68-3
13-3
44073-4
63-73
63-6
611
yj
»»
44161-6
51-7
>>
)»
Yttrium.
Lohsc, ' Sitzber. kaiserl. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,' xii. 1897.
Exner and Haschek, ' Sitzber. kaiserl. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,'
Kayser, ' Abhandl. konigl. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,' 1903.
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
» I-
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
in Vacuo
6701-188
o
1-82 4-0
14918-7
6087-892
2
99
»»
50-6
56-056
1
1-81
41
15019-8
50-880
1
)»
J»
33-9
13-988
1
1-80
»»
15115-4
6585-077
1
1-79
)»
81-7
77-090
1
•J
99
15200-2
64-059
1
1-78
99
30-4
57-568
2
45-4
38-797
3
J>
9*
89-2
05-611
1
1-77 4-2
15367-1
6437-414
1
1-75
99
15530-0
35-226
5
99
99
35-3
02-229
3
1-74
15615-4
6396-588
1
»»
99
29-1
6275-214
1
1-71
4-3
15931-4
36-962
b
1-70
»»
16029-2
22-787
4
1-69
4-4
65-6
18-150
b
99
*»
775
00-043
b
If
»»
16124-7
6191-930
1
1-68
i»
45-7
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 125
Yttrium-
-continued.
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
1
4-4
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
A +
in Vacuo
6182-455
b
1-68
16170-4
65-310
b
99
16215-4
50-935
1
1-67
53-3
48-624
b
»
59-4
38-645
4
99
85-9
37-893
1
99
87-8
34-240
3
19
97-5
32-343
b
»»
16312-6
27-610
1
99
15-2
24-701
1
»
22-9
14-954
1
»»
490
08-050
1
1-66
67-4
02-967
1
)>
81-1
6096-999
1
99
97-1
89-597
1
»»
16417-0
88-190
2
J?
4-5
20-7
82-800
1
>>
35-3
81-448
1
t 9
39-0
73034
1
1-65
59-3
60-526
1
99
95-7
53-998
b
J>
16513-5
42-778
1
•
1-64
44-2
40-463
2
99
40-5
36-833
b
JJ
60-5
25-513
1
»>
91-6
23-624
2
>»
96-8
20-105
b
99
16606-5
08-424
2
)>
37-8
07-929
1
99
40-2
04-906
1
1-63
48-6
03-810
b
JJ
51-6
5987-870
b
S>
931
82-133
2
)>
16711-9
72-324
b
»>
39-4
66-439
1
1-62
55-9
50-249
2
99
4-6
16801-4
45-946
3
»J
13-6
45081
1
J!
160
03-201
2
1-61
16935-3
5880-218
1
1-00
17001-5
72-072
1
99
4-7
25-2
32-480
1
1-59
17138-7
22064
2
99
75-4
12-888
1
1-58
98-6
5797-348
1
99
17244-6
87-907
1
>»
72-7
81-901
2
J*
90-6
74-143
2
1-57
17313-9
65-849
3
>>
42-9
44-046
3
)»
"
17404-5
43-567
1
)»
06-1
40-417
1
1-56
15-6
29-087
3
>»
50-1
27-090
1
»J
56-2
23 663
o
>>
66-6
20-S01
•&
>»
4-8
75-3
126
REPORT — 1904.
Ytxrium-
-continued.
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
1 _
A
Are Spectrum
Character
Haschek
A +
in Vacuo
5706-926
5
1-56
4-8
17517-9
5675-480
3
1-55
>»
17614-8
75-311
2
99
>»
15-3
69-456
1
99
»»
33-6
68-784
1
JJ
>>
35-7
* 63-148
6
1-54
53-2
61-107
1
)J
JJ
59-6
57-479
1
9.
J>
70-9
48-684
5
»>
98-4
46-909
o
J>
17704-1
44-898
4
99
10-3
35-966
1
99
38-4
33121
2
»>
5>
473
32-477
2
99
49-4
30-353
5
91
561
24114
2
99
75-8
10-580
1
1-53
17818-7
06-552
3
>>
4-9
31-4
5598-537
1
»»
56-9
91-168
2
)>
80-4
82-098
5
1-52
17909-5
81-295
2
J>
121
77-621
4
»>
23-9
67-972
3
>»
550
56-655
4
S>
91-5
51-209
2
1-51
18009-3
46-228
4
>>
25-4
* 44-818
5
>>
300
41-852
3
>>
39-6
27-765
6
»>
85-6
25-944
2
»f
88-3
21-845
6r
>>
18105-0
13-856
2
1-50
31-2
* 10115
5
r»
435
03-665
5
>j
5-0
64-7
5497-637
5
jj
84-6
95-802
2
t$
90-7
93-375
3
JJ
98-7
91-634
2
>>
18204-5
80-952
3
»»
400
73-596
4
1-49
64-5
66-669
6
>>
87-7
38-447
4
1-48
18382-6
24-588
3
M
18429-5
17-246
2
>>
„
54-6
* 03003
4
>*
18503-2
5388-623
1
1-47
5-i
52-5
80-851
3
»J
83-9
5290-004
2
1-45
5-2
18898-4
70-527
3
1-44
18968-2
69-712
5
JJ
71-2
40-958
2
1-43
" 19075-3
* 05-890
6
1-42
5-3 19203-7
00-580
5
M
„ 1 233
* Ro
wland : 566
3-155, 5544-83
1, 5510-120, 5'
102-982
5205-8
97.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTKA OK THE ELEMENTS. 127
Yttrium— continued.
Reduction to
t
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
1 _
\
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
X +
5196-588
2
1-42
5-3
19238-1
35-356
3
1-40
»9
19467-5
* 23-380
4
99
99
19513-1
19-283
3
99
JJ
28-7
03-941
1
9*
5-4
87-3
*5087-600
5
1-39
99
19650-2
73-344
2
99
99
19705-5
70-363
2
99
99
17-0
07-134
3
1-37
5-5
199660
4982-297
3
1-36
99
20065-6
74-466
3
99
99
97 2
48-740
1
1-35
99
20201-7
31129
2
99
5-6
737
28-427
1
»
93
84-9
26-503
1
93
99
92-8
22-063
3
99
99
20311-1
12-236
1
1-34
99
51-7
09-185
2
99
99
64-4
06-275
2
99
99
76-5
* 00-304
6
99
99
20401-3
4895-436
1
99
99
21-6
93-620
2
99
99
29-2
86-832
2
9>
99
57-5
86-464
2
39
99
59-1
* 83-881
6
99
99
69-9
81-629
1
99
99
79-4
79-832
2
99
99
86-9
79-339
1
99
99
88-9
63-303
1
1-33
5-7
20556-5
60031
3
99
99
70-3
56-896
2
99
99
83-6
55073
6
99
99
91-3
54-437
2
39
99
94-0
52-860
4
99
99
20606-0
45-862
4
99
99
35-7
40-052
5
1-32
99
55-2
39-335
2
99
99
58-3
26-438
1
99
99
20713-5
23-497
4
99
99
261
23-310
3
99
99
26-9
21-813
2
99
99
33-4
19-857
4
99
99
41-8
18-396
b
99
99
48-1
17-589
b
99
99
51-6
04-986
3
1-31
99
20806-0
04-502
2
99
99
08-1
4799-491
4
99
99
29-8
87-078
3
99
9?
83-8
86-753
4
99
99
85-3
81-217
4
..
5-8
20909-3
80-360
2
?»
99
131
66-280
1
1-30
99
74-9
63-142
1
>»
99
88-8
61-169
5
99
99
97-4
* Rowland
: 5123-390, 5C
187-610, 4900-J
101, 488
3-867.
128
REPORT
—1904.
Yttrium — continued.
Reduction to
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Haschek
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
A +
1 _
\
4752-970
4
1-30
5-8
21033-7
41-595
3
99
84-2
33-637
1
99
21119-6
32-565
3
I)
23-9
28-710
4
1-29
41-6
26-031
2
99
53-6
04-818
1
99
5-9
21248-9
01-165
2
9)
65-4
4699-424
2
9)
73-4
96-976
3
99
84-4
92-137
2
1-28
21306-3
89-938
3
16-3
82-501
6
50-2
78-523
2
68-4
75-030
6
84-3
71-020
2
99
21402-7
67-024
2
99
21-0
66-567
2
99
231
59-058
3
99
57-6
58-497
4
99
60-2
53-951
2
1-27
81-2
52-309
2
88-8
43-863
6
99
21527-9
27-390
1
6-6
21604-4
13-165
2
1-26
711
04-977
3
99
21710-6
01-484
2
26-1
4596-771
4
48-4
90-972
2
76-2
85-505
1
21801-8
82-352
2
16-8
81-954
2
18-7
81-506
2
20-9
79043
2n
1-25
33-6
73-746
4
99
57-9
70-855
2
99
717
65-120
2
99
99-2
64-576
2
99
6-'l
21901-7
59-558
4
25-8
55-491
3
99
45-4
54-651
2
49-5
44-500
3
98-5
42-222
2
1-24
22009-5
34-298
2
480
27-983
4
4527-98
78-8
27-430
5
27-43
81-5
22-242
2
22-16
99
22106-8
14-190
3
46-2
13-764
3
48-3
06-139
6
06-12
85-7
03-534
1
1-23
98-6
4492-592
2
6-2
22252-6
91-924
3
560
87-683
4
87-61
77-0
87-433
3
78-2
84-621 1
2
1
„
92-2 1
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF TDE SPECTRA OF TEE ELEMENTS. 129
Yttrium— continued.
|
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
1 _
A
Frequency
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
A. +
in Vacuo
4479-184
2
1-23
6-2
22319-3
77-628
4
4577-59
99
27
77-140
4
77-10
99
29-3
75-900
4
75-9
"
',',
35-7
74-074
3
„
44-8
72-953
2
55
50-4
65-463
2
65-50
1-22
87-9
46-805
4
..
22481-8
45-491
3
„
88-7
43-834
4
43-83
it
96-9
37-519
3
99
22528-9
36-321
2
36-37
5>
350
33145
1
59
511
27-191
1
1-21
6-3
81-3
22-772
6
22-80
99
226040
18-360
1
99
26-5
17-635
2
99
30-3
15-552
2
19
40-9
02-574
1
99
22707-7
4398-201
5
4398-21
99
30-2
97-904
2
99
31-8
94-840
3
9>
47-7
94184
2
99
51
93-788
1
1-20
531
87-908
3
87-84
99
83-6
85-649
2
99
95-3
79-499
4
99
22827-4
75-794
3
99
46-7
75-113
8
75-11
99
50-2
71-621
1
99
68-5
71144
2
99
710
66-204
3
66-30
99
6-4
96-8
58-895
5
58-91
99
22935-2
57-876
4
9*
40-6
53-833
1
119
61-9
52-499
2
9J
68-9
48-957
7
48-91
99
87-6
46-323
2
- >»
23001-6
44-812
3
59
09-6
37-476
2
99
48-5
30-945
3
30-85
99
83-3
24-765
1
99
23116-2
22-474
2
22-4
99
28-5
18-182
1
118
99
51-5
18052
1
99
99
52-2
16-472
2
99
99
60-7
15-662
3
99
99
650
14080
2
99
if
73-5
09-784
6
09-81
59
99
96-6
07-234
2
99
6-5
23210-2
05-499
1
99
99
19-6
02-431
5
02-45
99
»»
36-2
00-526
3
99
M
46-5
4291-217
3
117
ft
96-9
1904.
* Rowland: 4358-879.
130
REPORT— 1904.
Yttrium-
-continued.
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
1 _
A
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
A. +
in Vacuo
4275-650
1
117
6-5
23381-7
74-346
2
99
99
88-9
72-295
2
99
99
23400-1
69-001
1
99
99
18-2
67-085
3
99
9»
28-6
51-343
5
4251-39
99
6-6
23515-3
50-532
1
1-16
99
19-9
41-924
1
99
99
676
35-852
3
35-94
99
99
23601-4
32-709
o
99
99
18-9
31-461
1
99
99
25-9
29-351
1
99
99
37-7
24-396
3
99
99
65-4
20-779
4
20-81
99
99
85-7
17 960
3
99
9>
23701-5
13-698
3
99
99
25-5
13174
2
99
99
27-9
09-872
1
99
99
47-1
04-847
4
04-84
99
99
75-5
4199-442
3
4199-46
115
6-7
238060
77-684
5
77-65
99
99
239300
74-287
4
74-31
99
S9
49-6
* 67 670
3
67-81
114
99
87-6
57-786
2
99
99
24044-7
43017
6r
43 03
99
6-8
24130-2
28-472
6r
28-49
99
99
24215-2
25079
4
25-10
1 13
99
35-2
10-964
3
99
99
24320-3
06-552
2
99
99
44-5
* 02-548
7r
02-00
99
99
68-3
4095-617
1
99
6-9
24409-4
* 83-862
5
83-89
99
99
79-7
81-391
3
112
99
940
81-089
2
99
9»
96-4
* 77-522
6r
77-54
it
99
24517-8
65-159
1
65-20
99
99
92-4
48-004
2
47-98
99
7-0
24696-5
* 47-774
4
47-81
ill
99
97-9
44-407
2
99
99
24718-4
44-235
1
>>
99
191
* 39-981
4
4040-0
99
9)
45-6
30011
3
99
99
24806-8
3987-652
3
3987-4
99
71
25070-3
* 82-746
6
82-75
110
n
25101-2
78-775
1
78-74
9*
99
26-3
73-597
2
99
99
590
67-847
1
109
99
95-5
55-237
3
99
7-2
25275-7
54-431
1
99
>»
80-9
• 51-739
3
51-76
99
>»
98-1
50-499
5
50-51
99
»•
253061
46-350
2
99
,5
32-6
30-799
4
30-84
99
ff
25432-9
* Rowland: 4167-737, 4102541, 4083-783, 4077498, 4047823, 4040013, 3982-742,
3951-765, 3950-497.
ON WAVE-LFNGTH TABLES OF TBE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 131
Yttrium — continued.
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Arc Spectrum
3904-738
00-425
3892-570
90-281
87-928
78-418
52-541
46-805
40-575
33006
26064
18-513
*3788-839
* 74-494
70-740
47 695
38-772
35-756
34-422
24-920
18-237
* 10-448
3697 923
96-721
93-989
92-667
82-985
82-748
68-640
64-744
61086
56-390
54-796
53-636
52-801
46-363
45-567
39422
35-471
* 33267
* 28-852
* 21099
11 194
02069
00-884
♦3593 07 1
* 84-656
76-209
71-587
52-843
* 49153
13036
11-354
3499 044
*
*
*
Intensity
and
Character
3
2
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
2
2
3
5
5
1
3
2
1
1
3
3
6r
2
2
1
4
1
1
3
8
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
3
2
4
7
s
t>
6
6
7
5
2
3
2
4
7
3
3
3n
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Haschek
3904-72
3878-47
33 00
26-00
18-49
3788-88
74-51
47-70
10-41
3697-88
82-85
68-67
64-76
56-30
54-77
46-35 Sa
45-54
33-28
28-89
2112
1119
0212
00-90
3593 11
84-71
49-21
Lohse
Arc Spark
Reduction to
Vacuum
A.+
1-06
105
104
103
1
A
1-08 7-3
107
7-4
99
7-5
99
»»
>»
76
7-7
7-8
7-9
»»
99
99
8-0
99
8-1
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
* Rowland : 3788-839, 3774-473.
25602-6
310
82-7
97 3
25713-3
76-4
259496
88-3
26030-5
81-9
26129-2
80-9
26384-9
26486-2
26512-5
26675-5
26739-2
60-8
70-4
26838-7
86-8
26941-3
27034-6
434
63-4
731
27144-2
45-9
272503
79'3
27306-5
41-6
54-6
62-3
68-5
27416-9
22-9
69-2
98-9
27515-6
491
276013-2
83-9
27754-0
631
27823-4
88-9
27954-7
90-8
28138-6
68-7
28457-4
710
2857 11
K2
132
retort — 1904.
Yttbium—
continued.
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
1 Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Lohse
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
Arc Spark
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
A +
1
A
8-1
in Vacuo
♦3496-233
6
3496-25
1-03
285941
85-885
4
99
286790
84-208
2
99
92-7
68-028
3
68-05
8-2
28726-5
61-168
2
6115
99
92
54-322
2n
54-23
99
28940-9
51-082
3
99
68-0
48-962
5
48-98
99
88-9
33-159
1
99
29119-5
12-620
2
8-3
94-7
09-914
1
99
29324-6
3397-169
3
99
29428
90021
1
8-4
89-9
88-725
3
99
29501-2
83-206
2
99
49-3
82-975
2
99
51-4
80054
1
99
87-0
77-863
2
99
96-2
64-923
2
0-94
99
297100
62-381
3
3362-20
99
32-5
62131
4
»»
34-7
59-082
2
8-5
61-6
54-979
1
99
99-6
54-749
1
99
29800-4
44-680
In
99
89-7
40-528
2
99
29926-9
37986
1
99
50-8
35-349
1
0-93
99
73-5
31-335
1
99
30009-5
31029
2
99
12-3
* 28013
6
28-11
99
39-5
19-922
1
8-6
30112-6
18-700
1
99
23-7
08-525
1
99
30216-3
3293-599
In
0-92
99
30343-3
90-713
1
n
99
79-9
82-594
1
3282-7
„
8-7
30454-9
80055
3
99
78-7
78-576
2
99
92-3
52-408
3
8-8
30742-6
* 42-408
7
42-49
0-91
99
30833-5
* 16-812
6
16-87
0-90
99
310779
06-652
1
99
8-9
31176-3
* 03-450
5
03-51
99
99
31207 4
* 00-386
5
00-44
99
99
37-3
♦3195741
7
3195-80
99
99
82-8
91-627
1
99
99
313231
91-438
4
99
99
24-9
79-539
5
0-89
9
314421
73179
4
73-40
99
99
31505-2
55-785
1
99
99
31678-8
35-285
3
35-30
99
91
31885-8
30059
3
0-88
»j
31936-8
14-415
2
14-6
9%
>>
32099-6
* Rowland : 3328016, 3242-395, 3216-807, 3203-435, 3200407, 3195705.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 133
Yttrium — continued.
Reduction to
Wave-length
Intensity
Spark
Spectrum.
Exner and
Lohse
Vacuum
Oscillation
(Kayser)
and
Arc Spark
1_
Frequency
in Vacuo
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
A.+
3112151
3
3112-2
0-88
9-2
32122-9
11-924
3
99
99
25-3
09007
2
99
99
55-4
04-808
1
99
99
981
03-846
2
99
99
32208-9
3096-741
1
99
99
82-8
95-998
3
3096-04
0-87
99
90-6
91-850
1
99
99
323339
86-981
2
99
99
84-9
76-634
2
99
9-3
32493 7
72-479
2
99
99
32537 7
59-639
1
0-86
99
32674-3
50-015
1
99
9-4
32777 3
47-252
2
99
99
328070
45-489
3
99
99
26-0
44-956
1
99
99
31-8
38-599
1
99
99
32900-4
36-710
1
99
*»
160
22-404
3
99
9-5
33076-7
21-844
3
085
99
82-9
10-255
1
99
99
332103
2997-069
3
99
9-6
33359-4
95-383
2
99
99
751
84376
4
99
99
98-4
74-710
3
99
99
33507-1
74-042
1
084
99
33614-6
65096
4
99
9-7
33715-9
55-999
1
:»
99
33819-8
48-533
4
99
J»
33905-5
30128
2
99
9-8
34118-4
19-167
3
083
9-9
344991
2890-497
1
11
99
34586-2
86-585
2
0-82
100
346330
84-583
1
99
99
571
56-419
1
9»
101
34998-8
54-544
2
0-81
99
35021-8
26-450
1
»
10-2
35369-9
22-694
2
99
99
354170
18-982
1
2818-88
0-80
10-3
63 5
13-773
1
99
?9
35529-2
00-319
1
00-30
99
10-4
35709-8
2791-319
1
99
9>
358150
85-293
1
2785-32
99
»
92-5
60-174
3
9»
10-5
362190
30-190
2
0-79
10-6
36616-8
23-096
3
0-78
10-7
36712-3
2672-190
1
99
109
37411-6
2547-661
1
0-77
11-5
39240-2
40-384
1
0-74
99
39352-6
2476-756
2
99
11-8
40363-6
63-826
2
0-73
11-9
405754
60-656
1
2460-73
0-72
9*
40627-7
45-688
1
99
120
40876-3
45-309
2
• 9
99
82-7
24-246
2
99
12-2
41237-8
22-278
4
22-32
99
>,
71-3
134
REPORT — 1904.
Yttrium —continued.
Reduction to
Wave-length
(Kayser)
Intensity
and
Spark
Spectrum.
Exncr and
Lohse
Arc Spark
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
1 _
A
Arc Spectrum
Character
Haschek
\ +
in Vacuo
2417364
1
0-72
12-2
41355-2
2385-298
2
0-71
12-4
419111
61-883
1
99
12-6
42326-5
58-79S
2
0-70
99
81-9
55-165
1
99
99
42441-9
54-266
2
99
99
83-5
32-651
2
12-8
42857-0
31-732
1
||
99
73-8
2289-087
2
9*
131
43672-4
83-722
2
0-69
132
437750
83-370
1
9»
99
81-7
77-738
1
•9
»9
438900
74-171
2
0-68
133
43958-7
72-884
1
9*
99
83-7
71853
1
99
99
44003-6
67-152
1
99
99
94-9
65-110
2
99
99
44134-7
64-452
2
„
99
47-5
62-768
1
99
99
80-3
60-661
1
99
13-4
44221-4
60-157
2
99
99
313
59-594
2
99
99
42-3
59-339
1
99
99
57 3
49-240
1
99
13-5
44445-9
45-720
1
99
99
44515-6
43097
3
95
99
67-8
42-643
1
99
99
76-8
40-695
1
99
99
44615-6
36-384
1
99
13-6
44701-4
31-276
1
99
if
44803-7
28-241
1
99
9>
64-8
27-849
1
0-67
y>
72-7
Line Spectrum of Sulphur.
Erter and Valenta, ' Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' lxvii. 1898.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
5559129
1
5665123
4
56141
4n
62-741
In
36-968
3
6400
60-289
6
26-458
5n
6390
48-565
1
20-749
3
25
47-296
8
18-968
3n
10
45-920
2n
09-799
10
6290
40-535 1
4
5478-589
2n
40-257 I
8
77-649
1
16-844
4
75-209
2
06-349
8
73-791
8
5579-327
6
68-565
1
5819-543
2
65097
8
54000
10
ON wave-Length tables of the spectra op the elements.
Line Spectkum of Sulphur— continued.
135
h
Wave-length
(
ntensity
and
Character,
i . i
1 Intensity
Wave-length and
[Character
Intensity
Wave-length and
Character
5434-737
2
- -i
4661-782
lb'
4285133
8
32-994
10
56-916
3
83-825
2
28-907
9
51-043
83-318
1
50-440
82-741
3
49-328
78-670
3
01035
3u
48-416
69-942
4
5345-832
20-894
8
8
47614
42024
In
67-959
67-255
4
6r
39 024
59-408
2
5233187
24-322
In
57 603
3
30040
13618
53772
lOr
27 406
1
4596-368
50-150
1
27-072
I
91-285
36-230
1
20-872
19-650
12-803
3
8
91-164
62118 "1
52-592 J
2
2
31182
27-590
21-810
4
2
2
07-482
2
5
17397
4
01-520 1
01-149 J
2
49-723
3
4193667
2
C
25-159
6
89-896
5b'
24-817
2
86-120 1
85-631 J
1
04-370
3
2
5160-348
42512
2
3
4499-450 1
86-856 J
1
2
78-992
75-415
2
3
85-907
2
74-471 \
74-179 J
7 b'
83-647
4
4
81-661
1
68-554
4
03-535
4
78-633
1
65-255
1
5098-890
51-874
1
1
65-329
64-618
1
5
65127
62-856
3b'
10
47-499
3
63-761
5b'
62-539
2
39-596
2
56-584
2
53*269
10b'
32-657
8
40043 1
4
49 068
2
27-408
4
32-561 J
3
47-126
3
14-248
8
31131
lb'
45-266
10
11-815
3
18-982
2
44027
1
09-762
6
17-134
3
42-390
8b'
07 010
1
15052
4
33 041
1
4993-733
3
4393862
3
27-724
2
92- 152
5
92012
2
19-377
3
42-649
25-493
2
6
67 037
64-873
2
4
12-472 1
12-319 J
2 1
2} L
24-269
5
62-610
6
11-670
5
17-410
4u
61-671
5
05151
1
02-656
4885-831
2
3
60-625
54-739
1
5
4099-607 1
99-360 J
3
2
24-353
2n
51-408
2
95-288
2
19834
1
49-551
3
91-372
1
11-967
4
47-558
1
76024
4
92-333
2
45-637
1
72-252
3
40-444
4
70-077 1
69-802 J"
3
33-947
1
2
32-852
5
64-634
3b
30-798
1
50328
2
19-762
1
32-956
4b'
4716-382
4
18-847
17-299
3
2
28-995
6
4677-804
68-738
I 2
i 2
4294-558
91606
8b'
1
11-469
1 09-566
1
1 1
136
REPORT — 1904.
Line Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Wave-length
Intensity !
and
Character
Wave-length
Intensity 1
and
Character
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
4007-995
2
3861-541
1
3618-937
1
06-700
1
60-833
3b
17-086
4b
04-045
1
53-280
3
3999-026
3
51-312
3b'
00-307
2n
98-998
4b'
47-319
2
3596-152
3
45-336
1
94-575
3
98127
3
42-502
2b
67 382
2n
93-706
5
39-368
2
60-857
In
91-144
4b'
38-440
10
56-506
In
37-882
8
49-920
2b
86-158
5
31-980
4
43-856
3b
83-924
6
3794-841
5
82 893
lb'
83-543
2b
40-416
3
79-030
4
3499-566
lb
81-923
1
74-713
2
80-002
4b'
60030
2
97-438
8
54-879
1
83-140
1
74-316
1
50-927
3
79-435
8b
73-341
4
49-554
4
74061
6
70-820 1
70-640 (
3b
48-039
5
71014
In
3b
44-488
2
3390-354
3
63-279
3
27-457
3b
87-242
5
61-695
4
17-864
8b
85-986
2n
59-468 \
1
12-868
2b
77300
1
59-189 I
2
10-604
2b
73402
3n
54-457
2
09-470
6b
72-285
In
50-866
In
00-323
2b
70-490
4
47 326
2n
3699-529
3b
69-624
3
45-059
1
98-046
1
68-210
2
39-897
In
96-373
3b
67-306
4
33-650
3b
89-639
1
63294
In
32-437
2
80-671
1
56-567
In
32104
3
78-329
4b
55-233
1
28-734
8
72-436
3
44-216
2n
23-788
3b'
69-139
6b
41-612
4
63-513
1
40-508
3
20-997
2
62107
5
30-924
1
19-550
3
56-715
3
25013
5b
18-312
1
55-435
1
24100
4
12149
3
54-669
1
17-205
2
07-285
2
53-559
In
14-643
1
3899-501
2
38-267
2
08-953
3
94159
1
37-131
2
05-774
2
92-759
2b
36-305
1
01-806
1
82-366
3
32144
8
01-211
2
76-353
2b
26-508
3
64-773
lb
22-892
2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 137
Band Spectrum of Sulphur.
Eder and Valenta, ' Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' lxvii. 1898.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and |
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
1 !
Character
(
Character
6380
5582-183
1
5556189
2
20
81-192
1
55-654
3b
6265
80-882
1
55-209
1
6165
80-506
3
54-788
4
00
80124
2
54-529
1
6036
79-536
1
54-197
3
5967
79-012
3
53775
3b
00
78-871
3
53-251
2
5838
77-750
3
52-820
3
5779
77-424
3
52-514
1
12
76-891
2b
52-195
1
5653
76-356
1
51-836
3
01-812
3u
75-687
3
51-243
4
01-411
5
75-244
3
50-849
4
00-894
3
74-719
1
50-276
5
00-669
3
74-437
3
49-682
4b
5599-778
4
73-972
1
99-477
4b
73-586
3
49 067
4
98-916
4
72-356
2
48-694
1
98-568
98-076
4
4
71-830
71-469
2
5
48-383
47-985
3
1
97-717
1
70-972
1
47 643
3
97376
4
70-639
1
47-361
2
97169
2
70-320
2
47-069
1
96-836
1
69-605
2
46-666
2
96-444
4b
69-112
4
46-409
2
95-898
4b
68-632
1
46051
3
95-505
1
68-337
3
45-638
4
94-900
5b
68-030
3
45-178
4
67 603
3
44-653
5
94-310
5b
67 235
2
44-220
4
93864
5s
66-883
1
43-594
6
93-058
2b
66-622
2
43177
2
92-649
1
66-369
2
42-747
5b
92-069
1
65-911
2
42-214
4
91-683
4
65-280
3
41-900
1
91-425
1
64-860
2
41-491
4
90-694
3
64-611
2
41-002
2
90-292
3b
63-976
5
40-712
5
89-798
4
63132
1
40-235
3
88-813
2
62-717
lb
39-663
1
88-469
2
62-395
2
39159
3
88-075
3b
61-886
3
38-621
6
87-408
1
61-441
4
38-189
3b
86-991
2
60-922
3b
37-836
3b
86-526
2b
60-407
2
37-309
5
86-168
2
59-787
3
36-926
4
85-775
3
59155
5
36-595
4
85-229
3
58-794
3
36-303
4
84-699
2
58-251
lb
35-781
6
84-331
2
35-347
4
83-900
5b
57-809
3
34-943
3
57-296
3
34-526
6
82-913
1
56-843
5
34132
3s
82-0(13
1 3
56-512
1
33-744
6s
138
Report — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
5533-196
5b
5505-771 ] 2s
5478-692
6
05-278 \ 2b
04-986 j 1
78-228
3
77-606
8
32-691
3b
04-681 1
77-023
3b
04-295
1
76-597 1
3
32-169
6
03-893
6
76-270 1
3
31-422
8
03-449
3b
75-770
4
30-767
3
02-589
5
75-346
5
30-214
2
02-213 4
74-950
3
29-901
2
01-350 1
74-351 1
4b
29-621
4
00-574 4
73-858 f
38
28-912
2b
00-398
2
73-374 ]
3
28-521
2
5499-733
6
73-049
2
28-126
4
99150
2
72-949
*■
4
27-657
4
98-816
1
72-782
2
27-240
2
98-475
3
72-500 >
1
26-765
1
98-104
2
72-243 i
71-390 f
3
26-379
3b
97-395
2
3
25-869
3b
97-014
4
70-780
1
25-438
1
96-703 i
96-372 /
3
70-278 1
69-931 J
2
25154
3
3
4
24-680
In
95-401 |
5
69-469
3
24-420
2n
94-777 [
4
69120
1
23-540
3
94-381 f
4
68-831
3
22-249
1
93-982 )
3
68-299 )
3
93-505 j
1
67-886 \
1
21-963
4
93-312 j
2
67-624 j
2
21-232
8
92-803
8
67053
1
20-521
2
92-105
3
66-556
1
20150
4
91-605 \
1
66183
3
19-515
1
91-418 1
65-896
3
19145
2
91103 \ 1
65-658
2
18-761
2b
90-711
2
65-385
1
18-529
1
90-118 1
4
65086
2
18-233
2
89-532
5
64-680
4
17-942
3
89092 2
64028
2
17-556
4
88-679 ) 4
63-769
1
17038
4
88-274 1 2
63-400
1
16-355
5
87-967 (
3
62-975
1
15-746
1
87-510 j
9
62-751
1
15-421
1
86-790
10
62-434 1
62-160 J
2
15155
1
86-238
1
3
14-240 1
4
85-814
4
61-820
1
13-898 J
3
85-354 )
2
61-473
1
13048 1
12-853 J
4
85-075 \
84-525 )
4b
61-160
3
1
4
60-815
2
12-432
3
83-741
1
60-560
3
11-963
lb
83-492
3
60-168
1
11-309
2b
83-248
2
59-531
1
10-460 \
3
82-813
4
59191
2
10160 J
1
82-395
2
58-507
4
09-594
2
81-955
3
57-779
2
09-209
3
81-398
6
57-010
3
08-806
5
80-910
2
56-783
07-637
2b
80-607
2
55-311
07115
2
80198
2
55 010
3b
06-599 \
4
79-916
5
54-648
3
06-256 J
1
79341
1 6
54-098
2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 139
Band Spectkum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
1
6453-462
4
5424171 J
3
5395-646
52-046
2
23-724 |
3
95-327
4
51-647
4
23-438 1
1
93-578 \
93-487 1
2
51-202
1
23143 1
5
1
50-511
2
22-743 )
2
92-435 1
92-082 f |
2
50190
3
22112
3
3
48-329
2
21-787
1
90-967 |
1
47-880
3
21-467
4
47-459
3
21-078)
4
90-716 )
2
47007
3
20-793 \
3
90-214
1
46-355
1
20-385)
2
89-552
3
45-842
lb
19-994
4
89049
4
45044
3
19-479
4
88-517
2
44-683
3
19100
3
88-182
3
44152
3
18-609
6
87-504
2
43-867
2
17-827
5
87-105
1
43153
lb
17359
5b
86-763
4
41-892
5b
16-580 1
4
86-188
5
41-504
1
16-232 J
4
85-861
3
41-189
4
15149 \
3
85014
In
40-760
4
15-416 J
2
84-516
1
40-536
6
14-325
4
84-183 1
4
40-285
3b
13-909 1
13-742 f
1
83-578 J
3
39155
6
1
83-100
2
38-472 1
38-246 j
3
13-402
4
82-175
3
3n
12-959
1
81-759
3
37 875
3
12-709
1
81-466
3
37-565
1
12-427
2
81-281
3
36-870
4
12061
3
80-918
1
36-440
4b
11-737
2
80-318
3b
35-932
4
11-360
1
79-346 |
7
35-367
3
11061
3
78-959 ]
5
34-426
1
10-447
5
78-061
3
33-922
2
09-790
4
77-316 1
6
33-600
4
09-402
1
76-897 |
5
32-962
09-098
2
76-462
1
32-527
2
08-680
2
76173
3
31-932
3
08-315
3
75-486
3
31-219 |
8
07-998
1
75-158 )
74-695 f
2
or
07-691
5
2
10
07 047
3
74-346
3
30-507
2
06-547 }
1
73-680
3
30-198 J
1
06-301 J
2
73195
5
29-566
4
05013
3
72-690
5
29-260
3
04141
2
72046
2
28-940
4
02-954
3
71-433
3
28-656
1
02-590
1
71147
3
28-349
1
01-957
2
70-810
2
28-068
5
01-593
1
70-473
3
27-685
1
01-185
3
69-944
1
27-272
3
00-805
lb
69-673
2s
26-838 \
26-655 J
1
5399-684
2
69-384
1
2
99-350
1
68-989
4
26-197 )
1 8
98-996
3
68-441 \
1
25-712 I
2
98-285
3
68-314 J
2
25-390 )
3
96-479 1
2
67-978
3
24-908 1
5
96-226 J
2
67-58S
3b
24-514
}
1 2
95-841
1
66-993
4
140
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
i
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
5333-106
Charactei
2
Character
5366-482
5
5305-501
3
65-380
4
32-817
1
05113
5
65-355 |
1
32-525
2
04-404
1
65-093 J
1
32153
3
03-962
3
64-697
6
31-522
lu
03-444
5n
64-237
3
30-789
2
03-274
1
63-814
5
30-295
4
01-986
1
63-297
5
29-516
2b
01-381 1
00-924 J
2
62-896 )
3
27-921
1
4
62-520 \
1
27-671
1
00-476
1
62-140 )
3
27-369
2
5299-973
2
61-678 1
61-531 J
2
26-731
1
99-601
1
2
26-301
5
99071 1
3
61-158
3
25-715
4
98-795 f
3
60-892
1
25-223
2
98-154]
1
60-627
3
24-873
1
97-997 /
2
60-279
4
23-851
2
97-312 1
96-983 J
2
59-806
5
23-587
2
2
58-845
4
23-241
2
96015 1
95-584 |
2
58-263
3
22-867
2
2
57-740
2
22-271
1
94-551
1
57-367
3
21-858
3
94031
3
56-973
4
21-536]
!}>
93-300
3
56-203
2b
21-240 I
92-240
3
55-540
2b
20-651 \
20-203 j
1
90-799
lb
54-883
lb
3
90-330 1
89-848 j
3
54-019
lb
19-835)
1
3
53-062
2b
19-585 \
19-311 j
2
89-006
2b
52152
2b
3
88-259
2b
51-273
3
18-654
4
87-585
3
50-816
1
17-883
5
86-932
1
50-405
3
17361 )
1
86-482
2
49-898
2
17119
16-877 j
2
85-746
3
49-390
1
1
S4-913
2
48-912
2
16-586
2
84-450
2
48-361
2
16-202
4
83016
2
46-911
3
15-720
2
82-630
2
46-163
2n
15-338 1
14-998 /
2
82-289
1
6
81-579
1
45194
lu
14-481
2
80-228
1
44041
2n
14125
8
79-898
2
43007
3
13-614 |
3
79-433
2
42-359
1
13-272 '
6
78-548 1
3
41-953
1
12-879
1
78-247 /
2
40-898
3n
12-506
3
77-876
1
40-121
3
11-760
6
77-440
1
38-777
1
10-621
5n
77-101
lu
38-257
3
76-733
In
37-890
1
09-823
5
76-378
4
37-476
2
09-410
3
75-901
1
37-285
2
09071
1
75-528
3
36-556
1
08-191
2
74-276
1
36127
1
07-847
3
73-990
1
35-510
3
07-525
1
73-592
1
34-833
4
07121
3
73-323
2
34-234
lb
. 06-783
1
72-999
3
33-939
1
06-231
3
72-689
2
33-592
3
05-874
2
72-335
1
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 141
Band Spkctrum op Sitlphur — continued.
!
Intensity:
Intensity!
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
i
Character 1
i
Character
Character
5271-872
1
5244-577
3n
5212-052
2
71-316
2
43-906
1
11-593
In
70-558
3
43-212
3
69-378
1
42-702
2n
10-931 1
4s
69089
1
42-282
1
10-617 J
2
68-833 1
68-508 J
2
42027
1
10017
2n
2
41-737
2
09-045 1
2n
67-847
2
40-856
2
08-782 J
4n
67 401
1
40069
2
08-306
3b
67 254
1
39-682
2
07-417
3
67 024
1
39-320
2
06-906
5b
66-540
1
38-477
2n
06-409
1
66155
3
38114
1
05-737
1
65-512
3n
37-089
2
05-227
6b
36-527
1
04-779
1
65109
1
36079
2
04-296
2
64-917
2
35-472
3
03-710 1
03-341 /
4
64044
1
34131
2
1
63-500
4n
32-817
In
02-904
2
63017
3n
02-465
3
62-484
In
32-182
1
01-872
2
61-990
1
31-328
2
01-652
3b
61-451 1
61-247 J
5n
30-792
1
01156
2
1
30-329
1
00-756
2
60-608
2
29-835
2
00-333
2
60-269
In
29109
In
5199-956
3
59-841 i
4
28-457
2
99-582
1
59-552 I
2
27 943
1
99-309 1
99-000 f
2
59-192 J
1
26-798
1
3
58-607 1
58-340 /
2
26-155
2
98-475
2
3
25-734
1
97-817 1
97-675 J
4b
57 986
In
25-258
1
2
57-405
2
24-676 1
2n
96-769
3
56-803
4
24-454 j
In
96-588
2
56043
2n
23-947 1
2
95-966 1
2
55-739
3
23-671 J
1
95-728 j
2
55-269
2
23-307 1
1
94-782
2
54-974
I
22-983 J
1
94-048
5b
54-534
1
22-245
2
93-436
3b
54153
4
21-5461
2n
92-734
Is
53-756
3
21-274 J
In
92-288
2
53-303
2
20-690
3
91-956
2
52-981
2
20-229
2
90-521
1
52-700
3
19-882
1
90117
3
52-158
3n
19-544
1
88-573
lb
51-677
3
19-201
2
88-100
1
51-3591
51-118 J
3
18-668
1
87-335
1
3
18037
1
86-880 1
86-612 /
1
50-512
2n
17-704
4
1
49-820
3
17019
3
86033
1
49-315 {
48-958 j
2
15-935
1
85016
1
2
15-409
3
84-426
3
48090
3
14-796
3b
83-775
2n
47-126 \
46-801 j
2
14-451
1
83063
1
2
13-835
lb
82-670
1
46-336
3n
13-158
3
82165
1
45-587
3
12-875
.
1 1
81-562
2n
45015
2
12-594
1 2
81169
1
142
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphub — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
i
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
5180-855
2n
5146-732
3b
78-761
2
46-257
2
5102-903 1
3
78043
3b
45-783
4b
02-608 j
3
76-861
1
45031
2
02-140 1
2
76-401
2n
44-482
3
01-965 J
2
76-361
In
44000
2
00-853
2
75-881
In
43-458
2
00-494
4
75-229
2n
43131
1
5099-627
2
73-653
2n
42-574
In
98-972
4
73171
2n
98-392
2
72-692
1
41-671
2
97634
4
72-307
1
40-923
In
96-911
lb
71175
2
40-448
2n
96-457
1
70-660
1
39074
1
95-983
2
70-353
2
38-400
2
95055
2
69-665
1
37-643
In
94-684
3
68-592
2
37001
1
94-225 \
2
68122
2
36-624
1
93-912 J
2
66-239
In
36113
1
93098
2
35-663 1
35-398 [
2n
92-697
3n
66-142
2n
2n
92195
1
65-330
2n
33-270
1
91-949
In
63-880
3
32-852
1
91-541
2n
63-389
3
29-743
1
90-979
3
63 008
2
28-816
2
90-162
2
61-691
4b
28-220
1
89-388 "1
89-196 /
2n
61-214
2
27561
1
In
60-816
2
26-914
In
88-322
In
59-844
5
25-783
In
87-529
3
59-557
1
86-884
2n
59148 1
In
23-942
In
86-270
In
58-916 1
In
23-188
In
84-475
3
58-194 1
2n
22-682
In
84-024
2
57-921 J
2n
21-987
2n
82-964
In
57-509
1
20-490
1
57134
3
19-500
2
82-415
3
56-689
2
18144
2
81-412
3
56-275
1
17233
3
80-781
2
55-826
2
15-673
2
80-325
2
65-332
4
14-984
2b
79-334
lb
54-873
2b
13-655
In i
78-503
2
54-379
3
12-976
In
78-022
1
53-960
3
12-558 \
In
77699
1
53 559
1
12-262 |
In
75-217
1
53102
2
11-631
1
74-912
2
52-655
3b
11-279
2
74-576
3
52-281
2
10-943
1
74-086
2
51-929
3
10-152
1
73-586
lb
51-615
1
09-767
1
72-729
In
51-344
1
09186
2
71923
2
50-987
4
08-392
In
71-629
1
50-583
2
07-832
2n
71-349
1
50-287
1
07195
3
70-893
1
49-935
2
06-224
2n
70-563
2
49-583
3
05-412)
2
70181
In
48-917
3b
04-594 \
2
69-757
2
48163
4
04-239)
3
69-355
In
47535
4
03731
lb 1
1
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 143
Band Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
<
Character
(
Character
2
Character
2
5039-277
4999-574 1
99-206 J
5068-966
1
38-818
3n
3
68-568
3
98-868
2
68099
2
38-368
1
98-556
1
67-529
2
37-866
3
97-989
5b
66-886 1
66-643 j
2n
37 004
4
2
36-532
2
97306
2b
65-833
3
35-866
2b
96-658
3b
65-323
2
35-366
2
96-177
3
64-973
1
35030
In
95-634
3
64-546 \
64-219 /
2
34-631
4n
95141
3
1
33-881
2
94-718
4
63-825 1
63-247 J
2
33-261
2n
94-197
4
1
32-737
lb
93-775
1
62-779
1
93-208
4
62-315
2b
31-510
lb
92-712
2
61-770
2
30-301
2b
92-336
1
61189
3
28121
1
91-909
3
60-756
lb
27485
1
91-6421
2
26-447
1
91491 j
2
59-871
4
25-645
1
91059
2
59-103
3
25-008
1
90-628
2n
58-636
1
24-7001
2
90-258 1
3
58-134
3
24-377 1
1
89-995 J
3
57-626
1
22-684
1
89-543
1
56-981
4
22043
3b
89-182
2
56-493
1
21-495
1
88-494
2
56071
1
21003
1
87-317
2n
55-711
3
20-525
2
87-371
55-444
2
19483
2b
85-737
55086
2
18-593
lb
85-304
In
54-862
1
17820
1
84-526
54-463
lb
17-096 1
16-772 /
In
83842
53057
1
2n
83-385
53 290
8
15-790
lb
82-675
52-545
3
15-215
2b
82-162
In
52119
1
14173
3n
80-833
51-440
5
13449
In
80-387
4s
51044
5
12-821
2
79-706
In
50-370
2
11-703
4
78-830
In
49-590
3
11099
3
78 083
In
1
10-436
2
77-286
48-953
2
09-677
2
76-617
48-544
1
09-322)
1
75-282
48137
2
08-988 \
2s
74-566
2
47-790
4
08-224 j
2n
73-674
I
46-730
2
07 057
3b
72-641
1
46-266
4s
71915
In
45-418
2
05-971
2b
70-935
In
44-712
5
05-304 1
03-968 j
3
70103
i i
43-930
3b
2
69433
1
43-297
4
03-713
2
68-786
1
42-770
2n
03178
2
68-638
2
42438
1
02-765
In
67-576
41-976
3
02020
4
67046
1
41438
3
01-375
3
66-176
40-887
4
00-578
3
65-747 1
65-549 J
39-694'
3
00013
2
1
144
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Wave-length
4964-764
63-511
62-962
62-341
61-002
60-404
59-968
58-993
58-458
58-264
56-692
56193
55-625
54-670
54056
53-728
53-300
53-156
52-248
51-889
51-020
50-455
49-362
48-850
48-458
47-790
47-408
46-968
46-464
46-006
45-609
45-195
44-803
44179
43-903
43-555
43169
42-909
42-439
41-989
41-552
41-174
40-737
40-403 1
39-871 J
39-317
39010
38-531
38-245
37 471
36-995
36-588
35-966
35-219
34-592
27 070
26-222
Intensity
j and
Characteri f
Wave-length
j Intensity
and
Character
3
2b
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
2b
1
In
2
1
2b
1
2b
2
2b
2
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
2
1
2b
2
1
1
In
3
3
1
2
1
2
2
3
1
In
1
3
lb
2b
4925-558
25-008
24-355
23-598
23-244 1
23-036 j
22-422
22038
17-827
17-213
16-603
16-260
15-980
15-304
14-505
13-684
13-214
12-617
12133
11-2601
10-984 j
09-882 1
09-715 j
09-299
08-818
08-446
07-653
06-995
06-210
05-557
05-088 1
04-793 I
04-337 1
04-020 I
03-452
03 045
02-606
02-198
01-610
01 108
00-249
4899-780
99-456
99-077
98-394
97921
96-96S
96-315
95-654
95-290
94-593
93-603
Wave-length
In
In
In
1
lb
2b
1
1
2b
lb
1
1
1
In
4
3
In
In
3
2
2
2n
2
1
3
1
3
1
2n
2
In
In
3n
3
3
2
In
1
4
2
lb
3
1
2
4
2
3b
3
3
1
3b
In
4892-772
90-525
89-858
89-406
88-933
88-663
87-852
87-429
85144
84-577
84-205
83-751
82-399
81-910
81-214
80-245
79-754
78-913
75-980
75-541
74-927
74-455
73-897
73164
72-732
72-237
71-931
71172
70-583
70141
69-559
68-609
68-447
67-300
65-827
64-823 1
64-286 j
63-839
63-366
62-881
62-390
62034
61169
60-656
60-178
59-465
58-956
58-476
58107
57-626
56-827
56-490
Intensity
and
Character
3b
3
In
In
In
In
2n
2n
2n
In
2n
In
In
In
3n
2n
In
2n
2n
3n
1
In
In
In
In
lb
1
3b
2b
lb
lb
2b
4b
2
4
2b
lb
2b
4
2b
2
1
4
3
3
1
3
4
1
1
5
2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 145
Band Spectrum of Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4855-803
2b
4770-730 1
1
4749-189)
3
55-273
3
70-540 J
lu
48-601 \
In
54-898 1
1
70-009
1
48-416)
2
54-539 J
1
09-508 }
69-259 J
2
48-101
3n
54-190 1
53-726 /
2n
2
47-786
1
2n
68-566
2
47-533
2
53-255
2b
68-273
1
46-847 1
46-263 /
1
52-805 1
2
67-939
1
I
67-635
1
46085
2
52-281 f
51 -702 1
2
67342
2
45-611
lb
1
66542
2
45-252
2
51-342
3s
66220
2
44-392
2
51-029
3s
65504
1
43-967
1
50180
2
65221
2
43-741
1
49-707
3
64-762
1
43-465
lb
49-249
3
64-557
In
42-973
3
48-701 1
48-230 1
1
64195
3
42-572
lb
3b
63-756
2
42-153
2
47-519
2
63476
1
41-552
1
47-088 \
2
63256
1
41-148
1
46-762 J
2
63-042
2
41-083
2
46124
3
62-749
1
40-680
lb
45-709
2
62-265
2
40-396)
lb
45-346
lb
62-098
1
39-985 \
39-821 )
1
44-599 )
2
61-397
4
2
44-298 \
43-612)
lb
60916
In
39-673
2
1
60437
3b
39-384
1
42-364
2b
38-992
2
41-697
lb
38030
2
40-666
2b
59-854
2
37-471
2n
40-187
lb
59-547
1
37-188
1
39-562
2
59 343
1
36-918
In
4784-744
1
59-020
1
£6-659
2
84-243
1
58-466
2
35-814
2
83665
1
57-886 \
57-818/
2
3V568
lb
83-039 1
1
2
35051
2b
82-779 I
1
34-327
1
81-948 1
1
57-054
2b
33-926
4b
81-738 J
1
33-314
1
80-787
la
56-367
2
33117
1
80-396
1
56064
1
32-982
1
80-170
1
55-757)
4n
32-902
1
79179
1
54-985 \
2n
32-544
1
78-738
1
54-784)
2n
32-416
1
78-029
2
54-489 1
53-379 J
2n
31-947
2
77-641
2
2
31-649
4b
77-128
In
53150
2
31117
1
76-656
1
52-680
2n
30-893 )
30-662 /
1
75-656 1
75-468 J
1
52-021 \
2
1
1
51-740 J
2
30-182
1
75-154
2
51-615
2
29-822 v
2a
74-794
1
51-1441
50-868 f
In
29-604 [
1
74-164
2
2
29-424 (
1
73-377
2
50-626 \
50-239 f
1
29-244)
2a
72-910
3a
2
28-825 1
1
71-729
1
50-029 \
49-722 J
2
28-563 f
2
71-285
2
1
27-8561
1
70-912
1
I 49-471
2
27-733 \
1
1904.
146
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
II
■
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4727-520 J
1
4709-236
3b
4690-619
3
27-067 1
2
90350
In
26-691 |
2
08-972 1
1
26-208
3b
08-813 J
3
89-793
1
08-162
1
89-602
3
25-570
2
07-935
2b
89-278
2
25-165
1
07514
4
88-687
4b
24-7171
24-341 /
3n
07-088
1
2
06-808
3
88-110
3
23-901
2n
06-439
4b
87-920
3
23-756
1
87-675
1
23-378
23
06-040
1
87-423
1
22-893
2b
05-702
4
87-220 1
2
22-559
3
05-356
2b
87-081 J
2
22-221
4
86-814
2
21-971
21-695
21-482
21-194
1
1
2
2
05-142
04-814
04173
1
3
2b
86-574
86-209
85-834
85-453 1
3
1
2
4
20-607
3b
85-243
2
20172
1
03658
2
85053
2
19-783
2
03-223
4
84-755
-
3
19-199
2
02-896
1
84-503
2
18-644
3
02-585
1
84-384
2
18-178
4
02-407
1
83-969
4
17-798
1
02114
2
83-760
4
17-505
2
01-775
4
83-159
1
17-185
1
01-360
4
82-877
2
16-737
1
00-835
1
82-617
2b
16-540
1
00-579
1
82-378
2
16-283 }
3
00-397
In
82-058
—
3
16-084 |
1
00-244
2
81-671
1
15-799)
3
00036
3
81-537
3s
4699-628
2
81-240
3b
15-318 [
2
99-303
1
80-406)
3
14-813J
2
99-010
1
80-183 [
1
14-579 \
3
98-489 v
3
80-076 )
3
14-392 1
2
98-250
1
79-761)
3b
14-235 f
1
97-871 \
2b
79-418 \
4
14-098 J
3
97-421
3b
79-135]
4
13-860
2
97-079'
1
13-556
2
96-911
2
13-365
1
96-773
2
78-509
2
13-109
2b
95-705
1
77-957
4
12-826
4b
95-387 1
95-100 J
1
77-762 \
2
12477 \
12-356 J
12034)
11-624 [
1
2
77-581
1
1
94-596
2b
77-407
lb
2
94-331
3b
77-047
3
In
94-063
1
76-810
4
11-391 [
11-137 J
2
93-828
2b
76-348,
1
3
76157
2
10941
2
93-100
2
75-816
4
10578
2b
92-756
1
92-526 "1
92-174 J
2
75-485
3
10-270
1
1
75-044
6
10030
3
91-727
2
74-731)
3
09-796
1
91-360
4
74-655 -
2
09-579
1
1 91147
1
74-432 ;
i 1
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 147
Band Spectrum of Sulphuk — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4673-953 \
73-784 J
1
4661-876
1
4645448
lb
5b
61-799
4
45-110
1
73402 1
73-296 J
1
61-593
1
44-734
2
4
61-446
1
44-509
1
73065
2n
61-179
1
43-994
4
72-883
3n
60-863
8
43-568
3
72-824
3
60-443
4
43-247
3
72-424
3
60-265
1
42-297
3
72-176
3
60044
1
41-927
1
71-940
3
59647
8
41-736
1
71572
3
59 493
6
41-506
4
71-383
]
59-270
4
41-255
2b
71-268
2
58-793
2
40-831
6
70-990
2
58505
4b
40-460
4b
70-675
6
39-805
3
70-435
2
39-373
3b
70 329
6
39-196
2
57975
3
38-540
3
57-496
3
38-331
2b
57-188
8
70-122
6
66-495
3b
37-946
1
69-883
6
37-723
2
69-474
1
56140
6
37-363
1
69-475
5
65-691
2
36-802)
3
69-042
3
55-348 \
54T31 J
3
36-621 \
2
68-801
4
3
36-375 )
2
68-483 \
4
54863 )
4
35-943
2
68-338 (
3b
54-596 J
4
35-564
1
68-040 f
67 -892 j
3b
54233
5
35-269
2b
4
53-948 1
1
34-865 1
1
67-681
1
53841 J
1
34-762 |
1
67-554
1
53631
2b
34-527 1
34-328 j
4
67-369
3
4
67-147 |
lb
53112
1
33-715
5
66-932 1
3b
52-971 )
3
33T55
1
66-787 j
lb
52-565 1
4
32-991
1
66-646 1
3
52-323 (
8
32-711
3
66-333
6
52-128 i
2
32-460)
3
65-970
2
51-848
3
32-279
1
51331
2
32T39 )
4
61-088
4
31-584
3b
65-712
2
50814
3
31T93
2
65-357
6
60623
3
30-924)
30-753 I
1
64-988
4b
50493
1
2
64-721
4b
49-993
2
30-514 [
30-409]
1
64-381
4b
49-404
6
3
64T84
1
48-817
1
30-214
2
64036
3
48-629
1
30053
2
63-803
2b
48-399 1
48-082 J
3
29-652
1
1
29-342
3
47-980
1
28-887
1
63-622
4
47-660
2
28-659
1
63-435
1
47-385
1
28-483
2
63-163
5
47-047)
46-892 \
46-709)
In
28-202 1
28-014 j
3
62-796 \
62-431 J
23
la
2
2b
4
27-486 \
27-366/
1
62-220 1
62-099 J
4
46-404
4
1
1
45-761
4
27-101
A*
L 2
148
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphur— continued.
Intensity j
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-lengtl
l and
Character
Character
Character
i
4626-917
1
4612-585
i
1
4593-533
2
26-704
2
12-327
4
92-784
3
26-465
2b
11-950
3
92-190
2b
11-672
3
91-815
2n
11184
3
91-591
1
26079
3
10-810
5
91-420
2
25-639 1
25-419 J
1
10-470
6
90-985
In
3
10159
2
90-712
2
25-239
2
09-546
4
90-533
1
24-983
3
09158
3
90-509
2
24-571 1
24-321 f
2
08-786 1
2
90062
1
2
08-633 J
2
89-818
2
24- 194 1
23-834 J
3
08-284
2
89-458
2
3
07-900
3
89164
2
23-613
2
07447
2
88-936
1
23-399
2
07146
3
88-551
1
23084
1
06-744
1
88-423
1 2
22-853
2
06-493
2b
88-051
2
22-578
2
87-921
1
22-379 1
21-876
3
06104
3
87616
2
3
05-676
2
87-218
3
21-703
1
05-492
1
86-855
In
21-285
.
I
05-288
1
86-594
In
21 124
1
05 056
4
86-415
1
20901
4
04-528
3
85-987
2
20-682
3
04-209
3
85-760
1
20-542
2
03-989
1
85-634
1
20-418
3
03-747
1
85-407
3
19770
2
03-488
4
85175
1
19-541
2
03127
3
84-908
1
19-368
3
02-913
2
84-666
19-211
3
02-509
6
84-477
4
18-997
o
01-789
1
84-288.
2
18-850
T
01-546
2b
84016
1
18-705
2
01-259
1
83-834
} f
18-384
1
00-835
3s
83-626
18-233
2
00-386
3u
83-514
1
17-953
4
4599-825
2n
83-331
1 2 ^
lb
17-720
1
99-407
In
83-086
17-482
1
98-488 1
1
82-673
2
17161
4
98-347 /
2
82-321
In
16-908
4
98-091
2b
82-111
3
16-761
5
97-757
1
81-835
2
1
16-208 \
16081 J
1
97-408
4b
81-674
1
96-751
lb
81-317 !
In
15-784
4
96-497
1
81-058
1
2
15-466
3
96-297
1
80-890
15-188
2
95-964
2
80-497
2
14-786 ")
4
95-577
2
80-022 1
1
14-574
3b
95-435
1
79-625
In
14-212
3
95-252
2
79-384
2
13-925
2
95010
2
79-087
1
13-737
13-566 <
2
94-730)
1
78-808 1
2
1
94-587 1
1
78-528'
1
13-478
1
94-391 f
2
[ 78-363
1
13-3501
3
94-257J
1
78-068
13-204
1 2
94-012
1
77-884 1
1
12-968,
.
1 2
93-635
2
77-548^
4
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SrECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 149
Band Spectrum op Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
(
1
character
Character
Character
4577-192 i
76-987 I
4
4561012
1
4546-926
3
1
60-841
3
46-745
1
76-682 1
1
60-483 \
60-194/
3
46-582
3
76-388 )
1
3
46-336
3
76-210
3
59-882
1
46-196
1
75-953
1
59-743
1
46-067J
2
75-625 \
75-503 j
2
59-601
2
45-624
23
1
59-311
2
45-185
3b
75122
2
58-952
1
74-939
2
58-770 \
2
44-978
1
74-698
2
58-581 j
2
44-771
3
74133
4
58-267
1
44-540
6
73-890
1
57-946
3
44-275
2
73-602
4
57-495
4
44062
4
73-208 I
72-966 J
2b
57-223
3
43-866
2
2b
56-871
3
43-736
1
72-704
3
56-437
1
43-570
2
72-273
3
56151
3
43-284 \
42-822 J
2
71-998
1
55-928 )
1
4
71-872
1
55-817 \
2
42-617
2
71-479
1
55-701 j
1
42-386
6
71-312
1
55-481
1
41-948
4
71-152
2
55-252
6
41-229
3
70-982
1
54-794
5b
40-948)
10b
70-765
2
40-777 \
10b
70-292
4
54-346 1
1
40-655 J
10b
70037
1
54-237 J
1
40-395 1
2
69-526
3
53-859 )
1
40-244 J
2
69-277
2
53-756 -
1
39-997 1
39-726 j
4
68-990
1
53-616)
2
4
68-581
2
53-284
2
39-470
4
68-187
3
53112
2
39194
2
67-674
1
52-962
1
38-982
3
67-435)
2
52-272
1
38-681
4
67-325
.
2
52-553
3
38-438
2
67124
2
52-392
1
38192
1
66-830
2n
52-211
3
38 003
2
66-597
In
51-966
1
37-778
5
66-404
3
51-741
3
37-490
5
65-880
1
51-403
3
37181 1
4
65-713 |
65-635 j"
2
51-027
1
36-958 j
4
2
50-764
4
36-774
1
65-335
1
50-445
4
36-647
1
65-198
1
49-993
1
36-572
2
65-062
1
49-628
3
36-361 \
4
64-798
3b
49-581
1
36005 J
8
64-437
1
49 346
1
35-678
1
64-230
3
49091
4b
35-398
8
63-864
1
35027
10
63-552 1
63-412 f
3
48-716
1
3
48-524
4
34-675
1
63104
1
48-336
3
34-487 )
34-292 \
34-135)
2
62-955
3
48-182
2
1
62-668
1
47-765
2b
3
62-498
2
33-883 \
3
61-990
1
47 442
4
33-569 J
6
61-651
2
47-235^
1
33-254
4
61-360
3
47-109 1
1
33054
1
150
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectbum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length and
Character
8
Character
2
Character
4532-762
4517837
4502-509
1
32-583
1
17 635
1
02-325
2
32-327 1
4
17-407
2
02-106
3
31-895 /
1
17-096
3
01-943
2
31-661
3
16-947
3
01-762
2
31-476
1
16-433
2
01-333 4
31-253
4
16-177
3
01-191
8
30-992
6b
15-816
6
00-922
8
30-547
6b
15-565
4
00-578 } 4
30190
4
15-320
3
00-439 J 2
29-995
3
15127
1
00-128 4
29-785
3
14-888
1
4499-766
2
29-564
3
14-667
4
99-579
2
29-347 1
3
14-472
3
99-400,
1
29-252 J
3
14-244
3
99-274
5
28-967
1
13-707
4
99052
1
28-655
3
13-399
5
98-873
.
2
28-340)
5b
13118
3
98-645
3
27-949 \
lb
12-836
1
98-480
2
27-809)
4b
12-650
4
98-149 8
27-580 |
27-494 /
In
12-349
1
97-888 3
In
12-209
1
97-672 2
27-097
4
12-102
1
97-524
2
26-740
2
11-936
3
97-330 1
4
26-478
3
11-734
1
97-203 I
4
26-298
1
11-537
1
96-995
1
25-905
4
11-345
2
96-828
6
25-651 \
25-535 ;
2n
11054
6
96-566
1
2n
10-791
5
96-462 "1 3
25-277
1
10-534
1
96-373 I 3
25-077
2
10-212
1
96-178 8
24-763
4
10015
6
95-944 4
24-408
1
09-516
6
95-646) 4
24-198
5
08-999
8b
95-494 \
4
23-782 )
8
95-242)
4
23-660 J
4
08-491
4
95-237 5
23-348
2
08013)
07-871 \
2
94-993 1
23-208
1
2
94-596 6b
23083
2
07-749)
1
94-508 6
22-861
3
07456
4
94023 ) 3
22-581
2
07-188)
4
93-807 4
22-400
2
07-057
4
93-637 ) 4
22027
2
06-854)
1
93-281 2
21-667
4
06-489
4
93045 5
21-338
2
06-227
6
92-805 3
20-999
1
05-821
3
92-679 4
20-797
2
05-572
3
92-310) 2
20-614
3
05-368
1
92-187 2
20-081
3
05-172
2
92-096) 2
19-750
4
04-946
8
91-835,
3
19-511
2
04-416
2
91-472
4
19-211
2
04-229
2
91-289
1
19074
1
03-964
5
91-110
*
4
18-665)
3
03-713
3
90-806
5
18-492 \
1
03-558
3n
90-579
4
18-370)
1
03-295
4a
90-375
In
18181 )
1
02-917
6
90-180
5
18-067 I
2
02-730
2
89-911
4
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 151
Band Spectrum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity [
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4489-717
1
4476-098 }
2b
4462-573J
2
89-320 1
89-085 J
10
75-867J
2b
62-421 )
1
8
75-558
1
62-329 \
1
88-836
2
75-373)
1
61-660)
3
88-680)
1
75-223 1
5
61-406
2
88-604
la
74-910 f
1
61015
4
88-574
Is
74-757 j
1
60-415
4
88-215 1
87-908 |
6
74-598
2
60-206
2
6
74-281
1
60030 1
3
87-596
8
74-178
1
59-826 J
1
87-124)
3
73-899
2b
59-628 1
1
86-876 I
6
59-519 J
1
86-743 j
3
73-614
4
59-200
2
86-495
5
73-352
4
58-855
3
86-206
5
73107 1
1
58-503 1
4
85-877 \
85-803 /
2
72-948 J
1
58-293 J
4
2
72-574 1
72-204 j
4
57-814 \
57-634/
3n
85-591 1
85-401 J
6
4
3n
6
72139 1
2
57-429 1
57-300 J
2
85-067 x
5
71-964 J
6
2
84-851
5
71-714
1
57-083
1
84-616
5
71-537
2
56-903 1
56-708 |
2n
84-375
5
71-2881
1
2n
83-891
3b
71-198 J
1
56-523 \ \
2n
70-985
1
56-407 J
2n
83-657
4
70-667
5
56-226 1
56-118/
In
83-476
2
70-439 1
1
In
83-289 >■
3
70-363 J
1
55-916
1
83109
3
70171
3
55-738 \
2
82-835
5
70063
1
55-538 /
3
82-637
2
69-849
2
55-386
3
82-400
4
69-497
2b
55-211
2
82-219
4
68-997
3
55-115
2
81-983
5
68-565
2
54-802
1
81-787
5
68-304 1
2
54-684 J
1
81-632'
5
68-219 J
2
54-504 v
3
81-4121
81-136 j
2
67964
3
54-343
1
8b
67-735
3
54-176 -
1
80-912 |
1
67-566
1
54-048
2
80-779 !■
80-501 )
1
67 259
2
53-8r5 /
1
8
67-088
3
53-4i'9
5
80-262 \
2
66-883
1
53-306 1
53-098 j
5
80092
2b
66-727
1
1
79-782
3
66-488
2
52-667
4
79-523 (
2
66-201 \
2
52-303
1
79-3461
79-265 j j
2
66-060 J
2
52-090 1
1
4
65-820
2
51-973 j
1
79-047
1
65-392
3
51-751
In
78-893
1
65-232
2
51-562
1
78-647
3
64-798
.5
51-371
3
78-390
2
64-503
3
51 073 )
2n
78-187
1
64-294 1
64-210 J
1
50-881 -
3n
78023
1
1
50-608 j
3n
78020
8
63-850
4
50-296
2n
77-448
3
63-447
2n
50-0 9 .
4
77-091
3
63-1661
63002 !
62-868 I
2
49-608
4
76-924
3
1
49-247 [
f
76-403~
1
5
1
48-993 i
' 1
152
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wavelength
and
Character
Character
Character
4448-751 |
1
4433-123J
1
4414-842 }
2
48-443J
1
32-865
1
14-603J
1
48-112
5
32-643
2
14-281
2
47-886
3
32-085 1
1
14-100 1
3
47171
2
31-923 J
1
13-774 |
2
47017
2
31-643
2
13-574
1
46-787
1
31-349
1
13-421
1
46-611 )
46-437 \
46-313 j
2
30-898
lb
13139
2
2
30-401
2b
12-896
1
2
29-955 "1
lb
12-548 "1
12-373 j
2
46-094
1
29-726 J
lb
2
45-916
1
29131
lb
12-001
2
45-567 1
45-476 f
2
28-792
3
11-682
2
2
28-421
1
11-448
1
45-161
2
28-030
1
11-178
lb
44-947 1
44-798 f
2
27-714
1
10-920 )
10-745 [
10-630 j
1
2
27-569
1
1
44-365
1
27-179
1
1
44-208
2
26-932
2
10-293
2
43-780
1
26-559
lb
09-907
2
43-474 )
2
09-705
1
43-389 \
43-287 j
42-914
42-591
42-078 n
41-890 |
41-750 y
41-595
41-419 )
2
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
2
25-884
25044
24-797
24-487
24-200
23-999
23-749
23-659
23-249
23014 "1
22-861 f
22-554
22-201
21-731
21-395
21-201
20-904
20-617
20-290
19-856 1
19-687 1
19-401
19079
18-862
18-430
2b
1
1
3b
1
I
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
lb
2
2
3b
1
1
1
2
3b
09-494 )
09-319
09-107 J
08-602
08-178
07-892 "1
07-798 j
07-400
07-171
2
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
41045 x
40-883
40-701 I
40-442
40- 140 )
1
2
2
3
1
07-019 )
06-874 t
06-754 )
06-517
06-317
1
1
2
3
1
39-669 ]
39-441 J
38-678 ]
38-542 j
37-708
37 653
37-148
3
4
3
3
2
3s
1
06-117
05-698
05-415
05-156
04-161
03-867
03-633
2
2b
1
2
4
1
4
36-906 I
36-801 f
36-450
36196
35-937
3
3
4
2
03-318
03012
02-750
02-594
02133
1
2
1
1
4
35-686 |
2
01-499
4
35-598 j
2
17-836
1
01-433
1
35-215]
3
17-498
3
01-015 1 v
00-944 J
2
35132 J
3
17040
1
2
34-742 >.
34-596
34-429 ]■
34-173
33-997 )
1
16-691
2
00-730
2
2
16-411
2
00-536
3
1
15-948
1
00-289 ►
2
1
15-488
1
4399-961
2
4
15-319
1
99-760
1
33-583
1
15-1401
1
99-580 \
[ 9-460] /
2
33-2 01
I
14-979 |
2
1 2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 153
Band Spectrum of S
ULP
nun — con
timied.
i
Intensity
[ntensity
'ntensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
1
Character.
Character
Character
4399172
1
4382-873
4
4369-613 |
2
98-889
2
82-699
3
69-299 1 |
69-113/ J
3
98-712
2
82-495
3
3
98-425
5
82-306
1
68-685
6
97836
1
82-179 2
68-418 1
5
97 623
6
81-8771 4
81-623 J 3
68-266 J
5
97-141
1
67-951 )
67-746 \
3
96-889
4
81-538 )
2
4b
96-549
2
81-396
2
67-466 )
8
96-180
4
81-259
1
67146
1
95-605
4
81-131
2
66-968
10
95-250
1
80-731 6
66-678
3
94-886
6
80-373 6
66-468
1
94-321 1
6
79-971 3
66-202
10
94-101 |
5
79-715
3b
65-829
8
93-751
1
65-507
5
93-742 1
3
79-531
1
65129
4
93-631 J
3
79-259
8
64-911
4
93-421
1
79-020
4
64-745
4
93172
2
78-610
6
64-481
8
92-936
1
78-321
1
64-208
8
92-768
4
78-1141
77-894/
4
63-919
8
92-471
6
4
63-730
4
92-134
1
77-609 1
77-499 /
4
63-482
4
91-941 )
4
4
63-262
5
91-655 \
1
77-188
8b
62-946 1
8
91-479 j
4
62-757 j
4
91-306
2
76-867 1
76-710/
4
62-488
8
91005
3
4
62-037 \
10
90-751
2
76-423
3b
61-668
8
90-331
5
61-357
6
90-099
2
75-964 )
4
61053
5
89-919
1
75-739,
4
60-809
6
89-574
4
75-542| j
4
60-394 J
5
89-155
3
75-323
3
60-196 ^
60-032
59-867 \
1
88-858
3
75-039 1
4
2
88-495
4
74-832 j
4
3
88-144
5
74-568
3
59-641
6
87-842
2
74-394 n
1
59-500 )
1
87-636
4
74-310
1
59-358
2
87-350
1
74-108
4
59-115
[
8
87-208
2
73-918
-
2
58-859
3
86-9171 \
4
73-744
2b
58-743
1
86-745 J 1
3
73-622
5
58-586
4
86-457 f
4
73-477
/
6b
58-402
3
85-849 )
3
73065
8
58-029
1
4
85-615
5
72-531
3
57-829
1
6
85-441
1
72-289
3
57-618'
1
85010
5
72-059
4
57-414
1
84-945
4b
71-754
5
57-232
1
71461
5
56-909
6
84-661 \
1
71254
1
56-695
4
84-355 J
4
71-004 1
4
56-469
3
84-125
1
70-696
5
56-167
6
83-949
3
70-396
2
55-875 )
6
83-520
3
70-326 1
2
55-677 \
5
83-330
2
70-059 J
5
55-508 )
6
83-155
1
69-859
I
1 2
55-207
6
154
REPORT— 1904.
Band Spectrum op Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
8
4354-973 )
1
4342-966
2
4329-820
54-783 1
2
42-815 1
42-733 J
2
29-415
5
54-628 f
2
2
29162
5
54-474 )
1
42-391
3
28-799
5
54-293 )
3
42-144 1
2
28-675
5
54-182
3
41-925 J
2
28-439
4
54-074 )
3
41-818
6
28-230
1
53-896 {
I
41-572
1
28-118 )
2
53-782 |
1
41-372
6
27-945 \
4
53-560 )
1
41-056
1
27-646 )
6
53-387 I
2
40-855
6
27-445 )
27-149
26-794 j
6
53-264 J
1
40-587 1
3
8
53052 )
4
40-439 j
4
1
52-827 \
52-527 )
4
40-088 \
1
6
26-606
2
4
1
26-420
3
52-339
1
39-839 )
6
26-172
5
52-197
1
39-421 j
39-319 J
4
25-786
1
52-002
2
4
25-633
1
51-838 1
1
39-100
5
25-447
3
51-709 J
5
38-907
1
25-213
1
51-212
1
38-746
3
25-058 )
2
50-984
4
38-532 |
2b
24-938 \
4
50-745 1 \
1
38-097 I
6
24-787 j
4
50-667 J
1
37-754
2
24-595 x
24-456
24-312 \
24132
23-782 /
1
50-475 •
2
37572
1
2
50-282
1
37-317 )
2
3
50-177 j
3
37-257 J
2
1
50-073 \
3
37-050
1
5
49-811
2
36-854
2
23-212 \
3
49-665
1
36-645
8
22-989
3
49-522
-
1
36-350 1
36-174 J
6
22-788
2
49-384
1
6
22-590
3
49-207 ,
5
35-824
35-687 j
5
22-425 >
3
48-883
3
5
22-216 )
22102
3
48-489
8
35-371 1
4
2
48-120
1
35-178 I"
4
21-942 )
1
47-957 1
4
34-839
1
21-817 )
21-726 [
In
47-792
.
4
34-763 )
34-454 [
6
2
47-667
4
5
21-624 f
21-422 l
3
47-447
4
34-185 f
4
5
47-246
3
34-117 j
4
21-217 \
1
47-040
2
33-8031 x
33-632 J
33-441 [
33-299
32-801 1 |
6
21-158 J
1
46-871
1
6
20-925 )
20-795 \
3
46-712
5
1
5
46-445
3
1
20-692 j
3
46061
8
8
20-328
2
45-680 1
45-534 J
2
32-7831
1
20-164
4
5
32-618
1
19-884
5
45-232
3
32-381
6
19-614
4
45-019
4
32145
1
19-416
1
44-763
3
31-962
8
19-225 )
3
44-560
3
31-623
5
19-085 [
3
44-339
4
31-310
5
18-907 j
5
44-106
6
31108
2
18-636 )
18-485 .1-
2
43-886
1
30-990 ,
30-687 '
6
2
43-674 1
43-488 j
8
3
18-310 )
5
8
30-541
1
18-009 1
5
43165
4
30-252 |
10b
17-790 |
5
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTEA OF THE ELEMENTS. 155
Band Spectrum of Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity '
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-lengtl
i and
Character
Character
Character
4317258
4
4303-860 *-
3
4290-281 ,
90145 |
1
17-155 )
17-062 \-
3
03-688J
In
1
3
03-246 )
V
3
89-979
2
16-969 J
1
03-137 '
1
3
89-763
4
16-753
4
02-883
j
1
89-435
2
16-491
2
02-606
1
6
89-214 }
3
16-225 )
4
02-338
1
89-083
3
15-943 I
3
02-182
4
88-880
1
15-740 J
3
01-9721
01-891 j
1
88-781
2
15-478
1
1
88-549
2
15-255
2
01-688 )
01-502 I
01-320 j
3
88-397
1
15020 1
14-814 J
8
1
88-176
4
lb
3
2
87-956
14-573
1
01-016 s
5
87-725 ,
4
14-267
1
00-857
1
87-491
3
14080
6
00-701
2
87-305
1
13-694
2n
00-511 -
4
87-151
1
13-287
8
00-313
2
86-770
2b
13090
In
00179
1
86-620
2b
12-800 )
4
00003 /
1
86-419
1
12-643 [
1
4299-822
1
86-250
3
12-459 J
4
99-541
2
85-986
5
12-202 ]
3
99-216
4
12019
3
98-951
3
11-773
3
98-741 )
1
85-144
4
11-614
1
98-588 1
1
84-795
3b
11-361 1
3
98-365 f
2
84-386
2b
11-158 J
4
98-235 )
3
84-169 l
2b
10-959 1 )
10-869 [ 1
1
97-894
2
83-967
4
1
97-511
2
83-627
3
10-627\ f
10-427 J J
4
97-076
3
83-204
2
4
96-972
5
82-832
2
10078
5
96-662
3
82-615
1
09-752 \
09-495 j
4
96-325
1
82-483
3
4
96-318
3
82-169
2
09-264
1
95-875
5
82-059 )
2
3
09-075
3
95-598 i
I
3b
81-908
81-676
08-797
3
95-353 l
3
2
08-556
1
95-135 J
1
81-342
2
08-376
3
94-839 v
94-503 1
5
81-128]
2
07-904 \
07-795 J"
2
►
4b
80-798 j
3
2
94-310 j
2
80-626
1
07-470
5
94164 ;
1
80-480
2
07-250
1
93-895 \
1
80-253
3
07122
3
93-768 J
3
80-107
1
06-888
1
93-484
5
79-909
2
06-680
2
93039
2
79561
3b
06-427
1
92-939
4
79-183 1
2
06-272 \
1
92-409 1
3
79-075 J
2
06084
5
92-239 )
3
78-730
2
05-844 |
2
91-9951
3
78-566 |
) 2
05-606
1
91-668 J
2
78-473 j
1 1
05-304
4
91-428
3
78-246
05-009 1
4
91-210
1
77-911 )
77-719 1
2b
04-772 )
04-599 \
04-455 j
1
91043
5
5
1
90-762
1
77-500 1
77-313 j
2
3
90-59q
3
2
04-058^)
3
90-421 |
1
1
76-929
1
156
REPORT — 1904.
Band Specteum of Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4276-758 "1
76-591 /
2
4263-256 1
63-133/
4
4550-982 )
1
2
1
49-850
3
76-312 }
4
62-758
2
49-631 j
1
76-205 J
4
62-490
4
49-280
2
75-906
3b
62-212
1
48-921 \
48-655 J
2
75-658 1
1
61-966
2
4
75-522 J
1
61-759
2
48-479
1
75-297
3
61-407
3
48-215
1
75-087 ) .
74-877 \
74-752 j
lb
60-963
2
48-109 1 .
3
2b
60-756
1
48-012/
3
lb
60-639
2
47-817
lb
74-175
4
60-222
2
47-580 )
■
2
73-957
2
59-967
1
46-998 -
2
73-602
1
59-804
2
46-789 j >
3
73-423 I
3
59-678
3
46-597
2 J
73-285 J
3
59-499
2
46-317
2
72-880 \
1
59-335
1
46052
1
72-805 j
In
59019 1
3
45-901
4
72-567
2
58-897 J
1
45-704
1
72-369 1
2
58-681
1
45-677
4
72-254 j
2
58-532
1
45156
3
71-540 \
2
58-273
3
45-006
2
71-345 [
2
58-086
2
44-843 )
44-783
1
71-078 (
1
57-843
4
1
70-811 j
3b
57-616
2
44-566 )
2
70-511
4s
44-395
1
70083
2b
57-275
5
44-228
2
69-832
2
57-026 1
1
43-944 1
43-725 /
2b
69-623
4
56-944 |
1
3
69-432
3
56-699 {
56-493 J
2b
43-540
2
69-223
1
2
43-311 ]
43-201 j
In
68-996
1
56115
2b
In
68-743
lb
55-842
3
42-986
3
68-570
4
55-662 )
55-580
Is
42-733 \
1
68-239
4
la
42-554 1
2
68-007
1
55-287 )
3b
42-350 f
2b
67-846
1
54-953
2
42-081 j
2
67-676
1
54-815
1
41-901
2
67 411
3b
54-625
2
41-745
3
67-195
1
54-405
3
41-595
1
66-996
la
54-102 1
3
41-462
4
66-819
2b
53-960/
3
41192
1
66-400
3
53-282
5
41-068
2
65-986 1
3
53108
2
40-835
3
65-913 J
2
52-884
3
40-583
2
65-685
2
52-594
1
40-339
8
52-402 )
1
39-840 1
39-288 j
3b
65-439
4
52-274 \
2
3
65-258
1
52-164 J
2
38-976 1
38-769 1
4b
64-991
3
51-962
3
3
64-784
1
51-643
1
38-557'
4
64-565
1
51-510 )
4
38-187
4
64-329 ,
3n
b
37 894
4
64141
2
51-273 j
3
37-608
4
64-029
1
50-795
1
37-402
1
63-892
2
50-679
1
37-164
4
63-671
2s
50-595 1
2
36-857
5
63-551 '
In
50-289 j
1
36-581^1
3
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 157
Band Spectrum op Sulphur— continued.
Wave-length
4230-392 V
36234J
35-812
35-766
35-625
35-363
35-058
34-629
34-358
34164 }
33-968 f
33-677
33-453
33-266
33148 1
32-921 /
32-766
32-415
32T00
31-458
31-322
31111 )
30-841
30-642
30-539 J
30-341
29-969
29-668
29-427
29-062
28-860
28-656 1
28-304 |
28-260
28-017
27-770
27-562
27-256
26-903
26-727
26-564
26-446 [
26-344 )
26-142 )
25-920
25-745 j
25-434
25-087 )
24-887 f
24-679
24-609
24-382
24-115
23-913
23-702
23-369 1
23-256 /
Intensity
and
Character
2
1
2
2
4
1
4
3
3
SI
0J
1
3
IV
2
8
6
4
2
4
4
2
1
6
8
1
1
8
3
4
4
1
3
2
5
4
3
3
4
3
1
1
3
4
6
5
4
1
1
4
4
2
5
5
4
Wave-length
4223041
22-810 ,
22-667 f
22-480 )
22-221 [
22T50 J
21-966
21-811 \
21-592 J
21-423
21-221
20-990
20-660 1
20-588 J
20-311
20-074
19-881
19-647
19-411
19-260
19T05
18-718
18-544
18-282
18044
17-905
17-736
17-534 )
17-374
17-219 j
16-962
16-809 )
16-682
16-451 )
16-269 |
16-070 J
15-841
15-669
15-539
15-272 1
15-189 j
14-656 |
14-106 J
13-799
13-513
13-186
12-990
12-796 1
12-646 /
12-404 I
12-232 /
11-901
11-763 1
11-610/
11-450
11-343
11-256 ,
110511
Intensity
1
Intensity
and
Wave-length
and
Charactei
Character
1
4210-943J
3
2
10-758 }
3
3
10-65'» f
3
4
10-453 \
10-324 f J
2
3
2
3
10T39 )
1
1
10-006 1
3
8
09-745 f
09-519 1
5
1
4
8
09-287 }
4
1
09011 j
5
8
08-729 |
5
2
08-499
08-299 J
3b
5
2
8
07-946
6
4
07-702 )
4
3
07-525
5
5
07311 [
5
4
07-144 j
3
3
06-822 \
5
2
06-609
3
4
06-409
2
4
06-235 r
3
8
05-962
4
3
05-778
2
1
05-592 '
4
5
05-326
6
2
05-037 1
04-827 /
o
1
5
4
04-543
5
1
04-134
2
4
03-907 1
4
5b
03-798/
4
4
03-563 v
3
3
03-454
3
8
03-279
1
1
03-162 f
1
2
03-045
2
02-888 '
4
4
02-700
4
4
02-378
3
8b
01-910
5
5
01-514
6
5
01-291 1
01-184/
1
4
1
3
00-986
8
1
00-553 1
1
4
00-423 [
00-205 J
3
4
5
4
4199-853 i 1
99-660/
4
4
3
3
99-431
3
2
99-139 1 |
98-881 /
3
2
2
2
98-698
1
2
98-459
6
2
98-272 1 |
4
3 I
97-917 J I
4 1
158
REPORT — 1904.
Band Specteum of
3ULPHUK — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
1
4197-730 |
2
4185-887 I
85-747 [
3
4174-096
4
97-587 }
1
2
73-933
1
97-461
2
85-632 J
1
73-702 )
73-546 (
2
97-297 )
3
85-479 )
3
1
97-075 \
96-815 j
8
85-379 \
3
73-357 I
73-040 J
2
8
85-245 J
6
1
96-581
4
84-882 }
3
72-781 )
4
96-392 \
1
84-728 f
8
72-530 \
6
96-227
4
84-461 I
84-390 J
1
72-318 j
3
96-072 [
1
72-085
1
95-616
8
84-270
2b
71-918
3
95-347 >
4
83-846
3
71-755
4
94-968
1
83-713
4
71-549
2
94-862
1
83-478
4
71-337
2
94-697
3
83-330
6
70-955
6
94-482
4
<•
1
70-662
3
94-308
3
83031
5
70-364 1
8
94-194
1
82-807
2
70-242 J
3
94-021
1
82-619
3
69-932
5
93-865 l
4
82-364
2
69-771
1
93-720
4
82-132
3
69-567
93-494
2
81-974
2
69193
3b
93-274
-
i 3
81-761
3s
68-973
3
93-128
1
81-583
2
68-801
4
93032 ,
1
81-370 )
5
68-608
1
92-847
3
81-188 I
2
68-377
1
92-596
4
81-048 J
2
68-221
6
92-313 )
92135
91-946 J
4
80-795 \
4b
67-832 )
5
3
80-648 |
1
67-700
1
2
80-540 f
80-355 j
1
67-522 j
4
91-660
5
1
67-316
3
91-347 1
91-211/
4
80-198
3
67-028 x
5
1
79951
8
66-890
3
90-980
5
79-657 1
4
66-658 1
4
90802
1
79-376 1
8
66-485 [
3
90-730
1
78-856 l
3
66-323
2
90-319
6b
78-696 ]
5
66-200 '
4
90131
3
78-322 )
4
65-916
2
89-907 1
6
78-184 1
1
65-683
4
89-716 \
1
78-102 f
1
65-473
5
89-552 )
5
78031 I
1
65-270
-
4
89-283
4
77-718 )
4
65146
4
89-039
3
77-536 [
3
64-956
1
88-816
4
77-389 f
77-264 j
2
64-807
1
88-614
2b
1
64-611
3
88-290
5
76-995 }
2
64-416 J
3
88-079 1
87-787 J
2
76-837 1
6
64-247 1
6
5
76-505 \
3
64-094
4
87-622
5
76-348 /
6
63-755
4
87-422
3
75-982
3
63-532
■
4
87-259 1
87-197 j
1
75-756
6b
63-285
6
4
75-492 )
2
62-941
4
86-936 1
86-839 J
1
75-413 |
!}*
62-729 )
3
4
75-293 [
62-638 1
3
86-637
3
75-119 J
4
62-442 f
1
86-438 ]
2
74-759 1
74-580 J
4
62-332 )
5
86-296
4
5
61-9711
1
86075~
4
74-312
4b
61-858 |
5
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 159
Band Spectrum of Sulphuk — continued.
[ntcnsity ,
1
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave length
and
(
Character
Character
Character
4161-682 1
61-572 f
1
4150009 )
49-890 \
49-734 )
1
4136-701
2
4
4n
36-535
3
61-308 |
1
3
36-202
3
61-173 J
4
49-498
1
36-016
2b
60-971 1
60-880 J
3
49-406 \
1
3
49-205 1
1
35-854
1
60-734
1
49-042 f
2
35672
3
60-559
2
48-905 )
3
35175
3
60-377 \
1
48-595
5
34-987
3
60-199 1
3
48-227
6
34-755
1
60-034 f
4
48051
1
34-570
2
59-781 J
1
47-897
3
34-359
4
59-670 |
3
47-671 1
47-525/
6n
34060
2
59-576 I
3
6n
33-852 \
1
59-476 F
59-365 )
3
47-173
1
33-701
2
1
47-025 ,
3
33511
2
59039
6
46-862
3
33-359
1
58-764 1
58-631 J
3
46-640
2b
33-268 1
1
4
46-469
-
1
32-923
1
58-223 [
3
46-311
2
32-714
2n
58-129 J
3
46-099
3
32-432
3
57-887
4
45-890 I
1
31-964
3b
57-566
8
45-642
5
31-717 1
1
57-173
2
45-323
1
31-575 J
2
56-922
6
45-176 1
45-038 /
1
31-343
3
56-651 1
1
2
31131
3
56-485 f
1
44-733
2
30-785
1
56-240 1
3
44-310
4
30-684
1
56-126 J
3
43-507
1
30-555
1
55-951
1
43-179
1
30-427
1
55-756
4
43001
3
30-280
1
55-569
3
42-784
3
30112
1
55-272 )
1
42-796 \
2
29-894
1
55-164 \
4
42-672 J
2
29-653
1
55-034 )
2n
42-397
4b
29-387
3
54-747
2
42046
2
29-148
1
54-672
3
41-787
3
28-915
2b
54-362 1
53-979 J
5
41-583
2
28-666
1
5
41-317 1
4b
28-539
1
53-709
1
41-138/
1
28-406
1
53-497
5
40-911
1
28-262
4
53-168
3
40-701
4
27-939 1
27-795 J
1
53-009
1
40-389
4
3
52-818 \
52-640 J
2
40017 1
39-836 j
t}>
27-472
1
3
27-274
2
52-391
3
39596 |
2
27-120
1
52-215
3
39-435 1
2
26-994
1
52-105
3
39-224 f
2
26-806
2
51-886
3
38-969 )
3
26-604
1
51-622
4
38-842
4
26-402
1
51-410
3
38-249
1
26-205
1
61-185
1
38019
2
26-057
1
51011 \
50-881 J
2
37-829
1
25-830
2
2
37-709
1
25-459 1 )
3
50-758
1
37-469
5
1 25-065 J 1
3
60-589 \
60-493 J
{ 50-285
3
37-055
1
24-8591 J
24-694 J )
2
3
36-928
2
2
I 4
36-856
1
24-443
1 2
160
REPORT — 1904.
Band Specteum op Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
j
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4124-243 >
3b
4111-037J
1
4098-349J
5
24-071
1
10-774
4
98-048 1
97-704 j
3n
23-949
2
10-537 1
3
6
23-789
1
10-368 J
3
97-443 )
1
23-582
1
10 058
6b
97-262
2
23-457 '
4
09-722
2
97-095 J
3
23-298
1
96-905
4
23109
1
09-109 1
3
96-634
1
22-863 )
2
08-839 1
3
96-433
4
22-721
22-565 j
2
08-514
2
96-095 ]
95-972 j
4
1
08-322
2
4
22146
4
08-026
2
95-728 )
3
21-881
1
07-801 |
07-595 L
4
95-332 [
3
21-541
1
1
95-184 J
4
21-352
1
07-493 )
1
94-941 1
94-868 /
1
21-098 ]
3b
07-283
3
1
20-735 \
3
06-785
8
94-660
4
20-534
2
06-291 ,
2n
94-475
1
20-340
4
06-066 '
05-929 )
1
94-369
4
20-176
1
2
93-928
4
20051
1
05-684 >
1
93-724
1
19-759
1
05-572
2
93-477
4
19-624
1
05-375
2
93-265 1
93-189 J
4
19-371
2
05133
2
4
18-950 \
2
05032
2
92-971
2
18-862 /
3
04-868
1
92-799 1
92-678 f
3
18-445
1
04-729
>
2
3
18-311 1
2
04-607
1
92-430
1
18-059 f
17-852 I
3
04-48S
2
92-242
2
4
04-351
2
91-974 \
91-768 J
4
17-587 ;
17-423/
3
04-166
3
4
3
03-958
1
91-418
4
17-107
4
03-694
4
91-229
1
16-874 1
1
03-407 J
4
91059
3
16-731 J
3
03140
2
90-589 ]
4
16-408
2b
02-973
2
90-493 /
4
16-084
3
02-755
1
90-302
3
15-760
4
02-585
4
89-954
2b
15-529
3
02-410
1
89-677
2
15170
3
02-261
1
89-442 )
1
14-983
1
02-086
3
89-283 \
89-127 )
3
14-743
2
01-892
1
4
14-435
3
01-711
3
88-879
3
14086
Gb
01-390 )
3
88-611
4
13-730
3b
01-199 -
4
88-355
1
13-448
4
01-000 j
1
88-205
2
13-208
4
00-743
4
88-092
3
13031
1
00-484
1
87-807
8
12-8951
1
00-264
2
87-547
5
12-640 |
4
00-063
3
87-333
1
12-411 |
2
4099-893
1
87-175
4
12-277 )■
12-132J
1
99-649
1
86-914
4
1
99-479 1
3
86-734
4
11-953 )
2
99-403 J
3
86-490 1
86-359 {
4
11-791
3
99-214
3
4
11-635
3
98-985
4
86-134 \
85-909 (
3
11-449")
1
98-7241
4
2
11-231 }
3b
98-526 |
1
85-714
4
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. lGt
Baxd Spectrum op Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length and
Character
Character
Character
4085-445 1
sf b
4073-720J
1
4060-956 )
3
85-193 j
73-471
3
60-801 \
2
84-950
1
73-224
1
60-624 )
3
84-820
2
73-082 1
72-976 /
3
60-343 1
60-226 }
5
84-654
2
1
3
84-356
8
72-816
3
60-099
1
84-103 ,
3
72-646 1
72-538 J
3
59-962
1
83-921
1
3
59-787 i
6
83-810 '
3
72-319
2
59-623 1
2
83-590
5
72-181
2
59-496 f
2
83-264
5
72-082
1
59-417 J
2
83-115
3
71-668)
4
59-128 \
58-996 I
3
82-873 1
82-581 J
5
71-522 [
1
2
5
71-370 f
71-198 1
3
58-855 \ 3
82-298 1
4
4
58-709 I
4
82-180 J
4
70-965 1
70-808 J
4
58-553 '
5
81-999
4
3
58-239
5
81-833
2b
70-582
4
58-069
1
81-577
5
70-269
5
57-923 I
57-865 j
1
81-384
1
70-039
1
1
81193
5
69-950
1
57-644
5
80-977
5
69-722
5
57-397
3
80-786
3
69-399
4
57123
2
80-539
6
69-062
5
56-958
5
80-157
6
68-688
2
56-708
3
79-841
2
68-432
6
56-454
4
79-648)
79-506 (
1
68-015
5b
56-331
1
2
67-810
2
56-046
1
79-375 I
3
67-675
1
55-883
8
79-197)
4
67-529 \
3
55-676 )
3
78-950 "1
4
67-355 J
3
55-580 j
2
78-870 J
4
67-132
5
55-325 )
5
78-621
3
66-838 1
66-593 J
5b
55T59
3
78-442 )
3
5b
54-999 )
2
78-246 -
2b
66-279
2
54-794 ,
54-609
54-435 -
4
78-084 J
3
66009
2
3
77-887
1
65-893
1
3
77-792
1
65-521
6
54-296
3
77-693
1
65-447 1
65-259 |
4
54-157 1
2
77-581
3
4
53-896)
4
77-437
1
65-060 )
3
53-768
4
77-170
10
64-916
2
53-523 I
3
76-754
5
64-733 j
2
53-304 1
6
76-497 1
3
64-524 |
1
53-162'
3
76-400 J
3
64-372 !
2
52-964 {
3
76194
3
64-201 f
64-067 )
4
52-844 !
3
75-963
I
3
52-639 ,
4
75-745
6
63-373 1
10
52-482
4
75-555
3
63-181 1
8
52-220 [
4
75-373 )
2
62-933 [
62-757 J
2
52-029 i
4
75-208 \
3
2
51-900)
1
75-076 ]
4
62-514
3
51-631
5
74-877 ,
1
62-286 1
62-197 |
3
51-3861
8
74-793
2
3
51-178 I
8
74-601 \
3
61-961
1
50-925 \
4
74-379 |
4
61-727 1
61-416 ]
8b
50-807 I
4
74-193 '
4
2
50-5841
4
73-869 i
1
61177
4
50-432 }
2
1904.
M
162
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum op Sulphur— continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
4050-285J
4
4038-085
3
4025-847
2
50-065 )
4
37-915
1
25-699
1
49-812 \
4b
37-751
1
25-527
1
49-628 J
4
37-546
4
25-293
5
49-413 \
49-272 /
3
37-281
6
25-109
5
1
37-018
1
24-806N
1
49-009
5
36-638
1
24-570
5
48-803
1
36-631
3b
24-303
3
48-605 2
24-120
-
2
48-341
4
36125
1
23-928
2
48016
4
35-989 \
1
23-776
3
47-842
3b
35-910 !
1
23-692 |
23-459 J
3
47-699
3
35-783 I"
3
2
47-448 1
47-303 J
3
35-675)
3
23-240
3
2
35-413
1
22-975
3
47-144
46-942 r
2
35-147
4
22-794
2s
3
34-967
2
22-619 1
22-310 J
4
46-833 J
3
34-714
4
4
46-637 1
46-401 J
3
34-538 1
1
22-152
3
4
34-332 J
4
21-852
4
46-142
4
34061
5
21-630
1
45-629 )
3
33-772
5
21-490
3
45-432 \
45-325 J
1
33-440
5
21-287 1
21-197 J
1
1
33142
4
2
45-075
5
32-928
4
20-966 j
20-700 J
3
44-690 \
44-546 J
3
32-689
3
4
3
32-533
2
20-536
2
44-248'
3
32-389
4
20-346
3
44-077
2
32-216
1
20-1191
20-008 J
2
43-932
2
32-069
3
2
43-723
2
31-892
3
19-752
2
43-521
2
31-7851
1
19-463
2
43-293 i
43-125 \
2
31-629 j
1
19-175
1
2
31-330
4
18-996
1
42-900 1
1
31-121
4
18-794)
1
42-586)
2
30-698 1
4
18-670 I
2
42-484 I
2
30-392 J
5
18-495)
2
42-315 )
5
30-142)
3
18-244
3
42-040)
1
30-014 \
3
18-106)
1
41-939 \
1
29-797)
3
17-916 I
1
41-850)
1
29-473)
3
17-742)
1
41-668
3
29-276 -
29-209 1
3
17-505
1
41-252
6
2
17-332
3
41-065
1
29-022 1
28-944 J
2
17-056
2
40-930
2
2
16-862)
1
40-693)
3
28-735
4
16-714 1
2
40-575 \
3b
28-394 1
28-292 }
4
16-416 f
2
40-560]
3
1
16-295)
1
40-290
2
28-033 1
27-904/
4
16145
4
40004
4
4
15-689
3
39-302
2
27-702
3
15-460 1
15-376 J
1
39-521 "1
39-331 J
5
27-552
3
1
2
27-434
3
15-104 1
14-833 /
3n
39-062 1
38-859 J
4
27-283
3
1
4
26-991
5
14-743
1
38-620 j
38-330 /
3
26-743
5
14-519
3
3
26-369
5
14-337
1
38-296
4b
26-072
5 !
14-183")
1
2 1
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 163
Band Spectkum op Sulphur— continued.
Wave-length
1
4014-024J
13-600 i
13347 J
13054 \
12-891 !
12-724 f
12-567 )
12-450
12-283 )
12-161 V
12-041 j
11-676
11-463
11-209
11-103
10-896
10-792
10-670
10-473
10-280
10119
09-701
09-508
09133
08-751
08-521
08-193
08-016
07-738
07-528
07-364
07196
07-064
06-865
06-749
06-566 1
06-397 J
06-176
05-787
05-574
05-196
05040
04-895
04-610
04-470
04-388
04-239
04113
03-968
03-793
03-477
03-251
03-073
02-946
02-755
02-494
02-271
02-301
Intensity
and
Character
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
1
4002-112
1
2n
01-959
1
2n
01-681
3
3
01-493 \
2
1
01-347 !
2
1
01-107 f
3
3
00-955 j
1
1
00-635
8b
1
00-286 1
1
lb
00-066 )
2
1
3999-835 .
2
2
99-733
2
4
99-637 !
99-432 f
4
2
1
3
99-243
2
1
99-125'
1
2
98-925
2
1
98-721
5
1
98-545
1
1
98-340 1
98-026/
3
2
3
2
97-868
1
2
97-699
2
2
97-376
2
5
96-778
2
2
96-506
2
4
96-314
2
3
95-851 1
95-722 /
2
1
2
3
95-535
2
3
95-339
2
1
95-104
2
1
94-846
4
3
94-656
2
3
94-355
1
2
94-174
2
3
93-991
1
3
93-667
2
2
93-596
3
2
93-407
4
1
93-133
1
4
92-954
1
2
92-757
2
1
92-421
2
2
92-048
3
2
91-795
1
1
91-502
3
1
91-239
1
2
91-040
1
2
90-829
4
2
90-518
2
3
90-239
. 2
1
89-935
1
1
89-756
3
1
89-444
2
4
89-153
2
3
89-023
1
2
88-764
2
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
3988-550
88-322
87-955
87-772
87-619 1
87-288 J
87-057
86-891
86-749
86-558
86-331 ]
86-016 |
85-862 '
85-394 |
85-205 J
84-843
84-549
84-385
84-247
84-000
83-750
83-591
83-339
83-129
82-875
82-567
82-479
82-043
81-822
81-510
81-275
80-976
80-743 ^
80-388
80-176 \-
79-946 l
79-553 I
79-374 1
79-234 J
78-909
78-624
78-106
77-693)
77-384 -
77-117)
76-941
76-758
76-483 f
76-323 )
76-163
75-930
75-834 1
75-711/
75-460
75-192
75-007
74-780
2
2
2
1
2
3
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
3b
1
1
4
2
2
1
2
1
4
4
2
3
3
4b
1
3
1
4
1
4
2
4
4
2
2
5
3
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
3
1
3
1
o
3
M 2
164
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectkum op Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
"Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
3974-532
1
3962-508
3
3950-158J
4
74-386 )
1
62-176
5
49-849
3
74-212 \
74-034 )
1
61-891 |
1
49-609 1
49-489 |
3
3
61-759 \
2
2
73-716
2
61-615)
3
49-258 |
4
73-516
1
61-307 |
2
48-961 |
4
73-322
2
61-162 !
1
48-687 )
4
73-190
1
610191
2
48-502 \
4
73-012
3
60-857 )
1
48-364 )
4
72-808 1
72-584 J
3
60-678 )
60-579 J
2
48-139
1
1
1
48-009
2
72-321
3
60-398
4
47-735
4
72-131
2
60-243 \
60-119)
1
47-491
1
71-907
1
3
47-336)
2
71-762
3
59-931
2
47-201 \
4
71-542
2
59-806
1
46-740)
1
71-282
3
59-707
1
46-502
4
70-929'
4
59-497
2
46-350
3
70-710
2
59-387
1
46-111
4
70-504
3
59-260
1
45-844
3
70191
1
59-097
4
45-606
3
70-008
4
58-898
1
45-540
3
69-816
2
58-794
2
45-164
4
69-736
1
58-557
2
44-937
1
69-529
1
58-303
5
44-752
1
69-268
1
58-014
1
44-648
4
69-072
1
57-843
3
44-350 )
3
68-955
3
57-665
4
44-136 |
2
68-489
3
57-393
2
43-826 f
1
68-375
1
57-144
4
43-548 J
4
68-245
1
56-965
3
43-311 1
4
68-096
1
56-363
3
42-567 J
4
67-938
2
56161
Is
42-144 1
41-641 J
4
67-721
2
55-954
Is
4
67-548
2
55-700
4
41-304
1
67-280
3b
55-461
1
40-765
2b
67-072
3
55-203 1
54-943 J
4
40-446
5
66-818
2
4
40162
1
66-631
2
54-755
1
39-808
4
66-450
3
54-404
4
39-358
5
66-257
2
54-179 1
54-069 ]
2
38-875 1
38-762 J
1
66-083
2
2
1
65-892
4
53-912)
1
38-485
3
65-714
1
53-782 \
2
38-279
1
65-511
4
53-608)
3
38051
2
65-294 "1
65-153 J
2
53-495
1
37-425 1
37-164 J
3
2
53-309
1
3
64-777
3
53-129
3
36-673
4
64-553
4
52-908
3
36-278
3b
64-385
1
52-647
1
35-878
2
64-248
3
52-308 )
2
35-460 )
5
63-937
3s
52-071 \
2
35-155 \
3
51-837)
2
34-916 1
3b
63-602
1
51-500
3
34-535
2
63-435 1
63-481 J
4
51-206
3
33-932
4
4
50-978
2
33-685
1
63-077
1
50-673
4
33-249
2b
62-789
3
50-3291
4
32-432
5b
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
165
Band Spectrum op Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-lengt
h and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
3931-947
2
3911050
3
3889-050
2b
31-712
3
10-911
2
88-524
2b
31-416
1
10-624
1
88-121
2
31-078
} : 1
09-914
4
87-647
3
30-874
09-148
1
86-839
3
30-559
2
08-846)
4
86-036
2b
30-237
1
08-570
3
85-750
5
30-106
2
08-343 )
3
85-399 1
3
29-691
3
07-531
3
85-183 j
2
29-461
1
07-127
4
84-873
2
28-856
4b
06-841
1
84-584
1
28-403
2
06-634
1
84-332
3
27-573
2
06-285
4
84-065
2
27-274
2
05-702 \
05-497 f
3
83-828
1
26-953
4
3
83-214
3
26-354
1
05126
4
82-697
3
26-111
3
04-684
1
82-429
5
25-837
2
04-477
3
82-172
1
25-272
2
04-157
6
81-919
2
25-042
2
03-819
1
81-433
6
24-802
2
03-298
1
81-016,
2
24-415
2
02-827
1
80-518
1
24-178
2
02-362
4b
80-306 I
1
23-903
1 ,
01-842)
1
80-123 f
79-860
79-635 ;
1
23-733
3
01-622 '-
1
2
23-288
1 !
01-432 )
4
2
22-813
00-762
5
79-325
5
22-114
5
00-437 1
3
78-660
3
21-580
1 1
00-181 j
3
77-925
1
21-363
f In
3899-753 ,
6
77-365
4b
21013
I 1
99-244 I
2
76-982
2
20-887
2n
98-864 |"
3
76-560
2
20-456
4
98-606 )
2
76-103
2
20-047
4
98-248
1
75-707
2
19-577
5
98-023
1
75-378
2
19-022
I 3
97-724
3
74-587
1
18-760
2
97310
1
74-091
4
18-369
18-198
3n
97-021
2b
73-670
2b
\ In
73-249
2
17-904
1
96-527
2
72-888
1
17-542 1
2n
96-109
3
72-316
1
17-389
In
95-574
2
72-064
2
17046
2
95-165
2b
71-761
In
17-834
1
71-115
3
16-527
3b
94-601
3
70-816
In
15-966
2b
94-202
3
70-501 |
3
15-322
3
93-743 ,
1
70-275 /
2
14-906 )
2b
93-566 1
1
69-951 j
1
14-683
2b
93-323 !
3
69-766 |
In
14-337 j
lb
93-097 I
1
69156
In
13-944
2b
92-815 )
1
69037
3
13-406
4
92-565
2
68-645
4
13153
2
91-715
2
68-104 ]
3
12-771
1
91-434
1
67-509 J
3
12-546
2
91-230
1
66-917
3
12-212
4
90-984
33
66-415
4b
11-920
1
90-460
3
65-486
Is
11-661 1
5
90104
2
65-219
2b
11-408 |
89-786
2
64-8491
2
166
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum of
Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
3864-566J
2
3840-021
3s
3814-984J
lb
64-233
1
39-702
In
14-573
lb
63-859
2
39174
2
14-074
1
63143
4
38-868
1
13-896
1
62-480
2b
38-366
2
13-542
3
62-091
5
38-253
12-881
4
61-490)
2
37-914
In
12-467
1
61-218 1
2
37-396
2b
12-337
1
60-858 f
2
12-041
3
60-516)
3
37017
3s
11-645
2
59-787
5s
36-758
1
11-330
4
59-102
2
36-530
2
10-704
3b
58-366
2b
36-088
3
57-750
4
35-668 1
35-506 J
2
09-851
2
57-457
2
2n
35-204
1
09-274
3
56-312
1
34-901
3
08-880
3
56-017 \
55-810 J
2
34-157
Is
08-592
1
3
33-798
In
08-377
1
55-428
3
33-505
2b
07-748
2
54-822
1
33-096
1
07-365
3
54-599 |
1
32-883
1
07-017
2
54-281 }
1
32-630
1
06-694)
2
54-100 I
3
32-407
1
06-414 I
2b
53-686 |
3
32-135
1
05-821 )
2b
53-392
2b
31-884
2
05-186
3
53145
1
31-497
lb
04-844
3
52-917 {
3
30-975
2
04-423
1
52-590 [
2
30-569 i
1
04136
1
52-300
3
30-269 j
2
03-676 1
03-429 }
2
51-874 J
3b
29-398
lb
3
29-073
lb
03-073
2
51-752
1
28-484
2b
02-421
3
51-271 1
51004/
3
27-437
1
01-903 )
1
2
27-152
1
01-645 L .
3
50-664
lb
26-831
3
01-199)
2
50-395
2
25-412
1
00-716
2b
49-499
4
25174
2b
00-252
lb
49-183
1
24-563
4
3799-893
2b
48-878
3b
23-727 1
2
99-059
2
48-011
2b
23-537 J
2n
98-354
2
22-964
3
97-559
lb
47-666
1
22-200
2
97-203
1
47-259
2
21-947
1
96-889
2
46-291
3
21-481
1
96-362
1
46-023
2
21-090
1
96-128
2
45-770
2
20-881
1
95-716
2
45-300
3b
20-188
1
95-390
1
44-988 )
1
19-881
1
94-618
3
44-718 |
3
19-559
1
94-1761
93-914 J
1
44-390
1
19-201 1
2
2
44-095
4
18-954 j
2
93-564
1
43-471
2
18-528 1
18-323 f
1
93-300
2
43-250
2
1
92-841
4
42-689 |
1
17-796
3
92-451
1
42-538 |
2
16-986
3
92-072
3
42-277
1
16-626
2a
91-713
4
41-911
3b
15-569
2
91-400
2
40-905
4
15-108^
1
3b
91-055
I
OX WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 167
Band Spkcteum op Sulphuk — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
3790-860
2
3769-651 J-
3
3748-054
4
90-554
3
69-472J
6
47-456
4
89-972
3
69-215 x
68-996
68-583 ]-
1
46-998
6
89-670 )
4
2
46-047
3
89-386 '
2b
2
45-429
2
89-096 f
1
68-233 1
3
44-749
2b
88-880 1
3
67-526 1
3
44-500
1
88-476 |
3
66-921 )
3
44-186
2b
88-202 J"
1
66-670 r
66-358)
2
43-782
2
87-843
1
2
43-432
2
87-466 \
2
65-884 1
3b
42-977
2
87-159 J
3
65-723 J
2
42-489
3
86-839
2
65-476
2
41-999
3
86-639
3
65-029
4b
41-515
3
86-143
1
64-717
1
41-217 1
40-858 J
2
85-818
4b
64-321
2
3
85-321 )
4
63-736
2
40-099
3
85-117 1
3
63-546
1
39-885 1
39-617 J
1
84-668 \
1
63032
2b
2
84-454 J
1
39-157
2
83-946
2
62-667
2
38-941 1
38-667 1
2
83-577
1
2
83-342 |
83-085 J
lb
38-453 1
38-120 J
2
2
61-920)
3
2
82-519
2
61-646 ^
3
37-968 1
37-373 J
2
82-030 )
lb
61-249)
3b
3
81-779 L
1
60-966
lb
36-744
3
81-511 j
1
60-751
3
36-080
1
81-280
3
60-505
2
35-449
2
80-451
1
60-194)
3
35-014
2
80-163
3
60-006 I
3
34-712
2
79-902
1
59-748)
2
34-253
3
79-605
3
59-426
1
33-794
2
79-454
3
59-211
1
33-128)
2
78-743
2
58-871
4b
32-782 \
1
78-447
2
58-099
1
32-538)
2
78-103
2
57-815
lb
32033 )
31-756 L
3
77-818
1
57-502
1
1
77-367
2b
57-202
4s
31-573)
1
77-028
1
56-768
2
30-971 \
30-661 J
2
76-582 1
4
56-280
3b
4
76-307 J
1
55-941
1
30-067
2
75-542 1
2
55-542
4
29-845
1
75-262 j
2
55-115
1
29-611)
1
74-795
3
54-854
2
29-293 I
29-068 )
3
74-240
2b
54-567
1
1
73-983
1
54-026)
4
28-533
4b
73-655
1
53-722
3
73-361
3
53-385 )
3
28-089
1
72-913
3r
52-4731
4
27-819
2
72-422 )
2
51-911 }
3
27-314
2
72-085 '■
2
51-262J
3
27-051
1
71-7171
2
50-873
4
26-613
3
71-311
In
50-498
1
26-079 1
25-888 j
2
70-777
3
50-175
5
In
70-524
2
49-536
2
25-348 \
1
70-273
In
49-284
3
25100 i
2
49-023
1
24-785"l
24-569 }
2
69-768"!
3
48-731
6
1 1
168
REPORT — 1904.
Band Spectrum ov Sulphur — continued.
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Wave-length
and
Character
Character
Character
3724-345J
2
3694-703 ,
lb
3667-340 )■
2
23-368 1
2n
94-643
lb
67-067 |
1
22-999 J
2s
94-138 L
3b
66-899J
1
22-089
2b
93-790 i
lb
66-537 1
66-217 /
2
21-691
3
93-499 J
lb
4
21-043
1
93-086
2n
66-130 1
65-695 J
1
20-500
1
92-642 )
3n
1
19-438
In
91-836
3n
65-285
2
19-149
Is
91-4001
In
64-990
2
18-847 )
3
91-095 1
90-872 J
2
64-689
2
18-518
2
2
64-418
2
18-246 J
1
90-552
1
64-080
2
17-178
2
90-267 }
2
63-756
2
16-565
2
90059 |
2
63-473
2
15-885
2
89-610
2b
63-345
1
15-448 1
2
89-208
2n
62-877
lb
15137 J
1
87-010
In
62-656
2s
14-755 1
3b
86-585
In
62-437
3n
14-484 J
2
86-134
2
62-276
2
13-807 1
o
85-779
1
61-614)
61-307 }
1
13-551 /
3
85-457
1
1
12-747
2
84-943
2
61-023 j
1
12-417
2n
84-518
3
60-478 1
60-253 j
2s
11-967
2
83-896
1
2s
11-4041
11112 J
3
83-595
1
60-019
lb
1
83-225
2
59-656
2
10-818)
2
82-547 1 \
81-632 j
81-2031
80-939 ! I
In
59-075
3
10-573
1
In
59-706
2
10-322 J
2
2n
58-508
1
09-716
4
In
58-295
2s
08-924
2
80-255 >
1
57-991
3
08-177
1
79-302
2
57-547
2
07-622 1
2
78-997
3
57-068
o
07-442 /
1*
78-446
1
56-852
Is
06-786 1
06-590 r
1
77-806
1
56-573
3
In
77-405
Is
56-159
2b
06-177
In
77-073
2
55-754
3b
05-306
2s
76-826
1
55-220
5b
04-444
1
76-271
2
54-842 1
54-334 /
4
03-870
2
75-874
1
2
03-220
1
75-644
2
54-105)
2
02-513 1
2
75-233
3
53-838 [
53-602)
2
02-361 j
2
74-055
3
2
02-022
lb
73-517 1
73-042/
2
53-300 1
53-096 /
2n
00-696
2
2
2n
3699-907
1
72-717
In
52-834
1
99-604
3
72-377
2
52-536 )
1
99-038
1
71-8941
71-632 |
2
52-274 \
1
98-779
2
2
52-074 j
2
98-553
1
71-185
Is
51-583
3
98-147 1
2s
70-762) :
3n
51-200
1
97-491 /
2s
70-333
3
50-537
5
96-955
2
70-153 )
1
50-084
2
96-264
2
69-197
3
49-325
lb
96040
1
68-701 \
In
49-067
4
95-450 1
95-235 J
2
68-466 /
1
48-838
3
3n
67-951")
3
48-516
2
94-976
2
67-634 |
2n
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 169
The Stereochemistry of Nitrogen. By H. 0. Jones, M.A., D.Sc.
[Ordered by the General Committee to be printed in externa.]
The stereochemistry of nitrogen has, for a number of years, attracted
considerable attention, which was until recently confined chiefly to the
isomerism of the tervalent compounds ; of late years, however, the quin-
quevalent compounds have been the subject of an exceptionally large
number of investigations. The former, with the exception of a few out-
standing problems, may almost be regarded as a closed chapter, whereas
the latter is still in a state of rapid change. The phenomena exhibited
by these compounds are so bewildering in their variety, and apparently so
difficult to reconcile with one another, that this brief review of the present
state of our knowledge may be useful in promoting discussion which will
throw some light on the obscure problems that perplex workers in the
field.
The facts brought to light by the work on quinquevalent nitrogen
compounds considered in conjunction with those observed by Professor
Pope and his collaborators in sulphur and selenium compounds necessitate
some slight alteration in the prevalent conception of valency, and have
at the same time supplied the materials for such a revision of ideas.
No entirely satisfactory hypothesis as to the nature of valency and
the forces which act in chemical compounds has hitherto been proposed.
There is, however, a growing conviction that these forces are electrical in
their origin and arise in consequence of the electrical structure of the
atom ; if this be so, then these forces are very probably localised along
certain directions outside the atom.
However, without making any assumption as to the nature of these
forces, the existence and stability of chemical compounds almost require
that they should have a definite spatial configuration such as must be
assumed in order to account for the phenomena of stereoisomerism, and
further, that the most symmetrical configuration possible would probably
be the most stable. By a definite stable configuration is understood an
arrangement of atoms or groups around a plurivalent atom in which each
group, under the action of forces exerted on it by the plurivalent atom
and by the other groups, oscillates (within limits dependent on tempera-
ture and other conditions) about an equilibrium position in which it
would probably be stationary at absolute zero. The lines joining the
centre of the plurivalent atom to the centres of the various atoms or
groups in their equilibrium positions may be called the ' valency directions.'
The equilibrium position for any particular radical attached to a pluri-
valent atom — carbon, for example— would not be fixed, but would be
dependent to some extent on the other radicals attached to the same
atom, since the position taken up is the result of the action of a number
of forces ; hence the valency direction must also be variable to some
extent. These views were quite clearly expressed by van't Hoff soon
after the tetrahedral configuration for carbon compounds was proposed.
The new assumption, which had to be made in the light of recent
experience, is that during a change of valency, such as that of sulphur
from quadri- to sexa- valency, 1 the configuration of the molecule may
alter and the radicals already present take up entirely new positions.
Pope and Neville, Trans. Ghent 800.. 1902, 81, 1560.
170 REPORT— 1904.
Assumptions of a slightly different kind have been made to account for
certain phenomena observed in quinquevalent nitrogen compounds ; it has
been found necessary to suppose that the position occupied by the electro-
negative radical is not always the same — in fact, that the resultant effect of
the forces exerted by the nitrogen atom and four electro-positive radicals
is such as to attract an electro-negative radical which may enter the
molecule in one of two positions.
Further, in order to account for the existence of one kind of isomerism
observed among tervalent nitrogen compounds (p. 172), it has been sug-
gested that for three groups attached to a nitrogen atom two configurations
are possible.
Stress must be laid on a difficulty encountered in the whole of this
field — namely, the uncertainty as to the cause of certain differences which
are observed in some compounds, particularly when those differences
disappear on solution, whether they are to be attributed to isomerism
of an unstable kind or merely to dimorphism : this difficulty is accentuated
when the compounds exhibit no distinctive differences in their chemical
reactions.
It has been deemed advisable in dealing with this subject to treat the
tervalent and quinquevalent nitrogen compounds separately, and in the
latter case to present the facts completely before entering upon any dis-
cussion of them, because it is necessary to review the whole field in
attempting to offer a consistent explanation of the various phenomena.
The time is certainly not yet ripe for drawing any final conclusions about
this complicated subject, and there is still much work to be done before
a clear path through the maze will become evident.
I. Tervalent Nitrogen Compounds.
(i) Compounds of the type N a b c.
(a) The Problem of Optical Activity. — It might be expected from purely
dynamical considerations that the most stable configuration for three
groups attached to one atom (nitrogen) would be that in which all three
groups were situated in the same plane with that atom ; the distances of
the groups from the centre of the nitrogen atom would be variable and
dependent on the nature of the groups, but no displacement out of the
plane would be expected so long as none of the groups was asymmetric.
Such a displacement apparently occurs when strain is introduced, as in
the formation of cyclic compounds or double linkages, and might occur if
one of the groups became asymmetric.
This view is supported by the facts, since all attempts to demonstrate
asymmetry in tervalent nitrogen compounds — other than cyclic compounds
— have hitherto been abortive.
Krafft l tried to resolve etbyl-benzylamine and /?-tolyl-hydrazine by
the crystallisation of their neutral tartrates ; Behrend and Konig 2 made
similar experiments with the tartrates and mandelates of /? benzyl-hydro-
xylamine and /3 nitro-benzyl-benzyl-hydroxylamine, and Ladenburg 3 on
the acid tartrates of methylaniline, tetrahydroquinoline, and tetrahydro-
pyridine. In all cases the salts appeared to be homogeneous, their
properties remaining unaltered by recrystallisation.
Regarded in the light of recent experience these experiments are
1 Ber., 1890, 23, 2780. n - Ann., 1891, 263, 175.
3 Ber., 1893, 26, 864.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 171
inconclusive, since similar attempts failed to resolve quinquevalent nitrogen
compounds. The failure might have been due either to hydrolytic dissocia-
tion of these salts of weak acids with weak bases, or to partial racemism,
which the recent work of Professor Kipping has shown to occur so
frequently.
Reychler ' eliminated the first-mentioned possible cause of failure in
his attempts to resolve methyl-ethyl /3 naphthylamine by fractional
crystallisation of its dextro-camphorsulphonate from non-hydroxyli<"
solvents ; the writer also made a similar attempt with inethyl-benzy*.
aniline, but no resolution was effected in either case.
The evidence derived from all the foregoing experiments (with the
exception of that in which ^-tolyl-hydrazine was used) is useless if the
change of valency direction established in the case of sulphur and selenium
also occurs in nitrogen during the change from ter- to quinquevalency.
There is, however, no evidence of this, and the ease with which cyclic
compounds, such as pyridine and piperidine, form quaternary ammonium
derivatives is not in favour of this view.
On this account some experiments were made by Mr. J. P. Millington
and the writer 2 with the object of obtaining evidence free from this
objection, by avoiding a change in the valency of the nitrogen during the
process of resolution. Benzyl-phenyl-hydrazine rf-camphorsulphonate and
the brucine salt of methyl-ethyl aniline sulphonic acid were submitted
to fractional crystallisation, but without effecting any separation into
fractions of different rotatory power ; in the first case it is probable that
no change of valency of the nitrogen atom in question takes place, and in
the. second it is certain.
Evidence of quite a different kind has been adduced by Messrs.
Kipping and Salway. 3 It was proved that when an externally compen-
sated acid chloride reacted with an externally compensated primary amine
(each containing an asymmetric carbon atom) to form a substituted amide,
this consisted of four compounds, which being enantiomorphously related
in pairs give rise to two externally compensated compounds easily separable
by fractional crystallisation. This, therefore, forms a method of testing
for asymmetry in carbon compounds, and by analogy it should be capable
of detecting asymmetry in nitrogen compounds. The products of the
interaction of G^-benzyl-methyl acetyl chloride with methyl aniline,
2>-toluidine, phenyl-hydrazine and benzyl aniline were examined and found
to be homogeneous. The active (d) acid chloride was also allowed to react
with |>toluidine and with benzyl aniline ; but, as before, the product
appeared to be a chemical individual. Finally, the active chloride was
treated with an active amine ; if the nitrogen atom form a centre of
asymmetry, in addition to the two already present, then two compounds
should be formed ; but again the product was homogeneous.
Clearly, therefore, all the evidence is in favour of a plane configuration
for tervalent nitrogen compounds.
(b) Isomeric Tervalent Nitrogen Derivatives N a b c. — Although the
tervalent nitrogen atom is incapable of giving rise to optical activity, it
seems capable of giving rise to another kind of isomerism of which there
are two distinct examples.
1 Bull. Soc Chem., 1902[3], 27, 979.
2 Proc. Cavil. Phil. Soc, 1904, xii. 489.
3 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1904, 85, 438.
172 REPORT— 1904.
Miller and Plochl l found that the product of the interaction of as-m-
xylidine with acetaldehyde in hydrochloric acid solution was a mixture of
substances which had to be separated mechanically. The two substances
have the same composition and molecular weight and give the same
reactions. They are represented by the formula
C 6 H 3 (CH,),NH— CH— CH 3
CH,
CHO
because (1) they give the tests for an aldehyde, (2) condense with m-
xylidine to give the same product,
C 6 H 3 (CH 3 ) ; NH— CH— CH 3
C 6 H 3 (CH 3 ) J N=CH— CH 2 ,
(3) give the same benzoyl derivative, and (-4) are mutually transformable.
They differ only in melting point (102° C. and 131° C)., crystalline form,
and solubility in ether and benzene. The evidence points very clearly to
some cause other than structural differences to account for this kind of
isomerism, though the possibility of tautomerism has not been definitely
excluded.
The other example was observed by Willgerodt 2 in the si/m-dinitro-
phenyl -phenyl -hydrazine produced by the interaction of dinitro-chlorben-
zene and phenyl-hydrazine. Two isomeric substances appear to be formed,
one being an amorphous powder which is readily transformed into the
other and crystalline isomeride. Here also the possibility of structural
difference in the nitro group hardly exists, for if it did, it would certainly
be observable in many other compounds. Willgerodt offers an explanation
of this isomerism based on the assumption that free rotation is limited
between two nitrogen atoms ; but this assumption is undesirable and is
not supported by any other experimental facts.
Vaubel 3 suggested a configuration for the nitrogen atom which would
explain the above cases of isomerism, based on the following considera-
tions : a nitrogen atom is capable of taking the place of a — CH group in
pyridine and also of becoming quadruply linked to carbon in isocyanides.
On this view the groups attached to the nitrogen are supposed to occupy
definite fixed positions which are at certain different but fixed distances
from the centre of the nitrogen atom. This assumption is unnecessary
and is contrary to the spirit of stereochemical conceptions.
Further work on this subject is much needed, but if it be definitely
established that isomerism, such as that apparently exhibited by the above-
mentioned substances, does exist, then it must be assumed that there are
two possible positions of equilibrium for three groups attached to a nitrogen
atom, one being somewhat more stable than the other. Isomerism, due
to such a cause, could only be detected under favourable circumstances
similar to those under which these experiments were carried out — namely,
when a reaction resulting in the formation of a solid substance takes place
in the cold ; in all such cases one isomeride would probably readily pass
into the other.
1 Ber., 189G, 29, 1402.
- Journ. prakt. Chem., 1888, 37, 449.
3 Stercochcmische Forschungen, 1S99, i. 20.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 173
(ii) Cyclic Nitrogen Compounds.
The evidence for isomerism of tervalent nitrogen compounds is more
conclusive in those cases where the nitrogen atom forms part of a
ring.
Ladenburg ' found that when coniine hydrochloride was distilled with
zinc dust and a little water a new substance called isoconiine was pro-
duced ; isoconiine differs from coniine in optical rotatory power, the solu-
bility of its chlorplatinate in alcohol and ether, and to a less degree
in other properties.
The existence of these isomer ides is explained by supposing that the
hydrogen atom attached to the nitrogen may be either on the same side
of the plane of the piperidine ring as the propyl group or on the opposite
side, thus :
/\ /\
C 3 H 7
H 1 C 3 H 7
H
\/
N— H
H-
-N
This hypothesis is not incompatible with the plane configuration of
the nitrogen atom, since the strain introduced by the formation of a ring
may disturb the equilibrium.
Later 2 Ladenburg described z'sostilbazoline, an isomeride of stilbazoline
differing from it chiefly in rotatory power. Isomerism of this kind should
exist in the y piperidine compounds which are not optically active, but
this has never been demonstrated.
The case is, however, much strengthened by the discovery of the
isomerism of tropine and 4> tropine.
\p tropine was obtained by Ladenburg and Roth 3 from hyoscine, and
was prepared artificially by Willstatter 4 by the reduction of tropinone.
Similarly, Willstatter and Miiller 5 obtained two tropylamines.
In these cases there is no asymmetry in the molecule ; both compounds
are inactive, and the isomerism can only be explained by the different
spatial relations of the methyl and the hydroxyl or amino group thus —
CH. 2 CH CH 2 CH 2 CH CH 2
CEL.-N H— C-OH
CH, CH CH,
N-CH 3 H-C— OH and
Giustiani fi described isomeric benzylmalimides which differ in solu-
bility and melting point, and give different monacetyl and benzoyl deriva-
tives. Here, however, there is a possibility of tautomerism which has
not been excluded, but if this be set aside the isomerism could be
explained in the same way as that described above.
1 Ber., 1893, 26, 854. 4 Ber., 1896, 29, 936.
2 Ber., 1903, 36, 3694. 5 Ber., 1898, 31, 1212, 2655.
3 Ber., 1884, 17, 151. e Ga::., 1892, 22, 1. 169 ; 1893, 23, 1. 168.
174 REPORT — 1904.
a—C—b
(iii) Isomerism in compounds of the type
N-c.
The isomerism among compounds in which nitrogen is doubly linked
to carbon is now so well established and the hypothesis of Hantzsch and
Werner to explain it so abundantly supported by experimental evidence,
that in this place it will suffice if a very brief statement of the most
important conclusions arrived at be made, and attention called to a few
points which cannot as yet be regarded as settled satisfactorily.
(a) Ketoximes. — Goldschmidt' while working with V. Meyer on the
oximes of benzil discovered an isomeride of benzil dioxime ; later
V. Meyer and Auwers discovered a third modification of the same
substance 2 and a second monoxime of benzil. 3 Meyer and Auwers gave
a clear and conclusive demonstration of the structural identity of these
oximes 4 and proposed to account for their existence by assuming that
free rotation between the carbon atoms was prevented in these compounds.
The discovery of an isomeric oxime of ^-chlor benzophenone 5 disposed of
this view, which cannot account for the existence of a second oxime, and
the hypothesis of Hantzsch and Werner ° alone remained.
These authors explain the isomerism of oximes by supposing that
when a nitrogen atom is united to carbon by a double bond, the third
valency is not in the same plane as the other two, and the group attached
to it may take up two equilibrium positions one on either side of this plane.
According to this hypothesis, there should be one oxime of
a a — C — a
)QO namely ||
0/ N-OH
«. a — C — b a — C — b
and two of /-CO namely and ||
b / NOH HON,
a prediction verified for the oximes of benzophenone and ^-chlor-benzo-
phenone and in many other cases.
rt-C-C-a
Then two monoximes and three dioximes of a diketone || ||
O O
should exist, the dioximes being represented thus :
a— C— C— a a— C C— a a— C -C — a
II II II II II II
HON N.OH HON HON NOH HON,
which has been verified in the case of the mono- and dioximes of benzil.
The isomerism in all these cases is perfectly definite, the compounds
differing in melting point, crystalline form, solubility, and some of their
chemical reactions, and further are mutually transformable under the
influence of heat, solvents, and suitable reagents such as acids and
alkalies.
The usual criterion for determining their configurations is the
1 Per., 1883, 16, 2176. 2 Ber., 1889, 22, 537. 3 Ber., 1889, 22, 705.
4 Ber., 1888, 21, 784, 2510 : 1889. 22, 5G4, 1985, 1996.
1 Ber., 1890, 23, 2403. 6 Ber., 1890, 23, 11 ; Zeit.phys. Chem., 10, 1.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGExN. 175
'Beckmann transformation,' 1 by which the oxinies are transformed into
substituted acid amides, thus : —
a -G-b a-G=0 a-C-b = C-b
II — >• and || — >
N-OH NH-6 HO-N «.HN
The hypothesis predicts four isomerides of compounds of the form
a-C C-6
|| but until quite recently no instance of this had been
HON N OH
observed. Manasse 2 obtained three dioximes of camphorquinone, and
Dr. Forster 3 re-examined these and obtained a fourth.
In the case of the ketoximes the predictions of the hypothesis have
been experimentally verified for all kinds of ketones of the aromatic but
not for those of the fatty series. Most of the attempts to get isomeric
oximes of fatty aldehydes and ketones have been unsuccessful ; 4 the only
case definitely observed is that of the oximes of oxalacetic acid, 5 of which
there are two definite isomers differing in melting point and in their
behaviour towards ferric chloride ; with which the a acid gives a yellowish
brown and the /3 a violet colour.
(b) Aldoximes — The case of the aldoximes cannot be regarded with
the same complacency. Beckmann 6 observed that benzaldoxime when
treated with sulphuric acid or with an ethereal solution of hydrogen
chloride was converted into an isomeride. A long controversy then
ensued between chemists who claimed that the isomerides were structurally
different, as represented by C 6 H 5 CH=lsrOH and C 6 H ft CH/ , and
X
those who held the view that the differences were stereochemical, as in
the case of the ketoximes. The work has been confined mainly to
benzaldoxime and substituted benzaldoximes. The two benzaldoximes
give respectively an oxygen and a nitrogen ester when treated with alkyl
haloid compounds— a fact regarded as evidence in favour of structural
isomerism. The work of H, Goldschmidt 7 on the action of phenyliso-
cyanate on the two oximes and that of Professors Hartley and Dobbie 8
on iheir absorption spectra, however, is in favour of structural identity.
t~i The hypothesis of stereoisomerism is now almost universally accepted,
and is supported by the phenomena exhibited by the esters, which were
at first so difficult to reconcile with this view.
"f- Beckmann 9 treated a (anti) benzaldoxime with sodium ethylate and
benzyl chloride in the cold and obtained an oily ester which on treatment
with hydrochloric acid split up partially into benzaldehyde and a benzyl-
hydroxylamine and was therefore an oxygen ester, whereas by similar
treatment of the f3 (syn) oxime he obtained a crystalline ester which
1 Ber., 1883, 16, 2176. 2 Ber., 1893, 26, 243.
3 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1903, 83, 514.
* Franchimont {Fee. trar. Pays-Bas, 10, 236) ; Dunstan and Dymond, Trans
Chem. Soc., 1892, 61, 470 ; 1894, 65, 206.
5 Piutti (Gazz., 1888, 18,457); Ebert (Ann., 18S5, 229, 76) ; Cramer (Ber., 1891,
24, 1206) ; Dollfus (Ber., 1892, 25, 1915) ; Fetiton and Jones (Trams. Chem. Soc,
1901, 79, 95).
8 Ber., 1887, 20, 2766 ; 1889, 22, 429. 7 Ber., 1889, 22, 3112.
8 Trans. Chem. Soc., 1900, 77, 509. 9 Ber., 1889, 22, 435, 1534.
176 REPORT— 1904.
gave j3 benzyl-hydroxylamine on hydrolysis, and was therefore a nitrogen
ester.
Later Werner and Buso ' found that the liquid oxygen ester just re-
ferred to, on treatment with hydrochloric acid underwent isomeric change
during its partial hydrolysis, and gave rise to a solid oxygen ester. There
are consequently two isomeric oxygen esters, the existence of which can
only be explained by different steric relations, and a nitrogen ester.
The phenomena exhibited by the methyl esters are complementary to
those observed in the benzyl esters. Petraczek 2 prepared a methyl ester
by the action of sodium and methyl iodide on a benzaldoxime, which ester
when hydrolysed gave a methyl-hydroxylamine, H. Goldschmidt and
Kjellin 3 isolated an ester from the products of the interaction of
j3 benzaldoxime, methyl iodide, and sodium methylate, which gave /3 methyl-
hydroxylamine on hydrolysis, and was therefore a nitrogen ester ; at
the same time they observed the odour characteristic of the oxygen esters
and concluded that the oxygen ester of the syn oxime was formed at the
same time.
Finally Dr. Luxmoore 4 observed that by the action of methyl bromide
and hydrobromic acid on /? benzaldoxime the hydrobromide of a new
nitrogen ester was produced. This ester differed from the nitrogen ester
already known in being very readily hydrolysed by water to form
/3 methyl-hydroxylamine ; it was also labile, and on standing changed into
the stable syn N ester.
Thus there is enough evidence to justify the conclusion that two benzyl-
oxygen esters and two methyl-nitrogen esters exist, and the isomerism in
these cases can only be explained on the hypothesis of stereoisomerism —
thus,
C (i H 5 — CH C 6 H,CH C 6 H 5 CH C 6 H 5 -CH
and ^>0
C 7 H 7 ON NOC 7 H 7 CH 3 N N— CH 3 .
X .0
This conclusion is supported by Goldschmidt's work on isomeric oxygen
esters of anisaldoxime and nitro-benzaldoxime. 5
The isomerism of the nitrogen esters is analogous to that of tropine
and if/ tropine.
In addition to the Beckmann transformation a second criterion for
the determination of configuration is applicable to the aldoximes ; one of
the oximes on treatment with acetic anhydride loses water and gives a
nitrile, whereas the other either remains unchanged or gives an acetyl
a-C-H
derivative, the former must therefore be the syn-oxime, || , and
NOH
a-C-H.
the latter the anti-oxime, \\
HON
The hypothesis of Hantzsch and Werner, which has, as we have seen,
accounted in a satisfactory manner for the isomerism observed among the
oximes, requires that isomerism should exist also in other compounds with
1 5$a, 1896, 28, 1278. 2 Ber., 1882, 16, 827. 3 Ber., 1891, 24, 2812.
Trans. Chcm. See., 1896, 69, 177. 5 Ber., 1890, 23, 2178.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 177
a like structure. A search for these isomeric! es instituted by Hantzsch and
others has been successful in a number of cases. In all these cases it is
more difficult to exclude the possibility of dimorphism and to show that
the compounds in question are structurally identical.
(c) Hydrazones and Semicarbazones. — The evidence for the existence
of isomerism among hydrazones and semicarbazones is fairly conclusive,
though by no means so satisfactory as for the oximes.
Fehrlin ' found that the hydrazone of o-nitro-phenyl-glyoxylic acid was
converted into an isomeride, when dissolved in alkalies and precipitated
by the addition of acids ; the two products differed in crystalline appear-
ance, melting point, solubility, and behaviour with nitric acid, but gave
the same reduction product. These results were confirmed by Krause, 2
who found, besides, that both gave hydrazones of isatin on oxidation.
Hantzsch and Kraft 3 by the action of phenyl hydrazine on anisyl-
phenyl-ketone on the one hand, and on its dichloride on the other, obtained
two different anisyl-phenyl-ketone hydrazones which differed in appear-
ance and solubility, and one of which was slowly transformed into the
other in alcoholic solution.
The possibility of structural differences was finally excluded by
Overton 4 by preparing two diphenyl-hydrazones of anisyl-phenyl-ketone,
and of ;>tolyl-phenyl-ketone by the method used by Hantzsch ; several
other hydrazones, however, could only be obtained in one form.
Anschiitz and Pauly 5 prepared three isomeric diphenyl-hydrazones of
dioxy-tartaric ester, two of which are readily transformed into the third
by heating in solution or by traces of reagents such as iodine and sulphur
dioxide : behaviour which is very characteristic of stereoisomerides ;
Bamberger and Schmidt 6 found that two hydrazones of benzoyl-formalde-
hyde could be obtained, and that these were interconvertible by means of
solvents.
The only aldehyde hydrazones which have been obtained in different
forms are the phenyl-hydrazones of protocatechuic aldehyde, 7 and of
salicylic aldehyde, 8 and in both these cases the evidence is not sufficient
to exclude the possibility of tautomerism in the benzene ring like that
shown by phloroglucin.
The evidence of the existence of isomeric semicarbazones is insuffi-
cient ; but Marckwald 9 has observed very definite isomerides of diphenyl
thiosemicarbazine itself, which differ in melting point and in their
reaction with carbonyl chloride. Their reactions are explained as
follows : —
C fi H 5 NH-C-SH • C 6 H 5 -NH-C-SH
C (i H,-NH-N N-NH-C 6 H,
| COC1, j COCl 2
C 6 H 5 N-C-SH C 6 H 5 -NH-C-S
! t! >CO
CO N /
v / N-N-CVH
6 J
C 6 H 5 -N
1 Her., 1890, 23, 1574. 2 Her., 1890, 23, 3617. 3 Ber., 1891, 24, 3511.
4 Ber., 1893, 26, 18 ; see also Hantzsch, Ber., 26, 1. » Ber., 1895, 28, 64.
6 Ber., 1901, 34, 2001. ' Wegscheider, JUonats., 1893, 14, 386.
8 Biltz, Ber., 1894, 27, 2288. 9 Ber., 1892, 25, 3098.
1904. N
178 REPORT — 1904.
Both react with methyl iodide to give derivatives in which the methyl
group appears to be attached to sulphur, which points to the absence of
structural differences.
(d) Stereoisomers Aniles and other Compounds. — Many unsuccessful
attempts to prepare aniles, Schiff's bases, in isomeric forms were made
before any indication of their existence was obtained. 1
A new isomeride of ethylidene aniline was isolated by Eibner, 2 from
the product of the reaction in water, which melted at 85 - 5° C, whereas
that already known melted at 126° C. The two compounds are mono-
molecular, and the one with the lower melting point is readily converted
into the other. Later, the same chemist with Peltzer 3 isolated two
isomeric ethylidene o-toluidines, which were apparently structurally iden-
tical, and of which, again, the lower melting point form could be readily
transformed into the higher. Hantzsch and Schwab 4 described two ben-
zylidene p-toluidines in which the isomeride with the lower melting point
is the more stable. The possibility of structural differences in simple
aniles, like C 6 H 5 — N=CH— CH 3 , need scarcely be considered, and the
relations between the compounds exclude dimorphism, so that their exist-
ence must be due to stereoisomerism.
Lastly, Schall and Raschkowetzky 5 describe two isomeric carbo-
diphenylimides, C^ , between which there can be no structural
^N-C 6 H 5
difference.
o-N
(e) Compounds of the type || Azo and Diazo Compounds. — Azo
X-6,
compounds ought to exist in isomerides similar to those of oximes and
hydrazones, but that they do so has never been established in a satisfac-
tory manner. Janowski G has described two trinitroazotoluenes and two
p-azoxytoluenes ; the evidence, however, is insufficient to allow any defi-
nite conclusion to be drawn from it.
The diazo compounds are well known to exist in isomeric forms, to
explain which no hypothesis seems adequate except that of Hantzsch,
together with the admission of structural isomerism. This subject is so
involved, and moreover has so recently formed the subject of an exhaus-
tive report, 7 that a mere mention must suffice. Syn and anti&x&zo com-
pounds exist, which are represented thus
C 6 H 5 -N C 6 H 5 -N
II and ||
X-N N-X,
where X represents an acidic radical, a hydroxyl group, or a metallic
radical attached to oxygen. Diazonium compounds, which are structurally
different from the diazo compounds, also exist.
a-C-b
The existing isomerides of compounds of the type || and allied
N-c
types can only be satisfactorily explained with the aid of the Hantzsch-
1 Ber., 1891,24, 3518; 25, 2020; Ann. Chem. Phys., 1896, 9, 433.
2 Ber., 1894, 27, 1299. % Ber., 1900, 33, 3460.
* Ber., 1901, 34, 822. s Ber., 1892, 25, 2880.
6 Monats., 1888, 9, 831 ; 1889, 10, 583; Ber., 1890, 23, 1176.
' Morgan, Brit. Assoc. Rej)., 1902, 181.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 179
Werner hypothesis, which has predicted and accounted for all the cases of
isomerism of this kind hitherto observed. The absence of isomerides in
some cases in which they were expected — for instance, the oximes of
aliphatic aldehydes and ketones — is not to be regarded as a serious objection,
since one of the compounds may be so unstable as to be almost immediately
transformed into the more stable isomeride, or again, in such cases as the
azo compounds, either a suitable method for preparing the isomeride may
not be known, or the compound may not be reactive enough to undergo
transformation by any of the methods available.
II. QUINQUEVALENT NlTROGEN COMPOUNDS.
Attention was first drawn to the ammonium compounds with reference
to the discussion whether valency was fixed or variable, and from 1816
onwards a lively controversy waged between chemists who maintained
that ammonium chloride was a molecular compound, and those who held
the view that it was an atomic compound in which nitrogen was quin-
quevalent.
Experiments made by V. Meyer and Lecco l showed that the union of
trimethylamine with ethyl iodide on the one hand, and of ethyl-dimethyl-
amine with methyl iodide on the other, gave rise to the same product ;
after an objection raised by Lossen 2 had been answered 3 this was
regarded as strong evidence in favour of the atomic nature of these
compounds. Had the results of these experiments been different an
erroneous conclusion would have been arrived at. At present the doc-
trine of variable valency is accepted by most chemists, and ammonium
H \
chloride is usually represented as H— x/N — CI with a quinquevalent nitro-
h/
H
gen atom attached to four atoms of hydrogen and one of chlorine.
(i) The Formation of Substituted Ammonium Compounds.
The rate of formation of substituted ammonium compounds from
amines and alkyl halogen compounds varies to a very great extent, and is
found to depend both on the alkyl groups in the amine and on that in the
halogen compound. Much work has already been carried out on this sub-
ject, and much more will have to be done before one can hope to under-
stand the reactions. Thus Menschutkin 4 investigated the velocity of the
reaction between a very large number of alkyl halogen compounds and
amines ; no general conclusions can be drawn from this work, the amines
being divided into three classes, according as the maximum rate of
formation occurs (1) for the salt of the tertiary amine, (2) for the salt of
the secondary amine, or (3) for the quaternary ammonium salt.
In all cases iodides reacted about seven times more rapidly than
bromides, and these about a hundred times faster than chlorides.
It frequently happens that the same compound is formed quite rapidly
in one way, and quite slowly or not at all in another way. 5
1 Ber., 1874, 7, 1747 ; 8, 233, 936 ; Annalen, 1876, 180, 170.
2 Ber., 1875, 8, 49. 3 Ber., 1877, 10, 303.
4 Zeit.phys. Client., 1895, 17, 191.
5 Cf. also Proc. Chem. Soo., 1901, 17, 205.
N2
180 REPORT— 1904.
Wedekind ' compared the rate of formation of quaternary compounds
from dimethylaniline and similar tertiary amines and various alkyl iodides.
In all cases methyl, benzyl, and allyl iodides react much more rapidly than
any others ; the order of their rapidity, however, depends on the amine
used.
This kind of effect is often attributed to ' stereochemical obstruction '
or ' space filling,' in the same way as the phenomena observed in the
esterification of diortho substituted benzoic acids by V. Meyer. There is
certainly an effect of this sort. Thus, for example, tribenzylamine,
(C 7 H 7 ) 3 ISr, is capable of reacting with methyl iodide ; dibenzyl aniline (C 6 H 5 )
(C 6 H 5 CH 2 )N is not ; and triphenylamine will not even react with hydro-
chloric acid. Again, the halides of normal alkyl groups invariably react
more rapidly than those of the corresponding iso groups. All the facts
cannot, however, be accounted for in this way. On such a view iodides
should react less rapidly than chlorides. Also Menschutkin 2 finds that,
whereas substitution of an alkyl group in the a position in pyridine,
piperidine, or quinoline diminishes the velocity of reaction with alkyl
bromides, the introduction of the same group in the j3 or y position
increases the velocity.
Much more work of a systematic kind is needed before any general
conclusions on the subject can be drawn ; all that we can at present say
is that the rate of formation of an ammonium compound depends both on
the alkyl radicals already present in the amine, and also on that which is
to be added on to it.
(ii) Compounds of the Type N« 3 6X.
The first experiments made on compounds having three radicals
identical and one different were those of Meyer and Lecco already
mentioned : a very large number of similar experiments have failed to
produce isomerides of this type.
Le Bel 3 found that the chloroplatinate of benzyl-triethylammonium
hydroxide was the same whether produced from triethylamine and benzyl
chloride or from benzyl-diethylamine and ethyl iodide, and similarly with
that of trimethyl-propyl ammonium hydroxide or tripropylmethyl- ammo-
nium hydroxide, whereas that of trimethyl •iso-butylammonium hydroxide
was found to exist in two different crystalline modifications, the one
being anisotropic needles which readily changed into octahedra ; the
chloride of the same base also exhibits differences of a similar kind.
Similar differences were observed by Le Bel 4 in the chloroplatinate of
dimethylamine, and by Arzruni and others 5 in ethylamine hydrochloride,
tetramethyl ammonium chloride, ru-xylidine hydrochloride, tropidine
chloroplatinate, and several other similar salts. Although the evidence is
insufficient to show that these differences are not due to isomerism, it is
highly probable that they are merely due to dimorphism.
Messrs. Schry ver and Collie 6 found that only one chloroplatinate of
trimethyl-ethyl ammonium hydroxide, dimethyl diethyl ammonium hydrox-
ide, and methyl-triethyl ammonium hydroxide could be prepared.
1 Stereochemie desfiinf. Stichstoffes, 1899, 18.
2 Jour, russ.phys. Chem. Ges., 1902, 34, 411.
3 Compt. rend., 1890, 110, 145 ; 1891, 112, 725 ; Bull. Soc. Chem., 1890 [3], 4, 104.
4 Compt. rend., 1893, 116, 513.
5 Cf. Lehmann, Molecular Physih, vol. i. pp. 177, 539, 599 ; Zeit. Kryst., vol. iii.
p. 216. 6 -Proc. Chem. Soc., 1891, vii. 39.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 181
Professor Kipping observed a particularly interesting kind of isomerism
among compounds of this type in which b and X both contain an asym-
metric carbon atom. 1 This isomerism has now been very fully investigated
in an admirable way by himself and his collaborators. 2
Externally compensated (d. I) a-hydrindamine when treated with
c?-brom-camphorsulphonic acid, with the corresponding chlor acid,
CH p
HC
\/ \/
CH
CH
2
H NH 2
or with cis ■k camphanic acid, was found to give rise to unequal quantities
of two salts called the a and j3 salts, the ft salt being that which is formed
in smaller quantity. These salts differ in crystalline form, in amount of
water of crystallisation, and often also in specific rotatory power ; these
differences are not removed by recrystallisation from hot water, and both
salts contain the inactive base.
It is unnecessary to discuss the large mass of detailed work which has
been done in the painstaking demonstration that only one explanation of
this isomerism is possible : 3 a brief summary of the conclusions will suffice.
It has been clearly shown that each of the two active hydrindamines,
on combining with one of the above-mentioned acids, gives rise to two
salts called ad and fid and al and ftl respectively, and that the original a
salt obtained from the d-l base is a mixture of ad, and al in the form of a
partially racemic compound, whereas the original ft salt consists of a
mixture of the two ft salts or even of all four salts ; in this case it is
called a partially diracemic compound.
In some cases there is a striking similarity between the ad and ftd or
the al and ftl salts respectively, which may be isodimorphous and not
completely separable by crystallisation. The molecular rotatory powers
of the ft series of salts in aqueous solution are frequently abnormal, which
may be due to incomplete electrolytic dissociation or to activity of the
nitrogen atom (see page 190).
Evidence of a similar kind as to the existence of isomerides has
been obtained for the brom-camphorsulphonates of benzylhydrindamine, 4
methylhydrindamine, 5 and ^-menthylamine, 6 and for the chlor-camphor-
sulphonate of d and I methylhydrindamines, 7 although in these cases it
seems impracticable to isolate the salts free from their isomerides.
The mandelates, tartrates, camphor-vr sulphonates, and camphor-a
sulphonates (Reychler) of these bases do not exhibit the same phenomena :
these salts appear to be homogeneous. This isomerism, though extremely
important from a theoretical point of view, appears not to be of general
occurrence.
1 Tram. Chem. Soc, 1900, 77, 861.
- Trans. Chem. Soc, 1903, 83, 873, 889, 902.
3 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1903, 83, 937, 1147.
4 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1901, 79, 430. 5 1903, 83, 918.
■ 1904, 85, 65. » Tattersall, 1904, 85. 169
182
REPORT — 1904.
(iii) Compounds of the ty^e Na. 2 bc X.
Messrs. Schryver and Collie l prepared the chloroplatinate of methyl-
diethyl-isoamylammonium hydroxide from the iodides formed in the three
possible ways, and found that when the processes were carried out in the
cold, two crystalline modifications were obtained, an oblique and a pris-
matic, the former of which was unstable and readily passed into the
latter. This difference might easily be due to dimorphism, as in the case
of the compounds of the type Na 3 6 X.
The writer * investigated the formation in two different ways of a
number of compounds with two identical radicals, and found that even
when the reaction was carried out in the cold, the products obtained were
in all cases the same. In a few instances the crude compounds differed
to a slight extent, and one might even be gummy while the other was
deposited in a crystalline state ; these differences always disappeared
when the substances separated from solutions. The rf-camphor sulphonates
prepared from both products were the same.
All attempts to get isomeric piperidinium salts have also been unsuc-
cessful. Thus Menschutkin 3 found that ethyl-allyl-piperidinium iodide
produced in the two possible ways was the same and so also was the
chloroplatinate. Miss de Brereton Evans 4 obtained only one form of
ethyl-propyl-piperidinium iodide, the crystals of which, however, showed
enantiomorphism, and Wedekind s obtained only one form of benzyl-
piperidinium iodide, methyl- and ethyl-acetates, and the corresponding
bromides
Aschan 6 has investigated dipiperidinium derivatives, and though he
obtained only one form of N.N. ethylene dipiperidinium dimethyl diiodide
and the corresponding dibenzyl dichloride, found that two isomerides of
ethylene-propylene dipiperidinium dibromide and of ethylene-trimethylene
dipiperidinium dibromide and diiodide 7 seem to exist.
The first of these compounds contains an asymmetric carbon atom :
CH, CH,
CH 2 /
:N
/
CH 9 -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2
CH 2 CH.) C H-
\
/
-CH 2
N;
X
CH.,
Br CH,
CHo CH,
whereas the others do not :
CH 2 CHo
CH,
Br
-CH, CH., CHo
CH
2 \
■N
N<
CH 2 CHo
\ /
CHo — CHo — CH.,
Br
/
CH,
CHo CH,
Br
1 Proc. Chem. Soc, 1891, vii. 39.
2 Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc, 1901, 11, 111 ; Trans. Chem. Soc, 1903, 83, 1400.
s Zeit.phys. Chem., 1895, 17, 228; Ber., 1895, 28, 404.
4 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1897, 71, 522.
8 Be',., 1899, 32, 988; Zeit.phys. Chem., 1903, 46, 304.
5 Stereochemie, 58.
7 Loc cit., 306.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 183
So far only a brief statement concerning these compounds has been
made, and no full description of their properties or crystalline form has been
given. The isomeric bromides differ in solubility in dilute alcohol (54 and
8-2) ; the iodides in solubility in water and also in their temperature of
decomposition.
With the exception of these compounds described by Aschan, which,
as will be seen later, must show isomerism, whatever view of their con-
figuration and mode of formation be adopted, no compounds of the type
under discussion have been shown to exist in isomeric forms, and it may
therefore be concluded that under normal conditions stable isomerides
cannot exist, the limit of ' space-filling ' having been very nearly reached
in some of the compounds used by the writer.
(iv) Compounds of the type N a b c d X.
No systematic efforts had been made to obtain isomerides of com-
pounds of the above type before Wedekind's experiments were undertaken.
Wedekind argued, from the experiments of Messrs. Schryver and Collie and
others, that the groups in ammonium compounds were mobile, and that
therefore isomerism could only exist when heavy groups were used and
when the limit of ' space-filling ' had nearly been reached.
The formation of phenyl-ethyl-methyl-allyl ammonium iodide in the
three possible ways, 1 namely (a) combination of methyl-ethyl aniline and
ally] iodide, (b) allyl-ethyl aniline and methyl iodide, and (c) allyl-methyl
aniline and ethyl iodide, showed that only one product was obtained,
though in the first case the compound was at once deposited in a
crystalline state ; whereas the other two combinations gave an amorphous
product which readily became crystalline on rubbing or on separating it
from solution. Similar phenomena were observed by the writer in the
formation of phenyl-benzyl-ethyl-methyl ammonium iodide. 2 The union of
benzyl iodide with ethyl-methyl aniline took place very readily and
yielded a gummy solid which, on separating from solution, became crystal-
line and identical with that obtained by the addition of methyl iodide,
or of ethyl iodide to the corresponding tertiary amines, which was
crystalline from the first.
The phenomena observed by "Wedekind in the phenyl-benzyl-allyl-
methyl ammonium salts 3 are, however, of quite a different kind. This
compound was prepared by the union of (a) allyl iodide and methyl-benzyl
aniline, (6) methyl iodide and benzyl-allyl aniline, and (c) benzyl iodide
and methyl-allyl aniline. Combinations (a) and (c) take place readily and
give rise to the same product, the a compound, which crystallises in the
prismatic system, melts at 140-142° C, and distils partly unchanged
under reduced pressure. Combination (b) takes place very slowly and
gives an oily product which is induced to crystallise only with great diffi-
culty and yields a very small quantity of a crystalline solid, the ft com-
pound. This compound crystallises in a different form (also of the
prismatic system), melts at 158-159° C, and distils unchanged under
reduced pressure without melting. The a and ft compounds could not be
transformed one into the other.
Isomeric a and ft chlorides and bromides were also prepared, which
1 Stereochemie, 53 ; Ber., 1903, 36, 3791.
2 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1904, 85, 224.
s Stereochemie, 33-52 ; Ber., 1899, 32, 517, 3561
184 REPORT — 1904.
differed in a similar way to the a and ft iodides. Hantzsch and Horn l
prepared the a and ft iodides and made experiments to exclude the possi-
bility of structural differences. Both iodides react as unsaturated bodies
toward alkaline permanganate, and on oxidation give formic acid, which
facts show that both are allyl compounds.
The writer has compared the properties of the ft compound with those
of phenyl-methyl-benzyl-propyl and isopropyl ammonium iodides, and found
that it differs from both in melting-point and crystalline form, though in the
latter particular it has a slight resemblance to the isopropyl compound.
No other case of a similar kind has been found, though Wedekind was
deceived by abnormal reactions into thinking that there were isomerides
of some other compounds. Thus the addition of allyl bromide to benzyl
isobutyl-N-methyl-acetate and of methyl-brom -acetate to benzyl-allyl-
isobutylamine gave rise to different products, the latter of which was
subsequently found to be a mixture.
Methyl-allyl-tetrahydroquinolinium iodide 2 prepared in two ways was
the same, and so with ethyl-benzyl-isotetrahydroquinolinium iodide. 3
The tetrahydroquinolinium derivatives produced by the addition of
methyl iodide and of methyl- and ethyl-iodo-acetates to the corresponding
tertiary tetrahydroquinoline compounds and which were at first thought
to be isomeric 4 were afterwards s found not to have the same composition.
Methyl tetrahydroquinolinium N-methyl- and ethyl-acetate iodides were
produced by the first method, but the second gave a mixture of these with
kairolin hydriodide.
A similar tetrahydroisoquinoline compound was obtained in one form
only. 6
Wedekind has also studied the formation of compounds in which two
asymmetric nitrogen atoms are present. 7 Ethylene dikairolinium di-
iodide was prepared in two ways and found to be the same ; ethylene
ditetrahydroquinolinium di-ethyl-acetate di-iodide, however, appears to be
different when prepared in the two possible ways ; the specimen formed by
the addition of iodo-acetic ester melts at 164-165° C, whereas that formed
by the addition of ethylene di-iodide melts at 50° C, with elimination of
one molecule of iodo-acetic ester. The analyses of these compounds are,
however, insufficient to prove identity, and it is possible that one of them
is a mixture.
Wedekind examined the stable compound to ascertain if it was homo-
geneous, and decided that it was. Hence, the analogy between asymme-
tric nitrogen and carbon does not seem to hold here — namely, that, when
two asymmetric atoms are produced, all four possible compounds should
also be produced and combine in pairs to give externally compensated
compounds separable by crystallisation.
(v) Optical Activity of Substituted Ammonium Compounds.
It was expected from analogy with carbon compounds that quinque-
valent nitrogen compounds, N ah cd X, would exist in optically active forms,
and repeated attempts were made to prepare such compounds before
definite success was attained.
Le Bel 8 submitted dilute aqueous solution of various salts of the type,
1 Ber., 1900, 35, 883. 2 Stereochemie, 75 ; loc. cit., 63.
3 Ber., 1901, 34, 3986 « Stereochemie, 66. 5 Ber., 1902, 35, 178.
6 Ber., 1903, 36, 1158. ' Ber., 1903, 36, 1165, 3796. 9 8 Compt. rend., 112. 724.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 185
Na 2 b c X, and also two of the type, N a be d X — namely, methyl-ethyl-
propylamine hydrochloride, and methyl-ethyl-propyl-isobutyl ammonium
chloride — to the action of Penicillium ylaucum. In the last case only the
solution acquired a small but fugitive rotatory power of 0-4°-O5° ; the
absence of activity in the other case was attributed to mobility of groups.
This result has been contradicted by Marckwald and Droste-Huelsdoff, 1
but reaffirmed by Le Bel, with the addition of further details. 2
Wedekind 3 made several unsuccessful attempts to resolve the a phenyl -
benzyl-allyl-methyl ammonium iodide, which was successfully resolved by
Messrs. Pope and Peachey 4 by crystallising the camphorsulphonate from
non-hydroxylic solvents (acetone and ethyl acetate). The active com-
pounds were then more fully investigated by Messrs. Pope and Harvey. 5
The c?-camphorsulphonate of the cZ-base had the molecular rotatory power
r M] D =218° in dilute aqueous solution, the corresponding l-l salt had
M] D = —211° and the iodides had [M] D about ±200° in chloroform.
The writer 6 also succeeded in resolving phenyl-benzyl-ethyl-methyl
ammonium iodide in a similar way. The d-d and l-l camphorsulphonates
had [M] = ±71°. The difference between the values of [M] D for the
basic ions in these two cases, namely 160° (approximately), and 19"5° caused
by the replacement of the allyl by the ethyl radical, is remarkable.
A number of other active compounds are now being examined by
Miss M. B. Thomas and the writer with a view of investigating: the effect
of substitution on the rotatory power. In the series containing the radicals
phenyl, benzyl and methyl with propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, and isoamyl the
rotatory power appears to increase with the molecular weight of the last-
mentioned radical, and in the last case far exceeds that of the allyl
compound.
That the resolution of ammonium compounds does not always take
place so readily as in the first case examined is evident from the writer's
experiments, 7 and the unsuccessful attempts of Wedekind 8 to resolve
^j-tolyl-benzyl-allyl-methyl ammonium c/-camphorsulphonate, a salt very
similar to that first resolved.
So far no cyclic ammonium compounds have been resolved, though
both a and /3 substituted pyridinium and piperidinium derivatives, and
tetrahydroquinolinium compounds should be capable of giving rise to optical
activity. 9
All attempts to obtain optically active compounds of the type lsa. : b c X
have also been unsuccessful. Thus the writer ° examined a number of such
compounds, Messrs. Kipping and Barrowcliff u examined some piperidinium
compounds, and Aschan 12 tried to resolve the N-N ethylene-trim ethylene
dipiperidiniutn compounds, though not in an entirely satisfactory way, but
in no case was there any indication of activity. It is probable that all such
compounds are planisymmetric, and therefore incapable of giving rise to
optical activity.
I Ber., 1899, 32, 560. 2 Compt. rend., 129, 548.
3 Stereochemie, 82. * Trans. Chem. Soc, 1899, 75, 1127.
5 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1901, 79, 828.
6 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1903, 83, 1418 ; 1904, 85, 223.
7 Loc cit., 1405.
8 Zeit.phys. Chem., 1903, 45, 235.
9 Trans. Chem. Soc, 1903, 83, 1415.
10 Loc. cit., 1903, 83, 1406. Cp. also Harvey, Trans. Chem. Soc, 1901, 85, 412.
II Loc. cit., 1903, 83, 1141. '- Loc. cit.
186 REPORT— 1904.
(vi) Compounds containing Asymmetric Carbon and Nitrogen Atoms.
The examination of these compounds was undertaken with a view of
establishing another analogy between asymmetric carbon and nitrogen
atoms, and it has been shown ' that when an active tertiary amine (methyl
£-amyl aniline) combines with an alkyl iodide (allyl or benzyl iodide),
unequal quantities of the two possible compounds are produced as anti-
cipated if the nitrogen behaved like a carbon atom.
The two compounds formed with benzyl iodide differ somewhat in
their solubility, but not enough to make a complete separation by
crystallisation feasible : this can be effected by means of the cainphor-
sulphonates. One of the iodides is dextro- and the other is lsevo-rotatory ;
a solution of either in chloroform in the cold or in alcohol on warming
becomes converted into the other until a state of equilibrium is reached,
the change from one isomeride to the other being effected by the splitting
up of the salt into benzyl iodide and amine, which then recombine, as in
the racemisation of active nitrogen compounds in chloroform solution.
(vii) The Configuration of Quinquevalent Nitrogen Compotmds.
(a) A fixed Configuration necessary. — The foregoing results demand a
stable configuration for the molecule of ammonium compounds, in which
the nitrogen atom is quinquevalent, and is attached to five univalent
atoms or groups.
Werner - still adheres to a modification of the old ' molecular compound
hypothesis ' to account for the ammonium compounds, and regards the
existence of isomerism and optical activity as an objection to the view
generally accepted. Dr. J. C. Cain 3 takes the same point of view,
regards the stability of the ammonium compounds towards alkalies as a
further objection, and proposes a new hypothesis in which ammonium
chloride is represented as H 3 N=C1 — H. Two of the numerous important
objections to this view may be mentioned : first, there is not enough
evidence to show that compounds with the structure usually assigned to
ammonium salts would not be stable, and still less for concluding that
tervalent halogen derivatives would be stable ; and, secondly, the
formula? proposed to account for the isomeric hydrindamine salts —
namely, a 3 N=X — b and « 2 ^N=X— a — do not account for the mode of
formation of these salts, and the formula? proposed for active nitrogen
compounds — namely, 6cc?N=X — a — and acdN=X — 6 — are not optical
antimers, and could not by a single process be produced together in equal
quantities.
Five points cannot be arranged symmetrically around one point so as
to be interequivalent ; hence either one or two of the valencies of nitrogen
must be different from the others : this conclusion finds expression in all
the configurations proposed, and is supported by the facts. It has been
found impossible to prepare a quinquevalent nitrogen compound contain-
ing no electro-negative radical nor one containing more than two such
radicals. 4
(6) The ' Cubic Configuration.'- — The first configuration proposed was
1 Jones, Pruc. Camb. Phil. Soc., 1904, xii. 466.
2 Annalen, 1902, 322, 261.
3 Memoirs of the Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., 1904, 48, No. 14.
4 Lachmann, American Chem. Joum., 1896, 18, 372.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN.
187
the 'cubic' one suggested by van't Hoft' in 1878, 1 in which the nitrogen
atom is supposed to be at the centre of a cube and the five groups at five
corners, thus :
Fig. 1.
I
The disposition of the valencies would have to be altered to meet the
requirements of recent experiments.
The number of isomerides required by this configuration is usually
larger than by some of the others on account of the lower degree of
symmetry which it possesses, and, since it has no special advantages, little
use has been made of it.
(c) The ' Double Tetrahedron ' Configuration. — The next configuration
which was proposed is usually called the ' double tetrahedron ' configuration
and associated with the name of Willgerodt. 2 According to this view it
is assumed that the two new groups are attached at right angles to the
plane of the three already present, thus giving rise to an arrangement like a
double tetrahedron. This arrangement has the highest degree of symmetry
of any ; it requires the existence of (1) two isomerides of the type Na 3 5X —
namely, those in which a and b respectively occupy one apex while X
occupies the other ; (2) three isomerides of the type Na 2 6cX, one of
which should exist in optical antimers ; and (3) four isomerides of the
type ~£sabcdX, all of which should exist in optically active forms.
Ansichten iiber Org. Chem., i. 80.
Joum.prakt. Chem., 1890, 41, 291.
188 REPORT— 1904.
(d) TJie ' Pyramidal ' Configuration. — Behrend ' discussed other
possible arrangements of the five groups, and Bischoff 2 proposed the
' pyramidal ' configuration in which the five groups are supposed to be
situated at the angular points of a pyramid on a square base, the acidic
radical occupying the apex thus :
Considering this arrangement as originally suggested we should expect
(1) no isomerides of the type N« 3 6X ; (2) two isomerides of the type
Na 2 6cX, one of which would be capable of existing in enantiomorphously
related forms ; and (3) three isomerides of the type NabcdX, all of which
should be capable of existing in optically active forms.
It is evident, however, that this view must be modified somewhat,
for, since it does not represent the three groups in tervalent nitrogen
compounds in one plane, there are three possibilities : (a) a change of
valency direction occurs ; (b) the acidic radical does not occupy the apex
(this assumption increases the number of possible isomerides very con-
siderably) ; (c) an interchange of position between two groups occurs
during the change of valency.
It is desirable to avoid the first assumption, if possible ; the last two
have been made by Professor Kipping to account for the isomerism of the
hydrindamine salts, and will be discussed in detail.
(e) Only the Pyramidal Configuration accounts for the Facts. — To
decide between these various views we have the following facts which
must be accounted for :
(1) The existence of stable, optically active compounds.
(2) The existence of the isomeric hydrindamine salts.
(3) The existence of isomerides of the type Na 2 bcX. only in the case
recorded by Aschan, and the optical inactivity of all these compounds.
All the views account for (1), but the 'double tetrahedron' configura-
tion does not account for (2), since both the new groups introduced during
the change of valency are situated in the same plane symmetrically with
reference to the existing groups, and are interchangeable by rotation. 3
1 Ber., 1890, 23, 454. 2 Ber., 1890, 23, 1972.
8 See Tram. Chem. Soc, 83, 949.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN.
189
This configuration may therefore be left out of consideration, and since
the 'cubic' has no advantages and some disadvantages, we shall confine
ourselves to the ' pyramidal,' which may conventionally be represented as
a plane projection.
Fig. 4.
The way in which this configuration can be made to account for
(2) and (3) has already been discussed. 1 The argument, therefore, need
only be briefly stated.
In order to account for the existence of isomeric hyd rind amine salts
it is necessary to make one of two assumptions (6) or (c) (above) as to the
manner in which the two new radicals, H and X, are attached to the
amine, all three groups in the latter being in one plane with the nitrogen
atom.
First H and X may be placed at the two unoccupied positions at the
base of the pyramid, the asymmetric group (a) being also at the base
(since if it occupy the apex no isomerism arises) ; the two salts would be
thus represented :
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
and
This assumption requires that the compound produced by the com
bination of aX. and NaJc should have one of the configurations,
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
or
which are enantiomorphously related and should be optically active.
This expectation cannot be experimentally realised.
1 Trans. C/iem. Soc, 83, 1404.
190
REPORT — 1904.
Secondly, it is assumed that, addition having taken place as before,
the radical X then changes its position with the hydrogen atom at the
apex of the pyramid, thus giving rise to a compound with the con-
Fig. 9.
figuration (fig. 9) which would be one of the isomerides, while the untrans-
formed addition product would be the other (fig. 5 or 6).
On this view one isomeride (the untransformed product) is devoid of
a plane of symmetry, whereas the other is planisyrametric, one should
therefore have an activity due to the nitrogen atom, and this might
account for the abnormal rotatory power of the salts of the /? series.
This view will account (a) for the existence of one isomeride of Na 2 6cX
and its optical inactivity, since the original addition product (fig. 10) changes
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
into a planisymmetric compound (fig. 11), and (6) for the inactivity of
piperidinium compounds, which would be represented thus:
Fig. 1 2.
Fig. 13.
CH
CH-
>CH,
ch:
- J CH;
the plane of the piperidine ring being supposed perpendicular to the plane
of the paper.
A difficulty arises with regard to compounds of the type, NabcdX,
since they can be represented as giving rise to isomerides or not, accord-
ing to the position which the new radicals are supposed to take up with
reference to those already present.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN.
191
Since, in general, no isomerism arises, the process probably takes
place as follows :
Fig. 14.
(abcN + dX) {adcN + bX)
giving rise to the same product.
But in one case at least — namely, that of the a and ft phenyl-benzyl-
allyl-methyl ammonium salts — different products are formed. It is true
that the untransformed addition product might be expected to be an
isomeride, as in the case of the hydrindamine salts, even in compounds of
the type N« 3 6X and N« 2 6cX, and this may account for the labile amor-
phous products observed by Wedekind and the writer in some instances.
Such instances are, however, of quite a different oi'der to the stable
isomerism of the a and ft phenyl-benzyl-allyl-methyl ammonium salts ;
our knowledge is unfortunately insufficient to enable us to form any idea
of the reason for the unique position of those salts, and the following
suggestion as to their mode of production is simply tentative. Since
they are both stable it is better to regard these both as transformed
products which might arise thus :
Fig. 15.
(C 6 H 5 .C 7 H 7 .CH 3 .N + 3 H 6 I) (C 6 H 5 .C 3 H 3 .CH 3 N + C 7 H 7 I)
The benzyl and allyl groups are regarded as the ones which inter
change their positions with the iodine atom to form the a compound.
The ft compound might arise thus :
Fig. 16.
CH,
C 6 H 5
C,H E
CH 3
C6 H 5
C7H7
(C 6 H 5 .C 7 H 7 .C 3 H 5 N + CH 3 I;
The benzyl radical is regarded as more mobile than the allyl, "which is
in accordance with observation. In all these cases the addition of the
192 REPORT — 1904.
alkyl and acidic radicals in both the possible positions gives rise to a
mixture of optical antimers.
The isomerism observed by Wedekind in the diquinolinium compounds
if established by further work is readily accounted for, since it would be
expected that mobility would be diminished in these cases. Two exter-
nally compensated compounds ought to be produced, but since the pro-
duct was apparently homogeneous, the two compounds must either be
extremely similar or one of them must be formed in extremely small
quantities, as in the case of the mannose cyanhydrins.
The existence and properties of the isomeric ethylene-trimethylene
dipiperidinium dibromides discovered by Aschan are readily accounted for
by any one of the proposed configurations, though Aschan himself says : '
' Das von van't Hoff mit dem gewohnten Scharfsinn dieses Gelehrten
vorgeschlagene Modell f ur den pentavalenten Stickstoff ist die einzige mir
bekannte, welche die Existenz und Inaktivitat der beiden untersuchten
Dipiperidid-Dibromide erklaren kann.'
With the aid of the pyramidal configuration these isomerides would
be represented thus :
Fig. 17.
Formed by the addition of trirnethylene dibromide to ethylene dipiperidide :
C H 2 / \C H 2
B
CH 2 .-''
CH 2/ '' .''CH 2
,'----'' CH 2 CH 2
CM 2
Fig. 18.
Formed by the addition of ethylene dibromide to trimethylene dipiperidide :
C& CH 2
\^CH 2 CH 2 , vCH 2 CH ? .-i-.-/
CH 2 V HCH 2 7 \cH r - SCH Z
CH 2
Interchange of positions between the bromine atom and one of the
chains forming the central ring is not possible without almost complete
disintegration of the molecule, and is improbable for other reasons, so
that each bromine atom occupies a position at the base of the pyramid.
The planes of the piperidine rings are in each case represented as
perpendicular to the plane of the paper ; each compound has thus a plane
of symmetry in the plane of the paper and would be optically inactive.
Hence, the ' pyramidal ' configuration of BischofT, with the assumptions
made as to the mode of formation of ammonium compounds from amines,
1 Loo. cit., 318.
ON THE STEREOCHEMISTRY OF NITROGEN. 193
is capable of accounting for all the observed phenomena. There are, how-
ever, a number of problems which still remain to be solved, notably, the
investigation of the conditions which determine the stability of isomeric
compounds such as the hydrindamine salts.
Note. — Since the above was written Wedekind and Oberheide have
studied the question of isomerism in the paratoluidine series. 1 p-tolyl-
methyl-ethyl-allyl ammonium iodide was produced in two ways, and
?>-tolyl-methyl-allyl-benzyl ammonium iodide was produced in three ways.
In this case the stable isomerism observed in the corresponding phenyl
compounds does not arise, and renders this still more difficult to under-
stand. These compounds, too, have resisted all attempts to resolve them
into their active constituents.
Dynamic Isomerism. By T. M. Lowry, D.Sc.
[Ordered by the General Committee to be printed in extcnso.~\
TAGE
I. Introductory and Historical 193
II. The Nature of Dynamic Isomerism 196
III. Isomeric Changes in which Two Radicles are Interchanged . . . 200
IV. Isomeric Changes in which a Single Mobile Radicle is Transferred . . 204
V. Optical Inversion 211
VI. Chemical Properties of Dynamic Isomerides 214
VII. Physical Properties of Dynamic Isomerides 216
VIII. Reversible Polymeric Change 223
I. Introductory and Historical.
Berzelius. — Almost simultaneously with the discovery of isomerism
the fact was recognised that isomeric compounds were sometimes capable
of being converted into one another : in fact Berzelius, who in 1831 had
introduced the term isomeric to express the relationship between tartaric
and racemic acids, found it necessary in the following year to introduce
the term metameric in order to distinguish those isomerides which differed
in type and were on that account easily convertible into one another. 2
Berzelius' conception of metameric compounds is very similar to that
which forms the subject of the present report, which deals with the phe-
nomena of dynamic isomerism or equilibrium beticeen isomers.
Liebig and Wohler. — Of the two examples quoted by Berzelius, one
(the isomerism of stannous sulphate, SnS0 4 , and basic stannic sulphite,
SnOS0 3 ) has not been realised, and the other (the supposed isomerism
of cyanic and cyanuric acids) has proved to be an example of reversible
polymeric change. The conversion of ammonium cyanate into urea,
discovered by Liebig and Wohler in 1828, is the earliest example of the
type pictured by Berzelius. It is of interest to note that the first organic
synthesis was effected with the aid of the first isomeric change.
Butleroiv. — Little progress was made in the study of dynamic
isomerism until the doctrine of valency rendered possible the modern
development of structural chemistry. In the modern period the first and
most important contribution to the theory of dynamic isomerism is to be
1 Ber., 1904, 37, 2712.
-' Full quotations are given in Trofessor Armstrong's article on ' I oiierism,'
Morley and Muir's edition of Watts' Dictionary of Chemistry.
1904. o
194 REPORT — 1904.
found in Butlerow's paper ' Ueber Isodibutylen,' ? a paper which is
remarkable in that it anticipated by a quarter of a century the views that
are generally held at the present day. Butlerow's experiments showed
that in presence of sulphuric acid equilibrium is established between the
two defines and the two isomeric alcohols formulated below, so that on
oxidising with chromic acid products were obtained characteristic of each
of these four substances : —
CH 3 CH,.OH CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3
<-A
\ / \ // \ / \ /
CH C C(OH) C
| ^H 2 0+| % | £H 2 0+||
CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH
I I I I-
CMe 3 CMe 3 CMe 3 CMe 3
In no previous case had the existence of a reversible isomeric change been
demonstrated, and Butlerow fully realised the importance of his discovery.
At the end of his paper he suggested that a similar equilibrium between
isomers might exist even in the absence of any special catalytic agent and
that this would account for the formation of isomeric ethers from prussic acid
C 2 H 5 .C : N <- H.C : N ^ HN : C : -* C 2 H 5 .N : C :
ethyl cyanide prussic acid ethyl isocyanide
and for a number of other abnormal changes.
Subsequent investigations have fully demonstrated the correctness of
Butlerow's theory since reversible isomeric changes have been found to
be of frequent occurrence, especially amongst the ketones and nitro-
compounds.
Isomeric change not spontaneous. — The only important modification of
Butlerow's theory that has taken place depends on the proof that has
recently been given 2 that even the most easily convertible compounds
do not change spontaneously but that in all cases a catalytic agent is
necessary for the establishment of equilibrium. The necessity for a
third substance in order to bring about chemical change has been per-
sistently advocated by Armstrong and has been demonstrated experi-
mentally by Dixon, Baker and others in the combustion of carbon
monoxide and phosphorus, and in the union of hydrogen with oxygen
and with chlorine. Baker has further demonstrated the remarkable fact
that moisture is necessary not only for the (apparently direct) union of
ammonia and hydrogen chloride, but also fur the dissociation of ammonium
chloride, which cannot be decomposed by heat alone. Recent observations
have extended the proof to the reversible isomeric change of nitro-
camphor and /3-bromonitrocamphor and it has been found that even the
transference of a mobile hydrogen atom cannot take place within the
molecule, but is dependent on the formation of a complex molecular circuit.
It is therefore impossible to maintain any longer a distinction between
those isomerides which are only convertible in presence of a specially
added catalytic agent and those which find in the ordinary dirt of the
laboratory the catalytic agent that they need and which therefore appear
to change spontaneously.
1 Ann, 1877, 189, 44. 2 Lowry, Trans. 1899, 75, 219.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 195
Abnormal Chemical Changes explained by Butleroiv's Theory. — Simul-
taneously with the development of the theory of dynamic isomerism a
large number of observations were being made which have only found a
satisfactory explanation in the fully developed theory. The formation
of two series of ethers from prussic acid was explained by Butlerow
in 1877. Baeyer in 1883 was able in a similar manner to account for
CO CO
.... / X / \
the existence of isomeric ethers C 6 H 4 CO and C 6 H 4 C.OEt
V / \ /
NEt N
of isatin by supposing that one of them was derived from a labile pseudo-
isatin which was converted into ordinary isatin whenever attempts were
made to prepare it : —
CO CO
/ \ — / \
C 6 H 4 CO or C fi H> COH
\ / — \ •
NH N
In the same way it is easy to account for the apparent identity of nitroso-
phenol and quinoneoxime by supposing that one of these compounds
undergoes isomeric change in the course of preparation :
ON.C 6 H 4 .OH or"* HO.N : C 6 H 4 : O.
< —
Laar's Theory. — In his paper, ' Ueber die Moglichkeit mehrerer Struk-
turformeln fur dasselbe chemische Verbindung,' Laar, in 1885, rendered
an important service by calling attention to the existence of a large
number of facts of this kind. Unfortunately he rejected the explanation
given above and put forward in its place his theory of tautomerism.
According to this theory the product obtained by the action of nitrous
acid on phenol, or of hydroxylamine on quinone, has actually not one but
both of the alternative constitutions formulated above, the hydrogen atom
oscillating between the two positions indicated in the formula
> 0C CH CH CN0 *-
H '
s
in a manner comparable with the vibrations that give rise to light. The
incorrectness of Laar's theory was proved when, in 1895 and the years
immediately following, it was found that the isomeric forms of several
ketones and nitro- compounds could be isolated in the solid state and were
only slowly converted into one another. The necessity for a catalytic
agent has also shown that the oscillation of the hydrogen atom is not an
intramolecular process but, like other chemical changes, can only take
place within a complex molecular circuit. The distinction between the
two theories is of importance at the present time, because it is not
inconceivable that tautomerism may actually exist as an intramolecular
phenomenon, though all the cases to whicli the term has hitherto been
applied'appear to be examples of dynamic isomerism.
02
19G REPORT — 1904.
Physical Phenomena explained by Butlerow's Theory. — In addition to
affording an explanation of many puzzling chemical changes the theory of
dynamic isomerism has proved exceptionally fertile when applied to
physical phenomena. Thus the gradual change of rotatory power which
takes place in freshly prepared solutions of many of the sugars was
observed as long ago as 1846 but has only recently been shown to be due
to the establishment of equilibrium between isomeric forms of the sugar.
The formation of violet salts from colourless violuric acid, of red and
yellow salts from colourless ^-nitrophenol and of highly dextro-rotatory
salts from laevo- rotatory nitrocamphor are due to similar changes or
structure. Again there is good reason to suppose that many of the
phenomena of luminosity are dependent on reversible isomeric change or
on the analogous reversible changes involved in association and dissociation.
This is almost certainly true of the fluorescence and phosphorescence or
organic compounds and there is reason to think that the flash of light
emitted when crystals of sugar or saccharin are crushed is also a mani-
festation of isomeric change. 1
The bearing of Dynamic Isomerism on Chemical and Physiological
Changes. — The mere presence of the mechanism necessary for dynamic
isomerism appears to facilitate chemical change and in many cases it is
probably an essential factor. Thus Lapworth has recently shown 2 that
the bromination of acetone is dependent on the presence of a minute
amount of the enolic form, the ketone itself being apparently unacted on
by the halogen. A similar explanation may be given of the great activity
of phenol and aniline as compared with benzene and of the inhibiting
influence of ortho- substitution. In this connection it is of interest to note
that the most important natural organic materials, such as the sugars
and the albuminoids, are very rich in those plastic groups which most
frequently give rise to dynamic isomerism and to this fact their great
activity may at least in part be attributed.
II. The Nature oj Dynamic Isomerism.
1. Definition. — Under the heading of dynamic isomerism are included
all those cases in which it is possible to establish a condition of equilibrium
between isomers. It may also be defined as a condition of reversible
isomeric change. 3 But if this definition is used it must be remembered that
reversal is largely a matter of conditions and that all isomeric changes
are probably accompanied by a certain amount of back-action, even though
this may be too small to be detected by the methods commonly used.
2. Equilibrium between Isomers is only possible in presence of a
third substance. — Proof of this was first obtained in the case of nitro-
camphor, 4 solutions of which in chloroform could sometimes be kept for
two or three weeks without undergoing change, although usually sufficient
impurity was present in the solution to bring about equilibrium between
the normal and pseudo forms in the course of a single week.
/CH.N0 2 7 C : N0 2 H
[82 %] C 10 H/ I Z C 10 H / | [18 %]
x co x co
Normal nitrocamphor Pse«do-r;itrocamphor
1 Armstrong and Lowry, Proc. Boy. Soc. 1903, 72, 25S.
- Tram. Chem. Soc. 190i, 85, 30. 3 Lowry, Trans. 1S99, 75, 23.").
4 Lowry, ibid. p. 220.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 197
.Similar observations have been made by Forster, 1 who found that a
solution in chloroform of enolic o-benzoylcamphor could be 'preserved in
darkness during twelve hours, exposed to bright sunlight during two
hours and even sown with a crystal of the ketonic isomeride ' without
undergoing change ; usually, however, six days were sufficient to bring
about the condition of equilibrium indicated in the equation
/ CH.CO.C G H 3 / C.CO.C G H 5
[39 %] C 10 H M / | 2 C 1U H / I] [Gl %].
More recently it has been found possible to prepare solutions in benzene
containing a mixture of normal and pseudo /3-bromonitrocamphor which
could be kept unchanged during several days in a graduated flask, but
reached a condition of equilibrium in a single day when brought into
contact with the softer glass of a polarimeter tube. 2 Of themselves, there-
fore, these isomerides are as stable as, for instance, are ethyl alcohol,
CH 3 .CH 2 .OH, and methyl ether, CH 3 .O.CH 3 , or methyl acetate,
CH3.CO.O.CH3, and propionic acid, CH 3 .CH,.CO.OH', but unlike these
latter substances they become isodynamic in presence of an almost incon-
ceivably minute amount of impurity. The addition to a solution of
nitrocamphor in benzene of 0-0001 per cent, of piperidine is sufficient to
establish equilibrium in two or three hours.
3. An Ionising Solvent may promote Isomeric Change. — Although in
the cases described neither benzene nor chloroform is capable of bringing
about isomeric change, it is possible that an ionising solvent may act as
the necessary ' third substance.' The isomeric change of nitrocamphor is
accelerated to some extent by acids as well as by alkalies, and in ionising
solvents the change is very rapid even when purified material is used ; as
pseutlo-nitrocamphor is itself a strong acid it may well act under these
conditions as a catalytic agent. In the case of aqueous solutions of glucose
quantitative measurements have shown that the isomeric change cannot
be ascribed to acid or to basic impurities, whilst neutral salts retard
rather than accelerate the change ; the effect appears, therefore, to be
produced directly by the solvent, assisted, perhaps, by the feebly acid
properties of the glucose itself. 3
4. Many substances only become Isodynamic at High Temperatures or
in presence of a special Catalytic Agent. — Whilst it is now recognised that
the changes which Butlerow regarded as spontaneous are actually brought
about by a trace of acid or alkaline impurity or by an ionising solvent,
there are many substances which, like the isodibutylenes, only become
isodynamic under somewhat special conditions. Thus many sulphonic
acids, like Butlerow's olefines, become isodynamic when dissolved in con-
centrated sulphuric acid ; again where isomeric change involves the trans-
ference of an alkyl group, it may often happen that an alkyl iodide or an
aluminium haloid is the only efficient agent. Apart from their great
scientific and commercial importance these cases of dynamic isomerism are
of interest as enabling isomerides to be directly balanced against one
another of which the relative stability could otherwise be determined only
indirectly from the heats of combustion. In other cases a reversible
isomeric change appears to set in spontaneously when the temperature is
1 Trans. 1901, 79, 999. * Lowrv, Proc. 1903, 19, 131.
8 Lowry, Trans. 1903, 83, 1314.
198 REPORT— 1904.
raised. A high temperature can scarcely do more than increase the
activity of the impurities present in the material but these may easily be
introduced at high temperature owing to incipient decomposition or to
action on the walls of the containing vessel.
5. Equilibrium is determined by the Velocities of Isomeric Change in
opposite directions. — The proportions of the isomerides in the ultimate
mixture is determined by the ratio of the velocities with which they
undergo isomeric change under the given conditions. If these velocities
are equal there will be 50 per cent, of each isomeride, but if one undergoes
change ninety-nine times as fast as the other, there will only be 1 per cent,
of it in the mixture. ' Complete ' isomeric changes are merely limiting
cases in which one velocity is small compared to the other, and as it is
difficult to detect a back action in which the ratio of the velocities is greater
than 100 to 1, the distinction between complete and incomplete changes is of
very small importance. It may be added that solids are usually incapable
of undergoing isomeric change but if such a change should occur (owing,
for instance, to incipient fusion or to the presence of a trace of solvent),
it is usually complete, back action being possible only in the liquid or
gaseous state. Thus Walker and Hambly l have shown that the conversion
of ammonium cyanate into urea, which is complete when the solution is
evaporated to dryness, is reversible in solution. In a normal solution at
59 - 6°, 14*4 per cent, of ammonium cyanate undergoes isomeric change in
a minute, and - 0038 per cent, of urea. Equilibrium is reached when
there is 5 per cent, of cyanate and 95 per cent, of urea, as indicated by
the equation
[5 %] NH4.0.C N t CO(NH 2 ) 2 [95 %\
The concentration of the ammonium cyanate is then only N/20, and
its velocity of change is reduced to half that in normal solution. Equi-
librium is reached when the ratio 95/5 of the concentrations is equal to
the ratio 7 - 2/0 - 0038 of the velocities of change in opposite directions. 2
Ammonium cyanate changes slowly in aqueous solutions at ordinary
temperatures ; at 100° equilibrium is reached almost immediately. Am-
monium thiocyanate, on the other hand, does not change in aqueous
solution, but in the fused state at 170° it changes at about the same rate
as ammonium cyanate in aqueous solution at 60°. 3 The predominance of
the thiocyanate in the equilibrium
[75-7 %] NH 4 .S.C i N Z CS(NH 2 ) 2 [24-3 %]
is in marked contrast to the instability of the cyanate.
6. Isomeric Change proceeds according to a simple Logarithmic Law, and
the Period of Change is the same for different Isomerides. — The logarithmic
law has been verified in the case of glucose and other sugars, 4 in the case
of 7r-bromonitrocamphor 5 and in many other instances. If, however,
one of the isomerides is an active catalyst, or if by reason of association or
dissociation only part of the material is in a condition to undergo isomeric
change, the velocity-constant may vary as the concentration changes. In
the absence of such disturbances the period of change must be the same
1 Trans. 1895, 67, 746.
2 For observations on the alkyl thiooyanates see Walker and Appleyard, Trans.
1896, 69, 193
8 Reynolds and Werner, Trans. 1903, 83, 1.
1 Osalca, Zeit. phys. Chem. 1900 36, 6G1. 6 Lowry, Trans. 1899, 75, 227.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 199
for the different isomerides, though large accidental discrepancies may
occur when isomeric chaDge depends on a small amount of a third
substance. A fair agreement between the two periods was observed in
solutions in benzene of normal and pseudo 7r-bromonitrocamphor ' but
Forster's curves for the two a-benzoylcamphors show a period twice as
great for the ketonic as for the enolic form.
7. Catalytic Agents alter the velocity of Isomeric Change but do not
disturb the Equilibrium. — Schiff 2 supposed that in the case of ethyl
aceto-acetate
CH3.CO.CHo.CO.OEt Z CH 3 .C(OH) : CH.CO.OEt
the material was converted by a trace of sodium ethoxide wholly into the
enolic, and by a trace of piperidine wholly into the ketonic, form. This
is impossible on theoretical grounds and has been disproved experi-
mentally in this and in other cases. 3 It therefore follows that catalytic
agents accelerate both isomeric changes in the same ratio.
8. The Equilibrium may be affected by the Solvent, Concentration and
Temperature. — The direct effect of these is probably small, but if there is
a tendency for one or both of the isomerides to polymerise, as in the case
of the nitroso- and many hydroxylic compounds, or to combine with the
solvent, as in the case of normal nitrocamphor dissolved in benzene, or to
combine with one another, as in the case of thiourea and ammonium
t.hiocyanate 4 or to become ionised, as in aqueous solutions of the cyanates
and pseudonitro- compounds, very marked effects may be indirectly
produced. Thus Wislicenus has shown 5 that associating solvents and
high concentrations favour the formation of the (dimolecular) enolic form
of ethylic phenylformylacetate
CHO.CHPh.C0 2 Et £ HO.CH : CPh.C0 2 Et.
In the contrary direction, Perkin has shown 6 that high temperatures
increase the proportion of the ketonic form of the diketones, probably by
dissociating the dimolecular enolic forms.
The great increase in stability of ammonium cyanate in dilute aqueous
solution may be attributed to the large proportion of the salt which is
then in an ionised condition and only indirectly available for isomeric
change —
CO(NH 2 ) 2 £ NH 4 .O.CN £ NH 4 | OCK
Thus Walker and Hambly 7 have obtained evidence that at the dilution of
N / 2000 ammonium cyanate and urea would be equally stable, and would
be present in equal proportions in the mixture. On somewhat similar
lines Hantzsch and Kinchenberger have contended 8 that nitroform in
anhydrous solvents exists almost exclusively in the normal modification,
but that in aqueous solutions it is mainly in the ionised pseudo- modifica-
tion, pse2ido-nitroiorm being one of the strongest known acids :
CH(N0 2 ) 3 £ (N0 2 ) 2 CH : N0 2 H £ (N0 2 )CH : N0 2 | H.
' Loc. oit. 2 Ber. 1898, 31, 601.
3 See Schauin, Ber. 1898, 31, 1964; and Lowry, Trans. 1899,75, 223.
* Reynolds and Werner, loc. cit. 5 Ann. 1896, 291, 182.
a Trans. 1892, 61, 801. ' Loc. cit.
8 Ber. 1899, 32, 628.
200 REPORT— 1904.
9. The Ultimate Product of Isomeric Change is a Mixture. — It is
necessary to emphasise the fact that except when isomeric change is
complete the ultimate product is not a definite compound or a new
isomeride but merely a mixture. Thus if the ultimate product of the
isomeric change of glucose were a definite third isomeride, as has been
suggested by Lippmann, 1 by Tanret 2 and more recently by Simon, 3 it
would be impossible by mere crystallisation to reconvert it into the labile
a-glucose. So also if ammonium thiocyanate and thiourea were converted
completely into the compound 3AmCNS,CS(NH 2 ).2, postulated by Reynolds
and Werner, it would be impossible by mere cooling to crystallise from
the fused mass anything but the compound in question.
10. The Classification of Dynamic Isomerides. — Following Butlerow's
example dynamic isomerides have usually been divided into two classes
according as isomeric change takes place ' spontaneously ' or only under
special conditions. The ' spontaneous ' changes have often been called
' tautomeric,' whilst the other group have been distinguished as ' ordinary '
isomeric changes. Such a distinction may be convenient but cannot be
defended on any other ground, for the spontaneity of the change is not an
inherent property of the substance but depends on the presence or absence
of a catalytic agent in the dirt that normally accompanies it. It must
also be remembered that many isomeric changes which are not spontaneous
at ordinary temperatures appear to become so when the temperature is
raised, and the classification in question thus unconsciously involves an
arbitrary temperature limit. But although no satisfactory classification
of dynamic isomerides can be made on the basis of the readiness with which
they undergo change, it is nevertheless possible to distinguish two principal
groups, of which the second includes the majority of the so-called spon-
taneous changes.
These two groups are as follows :
A. Isomeric changes in which two radicles are interchanged, of which
neither can be split off alone as an ion. Closely related to this
group are a number of cases in which a double bond is shifted in
an unsaturated compound.
B. Isomeric changes in which a single radicle is transferred which
is capable in at least one of the isomerides of acting as an ion ; the
transference is accompanied by a rearrangement of bonds in the
molecule.
The fact that changes of these two types usually take place under
different conditions and in presence of different catalytic agents, goes far
to show that the distinction is not arbitrary but fundamental. These two
groups of changes are dealt with in the two following sections. Optical
inversion, which includes examples from both groups, is discussed under a
separate heading.
III. Isomeric Changes in which Two Radicles are Interchanged.
1. Interchange of Radicles in Aliphatic Compounds. — Butlerow's
observation that the isodibutylenes are accompanied by isomeric alcohols
is of importance not only as affording an illustration of this type of
1 Ber. 1896, 29, 203. s Bull. Soe. Ckem. 1896, iii. 15, 195.
8 C. B. 1901, 132, 487.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 20l
dynamic isomerism but also because it proves that the interchange of H
and OH depends on the separation of a molecule of water. Changes of this
type frequently occur when alcohols are dissolved in sulphuric acid, as,
for instance, in the production of tertiary butyl derivatives from isobutyl
alcohol
HO.CH 2 .CHMe 2 ^CH 2 : CMe 2 + H 2 O^CH 3 .CMe,.OH.
In the conversion of pinacone into pinacoline the reversible separation of
a molecule of water would account for the interchange of CH 3 and OH.
CMe.,.OH CH 3 .CMe x CH 3 .CMe,
-Hl.,0 + | >CH.,;t | ;tH„0 + CMe 3 .CO.CH 3 .
CMe 2 .OH ' HO.CMe/ HO.CMc OH
A similar separation of HBr may be involved in the conversion, in
presence of aluminium bromide, of propyl into isopropyl bromide
CH 3 .CH 2 .CH 2 Bi\^HBr + CH 3 .CH : CH ,;ICH 3 .CHBr.CH 3
whilst in the conversion of a into y-bromoacetoacetic ester the inter-
mediate product would be a ring compound :
CH 2V
CH 3 CO.CHBr.CO.,Et^HBr + | >CH.OO..Et^.CH„Br.CO.CH 2 .CO J Et.
CO /
2. Isomeric Change of Unsaturated Compounds. — This is merely
another phase of the preceding case, for the isomeric change depends on
association with H 2 0, H 2 S0 4 , or HBr, instead of on dissociation, and takes
place under similar conditions. Thus the undecyclenes, like Butlerow's
octylenes, are in equilibrium in presence of sulphuric acid, the proportions
being indicated in the equation L
(4%) CH., : CH.CH 2 .C 8 H 17 ;^CH 3 .CHOH.CH 2 .C 8 H 17 ;JCH 3 .CH : CH.C 8 H 17 (96 %).
At high temperatures changes of this type take place readily in contact
with platinum black or alumina, for instance, 2
/CH 2
CH./ | ^CH 3 .CH:CH 2 ;
N CH 2
under conditions such as these the conversion probably depends on asso-
ciation with water, the activity of a trace of moisture being greatly
increased by the high temperature and the presence of the contact
substance. Isomeric changes of this kind are very frequent, especially
amongst the terpenes. They may lead either to the shifting of a double
bond, as in the conversion of dihydrocarvone into carvenone
/CO.CH 2 . /CO.CH vx
CH 3 .CH/ >CHMe : CH 2 ^.CH 3 .CH/ >C.CHMe,
X CH 2 .CH/ x;h 2 .ch/
or to a rearrangement of the ring-system in the molecule, as when pinens
1 Thorns and Mannich, Ber. 1903, 36, 2544.
2 Tanatar, Zeit. pliys. Chem. 1902, 41, 735 ; Ipatieff and Huhn, Ber. 1903, 36,
2014.
202 REPORT — 1904.
is converted through its hydrochloride into camphene or camphor into
carvenone. 1
In the hexachlorocycloketopentenes, studied by Kuster, 2 the shifting
of the double bond is accompanied by the transference of a halogen atom,
and equilibrium is established fairly rapidly at 210°, the necessary catalyst
being probably HC1,
CGI: CCU CC1.CCU
[/3=61-4 %] ! >CCC || )CO [ 7 =38-6 %].
CC1 2 .CC1./ CCl.CCl/
Included in this group are the stereoisomer™ changes of unsaturated
compounds] The conversion of maleic into fumaric acid, which takes
place at ordinary temperatures in presence of HBr, is almost complete,
H.C.C0 2 H C0 2 H.C.H
II Z II
H.C.C0. 2 H H.C.C0. 2 H
but the dibromotolanes which are convertible at 210° are almost equally
stable and are present in approximately equal quantities in the melt. 3
C G H 5 .C.Br C 6 H 5 .C.Br
[48 %] || Z II [52%]
C 6 H 5 .C.Br Br.C.C 6 H 5
In each case isomeric change may be due to association with HBr, though
another explanation is available in the case of maleic acid (compare p. 211).
Amongst nitrogen compounds similar equilibria are observed in the
stereoisomeric oximes 4 and the syn- and anti-diazo- compounds. 5
3. Interchange of Radicles in Aromatic Compounds. — One of the most
characteristic properties of aromatic compounds is the ease with which
they undergo isomeric change, so that almost any radicle that can be
attached to the nitrogen of aniline or the oxygen of phenol can be subse-
quently interchanged with a hydrogen atom in the nucleus. In this way it
is possible to transfer radicles as diverse as the halogens, N0 2 , OH, S0 3 H,
COPh, NHPh (semidine), PhNH 2 (benzidine), and (under somewhat forced
conditions) CH 3 . The ring-substituted compounds are very stable, and
the back action is usually slight, but as scarcely any attempt has yet been
made to study these changes from the standpoint of equilibrium, it is
impossible to say to what extent reversal occurs in any given case. Two
ring-substituted compounds may exhibit a well-defined equilibrium, and
such a case is found in the ethylxylenesulphide sulphonic acids, 6 the
stable proportions in the mixture being indicated by the equation
CH 3 CH 3
S0 3 H/\ /\S0 3 H
[90-92 %]
[10-8%].
\/OH 3 \/CH 3
SEt SEt
1 Bredt, Annalen, 1901, 314, 369 ; compare Armstrong arid Lowry, Trans. 1902,
81. 1169, and p. 214 of this report. " Zeit.phys. Chem. 1895, 18, 161.
3 Wislicenus, Deltanatschrift, Leipzig, 1890.
* Cameron, /. phys. Chem. 1898, 2, 409 ; Carveth, ibid. 1899, 3, 437.
5 See Dr. Morgan's report, Belfast 1902, and Hautzsch, Die DiazoverUndungen,
Ahreris Sanuiduny, 1902. " Harker, Thesis, London, 1903.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 203
The remarkable manner in which a small amount of o- acid persists in the
mixture formed on sulphonating toluene affords similar evidence that this
acid has a definite place in the equilibrium.
4. The Beckmann Change. — These interactions, in which an alkyl
group attached to carbon is interchanged with a negative radicle attached
to nitrogen, belong essentially to the group of isomeric changes now under
consideration. (Such changes are most frequently observed amongst the
oximes and nitro- compounds, but a somewhat similar rearrangement must
be assumed to occur in the preparation of amines from amides by Hof mann's
reaction and in the decomposition by heat of the acid azides. Although
the mechanism of the change is only imperfectly known, 1 the rearrange-
ment resembles very closely that by which radicles are transferred from
the side chain to the nucleus in aromatic compounds ; in each case isomeric
change is usually complete, and is brought about by acid rather than by
alkaline agents. 2 Thus, whilst alkaline catalysts greatly accelerate the
conversion of normal into pseudo- nitrocamphor, they do not bring about
any further change. Acid catalysts, on the other hand, are less powerful
in producing pseudo-nitrocamphor, but cause a further non reversible
rearrangement of the Beckmann type whereby the nitro-compound is
converted into camphoryl oxime
Z/NOH
/CH.N0 2 ,C : N0 2 H y -C{
C„H U / | ^C 8 H 14 /| ^C 8 H 14 / >0
x co x co xjck
5. Mechanism of Isomeric Changes involving an Interchange of
Radicles. — These changes appear to be electrolytic in the same sense as
the chlorination of ethane, in which the main constituents can act only as
depolarisers and the electrolyte is probably hydrogen chloride
— 4-
C 2 H 5 C1H CI C 2 H 5 C1 HC1
| — i-t- | gives
H C1H CI HC1 HC1
The association of an olefine with HBr may thus take place in a closed
electrolytic circuit in which HBr is electrolysed
R.C.H
— +
BrH
Br R.CH Br
+ -
HBr
II
R.C.H
+ —
H Br
+ gives ||
H R.CH H
- +
BrH
whilst the reverse dissociation might be effected by the passage of a
current in the opposite direction, giving rise either to the original or
to the isomeric olefine. So also in the aromatic series the conversion
of phenylchloroacetamide, C 6 H 5 .NC1.C0.CH 3 into p chloroacetanilide,
Cl.C 6 H 4 .NH.CO.CH 3 , may be regarded as taking place in a circuit
1 See Steiglitz, Amur. Chem. Journ. 1896, 18, 751 ; 1903, 29, 49 ; Slossen, 1903, 29,
289 ; Steiglitz and Earle, 1903, 29, 399 and 412.
2 The Hofmann reaction takes place in alkaline solution, but is not an isomeric
change, and can therefore hardly be quoted as an exception.
204 report— i 904.
in which hydrogen chloride is electrolysed. But when a methyl-group is
transferred there appears to be a complete separation of the radicle (e.g. as
CH 3 C1) and subsequent recondensation, giving rise not only to isomerides,
but also to higher and lower homologues.
6. Influence of Catalytic Agents. — Isomeric chaDges of this type usually
take place only in presence of strong acids, whilst alkalies prevent rather
than assist the change, 1 as is shown by the stability of the salts derived
from labile sulphonic acids, diazohydroxides and oximes, and by the
readiness with which good yields of compounds such as phenylchloro-
acetamide and /j-phenylhydroxylamine are obtained by alkaline or neutral
methods of preparation. The conversion of ammonium cyanate into urea
may be regarded as due to the dissociation of the cyanate and recondensa-
tion of the resulting NH 3 and HCNO —
NH, CO NH 2v
NH..CNO ■+ | +n z / c °;
H NH NH/
whatever view be taken of this condensation it is evident that the ammonia
is resolved into the two radicles H and NH,, and so functions as an acid
rather than as a base ; there need therefore be no hesitation in classifying
this change with the dissociation and association of acids which characterise
this group of isomeric changes.
IV. Isomeric Changes in which a single Mobile Radicle is Transferred.
To this group belong all those cases in which a mobile hydrogen atom
is transferred from oxygen or sulphur to carbon or nitrogen, as in the
ketones, nitro- compounds and oximes, together with the few cases in
which it is possible to prepare isomeric salts from these. The transference
of an anion is less frequent but Hantzsch has described a number of cases
in which a mobile OH or CN group is transferred in precisely the same
way as the mobile hydrogen atom. The group of changes in which a
mobile hydrogen atom is transferred includes the most important cases of
dynamic isomerism and forms one of the most fully investigated, and at
the same time one of the most fertile, branches of organic chemistry ; the
great wealth of examples must be attributed to the neutral character of
the hydrogen atom, which is equally ready to play an inert part in a
hydrocarbon, or to associate itself with a powerful negative radicle in the
mineral and organic acids.
All the members of this group undergo isomeric change with great
readiness. This is probably due to the fact that in every case at least one
of the isomerides is an electrolyte, and so can take its place in an
electrolytic circuit instead of acting merely as a depolariser. Thus,
although it is difficult to think of pseudo-acetone as anything but an
unsaturated alcohol, the proximity of the double bond gives it at least
a superficial resemblance to acetic acid and probably confers upon it
distinct electrolytic properties :
/OH /OH
CH3.CO.CH3 CH 3 .C/ CH,.C/
^CH 2 ^O
Acetone Pseudo-acetone Acetic acid.
1 Exceptions to this rule are found in cases in which an interchange of radicles
depends on a double ketoenolic change or on a reversible hydrolysis, as in the case
of o and £ glucose.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 205
The relative stability of the isoinerides, depending as it does on the ratios
of the velocities of change, is greatly influenced by substitution. The
introduction of negative groups appears always to favour the production of
the more acid isomeride.
1. Ketones. — The mono-ketones are almost wholly ketonic, but their
behaviour on bromination L and possibly their phosphorescence when
exposed to Tesla radiation, or after exposure at low temperatures to ultra-
violet light, indicates that even here a trace of enol may be present. The
introduction of the C0 2 Et group in ethylic acctoacetate makes its chemical
properties entirely different from those of acetone, but does not introduce
any large proportion of enol into the equilibrium. 2 Amongst the
diketones, however, ethyl acetylacetone, CH 3 .CO.CHEt.CO.CH 3 , though
almost wholly ketonic at 93°, contains about one-third of enol at 19° ;
methyl acetylacetone, CH 3 .CO.CH.Me.CO.CH 3 , contains about one-eighth
of enol at 96°, and one-half at 16° ; whilst acetylacetone itself,
CH 3 .C0.CH 2 .C0.CH 3 , contains about three-fourths of enol at 93° and
at 17° appears to contain a certain amount of a dienolic form
CH3.CO.CH2.CO.CH3 ■+ CH 3 .CO.CH : C(OH).CH 3 £
CH 2 :C(OH).CH : C(OH).CH 3
Similarly Claisen 3 found amongst the triketones an increasing tendency
to enolisation, as benzoyl was displaced by acetyl in the series
CHBz 3) CHAcBz,, CHAc 2 Bz, CHAc 3 .
Camphor, like acetone, is almost wholly ketonic, though it yields an
7 CH
enolic benzoate, C 8 H H <^ || , when boiled with benzoyl chloride. 4
Nd.obz
/ CHBr
a-Bromocamphor,C 8 H 14 <^ , is only known in the ketonic form, but the
X CO
flash of light that appears when the crystals are crushed is perhaps
an indication of the presence of a trace of the enolic form.
/CH.COaEt,
Ethyl camphocarboxylate, C 8 H 14 / i the analogue of ethyl
X CO
acetoacetate, is also mainly ketonic, 5 but solutions of a-benzoylcamphor,
/CH.COCftHs
G 8 H 14 / 1 , contain 60 per cent, of the enolic isomeride. 6
X CO
2. Aldehydes. — Enolisation of aldehyde only occurs when negative
radicles are introduced into the methyl group, as in ethers of phenyl-
formylacetic acid, 7
/C 6 H 5 /C 6 H 5
H.CO.CH< ^HO.CH : C(
x C0 2 R x C0 2 R
and formylacetoacetic acid. 8
1 Lapworth, Trans. 1004, 85, :S0. = Perkin, Trans. 1892, 61, 801.
3 Ann. 1896, 291, 25. 4 Lees, Trans. 1903, 83, 152.
5 Briihl, Ber. 1902, 35, 3510. 6 Forster, loe. cit.
7 Wislicenus, Ann. 1896, 291, 147 ; Lapworth and Hann, Trans. Chan. Soc. 1002,
81, 1491. 8 Ber. 1893, 26, 2730. *
206 report— 1904.
/CO.CHg /CO.CH 3
H.CO.CH< ^HO.CH : C<
x C0 2 R x C0 2 R
Hydroxymethylene (formyl) camphor 1 is usually regarded as the enolic
modification, HO.CH : C/ , and formylacetylacetone,
X CO
H.CO.CH(CO.CH 3 ) 2 ^HO.CH : C(CO.CH 3 )
is a stronger acid than acetic.
3. Esters. — The possibility of enolisation is indicated in the formula;
assigned to ethylic sodiomalonate, EtO.CO.CH : C(OEt).ONa, and ethylic
sodiocyanacetate, CN.CH.C(OEt).ONa, 2 and is of importance in deter-
mining the optical inversion of carboxylic acids. In the case of ethylic
dicarboxyglutaconate, (C0 2 Et),C : CH.CH(C0. 1 Et) 2 , and ethylic isa-
conitate, C0 2 Et.CH : CH.CH(C0 2 Et) 2 , 3 the ester itself gives a blue
coloration with ferric chloride and is at least partially enolic. The
green modification of ethylic succinosuccinate is not represented in a
satisfactory manner by either of the conventional formulae,
/CO.CH 2v /COH.CH 2
C0 2 Et.CH< >CH.C0 2 Et and C0 2 Et.C< >C.C0 2 Et,
X CH 2 .CO/ X CH 2 .COH/
but the colour would be accounted for if it were formulated as
EtO v /COH:CH v 7 0Et
>C : C< >C : C<
HO / x CH:COH/ x OH
and if this be correct the enolised ester is actually the stable form under
certain conditions.
4. Phenols. — The strong enolic character of the phenols is lessened
by substitution and by reduction, probably owing to the weakening
/ H
of the benzene ring. Pscudo -phenol, : C^H^ and pseudo-qainol,
X H
/ H
: C 6 H 4 / are as unstable aspsett^o-camphor or pseudo-a,cetone, though
x OH
derivatives of this type are known, 4 but dihydroresorcinol appears to
contain at least one keto-group and yields a dioxime, whilst phloroglucinol
yields a trioxime, though its absorption spectrum shows that it is almost
wholly enolic in solution. 5
5. Amides. — These rarely, if ever, exist in an enolic form, even when
forming part of an aromatic ring as in isatin, the a and y pyridones
(hydroxypyridines),
,CH.C(OH) . .CH.CH .
CHf >N and HO.Cf X N,
X CH : CH— / X CH : CBY
1 Claisen, Ann. 1894, 281,306. 2 J. F. Thorpe, Trans. 1900, 77, 923.
3 Guthzeit and Dressel, Ber. 1889, 22, 1418.
* See especially Auwers, Ber. 1902, 35, 443-455, who gives a summary of recent
work on the jwew^-quinols.
5 Hartley, Dobbie, and Lander, Trans. 1902, 81, 929.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 207
/ CH : CH
carbostyril (hydroxyquinoline), C 6 H 4 / , and cyanuric acid,
\N=C.OH
7 N : C(OH)
HO.C<^ ^N. In all these cases only one modification is known,
^N.C(OH) ''
and Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder have shown that this is probably the
ketonic form. 1 Cyanic and thiocyanic acids also yield isomeric esters,
but are only known in one form, apparently the ketonic. 2 Lees and
Shedden 3 claim to have prepared the enolic form of acetyl-o-aminophenol,
HO.C 6 H 4 .N : CMe.OH, but the great stability of the substance, which
does not appear to be convertible into the ketonic isomeride, is difficult to
reconcile with the formula they propose.
6. Nitro- compounds. — These are influenced by substitution in a
similar manner to the ketones. Even in aqueous solution the conversion
of the pseudo into the normal form appears to be complete in the case
of nitromethane, H.CH 2 .N0 2 , nitroethane, CH 3 .CH 2 .N0 2 , phenylnitro-
methane, C 6 H 5 .CH 2 .N0 2 , and its ^-bromo- and p-m.tvo- derivatives ; but
dinitroethane, N0 2 .CH,.N0 2 , gives a mixture of the normal and pseudo
forms, and — in aqueous solution only (see p. 199) — acetylnitromethane
CH 3 .CO.CH,.N0 2 , benzoylnitromethane, C 6 H 5 .CO.CH 2 .N0 2 , bromodi-
nitromethane, N0 2 .CBrH.N0 2 , and trinitromethane, (N0 2 ) 2 CH.N0 2 ,
appear to exist almost exclusively in the pseudo- form. 4
Similar effects are produced in the camphor series, the nitro- com-
pounds of which have been examined both in ionising and in non-ionising
solvents. Nitrocamphane,
C S H- /
j » A
CH 2
x CH.N0 2 ,
passes in solution completely from the pseudo- into the normal form. 5
Nitrocamphor,
/CH.NO-2
CgH, / |
x CO,
gives a mixture, and in ft- and 7r-bromonitrocamphor,
/CH.NO-2
C 8 H 13 Br/ |
x CO,
the influence of the keto- group is so far reinforced by the bromine that
in the solid state the pseudo- is the stable form. 6
7. Nitroso- compounds and Oximes. — -The group > CH.NO appears
to be even more unstable than the pseudo-amide group — N : COH — .
1 Trans. 1899, 75, 640. « Hartley, Proc. Chem. Soc. 1899, 15, 46.
3 Trans. 1903, 83, 750-763.
4 Hantzsch, Ber. 1899, 32, 607. 5 Forster, Trans. 1900, 77, 260.
6 The stability of the pseudo- form in the solid state is due to a decrease of solu-
bility, and not to any marked increase in the proportion present in solution.
208 report — 1904.
Schmidt l has prepared from trimethylethylene three nitroso- compounds,
which he formulates as
CMeH.NO CMeH.NO CMeH.NO
| and |
CMe 2 .O.NO CMe 2 .O.NOo CMe 2 Cl
These are converted by heating or by alkalies into the isomeric oximes,
X.CMe 2 .CMe:NOH, but the change proceeds so slowly that there has
been some hesitation in accepting the formula? proposed. The unexpected
behaviour of these nitroso- compounds is probably due to the stability of
the colourless polymerides, which must be resolved before isomeric change
can take place. Piloty's chloronitrosoethane 2 behaves in a precisely
similar manner as indicated in the scheme
[CH 3 .CHCl.NO] 2 £2CH 3 .CHCl.NO^:,2CH 3 .CCl : NOH.
In the nitrosoaldehydrazones studied by Bamberger and Pemsel 3 the
conversion of the nitroso- compound into the oxime involves the change
of the hydrazone into an azo- compound, and the stability of the nitroso-
compound is greatly increased —
CH 3 .C(NO) :N.NH.C 6 H 5< ^CH 8 .C( :NOH).N :N.C 6 H».
The further equilibrium between the hydroximes > C : NOH and
/NH
pseudoximes > C<f has been so little studied that no definite con -
X
elusions can be drawn as to the effects of substitution ; in the cases
studied by Dr. Whiteley 4 the stability of the two solid forms appears to
be determined mainly by their solubility, and nothing is known at
present of the proportions in which they are present in the solutions.
8. Other cases. — The alkyl cyanides are only known in one form, but
cyanocamphor appears to exist to some extent in the acid pseudo- form,
/CH.C ; N 7 C : C : NH
C 8 H, / | £C 8 H U / |
x co. x co
and pseiwfo-cyanoform is an even stronger acid than psemlo nitroform, 5
CH(CN) 3 ^(CN) s : C : NH.
Dynamic isomerism is also common amongst the hydrazones and azo-
compounds and the amidines. A review of all the groups in which
dynamic isomerism has been observed is given by Wislicenus, 6 but the
examples quoted above will suffice to show the general character of the
observations that have been made.
9. Isodynamic salts. — Unlike hydrogen, the metallic radicles have a
strong tendency to attach themselves to the most negative groups in the
molecule, and isomeric change is usually both rapid and complete. By
1 Ber. 1903, 36, 17C5. '-' Tier. 1902, 35, 3113.
3 Ber. 1903, 36, 57-84. 4 Tram. 1903, 83, 21.
5 Hantzsch ind Ostwald, Ber. 1899, 32, 641.
6 ' Ueber Tautomeric' Ahren's Scvmmhvng, 1898.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 209
taking advantage of their slight solubility, Titherley has recently prepared
the labile silver salts of benzamide and acetamide, 1
C 6 H 5 .CO.NHAg^C G H,.C(OAg) ■ NH,
CH 3 .CO.NHAg^CH 3 .C(OAg) : NH,
and Hantzsch has isolated the isodynamic forms of mercuric cyanurate 2
But whilst it is possible to prepare N and O salts from the amides the
ketones appear to yield only enolic salts, and it is doubtful if metals
ever become directly linked to carbon except in the carbides and perhaps
the cyanides. Ethyl phenylformylacetate appears at first sight to be an
exception, since it yields two series of salts : the enolic sodium salt
NaO.CH : CPh.C0 2 Et, prepared by the action of sodium on an ethereal
solution of the ester, is converted almost instantly when dissolved in
water, into an aldehydic isomeride, which gives no coloration with ferric
chloride; on the other hand, the solid aldehydic copper salt, when
precipitated from aqueous solution, soon passes into an enolic isomeride.
The aldehydic salt has always been formulated as Na.CO.CHPh CO Et'
but there does not appear to be any precedent for the direct displacement
of aldehydic hydrogen by metals, and the difficulty entirely disappears if
the salt be regarded as derived from an enolised ester (see p. 206) :
NaO.CH : CPh.C0 2 ECH.CO.CPh : C(OEt).ONa.
(enolic salt) (aldehydic salt)
Dynamic isomerism is also possible, though not yet proved amongst
simple inorganic salts like the sulphites
NaO.SO.ONa^Na.S0 2 .ONa.
10. Transference of an Anion.- In the majority of organic compounds the
OH group is devoid of basic properties, and it is only in cases like the
ammonium, the sulphur, and the iodine bases that it is capable of functioning
as an anion. Occasionally, however, the necessary conditions are fulfilled 5
and a state of equilibrium may be observed between an ammonium base and
an isomeric carbinol.the transference of the hydroxyl- group beino- exactly
comparable with that of the mobile hydrogen atom in the ketones and nitro-
compounds. 3 Thus Hantzsch has shown that phenylmethylacridinium
hydroxide, when liberated from its salts, is rapidly converted into the
neutral isomeric phenylmethylacridol, 4
i ~r
CPh \C7H 4 / NMe I 0H <- H O.CPh <^g 4 VMe.
The case that has been most fully studied is that of the alkaloid
cotarnine, 5
+ -
n „ „ / CH = ^Me | OH _+ /CH(OH). NMe
C 8 H 6 3 / <-C 8 H G 0/ I
\CH 2 . CH 2 J \ C H 2 CH 2
1 Trans. 1901, 79, 409. 2 Ber. 1902, 35, 2717
3 Hantzsch describes as pwudo- acids all those substances which, like the nitro-
paraffins, are themselves neutral, but yield salts derived from an isomeric acid
Similarly ^^0- bases are neutral substances which combine with acids to form salts
of an isomeric base. Occasionally the cyano- derivatives (nitrils) of the pseudo-
bases (carbinols) can be converted into salt-like isomerides (substituted ammonium
cyanides), and these are therefore called pseudo- salts. To these three cases Hantzsch
applies the term tonw isomerism: * Hantzsch, Ber., 1899 32 575-600
- Dobbie, Lauder, and Tinkler, Trans. 1903, 83, 598.
1904.
210 REPORT — 1904.
The solid alkaloid appears to be the neutral carbinol, and persists in
this form when dissolved in ether or chloroform. When dissolved in
water or alcohol, however, it is converted largely into the ammonium-base
from which the acid salts are derived. The addition of methyl alcohol to
the ethereal solution causes a gradual change from the carbinol to the
basic form, but a reverse change is brought about by adding sodium
hydroxide to the aqueous solution.
A similar equilibrium is possible in the salts derived from cotarnine,
but the chloride is known only in the ammonium form and the cyanide only
in the carbinol form :
/CH(CN). NMe ^_ | „ H . NJ + , CN "
CHCl . NMe~l , , CH : NMe | CI
N]H 2 . CH 2
r /CHCl . NMe"! ^
[°» H '<CH, . (U > C ' H ' 0/
11. Influence of Catalytic Agents.— Unlike the isomeric changes of
Group A, which usually take place only in presence of an acid catalyst,
those involving the transference of a mobile hydrogen atom are cha-
racterised by an extraordinary sensitiveness to the catalytic action of
traces of alkalies. The instantaneous fall of rotatory power on adding a
small amount of ammonia to freshly prepared solutions of glucose was
noticed by O'Sullivan and Tompson in 1890, 1 but it was not until some
years later that the dependence of the mutarotation on isomeric change
was demonstrated. Similar effects have been observed in the case of
nitrocamphor,' 2 nitrocamphane, 3 benzoylcamphor, 4 menthyl acetoacetate,
camphorquinone phenylhydrazone, 5 and the azo- derivatives of menthyl
acetoacetate, and no exception has yet been discovered. The smaller
catalytic action of acids was first noticed in the mutarotary sugars, 7 and
Osaka 8 has shown that whilst the influence of alkalies is proportional
to the concentration that of acids is proportional to the square root
only. The influence of acids on nitrocamphor was at first overlooked, 9
though it is well marked in decinormal and centinormal solutions ; Lap-
worth was the first to show that acceleration by acids is character-
istic of this group of isomeric changes. An apparent exception occurs
in the case of camphorquinone phenylhydrazone, the mutarotation of which
is stopped by traces of acid. Neutral salts have no influence on the iso-
meric change of glucose, 10 but greatly accelerate that of nitrocamphor. 11
This difference is probably due to the fact that pseudo-nitrocamphor is a
strong acid, and is able to compete for a base even against a mineral
acid.
1 Trans. 1890, 57, 920. 2 Loc. cit. p. 221.
3 Forster, Tram. 1900, 77, 259. * Forster, Trans. 1901, 79, 999.
5 Lapworth and Hann, Trans. 1902, 81, 1499 and 1508.
* Lapworth, Proe. 1903, 19, 149.
' Levy, Zeit. phys. Chem. 1895,17,301; Trey, Zeit. phys. Chem. 1895, 18, 193;
1897, 22, 424.
8 Zeit. phys. Chem. 1900, 35, 661. " Loc. cit. p. 221.
>° Lowry, Trans. 1903, 83, 1317. "Loc. cit. p. 221.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 211
V. Optical Inversion.
When optical isomerides become isodynamic the resulting mixture is
inactive, for under normal conditions the d and I forms are equally stable.
At least in the case of carbon it appears to be impossible directly to alter
the point of attachment of the radicles, and the interchange on which the
inversion depends can only be effected by an indirect process. In many
cases the inversion appears to be brought about by means of a double
keto-enolic isomeric change, the inactive enolic form being in equilibrium
with both active forms. The proportion of enol is often exceedingly
small, and isomeric change must then be slow even under the most favour-
able conditions. If the mobile hydrogen atom is displaced by methyl the
inversion is no longer possible. Thus in the case of phenylylycollic acid,
which becomes inactive when heated alone, 1 or with dilute alkalies, 2 the
inversion is probably effected through the intermediate inactive form
indicated in the equation
C,;H 5 N -. -rk/ /H ..frCgHg^p . p/ n ti, _ > C f) H 5 '\^ / /CO.OII
HO /^\CO.OH^HO / u • ^ u±1 'V.HO / U \H
</-aciil (50 per cent.) inactive enolic acid (trace) J-acid (5U per cent.)
A similar explanation may be given of the conversion of maleic into
fumaric acid, since this also involves the interchange of H and C0 2 H.
Although changes of the keto-enolic type are exceedingly sensitive to
alkaline catalysts the optical inversion of acids is often bi'ought about
more rapidly by acid catalysts, on account perhaps of the greater stability
of the ketonic form in the metallic salts. The esters (see p. 206) would
probably be racemised even more easily than the acids but for the fact
that it is impossible to introduce either acids or alkaline catalysts without
hydrolysing the ester. Kipping and Hunter 3 have shown, however, that
although benzylmethylacetic acid, C, ; H 5 .CH.,.CHMe.C0 2 H, is unchanged
when heated at 170° during two hours, the acid chloride is racemised
slowly at 70° and rapidly at 1 00°, and this may be taken to indicate
that the chloride, unlike the acid, contains an appreciable quantity of
enol.
d-C amphoric acid, which contains two asymmetric carbon atoms,
undergoes a reversible isomeric change when heated with water or with
a mixture of acetic and hydrochloric acids. Only one of the asymmetric
carbon atoms carries a hydrogen atom, and this is readily inverted, giving
rise to a mixture of c^-camphoric and ^-isocamphoric acids in unequal
proportions.
/
,H .CO.OH
X -CO.OH „ Tr / , ^H
R * I ,CH 3 Cli , i ,CH
C \ Z °\ XT
L±±2 I ,CH 3 UM \ I ,CH 3
\q/ C''
Nx>.oh Nxxoh
e£-eamphoric acid Msocamphoric acid
1 Lewkowitsch, Ber. 1883, 16, 2721.
2 Holleman, Bee. Trav. Chlm. 1898, 17, 323. » Tram. 1903, 83, 1009.
P 2
212 REPORT — 1904.
The second asymmetric carbon atom is not inverted, and no l-camphoric
acid is jyroduced. It is therefore possible, by merely converting into an
anhydride, to restore completely the original activity of the acid.
In d-tartaric acid both active carbon atoms can be inverted, giving
rise to me.so-tartaric and ^-tartaric acids. The rate of formation of the
meso- acid from the d+l acid in presence of hydrochloric acid at 140°
is l - 9 time as great as that of the d+l from the meso- acid, and
the proportions in the equilibrium are therefore those indicated in the
equation
H(X ,H HO v ,CO.OH H(X .CO.OH
W x c< Nxr
, X CO.OH _^ , X H _> X H
I ,CO.OH <- I ,CO.OH <— ,,H
7 C< /C< /CC
ho/ x h ho/ x h ho/ x cooh
d- acid 17-3 % meso- acid 65-4 % I- acid 17'3 %
The formation of the meso- acid involves a double, and that of the I- acid a
quadruple keto-enolic change, and the conversion is therefore exceedingly
slow, the proportions after heating during 42 hours at 155° being only
3-4 % I : 18 % meso : 78 - 6 % d. y The salts undergo similar isomeric
change when heated with an excess of alkali, but the proportions when
equilibrium is reached appear to be 38 % I : 24 % meso : 38 % d.
The reversible isomeric change which gluconic and allied acids undergo
when heated with quinoline or pyridine at 130°-150° 2 is of importance, not
only in the synthesis of the sugars but also because of the proof it affords
that a definite mechanism is needed to bring about optical inversion, and
that apart from this it is impossible even to interchange the points of
attachment of an H and OH group. In each case only the terminal
CIIOII group which carries the carboxijl is inverted, whereas if it were
possible by this drastic treatment to shake the remaining CHOH groups
the product would be a chaotic mixture of the sixteen acids which are
theoretically possible.
Closely related to the isomeric changes of the sugar-acids are those
which the hexoses themselves undergo in solution, and especially in
presence of alkalies. Glucose appears to exist in four isodynamic forms, 3 of
which the stereoisomeric a and /? (hydrogen-) glucosides are the dominant
forms and the aldehyde a minor constituent, the enol being present only
in traces. Owing to the moderate proportion of aldo-glucose present in
the solution equilibrium is rapidly established between the a and /3 gluco-
sides. The enolic form is common to glucose, fructose, and mannose, and
the slow rate at which equilibrium is established between these three
sugars, even in the presence of considerable quantities of alkali, 4 is an
' Hollemar, Bee. Trav. Chim. 1898, 17, 66.
8 Fischer, Ber. 1894, 27, 3193.
3 Compare Trans. 1903, 83, 1314. For the proof that the a and /8 glucose are the
parent substances of the a and fi glucosides, see E. F. Armstrong, Tram. 1903, 83, 1305,
and Behrend and Roth, Ann. 1904, 331, 359. With reference to the proportions of the
constituents in the mixture, see Lowry, Proc. 1904, 20, 108. For the dynamio
isomerism of the methyl glucosides and of the pentacetates, see Jungius, Proc. Kon.
AJtad. Wet. Amsterdam, 1904, 99 and 779.
4 Lobry de Bruyn, Bee. Trav. Chim. 1895, 14, 201.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM.
213
indication of the minute proportion of enol in the mixture. It is of
interest to note that the complete equilibrium may include no less than
ten isomeric sugars
/ CHOH
CHO
CHOH
CH 2 OH
CH 2 OH
/ CHOH
o !
\ CHOH
\l z
\CH
1
1
CHOH
1
II
COH
1
1
CO
1
.COH
/ 1
CHOH
1
CHOH
1
->
CHOH
1
CHOH
1
->
<-
1
CHOH
1
CHOH
1
<—
/ CHOH
\CHJH
CHOH
CHOH
CHOH
1
CHOH
1
\ 1
X CH
1
CH..OH
a and |3 glncoside
a and p mannoside (?)
CH,OH
aldo-glucose
aldo-mannose
CH 2 OH
enolic form
of glucose,
mannose, and
fructose
CH 2 OH
keto-fractose
CHOH
a and (3 fractoside (?)
/ CH 2 .CH.NH a '
The inversion of tetrahydro-fi-naphthylamine, C e H 4 /
CH 2 .CH 2
involves the interchange of H and NH., and the readiness with which
it takes place at ordinary temperatures is in marked contrast with the
great stability of compounds containing the CHOH group. It can scarcely
be supposed that the replacement of OH by NH 2 destroys the fixity of the
four carbon valencies, and the isomeric change may perhaps depend on
the dissociation of an ammonium hydroxide base in the sense of the
equation
> CH.NH 2 + H 2 Z> CH.NH 3 .OH Z H 2 + > C : NH 3 (inactive;.
The salts do not appear to undergo optical inversion. Another case in
which the optical isomerides are in equilibrium at ordinary temperatures
is that of the d and I methylethyJpropylstannic iodides, 2 in which isomeric
change probably depends on dissociation.
C 3 H 7 / bn V
CH,
CH 3 I + C 2 H 5 .Sn.C 3 H 7 T^H 5 x >Sn /
C 3 H 7 / Da \CH 3 .
These cases are of importance as indicating that the • spontaneous '
racemisation, frequently postulated in the so-called ' chaotic ' molecules,
may actually exist as a limiting case of dynamic isomerism.
The optical inversion of camphor during sulphonation 3 necessitates
the rupture of one of the three chains which connect the asymmetric
carbon atoms, and occurs under conditions very similar to those which
actually lead to the production of carvenone. 4 The inactive dynamic
isomeride through which inversion is accomplished is perhaps the enolic
form of dihydroeucarvone, which, like dihydrocarvone and camphor itself,
1 Pope and Harvey, Trans. ] 901 , 79, 74.
3 Kipping and Pope, Trans. 1897, 71, 958.
2 Pope and Peachey, Proc. 1900, 16, 116.
4 Bredt, Annalcn, 1901, 314, 3G9.
214
REPORT — 1904.
may be produced by removing the elements of water from the alcohol
formulated below. 1
CMe,OH CMe 2
CH/ | X CH 2
I CMe 2 |
CH 2V | /CO
^CMe/
CH/ X CH,
t ' 1
CH 2 CO
->
<-
II
/ C \
CH/ X CH 2
CH, COH
O miphor
\ /
CHMe
Intermediate alcohol
I t
X
CMe
Dihyclroenearvone
(inactive enolic form)
CH, : CMe
CHMe,
CH./ \CH 8
i i
->
CH 2 / ^CH
|
1 1
CH 2 C
CH, CO
\ /
CHMe
Dibyrtrocarvone
"\/
CHMe
C'arvenoue
VI. Chemical Properties of Dynamic Tsomerides.
The addition to a mixture of isomerides in equilibrium of an agent
which forms a stable compound with one isomeride brings about a
complete conversion into that form. Thus although ammonium cyanate can
be converted completely into urea by evaporating its aqueous solution,
the reverse change is readily brought about by digesting urea with silver
nitrate.
(NH 2 ) 2 CO^AmCNO^AgCNO
Again, nitrocamphor can be converted equally readily and completely
into the bromo- derivative of the normal form or the potassium salt of the
pseudo form.
C 8 H U
\
CHNO,
I \
CO
- C 8 H ! .,
/ C :N0 2 H
\
CO
Nitrocamphor
C 8 H 14
/
\
CBr.NO,
I
CO
C 8 H
14
,C : NO,K
Bromo-derivative
x CO
Potassium salt.
This formation of two types of derivatives is one of the most important
indications of dynamic isomerism, and is frequently observed even when
only one of the isomerides can be isolated. Thus camphor and other
ketones, which certainly do not yield more than the merest trace of
enol, are readily converted into enolic benzoates 2 when boiled with
benzoyl chloride ; again, although the conversion of pseudo into normal
1 Armstrong and Lowry, Trans. 1502, 81, 1409.
Lees, Trans. 1903, 83, 152.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 215
nitrocamphane is so complete that the pseudo- form cannot be detected in
the equilibrium, no difficulty is experienced in reconverting it into the
potassium salt of the pseudo- form .
Chemical agents, therefore, give very little information as to the
nature of the equilibrium, and can only be used for separating the
constituents when isomeric change proceeds slowly under the prevail-
ing conditions. Thus no difficulty is experienced in separating ammonium
thiocyanate and thiourea or a mixture of sulphonic acids, because at
ordinary temperatures and in dilute solution these have no tendency to
pass into one another, and are, in fact, no longer isodynamic. So
also Kiister was able to separate the isomeric hexachlorocycloketo-
pentenes by converting the/3- compound into the sparingly soluble anilide,
C 6 H 5 .NH.C 5 C1 5 0. In the case of substances such as those described in
Section TV., in which the transference of a mobile radicle takes place
with the utmost readiness under ordinary conditions and at atmospheric
temperatures, the majority of chemical agents are useless for this purpose,
especially as many of them have a very powerful catalytic action, and
greatly accelerate the isomeric change. The only agent that seems to
fulfil the necessary conditions is phenyl isocyanate, 1 which has little or no
catalytic action, and may even remove any moisture or acid impurity
already present in the solution ; experimentally it has been found that it
combines with phloroglucinol but not with ethyl succinosuccinate, indi-
cating that the former is enolic but the latter wholly ketonic ; the same
agent indicates that isatin is a ketone, since it gives a substituted urea
and not a urethane.
['
,C(X _, /CCx /CO-
c 6 h / \cohVc h/ ">co->c 6 h/ ^>co.
Pseudo-isatin Isatin
Benzylidene aniline, C H V CH : N.C 6 H 5 , although equally ready to com-
bine with ketones or enols, cannot be regarded as a trustworthy indicator,
for the addition of a trace of sodium ethoxide appears to determine
the formation of the enolic, whilst piperidine favours the formation of
the ketonic addition-product quite independently of the proportions of
ketone and enol present in the mixture. 3
A different class of agent is typified by ferric chloride, which inter-
acts only with a minute proportion of the hydroxylic isomeride to form a
coloured ferric salt. If this were insoluble a complete conversion into
the hydroxylic form would ensue, but when it remains in solution it does
not seriously disturb the equilibrium, and so may serve to indicate the
proportion of hydroxyl present.
.CH 2 .CO.^ . CH : COH £ .CH : C(OFeCl 2 ).
In the case of the simple nitro-paraffins and isodynamic ketones ferric
chloride can be used to follow the gradual conversion of one form into
the other, but in the case of the nitro-ketones it has such a powerful
catalytic action that equilibrium is established immediately, and no differ-
ence can be detected either in the intensity of the colour or the rapidity
1 Goldschmidt, Tier. 1890, 23, 257.
2 This conclusion is in agreement with that arrived at by Hartley from a study
of the absorption spectra.
3 Schiff, i?«-. 1898, 31,601.
216 REPORT— 1904.
with which it is developed on adding ferric chloride to the normal and
pseudo forms of 7r-bromonitrocamphor. 1
Similar limitations are met with in the preparation of labile isomeridcs
by chemical methods. The hydroxylic forms of many diketones 2 and
nitroparaffins 3 can be prepared by acidifying a cold aqueous solution of
the sodium salt with dilute mineral acids. In these cases the addition of
a mineral acid is sufficient to eliminate the catalytic action of the base
originally present in the salt, but stronger acids like pseudo-nitrocamphor
are able to retain a proportion of the base even in competition with a
mineral acid, and in this case the catalytic action of neutral salts is so
great that the product is always a mixture of isomerides and not the
pseudo- form. This action of neutral salts appears to have been over-
looked by Hantzsch, who concluded that benzoylnitromethane and brorno-
dinitromethane existed only in the hydroxylic form in aqueous solution,
a conclusion that was based entirely on the fact that no gradual decrease
of conductivity was observed in freshly prepared mixtures of the sodium
salts with hydrochloric acid.
Another method of preparing a labile isomeride is indicated by Forster,
who has succeeded in preparing the labile diketonic form of benzoyl -
camphor by boiling the enolic modification with formic acid, precipitating
with water, and rapidly crystallising from alcohol ; 4 the method appears
to depend on the formation of an easily hydrolysed formyl derivative,
,C(COPh)CHO
^CO,
and may perhaps be applicable in other cases.
VII. Physical Properties of Dynamic Isomerides.
1. Crystallography. — In the majority of cases dynamic isomerides are
substances of different types, and do not form isomorphous mixtures,
though this does not prevent the inclusion in a crystal of small amounts
of a dynamic isomeride or the staining of a colourless crystal by a coloured
isomeride. Thus normal 7r-bromonitrocamphor is tetragonal and has
a : c=\ : 11 002, whilst the pseudo- form is orthorhombic and has a :b : c=
1 : 1*2159 : ? 5 Again, although both forms of n-benzoylcamphor crystal-
lise in the orthorhombic system the ketone has a : b : c=0'7375 : 1 : 10224,
but the enol has a : b : c— 0-9728 : 1 : 06550, and is hemihedral.
2. Crystallisation of Fused Dynamic Isomerides. 1 — In the absence of
1 Lowry, Trans. 1899, 75, 230.
2 Olaisen, Ann. 1896, 291, 25; W. Wislicenus, Ann. 1896, 291, 147; Knorr,
Ann. 1896, 293, 70; J. Wislicenus, Ber. 1897, 30, 639; Sitz. Sachs. Aliad.
March 1, 1897; Rabe, Ber. 1899, 32, 84.
3 Hantzsch and Schultze, Ber. 1896, 29,699,2251; Konowalow. ibid. p. 2193;
Holleman, Bee. Trav. Chim. 1895, 14, 121 ; 1896, 15, 356, 365 ; Forster, Trans. 1900,
77, 258.
4 Trans. Chem. Soc. 1901, 79, 997.
5 Lapworth aDd Kipping, Trans. 1896, 304-322. 6 Forster, loc. cit.
' The crystallisation of dynamic isomerides has been very fully discussed from
the standpoint of the phase rule by Bancroft (Jovrn. jjhys. Chem. 1898, 2, 143, 245),
by Roozeboom (Zeit. phijs. Chem. 1899, 28, 289) and by Findlay (Trans. 1904, 85,
403), but some modification of the theory is necessary in order to allow for the
f act that dynamic isomerism is only possible in a tri- or tetra-molecular system,
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM.
217
dimorphism the freezing-point curve for a mixture of two isomerides
A and B has the well-known V-shaped form shown in the figure. When
equilibrium exists between them the melt has a definite composition GF,
which does not vary much with the temperature. The form that separates
first on cooling is determined by the intersection of F G with C D E ; in the
figure this lies on the branch C D and the form A is the first to crystal-
lise. If crystallisation is slow or isomeric change rapid, the composition
of the liquid and the temperature will remain constant until the whole of
the substance has crystallised out in the form A. Slow cooling thus
brings about a complete isomeric change, whilst sudden chilling would
give a solid of the same composition as the liquid mixture G ; usually the
product will be intermediate in composition, but the exact proportions
will depend on the melting-points of the isomerides, the composition
of the liquid mixture, the velocity of isomeric change, and the rate of
COMPOS/ T/OAf
cooling. The temperature G at which one form is in stable equilibrium
with the liquid mixture is called the ' equilibrium temperature,' 1 and is
readily determined as the temperature at which the substance remelts
after fusion.
3. Fusion. Isomeric Change of Solids. Stability Limits. — Each iso-
meride has a characteristic melting-point which is independent of isomeric
change. The melting-point of the stable isomeride which separates first
on cooling the melt is necessarily above the • equilibrium temperature,'
whilst that of the labile isomeride may be either above or below this
temperature. In the case of fl- and ir-bromonitrocamphor the constants
are : —
1
132°
m.p. of normal 108°
m.p. of pseudo 142°
equilibrium temperature
124°
100°
the pseudo being the stable form in each case. When the melting-point
lies above the equilibrium temperature it can be observed by rapidly
heating a crystal and noting the temperature at which it fuses ; if heated
slowly the crystal may melt gradually at a temperature only just above
the equilibrium temperature, but in this case the fusion is a consequence
of isomeric change, and will take place more and more slowly as the
purity of the substance is increased. If the melting-point lies below the
equilibrium temperature the fused substance will (if sufficiently impure to
permit of isomeric change) soon solidify owing to the separation of crystals
i kowry, Trans, 1899, 75, 233,
218 . REPORT— 1904.
of the stable isomeride, which will again melt when the equilibrium tem-
perature is reached ; frequently the melting and resolidincation proceed
simultaneously, and only a slight sintering is observed in the neighbour-
hood of the melting-point.
Although in the liquid state each isomeride is equally labile when
alone, and equally stable when equilibrium is attained, in the solid state
only one isomeride can be stable at any given temperature, namely that
which has the least vapour pressure ; this is usually that which has the
highest melting-point, but the opposite case is not infrequently observed.
In the absence of a catalyst the labile isomeride may be preserved indefi-
nitely, and may even be fused without undergoing isomeric change, but
usually the change commences before the melting-point is reached, and
at a temperature depending on the amount of impurity present in the
crystals. This temperature Knorr has described as the stability limit, 1
but it cannot be regarded as a physical constant of the substance as
Knorr at first supposed, and his later work has shown that in the purified
material the stability limit becomes identical with the melting-point. 2
4. Dissolution. — Each isomeride has a true solubility which is inde-
pendent of isomeric change, and may be determined by measuring the
concentration of the solution obtained when the solid and solvent have
been in contact during a period of time sufficient for saturation, but
not long enough for isomeric change to produce any marked effect.
Ultimately, however, a condition is reached in which the solution contains
a stable mixture of the isomerides and is saturated with regard to
one of them. The apparent or ultimate solubility 3 is thus dependent on
the true solubility and the composition of the mixture in equilibrium.
The measurement of the initial and final solubility affords a method
of determining the composition of the mixture. Thus in the case of
/1-bromonitrocamphor the initial solubility at 10° C. is 2 grams per 100 c.c.
of benzene, and the final solubility 8 grams per 100 c.c. ; and it may,
therefore, be inferred that in the ultimate mixture the isomerides are
present in the ratio 1 : 3 approximately. 4 The method has the advantage
of being applicable even when only one of the isomerides can be isolated.
5. Crystallisation from Solutions. — The form that separates first on
evaporating or cooling a solution is that which has the smallest apparent
solubility. Usually it will be the major constituent of the mixture, but
the minor constituent may separate if its true solubility is small. Slow
crystallisation will then result in complete isomeric change, whilst rapid
crystallisation will yield a mixture from which the constituents can
sometimes be separated by picking out the crystals mechanically.
The order of solubility can sometimes be reversed by changing the
temperature or the solvent, or both, and in this way it may be possible
to isolate and purify more than one isomeride. Thus Dr. Whiteley has
shown ■' that the yellow hydroxylic modification of isonitrosomalonanilide
separates from chloroform or benzene, but the white pseudoxime from
ethyl acetate, methyl alcohol, ether, or acetic acid,
HO.N : C(CO.NHPh) 2 ^ f H \(YCO NHPM
(from hydrocarbons) «- ^_ /H ( -U.^±i±'n) 2
(from oxygenated solvents).
1 Ann. 1899, 306, 70 and 88.
2 Wislicenus, 'Ueber Tautomeric,' footnote, p. 225. 3 Lowry, Trans. 1899, 75,231.
< fcowry, Prvc, 1903, 19, 156, « Tram. 1903, 83, 34.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 219
Precisely similar changes are observed in the case of isonitroso-p-
chlorobenzyl cyanide,
7 NH
C1.C 6 H 4 .C(CN) : NOH -+ C1.C G H 4 .C(CN) ( | (?),
x O
which crystallises from alcohol or water in colourless needles, but passes
into a yellowish-green isomeride when kept or when crystallised from
petroleum. The sodium salt also exists in a colourless and a yellow form. 1
In a somewhat similar manner Tanret - by crystallising from alcohol
at a high temperature isolated a low-rotatory form of glucose isomeric
with that which separates at ordinary temperatures.
Piutti and Abati have recently prepared a white and a yellow
modification of p methoxyphenylphthalimide, 3 which they regard as
merely dimorphous ; but the difference in colour and the behaviour on
heating indicate that the two forms are probably dynamic isomerides, and
may be formulated as the symmetrical and unsymmetrical imide,
CO C TT
C 6 H 4 / \ N.C (i H 4 .OMe ^ CO ^ ,N > C : N.C b H 4 .OMe
(colourless) (yellow).
From boiling alcohol the yellow form separates, but the white form is
stable in contact with benzene at ordinary temperatures. In the case of
the reduced compound, ^-methoxyphenyltetrahydrophthalimide,
CO C -FT
C H 8 / \ N.C 6 H 4 .OMe Z CO / 8S > C : N.C G H 4 .OMe,
x co/ X)— /
the white form crystallises from all solvents below 70°, and the yellow
form above 70° ; and this appears to be a fairly definite transition
temperature.
Polymorphism. — If isomeric change is rapid the crystallisation of
dynamic isomerides obeys the same laws that govern the crystallisation
of polymorphous substances, and it becomes very difficult to distinguish
the two phenomena. In at least two important cases dynamic isomerides
have been first described as mere polymorphs, and it is probable that in
other cases the polymorphism is due to differences in molecular structure.
A rearrangement of the molecules in the crystal can scarcely produce any
marked alteration in colour, and a difference so striking as that between
yellow and red mercuric iodide must be associated with some difference in
molecular structure.
6. Physical Methods of Studying Dynamic Isomerism. Mutarotation. —
(1) In some cases it is possible to determine whether a liquid substance is
a single compound or a mixture of isomerides in equilibrium by calculating
the physical constants of the possible isomerides and noting whether the
substance gives a value agreeing with one of these or intermediate in
magnitude. Unfortunately the constants that can be calculated are few
in number, and do not vary much in isomeric compounds ; moreover, the
accumulation of negative groups gives rise to abnormally high optical
constants, and the observed values often lie right outside the calculated
1 Zimmerniann, J.pr. Chcm. 1902, ii. 66, 353.
2 C S B. 1895, 120, 1060. 3 Ber. 1903, 36, 1000.
220 report— 1904.
limits. Statical methods of this kind are, therefore, of little use in detect-
ing dynamic isomerism, and their chief value consists in the information
that they give as to the constitution that must be assigned to the domi-
nant form of the parent substance and to its isomeric derivatives. Thus
Briihl, 1 by measuring the molecular refraction and dispersion, has shown
that hydroxymethylene (formyl) camphor is mainly enolic, but its bromo-
derivative has the aldehydic constitution : —
.C : CH.OH /CBr.CHO
C 8 H, / | ->C 8 H M / |
x co x co
and, again, that ethyl camphocarboxylate is mainly ketonic, whilst its
acetyl- derivative is enolic. 2
/CH.CCEt /C.CO^Et
C 8 H, / | ^C 8 H 14 / I)
x CO x C.OAc
Perkin 3 has also made use of the magnetic rotatory power t a property
that has the advantage of being much more sensitive to changes
of structure ; thus, whilst the calculated molecular refractions of the
two forms of ethylic phenylformylacetate differ by less than 2 per
cent., the magnetic rotations of the two possible forms of ethyl
acetoacetate differ by 20 per cent. ; some of the results obtained by
this method have already been indicated (p. 203). (2) An analogous
method depends on the fact that the composition of the stable mixture
may be influenced to a very considerable extent by physical condi-
tions, and properties like the molecular refraction and the magnetic
rotation which are normally almost independent of temperature, solvent,
and concentration may vary widely when the material examined is
an isodynamic mixture. Such variations may indicate the existence of
dynamic isomerism, 4 though similar effects are produced by reversible
polymeric change and by association with the solvent. (3) A more
sensitive method of detecting dynamic isomerism consists in following the
physical changes which accompany isomeric change. In the case of a
pure liquid compound the physical properties reach a constant value as
soon as the temperature and other physical conditions are steady, but the
existence of a time-factor is a sure indication of chemical change. Thus,
when ethylic acetoacetate is distilled the proportions of the isomerides are
altered, and some hours elapse before the substance recovers its normal
density, 15 though the total change only amounts to - 0013 gram per c.c.
Since crystallisation normally results in the complete separation of one of
the isomerides a maximum amount of isomeric change is observed when
the crystals revert to the liquid state either by fusion or by dissolution.
Thus it is sometimes possible by repeated fusion to follow the gradual fall
in the melting-point as the homogeneous crystals revert to an equilibrium
mixture, but usually isomeric change is so rapid that a single fusion is
sufficient to bring about a condition of equilibrium. Dissolution has the
advantage that observations can be made at atmospheric temperatures,
and that isomeric change then proceeds much more slowly than in the
fused state, but the properties of the solute are often very seriously
1 Zeit.phys. Chem. 1900, 34, 31-61. 2 Ber. 1902, 35, 3510.
3 Tram. 1892. 61, 801. * Perkin, Briihl, he. cit.
s gchanm, Ber. 1898, 31, 1964.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 22 1
disguised by admixture with the solvent. Thus it would be almost
impossible to detect with certainty the slight change in density or refrac-
tive index which would result from a partial isomeric change in solution,
and the change in magnetic rotatory power, though still appreciable,
would be much smaller than in a fused substance. For this reason the
method of dissolution only gives the best results when the physical
property utilised has a zero value in the case of the solvent, and differs
considerably in the different isomerides. These conditions are fulfilled by
(1) conductivity, (2) optical rotation, (3) solubility, (4) colour.
The electrical conductivity has been used with remarkable success by
Hantzsch, 1 who has followed the gradual decrease of conductivity in
solutions of the pseudo-nitroparaffins and similar compounds, freshly
prepared by mixing a solution of the sodium, barium, or silver salt with
a mineral acid — e.g. : — •
+ :- — : + +- -! +
HCl + CH^.CH : NO., Na^Na C1 + CH 3 .CH : NO , H
+ ;'—
^Na;Cl + CH 3 .CH 2 .NO,.
Unfortunately the method is somewhat limited in its applicatiun, and
cannot readily be applied to substances that are insoluble in water, or are
only feeble electrolytes.
Perhaps the most generally applicable method is that which consists
in observing the mutarotation of freshly prepared solutions of optically
active bodies. The isomerides usually differ widely in rotatory power,
and observations can be made in any solvent and in fairly dilute solution.
The rapidity and accuracy with which measurements can be made render
it possible to detect changes involving only a small percentage of the
material or taking place so rapidly that equilibrium is reached in the
course of a few minutes, Moreover, the conditions are such that the
behaviour of highly purified materials can be successfully investigated.
The method has already been applied in a large number of typical cases,
and can be extended to nearly every type of isomeric change.
Hitherto the solubility has only been utilised in a limited number of
cases, 2 but the method, though more tedious and perhaps less accurate
than those just described, is even more widely applicable, and has the
unique advantage that it gives information as to the proportions of the
isomerides in solution, even when only one of these can be isolated.
The recent observations of Dobbie, Lauder, and Tinkler on the ultra-
violet absorption -spectra of cotarnine 3 show that colour may be made the
basis of a quantitative method, and the valuable results that have been
obtained justify the hope that the method will be applied in many other
cases.
7. Colour. — As a qualitative method the colour of dynamic isomerides
has proved most valuable in indicating the occurrence of isomeric change,
and it has the unique merit of rendering visible to the eye the progress of
isomeric change both in the solid and in the liquid state. Moreover,
since it has become possible to associate colour with definite types of
structure, and even roughly to predict the probable colour of a compound
having a given formula, it is often possible to determine, by means of the
colour, the constitutions that must be assigned to a series of solid
■o'
' Ber. 1896. 29, 699, 2256 ; 1899, 32, 607, 628, 641.
« Lowry, Proc. 1903, 19, 156; Proc. 1904, 20, 108. 3 Trans. 1903, 83, 598.
222 REPORT— 1904.
isomerides. Thus it is noteworthy that the earliest indication of the
possible existence of hydroxylic pseudonitro compounds was based upon
observations of colour-change, and the suggestion made by Armstrong
in 1892, 1 in order to account for the coloured salts of the nitrophenols,
has been abundantly justified by the subsequent investigations of Nef,
Hantzsch, and others. According to this view the colourless ethers
have formula? of the type EtO C G H 4 .NO.,, whilst the coloured salts are
formulated as O : C () H ( : N0 2 K ; in the liquid state the nitrophenols
themselves may exist in both forms,
HO.C (i H 4 .NO^O : C G H 4 : N0 2 H,
but the colourless needles of ^j-nitrophenol must be represented by the
first, and the quinone-like crystals of o-nitrophenol by the second
formula.
Again, of the compounds represented by the formula? —
(1) HO.C^.NO (2) : C,H 4 : N01I (3) O : C b H 4 < |
x O
the first should be blue or green like the o and y; ethers, MeO.C ( ,H, NO ;'-
the second should be red like the sodium salt, : C 6 Hi : NONa, or
yellow like the benzoyl- derivative O : C () H 4 : NOBz, whilst the third
should be colourless like the pseudoquinols. The substance produced by
the action of nitrous acid on phenol or of hydroxylamine on quinone
separates from ether in green flakes, and gives a green solution in water,
alcohol, oi' ether, which must contain at least a considerable proportion
of the nitroso- compound (1) ; the colourless needles which separate
from aqueous solution may be a dimolecular form of the nitroso-
compound (p. 224), but must otherwise be represented by the third
formula.
The difference in colour between the yellow hydroximes and the
colourless pseudoximes, observed by Dr. Whiteley in the derivatives of
isonitrosomalonamide, has already been referred to ; a similar explanation
may be given of the colour- changes observed in violuric acid and its
salts (Hantzsch and Isherwood),
/NH.CCX /NH.CO. y NH
co< >c : noh £ co< >c< |
Nnh.co/ x nh.co/ x O
and in ethylic isonitrosocyanacetate and its salts 3
NH
HON : C(CN).C0 2 Et Z I >C(CN).CO.,Et ;
O — /
in each case, however, the authors regard the coloured compounds as
— C— O
containing the group though this group would scarcely be
— Q— N.OH,
likely to give rise to colour.
8. Absorption Spectra. — Whilst valuable results are obtained by
merely noting the colour of dynamic isomerides, data of much greater
1 Proc. Chum. Soc. 8, 101. 2 Baeyer and Knorr, Bcr, 1902, 35, 3034.
3 Muller, Bull. Soc. Cham. 1902, iii. 27, 1019.
ON DYNAMIC ISOMERISM. 223
value are afforded by a detailed study of their absorption spectra.
Attention has already been called to the observations of Hartley and of
Dobbie and Lauder, but further reference must be made to the recent
work of Baly and Desch. 1 These authors have shown that neither of the
ethyl- derivatives of ethyl acetoacetate give absorption bands, and con-
clude that the absorption of light by ethyl acetoacetate depends directly on
the occurrence of oscillatory isomeric change. They even suggest that the
intensity of the absorption band is a direct indication of the rate at which
the reversible isomeric change is proceeding. This theory of the origin
of colour is in accord with the fact that nearly all coloured substances
can be represented by two formulae, and that colour is most frequent
amongst aromatic compounds in which a migration of the linkages is of
frequent occurrence. If this view should be confirmed by subsequent
observations it would form a most important application of the theory of
dynamic isomerism.
9. Luminosity. — Whilst colour may perhaps depend only on the
selective absorption of light-energy by certain groups of atoms, many of
the phenomena of luminosity appear to be directly due to the inter-
conversion of dynamic isomerides. 2
The simplest of these is the flash of light that is sometimes observed
when a crystal is crushed or powdered, and which in organic compounds
is usually associated with one of the structures that give rise to dynamic
isomerism. Thus saccharine and menthylphenylformylacetate, which
give an exceedingly brilliant flash, 3 are normally ketonic compounds,
though their solutions may contain a trace of the labile enolic isomeride
/CO / C0H V
C b H / >NH t- C eH 4 < > T
\so./ x so 2 /
CHO.CHPh.C0 2 E Z HO.CH : CPh.C0 2 R.
During rapid crystallisation a small amount of the enolic form may
be entangled in the crystals, and the flash of light appears to be due to
the energy liberated when the labile form undergoes isomeric change at
the moment of crashing.
Fluorescence appears to be a modification of this phenomenon in which
the labile isomeride is continuously reproduced by the action of ultra-
violet light, and phosphorescence may be regarded as fluorescence
taking place in a viscous medium which will only permit a gradual rever-
sion to the stable form. The relationship between fluorescence and
dynamic isomerism has been discussed by Hewitt, 4 and the nature of
phosphorescence may be illustrated by reference to the ketones, which
become brilliantly phosphorescent after exposure to ultra-violet light at
low temperatures (Dewar), probably owing to the liberation on warming
of energy stored up at low temperatures in the labile enolic form.
VIII. Reversible Polymeric Change.
Reversible polymeric changes obey nearly all the laws that govern
reversible isomeric change, and give rise to phenomena similar to those
that have been described in the preceding sections. But whilst reversible
1 Trans. 1904, 85, 1029.
2 Armstrong and Lowry, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1903, 72, 258.
3 Pope, Trans. 1895, 67, 985 ; Lapworth, Trans. 1902, 81. 1195.
* Proc. Clicm. Soc. 1900, 16, 3; Zeit.phys. Ckem. 1900, 34, 1.
224 report— 1904.
isomeric changes are limited to a comparatively small group of substances,
reversible polymeric changes occur very frequently, not only in complex
organic compounds, but also in the simplest inorganic substances, includ-
ing even the elements. Perhaps the most notable difference consists in
the fact that equilibrium is largely influenced, and indeed mainly deter-
mined, by the temperature and pressure, conditions which produce only
small changes in the equilibrium between dynamic isomerides.
In most cases equilibrium is attained almost instantaneously. The
properties of freshly melted ice are perfectly normal, and the depolymeri-
sation of N 2 4 is so rapid that it is not possible to detect any time-factor.
Amongst organic compounds, however, gradual changes have occasionally
been noticed. Formaldehyde shows a slow decrease of molecular weight
in freshly diluted solutions, 1 and freshly diluted or freshly cooled solutions
of gelatine only slowly assume their normal viscosity. The most striking
examples of gradual changes of this type are to be found amongst the
organic nitroso- compounds which exist in a blue or green monomolecular
and a colourless dimolecular form. 2 In the case of nitrosobutanc,
CMe. 3 NO, Bamberger and Seligman 3 have plotted a complete curve
showing the gradual depolyinerisation in a solution in benzene at the
freezing-point ; equilibrium is reached in four hours, and the decrease of
molecular weight proceeds simultaneously with the development of the
blue colour.
There is reason to believe, however, that under favourable conditions
gradual association and dissociation are not infrequent amongst simple
inorganic compounds. Only in this way can the remarkable facts
be explained that have been noted by many observers in studying the
critical phenomena of gases, and to which attention has recently been
called by Traube. 4 Thus, when liquid carbon dioxide is heated above its
critical temperature, the upper and lower layers of gas, though easily
miscible, remain distinct for a considerable period of time, and only
gradually diffuse into one another. Under apparently identical conditions
the density of the gas may vary in the ratio of 1 : 2-16. So also when the
gas is cooled from above its critical temperature, neither the liquid nor
the vapour has at first its normal density ; the meniscus is gradually dis-
placed through several centimetres, equilibrium being attained only
after a week has elapsed. Traube explains these results by assuming the
existence of ' gasogenic ' and ' liquidogenic ' molecules, but the variation
of physical properties with time, to which reference has been so frequently
made in the preceding pages, affords clear evidence of the occurrence of
chemical change, and it can scarcely be doubted that the phenomena, if
not due to inequalities of temperature or pressure, afford indications of a
reversible polymeric change similar in character to, but slower than,
those which take place so rapidly in the case of water and of nitrogen
peroxide.
1 Inaug. Diss. Rostoch, Eschweiler ; Abstr. 1890, 954.
» Meyer, Ber. 1888, 21, 507; 1896, 29, 94; Thiele, Abstr. 1894, i. 217; Daeyer,
Abstr. 1894, i. 252; Piloty, Ber. 1898, 81, 218, 221, 452, 457, 1878; 1902, 35, 3113;
1903, 36, 1297; Schmidt, Ber. 1903, 36, 1765; Bamberger and Rising:, Ber. 1901,
34, 3877. 8
3 Ber. 1903, 36, 689. * Aim. d. Physih, 1902, 8, 2, 267.
MOVEMENTS OF UNDERGROUND WATERS OF NORTH-WEST YORKSHIRE. 225
The Movements of Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. —
Fifth Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor W. W.
Watts (Chairman), Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse (Secretary), Pro-
fessor A. Smithells, Rev. E. Jones, Mr. Walter Morrison,
Mr. George Bray, Rev. W. Lower Carter, Mr. T. Fairley,
Professor P. F. Kendall, and Dr. J. E. Marr.
The Committee are carrying on the work in conjunction with a committee
of the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society.
It will be remembered that at the Southport meeting the Committee
reported that the work of tracing the streams sinking on the slopes of the
Ingleboro' massif was complete, with the exception of a few small streams.
These have now been traced, and the work of the Committee is there-
fore completed, with the exception of the boreholes at Turn Dub men-
tioned below.
The work done during the current year consists of tracing the fol-
lowing streams by means of fluorescein.
East Side of Ingleboro'.
1. The stream sinking at P 14, L near the shooting-box on the Allot-
ment, which had been unsuccessfully tested on several previous occasions,
was found to issue at Austwick Beck Head (S 28).
2. A small stream to the north of last, sinking at P 18, passes by
P 19, where the fluorescein was visible, to S 40, there joining the water
from P 25 and P 26, previously tested.
3. The small stream sinking at the ' Washfold ' (P 52) on Park Fell
was found to communicate with the channel from Alum Pot to Footnaws
Hole (S 65), where the water was strongly coloured three days after the
fluorescein was introduced at P 52. Footnaws Hole, as has been pre-
viously shown, discharges in normal weather at Turn Dub (S 67).
West Side of Ingleboro'.
4. P 93. The water from a group of small streams near Douk Cave
on Fen wick Lot, Souther Scales Fell, flows underground along the direc -
tion of the master joints in the limestone, and issues at S 106a, a small
spring below Eller Keld.
5. The water from P 97 and P 98 on Souther Scales Fell flows to a
small spring and cave known as Far Douk, but not marked on the 6 -inch
Ordnance Map, P 95a, and then again goes underground to join the
river, somewhere on its underground course from Weathercote Cave to
God's Bridge.
6. P 101 and P 102 on Black Shiver Moss receive the waters of two
small streams, the flow being to the lower end of Mere Gill Hole, where
it joins the waters of Mere Gill, and again goes underground. The further
course of this stream has been described in a previous report.
7. P 102a on the eastern edge of Lead Mines Moss, not marked on
the 6-inch map, receives a small stream in wet weather only.
This, on being tested with fluorescein, was found to communicate with
S 116 near the ' Engine Sheds' at the Ingleton Granite Quarries.
1 The letters and numbers refer to maps published in the previous reports of the
Committee.
1 904. o
226 report— 1904.
A number of boreholes have been put down in the neighbourhood of
Turn Dub (see previous reports), the result being that a thickness of from
7 to 8 feet of boulder clay has been proved below the present river-bed.
This, it is considered, is sufficient to account for the passage of the
underground water below the surface stream.
The boreholes are still in progress, and the Committee therefore
seek reappointment, with permission to retain the unexpended balance.
A full account of the work of the Committee will be published in the
Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society.
Life-zones in the British Carboniferous Bocks. — Report of the Com-
mittee, consisting of Dr. J. E. Marr (Chairman), Dr. Wheelton
Hind (Secretary), Mr. F. A. Bather, Mr. G. C. Crick, Dr.
A. H. Foobd, Mr. H. Fox, Professor E. J. Garwood, Dr. G. J.
Hinde, Professor P. F. Kendall, Mr. R. Kidston, Mr. G. W.
Lamplugh, Professor G. A. Lebour, Mr. B. N. Peach, Mr. J. T.
Stobbs, Mr. A. Strahan, and Dr. H. Woodward. (Drawn up
by the Secretary.)
The Secretary once again regrets that he has received no reports from the
large majority of the members of the Committee.
Work has been done by Mr. J. T. Stobbs in three districts. He has
again generously given his time, and therefore the grant is only debited
with travelling and out-of-pocket expenses.
Tt was found impossible owing to mining difficulties to work the
marine band which occurs in the North Staffordshire Coalfield below the
Gin Mine coal. But for the sum of a few shillings a trench was dug across
the strike and the beds were exposed in succession. The marine band
was exposed and some few fossils were collected, but the bed was much
weathered by proximity to the surface, and it was found inadvisable on
this account to make any prolonged search for fossils. However, the
position of the marine band with regard to the Gin Mine coal, a subject
on which in the course of years a curious error had arisen, was definitely
settled. Sections and a list of fossils obtained are given in Mr. Stobbs's
report.
As excavations for waterworks were being carried on in the Valley
of the Derwent Mr. Stobbs went there to examine the cuttings in the
Pendleside Series, the upper portion of which was then exposed. A
detailed report follows.
It was also thought good to examine the northern boundary of the
South Wales Coalfield, and as far as possible to collect from the small
coal workings, confined to single seams. In the recent resurvey of the
South Wales Coalfield palaeontology does not seem to have had the
attention paid to it which it deserves. The grant therefore has only been
partially used, and the Committee ask that the balance may be retained
for future work.
Personally, while collecting in the Carboniferous district of the
Midlands, the Secretary has been examining the Devonian Carboniferous
succession in the south-west of Ireland and North Devon, the results of
which are expressed in a paper published in the ' Geological Magazine ' for
August 1904.
It is well known that the Carboniferous Limestone in South-west
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. 227
Ireland gradually dies away south-west of Cork, and in the succession at
Old Head of Kinsale, and from that point westward no Limestone
whatever occurs, but instead there is a thick mass of Grits and Slates,
which have been called Lower Limestone Slates and Coomhola Grits.
It is also known that the passage up from the Devonian Grits to
Coomhola Grits is unbroken, and that the one series has no top and the
other has no base. The Coomhola Grits are, however, fossiliferous and
contain shells referred to Ptychopteria Damnonensis, Gucullcea uni-
lateralism species which occur in the Pilton and Marwood series of Devon-
shire. These beds are always classed as Upper Devonian in England, and
therefore it would be well for the same line to be drawn in Ireland. The
whole fauna from the Coomhola Grits should be re-examined, because I
think it probable that trilobites and other species have been referred to
Carboniferous forms on the supposition that the Coomhola beds were
Carboniferous. The Coomhola Grits ai*e overlaid by the Lower Carboni-
ferous Slate, part of which is indeed of Carboniferous age, because it
contains Posidonomya Becheri. Here then is a point of great interest.
Beds with a Marwood and Pilton fauna are overlaid by grey shales and
then by black with P. Becheri ; and in North Devon the Pilton beds are
succeeded by the Lower Culm with P. Becheri in abundance in the Venn
Limestones. In both districts the Devonian Carboniferous succession,
apparently unbroken and conformable, is from Marwood and Pilton beds
to Pendleside Series, the Carboniferous Limestone being absent in each
locality ; and if there is no unconformity it follows that the Carboni-
ferous Limestone was never laid down in the North Devon, Cork, and
Kerry latitude.
Jukes considered that the Carboniferous Slate of South-west Ireland
was contemporaneous with the Carboniferous Limestone, and his views
are given at length, pp. 33-37 of the ' Memoir of the Geological Survey '
(Ireland), Explanations of Sheets 187, 195, 196 of the maps. He
visited North Devon and says : ' I saw that both lithologically and
palajontologically, bed for bed, and fossil for fossil, the Braunton and
Piltown rocks of Devon were identical with the Carboniferous slate of
Cork. The Marwood sandstones and the grey grits below them that
form Baggypoint were obviously the same as our Coomhola Grits, and the
red and green rocks that rise up from beneath those rocks in Morte Bay
are exactly similar to the Upper Old Red Sandstone of large parts of the
west of County Cork.
'But the Coal Measures ' (by which I suppose he means the Culm, and
I would that all subsequent geologists had recognised the Coal Measure
horizon of these beds) ' of Devon rest on the Carboniferous slate without
intervention of any Carboniferous Limestone in its ordinary form, often
without any appearance of limestone at all.' But he carries his argu-
ment too far, for he goes on to say : ' If, however, we have Coal Measures
above and Old Red Sandstone below, the rocks between them must be of
the age of the Carboniferous Limestone.'
The Lower Culm is, I am convinced, of later age than the Carboniferous
Limestone, and is the homotaxial equivalent of the Pendleside series.
How comes it, therefore, that the Coomhola Grits and the grey portion of
the so-called Lower Carboniferous Slate are mapped as Carboniferous
instead of Upper Devonian 1
The view advanced by Jukes, that the Carboniferous Slate is con-
temporaneous with the Carboniferous Limestone, is probably correct, the
Q2
228
REPORT — 1904.
slate consisting of two portions — the lower grey or Upper Devonian,
the upper black or Pendleside or Upper Carboniferous. There is no
evidence of an overlap, but it must be remembered that the rocks of
South-west Cork are nearly vertical, and have been much moved, and I
believe the Upper or Posidonomya beds and part of the Carboniferous
Limestone is a synclinal with the limbs absolutely in contact, so that the
beds in the centre are doubled on themselves.
During last winter Mr. J. G. Hamling, F.G.S., of Barnstaple, kindly
sent me for examination a large suite of fossils collected from the Coddon
Hill beds of the Lower Culm. These so interested me that I felt it neces-
sary to visit the locality, which I did under his skilled guidance. The
Lower Culm of North Devon consists of two series of rocks, neither of
them apparently very thick, but much folded and repeated. The Coddon
Hill beds are thin laminated, white or fawn-coloured silicious beds, with
the following fauna : —
Trilobites —
*Phillipsia polleni ? .
,, spatulata ....
Pro'etus coddenensis ....
. H. Woodward
. H. Woodward
. H. Woodward
*Palceaeis kviirilis ....
. Hinde.
Pleurodictyum declianianum
Petrcea, cf . P. piauciradialis
*Productu$ plicatus ....
*Chonetes laguessiana ....
. Kayser.
. Phill., sp.
. Sarres.
. de Kon.
* Ortholetes crenestria ....
. Phill, sp.
*Athyris ambigva.
* Prolecanites comp>ressus
* ,, mixololus
. Sow., sp.
. Phill., sp.
*Pterycyelus sp.
* 1 Stroboceras sulcatus
. Phill., sp.
* ? Nomismoceras gpirorbis.
Ji 11
* Cheenocardiola footii ....
. Baily, sp.
Radiolarians.
Orinoid stems.
Those species marked with an asterisk (*) occur in the lower part of
the Pendleside series.
The other beds of the Lower Culm are the Venn Limestones, a "series
of black carbonaceous limestones, with
Posidonomya becheri, Low.
Pseudamusium Jibrillosum, Salter, sp.
Glyphioceras spirale, Phill., sp.
Glyphioceras crenistria, Phill., sp.
,, sphcericwm, Phill., sp.
Ortkoceras sp.
It is a point of difference amongst writers on the Culm as to whether
the Posidonomya limestones are above or below the Coddon Hill beds.
I believe for stratigraphical reasons that the Coddon Hill beds are at the
base and the Venn Limestones succeed them, and also because the
Palreontological succession in Derbyshire has beds with Prolecanites
compressus at the base and Posidonomya Becheri immediately above
them. In my paper in the ' Geological Magazine,' op. supra cit., I have
gone into the stratigraphical question in detail.
Immediately overlying the Posidonomya beds, if I am correct, are a
series of Middle Culm grits, with occasional vegetable remains, what I
consider to be the homotaxial equivalents of the Millstone Grit, because
they are intercalated between beds with Prolecanites compressus and
Posidonomya Becheri and the series of clays and shales which are well
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. 229
seen at Instow, where in a bed of calcareous bullions the following
fossils occur : —
Gastrioceras listeri, Mart., sp. Pterinopecten papyraceus, Sow., sp.
„ carbonarium, v. Buch. Posidouiella Icevis, Brown., sp.
Dimorphoceras gilbertsoni, Phill. Cwlacanthus elegam, Newb.
Orthoceras sp. ElonicJithys aitkeni, Traq.
The fauna is one which I regard as characteristic of the marine part
of the Gannister Series of the Lower Coal Measures.
The beds above the Instow series have a wonderfully familiar appear-
ance to one acquainted with the Coal Measures, and I am glad to say
that Mr. E. Newell Arber has read a paper at the Royal Society which
conclusively proves from the flora contained in them that the Culm-
bearing series round Bideford is of Middle Coal Measure age.
This is borne out by the occurrence of Carbonicola acuta at Roberts
quarry, near Bideford, immediately above a rich plant bed, with well-
preserved Middle Coal Measure ferns. It must remain at present an
open question whether the Carboniferous Limestone is represented in the
Culm series by a few feet of calcareous shales and a band or two of
limestone, which is seen on the foreshore near Fremington Station. The
limestone also being exposed at Fremington Pill Quarry is open to
question. The shales on the foreshore contain species of Brachiopoda,
which are common to the Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous.
There are, therefore, four life-zones in the Culm —
Zone of Carbonicola acuta and Zone of Posidonomya becheH.
Middle Coal Measure plants. „ Prolecanites compressus.
Zone of Gastrioceras listeri and
G. carbonarium.
which definitely fix the age of the Culm of North Devon.
This fossil evidence is of importance from an economic view, for it
definitely shows that the beds of Culm are the representatives of the
coal seams, and that any occurrence of coal in Devonshire is altogether
improbable.
The line of strike of the Mendip anticlinal and the Coddon Hill
series have a similar relation to each other that the Carboniferous Lime-
stone of Cork and Killarney has to the Devonian Carboniferous succession
of the Old Head of Kinsale and Coomhola, and the absence of Carboniferous
Limestone south of a fairly definite line is noticed in Devonshire and
South-west Cork and Kerry. This condition of things points to a
similarity of physical causes in both areas.
An important paper by Mr. Vaughan, F.G.S., ' On the Pala?ontological
Sequence of the Carboniferous Limestone of the Bristol Area,' was read
before the Geological Society in June. The paper is not yet published,
and I hesitate to criticise it ; but in any Carboniferous area with which
I am acquainted the fossils chosen by Mr. Vaughan as denoting zones
and sub-zones — with one exception, that of Modiola lata, a variety
probably of M. macadami — all occur together at several horizons.
To quote 3. — Productus semireticidatus, P. cora, Schizophoria
resujrinata, and Sjnriferina octojMcata occur practically at all horizons in
the same beds.
It is, however, a subject of congratulation that work is being com-
menced on palasontological lines in the Bristol and Mendip area.
The zonary divisions established by Mr. Vaughan are given in the
following table. (This is the form in which these divisions are finally set
out after emendation and further revision of a preliminary working system.)
230
REPORT — 1904.
Zones
Sub-zones and Horizons
DlBUNOPHYLLUM
** Seminula
f (D 2 ) Lonsdaleia fioriformis.
\ (D,) Dibunophyllum cylindricum .
(S 2 ) Prodnctus cora (mut.).
(SO Product lis semireticulat'its.x
< Zapheentis
1— I
GO
o
I
p
o
H Cleistopora
MODIOLA
(C) Syringoihyris, sp. nov.
\/
7
/\
(Z 2 ) Schizophoria resupinata.
(Z,) Spirifer atf. clathratus.
\/
/\
I (K„) Spiriferi/ta octoplicata.
{ (KJ Prodnctus, sp. nov.
(M) Modiola lata.
(Caninia-
Zone.) '
For example : Procluctus Cora, P. semireticulatus, and Schizophoria
resupinata range as high as the upper 300 feet of the Pendleside Series
in Cheshire. The first two fossils occur in the Calciferous Sandstone
Series of Fife, P. Cora in the Ardens limestone, and P. semireticulatus
and Schizophoria resupinata all through the Calciferous Sandstone Series.
All three of these fossils occur throughout the Yoredale Series of Wens-
leydale.
Spiriferina octoplicata is found with all the above species at Castleton
and Park Hill, Derbyshire, in the upper beds of the series, and in Fife
is found throughout the Carboniferous Limestone Series and as low down
as the encrinite bed in the Calciferous Limestone Series.
Lonsdale ia fioriformis is not found in the upper beds of the limestone
in Derbyshire, but in the main or great limestone of Weardale occurs
with the three forms of Brachiopoda mentioned above.
Dibunophyllum cylindricum occurs in the Lower Limestone Series of
the West of Scotland with Lonsdaleia fioriformis, and also some way
down in the Lpper Limestone Series of the North-west of Irebind. It
will be a curious anomaly if the distribution of the species in the isolated
patch of Bristol and the Mendips is totally different from that which
obtains in all other districts of Great Britain.
Up to the present I have looked in vain for any species of organism
which denotes a definite Horizon in the Carboniferous Limestone Series of
Great Britain.
It must be noted that in Belgium the Visean is characterised by the
presence of Prodnctus giganteus, a shell absent in the Tournaisian.
1 Employed throughout the preliminary working system.
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS.
231
In the Midlands and Scotland P. giganteus occurs throughout the whole
of the Carboniferous Limestone Series, which makes it doubtful whether
there is any representative of the Tournai Limestone there.
In a paper published in the 'Geological Magazine,' December 4,
vol. v. p. 61, I referred to the anomalies of distribution throughout the
Carboniferous deposits of Europe of the various species of Brachiopoda
which have been stated to denote various horizons in Belgium and Russia.
Owing to the deep trenching, necessary for the construction of a
reservoir by the Derwent Valley Water Board in N. Derbyshire, an
unusual opportunity was presented of examining the upper portion of the
Pendleside Series, which consists mainly of dark laminated shales and
thin sandstones.
By the favour of Mr. E. Sandeman, M.Inst.C.E., we were enabled to
inspect the sections and the material which was being excavated on a
large scale, and to collect therefrom.
The lower trench, where the work of excavation was mostly proceed-
ing at the time, cuts at right angles the bottom of the valley of the
river Derwent, a little to the south of Hollinclough Farm, and the
following section was exposed at this point : —
Fig. 1.
ft. in.
t. Shales
2. Grit
3. Shales, with five thin grit bands
4. Grit
5. Shales
tj. Grit
7. Shale
8. Grit
9. Shale
10. Grit
11. Shale
12. Grit
13. Shale
7
2 9
i G
5
2 9
7
i
1 3
3
3
232
14. Grit
15. Shales
REPORT — 1904.
16. Grit, with large calcareous bullions
17. Shale, with large calcareous bullions
18. Grit ......
19. Micaceous shales .
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
Grit
Compact shale
Argillaceous sandstone
Shale
Grit
Compact shale
Thinly bedded grit
Micaceous shale
Grit
Shale
Thinly bedded grit
Shale
Grit
Shale
Grit
Shales with lenticles of grit
Grit ....
Shale with thin pipes of coal
36,
37,
38
39.
40. Grit
Grit
Shale
41. Shale
42. Grit in three beds .
43. Micaceous shale
44. Grit
45. Micaceous shale
46. Grit
47. Shale
48. Grit
49. Shale with nodules
^Sr*^
-apee-J
7V-';..>;c7£.V£;\£
ft. in.
6
1
9
1
4 6
1
7
6
1 8
1 3
1 6
8
10
4
2
6
1 10
I
1 7
I
1 10
10
1 3
5
7
1 4
1 9
6 9
2 6
2 4
10
9
10
1
Base not seen.
LIFE-ZONES IK THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. 233
The bed ' 15. Shales ' was highly fossil if erous, yielding the following
forms : —
Orthoccras sp. Pterinopecten papyraceus, Calamites sp.
Goniatites, indeterminable species of. Posidoniella leevis (large).
Resting on '18. Grit' were numerous large ellipsoidal calcareous
bullions, some of which measured 2 ft. 6in. and 1 ft. 6 in. along their major
and minor axes respectively. As a rule the bullions contained numerous
goniatites, and in one of them was found a fine specimen of Acroleins
Hopkinsi.
In ' 17. Shales ' Posidoniella leevis and Glyphioceras reticulatum were
fairly abundant.
From ' 21. Shales ' Glyphioceras reticulatum was collected.
' 25. Compact shale ' contained large Pterinopecten papyraceus and
Posidoniella leevis in great numbers.
' 27. Micaceous shale ' contained Pterinopecten papyraceus, Posidoniella
leevis, Orthoceras sp., and Goniatites of indeterminable species.
In the middle of ' 29. Shale' was a layer containing Pterinopecten
papyraceus.
' 33. Shale ' contained Glyphioceras reticulatum.
' 35. Shales with lenticles of grit ' were very fossiliferous ; Posidoniella
leevis, Pterinopecten papyraceus, Glyphioceras reticulatum, and Goniatite
sp. were collected.
'41. Shale' contained Calamites sp.
' 43. Micaceous shale ' contained fragmentary plant remains.
The upper trench had been similarly cut across R. Derwent, a short
distance above the Abbey Farm, in measures higher in the series, where
the shales were thinner and the grits were thicker and formed an
increasing proportion of the strata.
The succession revealed by these two trenches corresponds with the
shales and sandstones towards the base of the eastern scarp of Mam Tor,
near Castleton, Derbyshire.
The difficulty in getting continuous sections of Pendleside shales,
owing to their disturbed character and to the fact that they are commonly
exposed at the bottom of valleys, has been frequently observed. Some
light was thrown on the subject by the position of the beds in these
trenches. Figs. 2 and 3 show the relation of these disturbances to the
valley and hills, as seen in the lower trench, the same general features of
which were to be observed in the upper trench also.
The distance between the two trenches, measured in a straight line, is
about 1| mile, and the strata forming the bed of the river are thrown
into an anticlinal fold with subsidiary wrinklings in both instances.
These foldings are shown in fig. 3 to be confined to the strata near the
surface, which consist of the softer and more incoherent shales, whilst the
hard and thick grit (No. 42 in fig. 1) may be observed to have resisted
the crush movement and forms a fairly level floor to the excavation.
An examination of the ground renders improbable the idea that both
the trenches intersect the same anticline, and remembering that both
sections occur at the bottom of deep and narrow valleys one is forced to
regard the ' wrinkle ' and the valley itself as being related in some way
as cause and effect. There can be no doubt that considerable ' side-
thrust ' would result from the weight of these hills, which naturally would
make itself felt most on those beds forming the bottom of the valley,
234
REPORT — 190-4.
which would, if insufficiently rigid, be crushed and crumpled, and thus
prepared for rapid erosion by the stream or river. So that whilst in the
Fig. 2.
w
N9 4-2 Orit.(Fi4j, I.)
Scales : Horizontal, 12 inches per mile.
Vertical, 400 feet per inch.
early stages the incipient valley induced the side-thrust of the hills, and
the consequent ' crushing ' of the measures in the way indicated, the latter
Fig. 3.
'V°42~^P7
f * l : 9'J'i£ L ■ . '"/ "■'•'■-; ; '/^ : >':': ; '"" :r '^'v : -■■"■■' ■•' : ' -. : '■■ '■"■ ' ■ &nc
has undoubtedly reacted by powerfully promoting the deepening of the
valley.
Fig. 4.
Ne.tcUba.nk Pic
vet
Scale : 2 chains per inch.
In the North Staffordshire Coalfield it was deemed desirable to find
the outcrop of a rich marine bed known to exist about the horizon of the
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. 235
Gin Mine Coal. Permission to cut a trench for this purpose on their
estate near Smallthorne was kindly given by Messrs. R. Heath & Co., to
whom we are under great obligation. Our thanks are also due to Mr.
W. Lockett for assistance and advice.
The horizon was reached and its relation to the coal seam, and also its
succession of life-forms, exactly made out. This was of great importance,
since our previous conceptions required inversion. It was rather dis-
appointing, however, to find the richest part of the horizon, consisting of a
very impure and earthy limestone, to be so decomposed on the hillside,
where we were working, that the fossils were incapable of preservation,
and often of identification. So that the proposal to work the bed on a
larger scale at this point was abandoned. The general section is shown
in fig. 4, and the following is the succession of the measures constituting
the ' marine bed,' together with the fossils restricted to each stratum, so
far as could be ascertained, viz. —
ft. in.
(1) Dark shale 6
(2) Impure limestone 2 9
(3) Dark shale 7 9
(1) contains —
Lvngula mytiloides, Piscina, nitida.
(2) contains — -
Productus scmireticulatus, Athyris ambigua, Chonetes Lagucssiana, iXucula
gibbosa, Ephippioceras costatwm, Haphistoma junior, Pleuronautilus armatus, Pleuro-
nautilus n. sp. (with tubercles).
(3) (upper layer) contains —
Archeocidaris ZIrei, crinoid ossicles, Loxonema sp., Turbonellina, cf. T.formosa,
Orthoceras pygmceus, Pseudamusium fibrillosum, Nuculana acuta, Ctenudonta
laviroitris.
At base : —
Pterinopecten papyraceus, Posidoniella sulcata.
In South Wales collecting was done on the northern outcrop of the
Carboniferous rocks, and the opportunity was taken of examining the
1 patchworks ' of the Coal Measures in that district. There is no doubt
that great discrimination and experience are required in collecting from
'patchworks,' and serious errors have arisen in the past from the work of
spoil-heap collectors. This is the more to be regretted, since in no other
circumstances do we find such a quantity of material available for search
and inspection.
Owing to the personal uncertainty as to the name of the coal seam
from whose associated measures the fossils have been derived the position
of the ' patch ' where they were found will be given in terms of latitude
and longitude picked off the 1-inch Ordnance maps, so that the localities may
be of assistance to other workers. The horizons will be taken in descending
order.
A few feet below the outcrop of the Soap-vein on the patchworks,
236 report— 1904.
west of Rhymney (51° 45' 35" N., 3° 18' 5" W.), there is a thin clayband
ironstone which contains in great abundance —
? Scaldia minvta or Estheria. Naiadites ?
This band should form a good index-bed.
Lower down on the same patchworks, near the horizon of the Elled
Coal, south of Brynpwllog (51° 45' 45" N., 3° 18' 0" W.) were found :—
Anthracomya modiolaris (common). Carbonicola acuta.
From the roof of the Ras Las Coal, No. 2 Pit, Fochrhiw, the following
were obtained : —
Carbonicola aquilina (common" 1 . Naiadites modiolaris.
Naiadites carinata „
From the patchwork near Dowlais (51° 45' 35" N., 3° 20' 15" W.), at
the horizon of the 9-foot coal, the following were collected : —
Anthracomya modiolaris. JVaiadites carinata (common).
Carbonicola aquilina (common).
The Ras Las Coal has been regarded as identical with the 9-foot coal,
and the above lists support this correlation.
At a level near Hirwaun (51° 45' 5" N., 3° 31' 5" W.), about the horizon
of the Cnapiog Coal, fine specimens of Carbonicola robusta were abundant.
In the roof -shale of a thin coal (4 inches thick) which occurs above the
grit overlying the engine coal, where it outcrops south of Clydach Colliery,
the following plant remains were found : —
In an exposure of black shales in the W. bank of R. Rhymney, a few
yards north of Blaen Rhymney, were found —
A nthracomya pumila. Beyrichia arcuata.
Carbonicola acuta (numerous). Coelacanthus lepturus.
Naiadites modiolaris.
These black shales are in the so-called Millstone Grit Series.
In dark shales in the same series of rocks a horizon, about 15 inches
thick, is exposed in the banks of the stream S. of Garth (51° 46' 15" N.,
3° 20' 65" W.), and contains—
Carbonicola acuta (abundant). Carbonia sp.
A little higher in the series and farther up the stream to the east, in
dark shales, about 2 feet thick, the following list was obtained : —
Solenomya primaeva. Edmondia sp.
Ctenodonta laevirostris. Lingula mytiloides.
Nucula aequalis.
Higher again in the series, near Pitwellt Pond (51° 46' 45" N.,
3° 20' 30" W.), another marine bed was seen, yielding —
Lingula mytiloides. Posidoniella laevis.
Quarries opposite Clydach on S. side of R. Clydach showed the follow-
ing sequence in the Carboniferous Limestone . —
1. Blue limestone in thick beds, with thin black shales intervening.
2. Purple and green marl with calcareous nodules, 15 feet thick.
3. White limestone, oolitic and very pure.
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. 237
In the upper blue limestone, which is only used for road metal, the
following were collected : —
Produotus hemispherious. Lithostrotion aranam.
„ semireticulatus. ,, sp.
Feacstella sp.
In the intervening black shales were obtained —
Leioptcria lunulata. Athyris ambigua.
Produotus margaritaceus.
At a quarry at Blackrocks, in an oolitic portion of the limestone, is a
grit bed containing —
Athyris snbtilita (abundant). Lithostrotion aranaea.
„ ambigua.
In some of the very thin black shales are —
Produotus hemispherious. Athyris ambigua.
In the limestone beds at Morlais Quarries were found —
Produotus cora (with spines). Euomphalus sp.
„ „ (without spines). Bellerophon sp.
Orthotetes crenistria. Lithostrotion sp.
Spirifer sp. Fragments of Brachiopods.
The limestone at Graig Fawr, near Cefn, contains in its upper beds —
Myalina sp. Spirifer sp.
Athyris ambigua (abundant). Euomphalus sp.
Orthis sp Macrocheilina acuta.
Orthotetes crenistria. Bellerophon sp.
Produotus cora (abundant). Archeocidaris Urei (plate).
„ giganteus (young). Crinoids.
,, longispinus.
Whilst it would be premature to generalise from what has been done
in South Wales, the remark may be ventured that in the Coal Measures,
so far as the subject has been worked, there is to be observed the same
order of succession of freshwater lamellibranchs which has already been
found in the North Staffordshire Coalfield ; and mention may also be made
of the apparent absence in South Wales of that fauna, which is so character-
istic of the Millstone Grit Series of the Midlands, in rocks which are
regarded as their equivalents, and which receive the same name.
Erratic Blocks of the British Isles. — Ninth Report of the Committee,
consisting of Dr. J. E. Marr (Chairman), Professor P. F. Kendall
(Secretary), Professor T. G. Bonney, Mr. 0. E. De Rance,
Professor W. J. Sollas, Mr. R. H. Tiddeman, Rev. S. N.
Harrison, Dr. J. Horne, Mr. F, M. Burton, Mr. J. Lomas,
Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, Mr. J. W. Stather, Mr. W. T. Tucker,
and Mr. F. W. Harmer, appointed to investigate the Erratic Blocks
of the British Isles and to take measures for their preservation.
(Brawn up by the Secretary.)
The most noteworthy records received during the current year are those
which are furnished by Mr. J. Lomas from Northamptonshire, Leicester-
shire, and Rutlandshire, the first and last mentioned counties appearing
238 report — 1904.
for the first time in the reports of the Committee ; and the very interesting
identifications of the source of certain beach-pebbles found near Cromer in
the course of an excursion during the meeting at Cambridge. On this
occasion Professor Sjogren and Professor Backstrom, of Stockholm, identi-
fied a number of Scandinavian rocks, most of which were well known to
glacial workers in Yorkshire, though their place of origin was unknown.
These rocks include a cancrinite-syenite from Sarna in Dalecarlia, Sweden ;
quartz porphyry, also from Dalecarlia ; a fine-grained granitic rock which
is a common and widespread type in Sweden ; sparagmite conglomerate
from Scania ; sparagmite sandstone and a series of hornblende-porphyrites
from the Christiania district.
Two pebbles were found, which the present writer identified as
trachytes from the south-east of Scotland, a determination which was con-
firmed by Dr. J. Home, F.R.S.
The discovery of a fragment of pecten in a gravel-pit at Thirsk, by
Mr. J. E. Hall, of that town, is an interesting fact, as no shell-fragments
had previously been recorded so far down the vale of York.
Lancashire.
Reported by Mr. J. Lomas, A.R.C.S.
On banks of Yarrow River, above Simms's Farm, Anglesark—
Dalbeattie granite, 4 feet by 2 feet 6 inches by 1 foot 2 inches
Winter Hill Stream. — 1,120 feet O.D., boulders of Eskdale granite and
Lake District andesites.
New Road from Royston Cottage to Belmont. — 1,100 feet above O.D.
and over.
Kinder Scout grit, very common, one 4 feet 6 inches by 3 feet by 2 feet
6 inches.
Ditto, 5 feet 6 inches by 3 feet 6 inches by 4 feet.
Silurian grit, 1 foot.
Eskdale granite, 1 foot.
Ganister, 2 feet.
Lake District andesite.
Among many hundreds of boulders examined were an enormous
number of Carboniferous grits and sandstones, but no Mountain Lime-
stone.
Northamptonshire.
Reported by Mr. J. Lomas, A.R.C.S.
Gayton Clay-pit near Blisworth —
Chalky boulder clay, containing Chalk (red and white), Chalk ammonites,
flints (white, brown, and red), Bunter pebbles, Great Oolite, Keuper marl.
Hannington (new well in field) —
Chalk, grey flint, Carboniferous grit, Lias limestone, Great Oolite.
Raine's Siding, Glendon, near Kettering —
In Chalky boulder clay many boulders of indurated Northampton Sands, some
3 feet in diameter ; Trias pebbles, flints, Lincolnshire Limestone.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 239
Rushton —
Mountain Limestone, with encrinites and brachiopods.
Carboniferous chert, Bunter pebbles, Chalk, and flints.
North of Great Oakley —
Mountain Limestone.
Northampton. — Corby Brickworks. — Large proportion of Carboni-
ferous boulders, including Mountain Limestone, chert, Millstone Grit,
and ganister. Lias limestone, Great Oolite, indurated Northampton
Sands, Trias pebbles, and one specimen of mica schist, 3 inches diameter.
Reported by Professor P. F. Kendall.
Brick-pit near Racecourse (in Chalky boulder clay) —
Spilsby sandstone.
Leicestershire.
Reported by Mr. J. Lomas.
East Norton Railway -cutting —
Carboniferous Limestone.
Millstone Grit.
Carboniferous chert.
Owston Gravel-pit —
Chalk, flints, Lias limestone, Oolite, Bunter pebbles.
Knossington. — Many boulders of Carboniferous limestone and Mill-
stone Grit.
Wymondham. — Old Brickworks near Station — •
Mountain Limestone, Chalk, flints, Bunter pebbles.
Oolite, and many Lias limestones.
Coston Bridge —
Coarse dolerite, 3 feet diameter.
Fine-grained dolerite, 1 foot diameter.
Oolite, 2 feet diameter.
Mountain Limestone.
Marl-pit, near Saltby —
Great number of Bunter pebbles, Oolite ; no Lias.
Quarry, behind Saltby Cfairch (406 O.D.) —
Lincolnshire Oolite ; no Chalk.
Oolitic sandstone.
Wykeham. — Felsitic ash from Charnwood, 2 feet 6 inches diameter.
This boulder has been identified by Professor Bonney and is recorded in
the Survey Memoir.
240 keport— 1904.
Near Grimston —
Mountain Limestone, Millstone Grit, Bunter pebbles, Trias sandstone with
concretions of barytes.
Lias limestone ; no Oolite. A few pieces of Chalk and flints.
Rag dale —
Many boulders of Mount Sorrel granite, several over 2 feet in diameter. Mill-
stone Grit, Carboniferous sandstone, Lias limestone.
Near Haby —
Millstone Grit, Carboniferous sandstone and chert, Bunter pebbles, and a few
flints.
Thrussington Brickyard —
Boulder clay, with Triassic matrix in which bands of selenite have formed.
Numerous boulders of Keuper marl, with plant remains and pseudomorphs of
rock salt.
Bunter pebbles (some pitted), Lias limestone, no Oolite, Carboniferous lime-
stone and chert
Aylestone Sand-pit —
Mount Sorrel granite, some with wind-etched surfaces ; Carboniferous Lime-
stone and sandstone, Millstone Grit, much Keuper marl with pseudo-
morphs and plants.
A few Lias limestones and fossils ; no Oolite. Coal ; no Chalk.
Blaby Clay-pit —
Matrix of clay, almost pure Keuper marl, with bands of gypsum formed in
boulder clay.
Numerous Mount Sorrel granite, Carboniferous Limestone, Millstone Grit,
Carboniferous sandstone, tea-green marls, Triassic sandstone with
barytes. A few Lias fragments ; no Oolite.
Enderby Granite-works —
Black Chalky boulder clay with Liassic matrix overlies, red boulder clay with
Mountain Limestone, granite and other rocks from the West.
Leicester Forest Brick-works —
Red boulder clay with much Keuper marl, coal, Millstone Grit, Carboniferous
sandstone, limestone and chert overlaid by Chalky boulder clay with
Liassic matrix, Chalk, flints, and (?) Carboniferous sandstone.
Thurmaston Brickyard —
Red marly boulder clay at base with Carboniferous chert and limestone,
Coal Measure sandstone and Millstone Grit, Keuper marls and Triassic
sandstone, above Chalky boulder clay with many Liassic limestones
and fossils.
Rutlandshire.
Reported by Mr. J. Lomas.
Langham, near Oakham (in sewer cutting) —
Middle Lias limestone.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 241
Quarry, near Langham —
Brown boulder clay with dolerite, oolitic limestone, Carboniferous Limestone
and chert, Millstone Grit, Trias pebbles and flints.
Norfolk.
Beported by Professor P. F. Kendall.
Beach from Cromer to Mundesley —
Rhomb porphyry ; laurvikite (two varieties); cancrinite-syemte of Siirna,
Dalecarlia, Sweden ; quartz porphyry, Dalecarlia ; line-grained granite,
Sweden ; sparagmite sandstone, Scandinavia ; sparagmite conglomerate,
Scania, Sweden ; hornblende-porphyrite, Christiania district, Norway.
Yorkshire Boulder Committee, 1904.
Beported by Mr. E. Hawkesworth.
Brompton and Osmotherley. — Between Brompton and Osmotherley,
3 miles N.E. of Northallerton, in sandy clay exposed in altering road —
Whin Sill, Shap granite, Lake District volcanic series (several varieties),
Carboniferous limestones and sandstones numerous, chert.
Hull Geological Society Boulder Committee.
Beported by Mr. G. W. B. Macturk.
Bay well, near Hull. — In connection with the making of the new
reservoir at Raywell an interesting section has been exposed consisting
of boulder clay, 10 feet thick, resting on chalk 230 feet O.D, The boulder
clay appears to be in two divisions, a red upper clay and a blue or lead-
coloured lower clay. Among the erratics the following was recognised : —
Carboniferous Limestone, ganister, porphyrite, greywacke, basalt, &c.
South Cave. — In the field adjoining the railway, 300 yards east of the
railway station —
Carboniferous Limestone, Lower Lias.
Soft yellow sandstone, ganister, &c.
Beported by Mr. Tuos. Siieppard.
Kilnsea, near Spurn —
Two Mammoth teeth.
Beported by Mr. J. E. Hall.
Thirsk. — In the town gravel-pit —
Fragment of Peoten.
1901. R
242
REPORT — 1904.
Photographs of Geological Interest in the United Kingdom. — Fifteenth
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor James Geikie
(Chairman), Professor W. W. Watts (Secretary), Professor T. G.
Bonney, Professor E. J. Garwood, Professor S. H. Reynolds,
Dr. Tempest Anderson, Dr. J. J. H. Teall, Mr. Godfrey
Bingley, Mr. H. Coates, Mr. C. V. Crook, Mr. J. G. Good-
child, Mr. William Gray, Mr. W. Jerome Harrison, Mr.
Robert Kidston, Mr. J. St. J. Phillips, Mr. A. S. Keid, Mr.
K. Welch, Mr. W. Whitaker, and Mr. H. B. Woodward.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.)
The Committee beg to report that once again the number of new photo-
graphs received during the year exceeds that of any previous year. The
accessions number 543 ; the total number in the collection is 4,314, and
the yearly average rises to 287. About 100 other photographs have been
received, but cannot be added to this year's list.
The geographical scheme annexed shows that four counties are
removed from last year's ' black list ' — Cambridge, Kildare, Leitrim, and
Wicklow having now made contributions to the collection. There are
still 21 non-contributing counties — two in England, one in Wales, seven
in Scotland, and eleven in Ireland.
To this year's list Yorkshire makes, as so often before, the largest con-
tribution, 243 ; Norfolk follows with 43, Kent with 31, and Pembroke
with 30. Considerable additions are made to the lists of Buckingham,
Northampton, Suffolk, Fife, Linlithgow, Renfrew, Cork, and Sligo.
Previous
Additions
Total
Collection
(1904)
England —
Buckinghamshire
8
5
13
Cambridgeshire
—
2
2
Cornwall .
57
10
67
Cumberland
43
1
44
Devonshire
178
2
180
Hampshire
36
11
47
Hertfordshire .
15
5
20
Kent
81
31
112
Lancashire
69
8
77
Leicestershire .
144
4
148
Norfolk .
•57
43
110
Northamptonshire
6
12
18
Shropshire
54
1
55
Somersetshire .
70
8
78
Suffolk .
21
24
45
Surrey
64
4
58
Worcestershire
26
1
27
Yorkshire
604
243
847
Others .
775
—
775
Total .
•
2,308
415
2,723
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST.
243
Previous
Additions
Total
Collection
(1904)
Wales —
Anglesey .....
5
1
6
Carnarvonshire
96
10
106
Pembrokeshire ....
15
30
45
Others
Total
Channel Islands .
Isle op Man ....
Scotland—
134
—
134
250
41
291
38
—
38
60
1
61
Edinburgh ....
47
7
54
Fifeshire
24
19
43
Haddingtonshire
4
1
5
Linlithgow ....
2
3
5
Eenfrewshire ....
1
4
5
Stirlingshire ....
15
3
18
Others
Total
Ireland —
329
329
422
37
459
Antrim ....
273
5
278
Cork
,
2
19
21
Down
,
98
7
105
Dublin .
.
39
3
42
Kiklare .
2
2
Leitrim .
2
2
Londonderry
23
3
26
Sligo
. t
5
7
12
Wicklow .
1
1
Others .
.
157
—
157
Total
Rock Stbuctures, &c. .
Summary.
597
49
646
96
—
96
England ....
2,308
415
2,723
Wales ....
250
41
291
Channel Islands .
38
38
Isle of Man .
60
1
61
Scotland
422
37
459
Ireland .
597
49
646
Rock Structures, &c. .
96
96
Total .
.
3,771
543
4,314
It is not easy to pick out any particular series of photographs for special
mention, but a set of seventeen prints from Mr. Charles C. Buckingham,
and two from Mr. De Vere, all taken under the auspices of the East Kent
Natural History Society, seem to be of exceptional interest. They
illustrate the course and tributaries of the Kentish river Stour, and their
r2
244 report — 1904.
association with the springs known as Bournes. Mr. Buckingham has
also photographed Reculvers Church from the same points of view as
Lyell's famous pictures, and the result brings home the potency of marine
denudation and the need for coast defences.
Mr. R. Vowell Sherring, working in conjunction with the Bourne-
mouth and District Society of Natural Science, sends some beautiful
prints of the Bournemouth cliffs ; Mr. Mellard Reade contributes some
excellent photographs of the well-known gypsum boulder of Crosby ; and
Mr. Topham a series fy?Tm the gravels of Eye in Northamptonshire. The
rhythmical fretting of limestone by water in Hell Gill is illustrated by
Mr. Rodwell under circumstances of considerable difficulty, and the
marine destruction of the Scarborough landslips by Mr. Monckton.
Mr. Leach sends photographs of a mass of Carboniferous Limestone at
Tenby, supposed to show 10,000 specimens of Productus, and, curiously
enough, almost the same post brought a notice that ' the Corporation have
for years been breaking up the stone for road repair, and are now in
possession of a steam stone-breaker which will in the course of time cause
this natural curiosity to disappear, unless some steps are taken to pre-
vent it.'
Messrs. Muff and Wright have taken an ideal set of photographs of the
raised beaches and platforms of Cork, which are buried under boulder-
clay, blown-sand, and ' head ; ' Mr. Pledge continues to illustrate Mr.
Davies's work on the Purbeck and Portland of the Haddenham district ;
Mr. Robarts sends further contributions on the geology of Kent
and Surrey from the Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society ;
and Mr. Plews gives the first photographs recorded from Cambridge-
shire.
The importance of the contributions of members of the Committee
will be realised from the fact that they are responsible for 426 photo-
graphs out of a total of 541. Mr. W. Jerome Harrison, one of the
earliest and most earnest of geological photographers, and perhaps the
pioneer of county photographic surveys, sends no less than 270 prints out
of his large collection of a lifetime. These comprise a large series of the
Yorkshire coast from Bridlington to Whitby, series from Cornwall,
Norfolk, and Suffolk, and our first connected set from the Cambrian
rocks of St. Davids. Mr. Bingley contributes 76 prints taken in
Norfolk, Suffolk, Yorkshire, Anglesey, and Carnarvon. Professor
Reynolds's work is well represented by illustrations from Hertfordshire,
the Carboniferous area of Somerset, and volcanic areas in Fife, Hadding-
ton, and Linlithgow. Last, but not least, Mr. Welch makes a valuable
gift of 35 prints taken in Lancashire and Ireland, in connection with the
work of the Belfast Naturalists' Pield Club, and of Mr. Praeger and
Mr. Lamplugh. These include examples from Antrim and Cork, the
glacial and associated deposits of Down and Dublin, and phenomena
connected with limestones and caves in Sligo. One of the photo-
graphs is both botanical and geological, for it shows the formation of
tufa in a limestone-district through the agency of colonies of various
mosses.
To all the gentlemen named the Committee tender their best thanks,
as well as to the following, who have contributed less in amount, it is
true, but individual examples or series of high value : Mr. Epps, Mr.
G. T. Atchison, Mr. Hopkinson, Messrs. Abley and Griffith, Mr. Hodson,
ON rflOTOGRAPIIS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 245
Professor Armstrong, Mr. Cobbold, Dr. Matley, Dr. Flett, Dr. Abbott,
and Mr. Smith.
Mr. Welch points out that one print registered last year (3289), the
cemented breccia of quartzite and slate at Howth, which contained bones
of mammals and fishes with land and marine shells, is now the only record
of an interesting geological fact, as the block has been washed away by
the sea.
The third and last issue of the published series of ' British Geological
Photographs ' was sent out to subscribers in May of this year. The com-
pletion and success of its first publication scheme marks an epoch in the
history of the Committee and the fulfilment of a long-cherished desire of
its founders.
Since the first meeting in 1890 the desirability of publishing a selected
series of geological photographs has been kept before the Committee, but
it was only in 1893 and 1894 that publishers were approached on the
subject. AVith one consent they recommended us to go elsewhere, and so
the matter was allowed to slumber till the Dover meeting in 1899. In
that year a Sub-Committee of selection, consisting of Professor Bonney
(Chairman), Professor "Watts (Secretary and Editor), Professor Garwood,
Dr. Mill, Dr. Teall, and Mr. H. B. Woodward, was appointed, a self-
supporting subscription scheme drawn up, and a preliminary selection of
typical photographs made. One hundred and ninety-three subscribers
undertook to support a series which was to consist of issues of twenty photo-
graphs each year for three years. It was decided to issue the series in three
forms — unmounted half-plate platinotypes, mounted platinotypes, and
lantern slides — and each issue was to be accompanied by descriptive
letterpress.
Various unforeseen circumstances delayed the first issue, but it saw
the light in September 1902 ; issue ii. followed in July 1903, and the final
issue in May 1904. The actual series, as published, comprised seventy-
two photographs, fifty-one being standard half -plates, ten quarter- plates,
and eleven whole-plates, and an equal number of lantern slides. The sub-
jects ranged over most of the ordinary geological phenomena, the chief rock
formations, and many of the more important British localities. The nega-
tives were lent by thirty- four photographers, and a descriptive pamphlet
of forty-two pages was written by thirty-four contributors, amongst whom
are many of the most famous of contemporary British geologists. To
both geologists and photographers the Committee express their warmest
thanks.
The estimates on which the Sub-Committee worked proved to have
been well founded, and the annexed balance-sheet gives an account of all
receipts and expenditure to date. It shows a balance in favour of the
Committee of £95 13s. 2d., and a prospective profit of over £130 when
all outstanding accounts shall have been paid.
The balance-sheet, however, does not make one important point clear.
Eight whole-plate platinotypes and twelve slides beyond the number agreed
upon have been issued to subscribers. It is estimated that these addi-
tional photographs have cost £105. If this be added to the balance in
hand the total profit has been £235, of which one-half has been returned
to the subscribers and the other half retained by the Committee for the
purpose of carrying on the work for which it was originally established by
the Association.
246
REPORT — 1904.
Balance-sheet, Publication Account, to August 13, 1904.
Receipts.
Prints only
Mounted prints
Slides .
Prints and slides
Mounts and slides
Mounts and prints
Prints, mounts and slide
Less arrears unpaid
Total
Payments.
Preliminary expenses and apparatus
Copying negatives .
Copyright and purchase
Prints ....
Mounts and mounting .
Albums and boxes .
Slides and mounting
Packing ....
Carriage of parcels .
Printing and stationery .
Office expenses
Postage ....
Renewing broken slides .
Sets for new subscribers
Interest on working capital
Exhibition expenses (St. Louis and London)
Balance transferred to Committee's account
(£136 12*. Id., less unpaid £40 19*.)
Total
£ s. d.
148 1
196 10
251 5
80 10
126 10
7 13
11 8
821 17
40 19
780 18
£
s.
a.
24
9
6
21
7
5
6
19
224
1
4
36
8
13
4
2
176
1
16
2
1
29
10
55
7
7
6
4*
13
7
0k
11
7
27
12
4
17
10
4
19
11
95 13 2
780 18
It was pointed out in the Report for last year that in its fourteen
years' work of collecting and storing photographs, the Committee had
spent £101 10s. of the £130 granted to it by the Association. In
making a clear profit of £130 the Committee may congratulate itself on
having ' earned its keep,' and perhaps it is the only Committee of the
Association which has ever succeeded in literally doing so. But, besides
this, by scattering broadcast over the world typical photographs of geo-
logical features and phenomena it has rendered a service to geological, and
perhaps to geographical, teaching which cannot be well over-estimated.
The British Association photographs are forming the nucleus of dozens of
teaching- collections in the universities, schools, and museums of Britain ;
and numerous foreign subscribers write that they are only unable to sub-
scribe to a second series because they now want the funds to accumu-
late other examples from their own countries. It is not so difficult to
obtain geological photographs as it was fifteen years ago, for even the
ubiquitous picture post card is sometimes frankly geological.
At a meeting of the Committee held in Cambridge on August 19,
1904, Dr. J. J. H. Teall, F.R.S., in the chair, it was unanimously agreed
That this Committee desires to record its admiration of the indefatigable
energy shown by its Secretary, both in carrying out the original aims
of the Committee and in bringing to a successful issue the publication
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OK GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 247
of a typical series of Geological Photographs, services to Geological Science
which cannot well be overestimated.'
About 100 intending subscribers to a new series have sent in their
names, and the Committee recommend that such a new series be under-
taken on the same terms as the last. With the smaller number of
subscribers, however, the margin is narrow, and while profit to the
Committee will be small, or absent, the subscribers will have to be content
with the ' contract number ' of photographs. Possibly the number of
subscribers will increase when it is known that the new series will be
actually carried out.
Such a series will naturally be complete in itself, but it will also be
supplementary to the first series, and in no way a repetition of it. The
Committee would most warmly welcome any suggestions from subscribers
and others as to the best points to be considered in the new series.
Examples of the published series of photographs were shown at the
Exhibition arranged by the Geographical Association in London and the
provinces this year. Another set was sent by request to the Exhibition
at St. Louis, and it is proposed to present this collection to the Geographical
and Geological Department at Harvard University when the exhibition
closes. To this set a gold medal has been awarded in group 16.
The duplicate collection of slides has been exhibited and explained
within the year by Mr. Whitaker at the following local scientific
societies : — The Christ's Hospital Natural History Society, the Greville
Place Literary Society, Maida Vale, the Stratford Congregational
Literary Society, and the Ashmolean Natural History Society, Oxford.
Applications by Local Societies for the loan of the duplicate collection
should be made to the Secretary. Either prints or slides, or both, can be
lent, with a descriptive account of the slides. The carriage and the
making good of any damage to slides or prints are expenses borne by the
borrowing society.
The Committee recommend that they be reappointed without a grant.
FIFTEENTH LIST OP GEOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHS.
August 17, 1903, to August 12, 1904.
This list includes the geological photographs which have been
received by the Secretary of the Committee since the publication of the
last report. Photographers are asked to affix the registered numbers,
as given below, to their negatives for convenience of future reference.
Their own numbers are added in order to enable them to do so.
Copies of photographs desired can, in most instances, be obtained
from the photographer direct, or from the officers of the local society
under whose auspices the views were taken.
The price at which copies may be obtained depends on the size of the
print and on local circumstances over which the Committee have no control.
The Committee do not assume the copyright of any photographs included
in this list. Inquiries respecting photographs, and applications for per-
mission to reproduce them, should be addressed to the photographers direct.
It is recommended that, wherever the negative is suitable, the print be
made by the cold-bath platinotype process. The very best photographs
lose half their utility, and all their value as documentary evidence, unless
accurately described ; and the Secretary would be grateful if, whenever
248 report — 1904.
possible, such explanatory details as can be given were written on the forms
supplied by him for the purpose, and not on the back of the photograph
or elsewhere. Much labour and error of transcription would thereby be
saved. It is well, also, to use a permanent ink for this purpose. A local
number, by which the print and negative can be recognised, should be
written on the back of the photograph and on the top right-hand corner
of the form.
Copies of photographs should be sent unmounted to W. W. Watts,
The University, Birmingham, and forms may be obtained from him.
The size of photographs is indicated as follows : —
L = Lantern size.
1/1 = Quarter-plate.
1/2 = Half-plate.
1/1= Whole-plate.
10/8 = 10 inches by 8.
12/10 = 12 inches by 10, &c.
E signifies Enlargements.
* Indicates that photographs and slides may be purchased from the donors, or
obtained through the address given with the series.
LIST I.
ACCESSIONS IN 1903-1904.
ENGLAND.
Buckinghamshire. — Photographed by 3. PI. Pledge, 115 Richmond
Road, Dalston, N.E. 1/2.
Regd.
No.
4296 (B 14) Cutting near Digg's Upper Portland and Purbeck. 1903.
Farm, Haddenham.
3756 (B 15) Cutting N.W. of Had- River Gravel. 1903.
denham to Thame Road.
3757 (B 16) Cutting S. of main road, Portlandian Pebble-bed. 1903.
Thame to Aylesbury, Had-
denham.
3758 (B 17) Cutting S. of main road, Portland Beds. 1903.
Thame to Aylesbury, Had-
denham.
3759 (B 18) Cutting S. of main road, Pebble Bed in Portland. 1903.
Thame to Aylesbury, Had-
denham.
Cambridge. — Photographed by A. G. Plews, Pembroke College,
Cambridge. 1/4.
3760 ( ) Brick Pit at Gamlingay . Unconformity of Lower Greensand on
Ampthill Clay. 1903.
3761 ( ) ,, „ . Unconformity of Lower Greensand on
Ampthill Clay. 1903.
Cornwall. — Photographed by W. Jerome Harrison, F.G.S.,
52 Claremont Road, Handsworth, Birmingham. 7/5.
3762 (408) Cliffs N. of Newquay Devonian Rocks. 1894.
3763 (1097 F) „ „ Coast erosion.
3764 (420) Walrus Rock, N. of „ ,
Newquay.
-ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 219
Regd.
No.
3765 (1109 F) The Porth, Newquay 1894
3766 (1106 F) „ „ ' The Norwegian.*
3767 (1105 F) N. side of the Porth, Rock chasm. „
Newquay.
3768 (1099 F) 3 miles N. of Newquay Folded rocks
3769 (1528 F) Cliffs 3 to 5 miles N. of
Newquay.
3770 (1096 F) Bedruthan Steps . . „
3771 (1116 F) Bedruthan ... „
Cumberland. — Photographed by G. T. Atchison, M.A., LL.B.,
Holmwood, Sutton Coldfield. 1/2
4297 (67) Below Watendlath, Borrow- ' The Devil's Punchbowl.' 1902.
dale.
Devonshire. — Photographed by C. H. B. Epps, B.A., 95 Upper Tulse
Hill, S. W. 5/4.
3772 (1150) Bathing Beach, Ilfra- Isoclinal fold in slate. 1903.
combe.
3773 (1151) Bathing Beach, Ilfra- Strain-slip cleavage on large scale. 1903.
combe.
Hampshire (Isle op Wight). — Photographed by J. Hopkinson, F.G.S.,
Weettcocd, Watford. 1/4.
3774 (14) Undercliff between St. Bands of Chert in Upper Greensand.
Lawrence and Ventnor. 1903.
3775 (15) Undercliff between St. Bands of Chert in Upper Greensand.
Lawrence and Ventnor. 1903.
Photographed by R. Vowell Sherring, F.L.S., Hallatrow, near Bristol.
Bournemouth and District Society of Natural Science. 10/8.
4256 (1) Cliffs W. of Gordon Hotel Eocene Beds. 1904.
Steps, Southbourne, Bourne-
mouth.
4257 (2) E. of Gordon Hotel Steps, Lignite Bed above high-water mark. 1904.
Southbourne, Bournemouth.
4258 (3) E. of Gordon Hotel Steps, Leaf Bed in situ, 1904.
Southbourne, Bournemouth.
4259 (4) Southbourne Cliffs, Bourne- Silver-sand Bed and cliff erosion. 1S04.
mouth.
4260 (5) Southbourne Cliffs, Bourne- „ „ „
mouth.
4261 (6) Southbcurne Cliffs, Bourne- Cliff erosion. 1904.
mouth.
4262 (7) Southbourne Cliffs, Bourne- Sands and clays. 1904.
mouth.
Pliotographed by W. E. Abley, Kivgsgale Street, Winchester. 1/1.
4264 (320) Three miles from Win- Broad, flat floor of Chalk combe and dry
Chester, on road to refers- watercourses at its head. 1903.
field.
4265 (321) Three miles from Win- Narrow valley in continuation of combe.
Chester, on road to Peters- 1903.
field.
250
REPORT — 1904.
Reg<3.
No.
3776
3777
Hertfordshire. — Photographed by J '. Hopkinson, F.G.S.,
Weetwood, Watford. 1/4.
(16) Lane to Bottom Farm, Lane converted into river from December
Valley of the Bourne. 1003 to May 1904. 1904.
(17) Gravel-pit in Bourne Valley Converted into pond from December 1903
to June 1904. 1904.
Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynolds, MA., F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
3778 (A 14) Railway Cutting, Chor- Pipes and pockets of Gravel in Chalk.
ley Wood. 1903.
3779 (A 15) Railway Cutting, Cbor- Pipes and pockets of Gravel in Chalk.
ley Wood. 1903.
3780 (A 16) Railway Cutting, Chor- Pipes and pockets of Gravel in Chalk.
ley Wood. 1903.
Kent. — Photographed by N. F. Robarts, F.G.S., 23 Oliver Grove,
South Norivood, S.E. 1/4.
3781 (28) Oldbury Hill, Ightham . Sandpit in Folkestone Beds. 1904.
Kent. — Photographed by Charles C. Buckingham, 13 York Road,
Canterbury. 1/4 and 1/2.
. Source of Great Stour.
4266 (100) S.E. of Lenham
4267 (101)
4268 (102)
4269 (['03)
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
(104)
(105) Milton,
(106) Marsh side
(107) Postling .
(108) Etchen Hill
(111) Kingstone
(112) Patrixbourne
(113) Bekesbourne
(114)
(115) Near Bekesbou
(116)
(117) Wickhambreaux
near Canterbury
1902.
Stream from spring at head of Great Stour.
1902.
Lake formed where two sources of Great
Stour meet. 1902.
Great Stour leaving Lake. 1902.
River Stour altering its course. 1902.
Bed of ancient Wantsum. 1902.
Source of East Stour. 1902.
Spring at head of Elham Nailbourne. 1903.
Course of Lesser Stour. 1903.
ne
Springs on course of Lesser Stour. 1903.
Stream from springs (4281). 1903.
Lesser Stour banked up for power pur-
poses. 1903.
Lesser Stour at Seaton Mill. 1903.
(119) Reculvers at high water From point of view of Lyell's ' Principles,'
fig. 53. 1903.
From point of view of Lyell's ' Principles,'
fig. 54. 1903.
Thanet Sands and Woolwich Beds. 1903.
(118)
(120)
(121) Between Reculvers and
Heme Bay.
(122) Between Reculvers and „ „
Heme Bay.
(123) Between Reculvers and Woolwich and Oldhaven Beds
Heme Bay.
1903.
ON HIOTOGRArHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 251
Regd.
No.
4290 (124) Between Reculvers and Woolwich and Oldhaven Beds. 1903.
Heme Bay.
4291 (125) Between Reculvers and Oldhaven Gap. 1903.
Heme Bay.
4292 (126) Between Reculvers and Woolwich and Oldhaven Beds and London
Heme Bay. Clay. 1903.
4293 (127) Between Reculvers and London Clay crumbling over Oldhaven
Heme Bay. Beds. 1903.
4294 (128) Between Reculvers and London Clay. 1903.
Heme Bay.
4295 (129) Between Reculvers and „ „ „
Heme Bay.
Photographed by T. De Vere, Belle Vue, Harbledoion, Canterbury.
1/4.
4275 (109) Lyniinge .... Springs at head of Elham Nailbourne.
1903.
4276 (110) Derringstone . . . Course of Lesser Stour, now being used as
a road. 1903.
Lancashire. — *Photographed by R. Welch, Lonsdale Street,
Belfast. 1/1.
3782 (4102) Bispham Cliffs, Black- False-bedding in Glacial Sands and
pool. Gravels. 1903.
3783 (4105) Bispham Cliffs, Black- Cemented Glacial Sands and Gravel fallen
pool. on beach. 1903.
3784 (4103) Bispham Cliffs, Black- Cemented Glacial Sands and Gravel form-
pool, ing sea-stacks. 1903.
3785 (4104) Bispham Cliffs, Black- Fallen masses of Glacial Sands and
pool. Gravels. 1903.
* Photographed by Messrs. Hartley Brothers, South Road, Waterloo,
and Presented by T. Mellard Reade, F.G.S. 1/1.
3786 ( ) Great Crosby . . . Gypsum boulder, 18 tons. 1898.
3787 ()„... ,, ii i,
3788 (),,... ii n I,
3789 ()„... ,, » „
Leicestershire. — Photographed by A. G. Plews, Pembroke College,
Cambridge. 1/4.
3790 ( ) Charnwood Lodge Drive Cleaved Volcanic Agglomerate. 1903.
Photographed by Professor H. E. Armstrong, F.R.S., 55 Granville Park,
Lewisham. 1/2.
3755 ( ) Mountsorrel, Leicester . Terraced Granite surface under Keuper
Marl. 1903.
Photographed by G. Hodson, M.Inst.C.E., Loughborough. 1/1 and 1/4.
3791 ( ) One Barrow Quarry, Grit in Blackbrook Series. 1901.
Charnwood.
3792 ( ) Blackbrook, near Shep- Masonry dam for reservoir. 1903 ?
shed.
252 report — 1904.
Norfolk. — Photographed by Godfrey Bingley, Thorniehurst,
Headingley, Leeds. 1/2.
Regd.
No.
3793 (6143) Happisburgh . . Lower Till. 1903.
3794 (6144) „ ... Laminated Beds in Lower Till. 1903.
3795 (6145) Cliffs, Happisburgh . Lower and Upper Till. 1903.
3796 (6146) Cliff 20 yards N. of Old Contorted Beds resting on Till. 1903.
Kiln, Ostend, near Happis-
burgh.
3797 (6147) Cliffs, near Bacton Gap . Till, Contorted Drift, and River Gravel.
1903.
3798 (6148) Cliffs to N. of Bacton Till, Contorted Drift, and River Gravel
Gap. 1903.
3799 (6149) Cliffs between Bacton Contorted Drift. 1903.
and Mundesley.
3800 (6151) Cliffs between Bacton
and Mundesley.
3801 (6152) Cliffs N. of Mundesley . Contorted Till.
3802 (6153)
3803 (6163) Cliffs, East Runton, near Gravel Bed.
Cromer.
3804 (6160) Runton, near Cromer . ' Forest Bed.'
3805 (6161) „ „ . Mass of Chalk in Contorted Drift, 1903.
3806 (6162) „ „ . Masses of Chalk in Contorted Drift. „
3807 (6159) Cliffs, Beeston, near Erratic of Chalk Marl. 1903.
Sheringham.
3808 (6157) Cliffs near Sheringham . Weybourne Crag on Chalk. 1903.
3809 (6158) „ „ Contorted Drift. 1903.
3810 (6155) Cliffs, Weybourne . . Crag on disturbed Chalk. 1903.
3811 (6156) Cliffs S. of Weybourne .
3812 (6164) Sprowston Road, Norwich Chalk Pit. 1903.
3813 (6165) Watling's Pit, Sprowston, Glacial Sands and Gravels on Brick-earth.
Norwich. 1903.
3814 (6166) Watling's Pit, Sprowston, Glacial Sands and Gravels on Brick-earth.
Norwich. 1903.
3815 (6167) Hellesdon, Norwich . Chalky Boulder Clay with irregular de-
calcification. 1903.
3816 (6168) Mousehold Heath, Nor- ' Cannon-shot ' Gravel. 1903.
wich.
3817 (6169) Plumstead Road, Nor- ' Cannon-shot ' Gravel on Contorted Glacial
wich. Sands. 1903.
3818 (6171) Thorpe Crag Pit, Nor- Chalk and Norwich Crag. 1903.
wich.
3819 (6172) Thorpe Crag Pit, Nor- „
wich.
3820 (6173) Woodlands Lane Quarry, Lower Glacial Sand covered with Boulder
Norwich. Clay. 1903.
3821 (6182) Forncett . . . Chalky Boulder Clay, with piece of Kim-
meridge Clay. 1903.
3822 (6183) ,, ... Chalky Boulder Clay, with piece of Kim-
meridge Clay. 1903.
3823 (6184) Tharston Furze Hill . Chalk, Crag, Westleton Beds, and Gravel.
1903.
3824 (6185) „ „ . Chalk, Crag, Westleton Beds, and Gravel.
1903.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST.
253
Photographed by W. Jerome Harrison, F.G.S., 52 Glaremont Road,
Handsworth, Birmingham. 7/5.
Regd.
No.
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
(1S26 F) Cliffs W. of Cromer
Large Boulder of Chalk embedded in
Drift. 1896.
1896.
. Contorted Drift
near Sandy Drift.
(1836 F)
(1835 F) Runton Gap,
Cromer.
(1873 F) Cliffs at Beeston, near Contorted Drift. „
Sheringham.
(1890 F) Beeston Cliffs .
(1832 F) E. of SheriDgham
(1891 F) Sherins,bam Beach . Sea Defences ,.
(1831 F) W. of Sheringham . Pinnacle of Chalk in Drift
(497) Cliff-endatWeybourne Chalk and Crag. 1896.
1896.
Photographed by E. Corder, and Presented by T. Southwell,
The Crescent, Norwich. 1/4.
3834 ( ) Sidestrand Church
Landslip. 1896.
Photographed by J. Carver, Unthank Road, Norwich. 1/4.
3835 ( ) Sidestrand Church . . Landslip. 1S96.
Northamptonshire.
3836 (1) Eye
3837 (?) „
3838 (3) .,
3839 (4) „
3840 (5) „
3841 (6) „
3842 (7) „
3843 (8) „
3844 (9) „
3845 (10) „
3846 (11) „
3847 (12) „
-Photographed by C. H. Topham, 110 York Road,
Montpelier, Bristol.
. False-bedded Gravel. 1896.
. Current-bedded Sand and Gravel. 1896.
. False-bedded Sand and Gravel. 1896
. Coarse false-bedded Gravel. 1896.
Lenticular false-bedded Sand and Gravel.
1896.
. Sand-bed in Gravel. 1896.
. Deposition of Sand against Gravel ridges.
1896.
. False anticlines owing to deposition. 1896.
. High-angle false-bedding. 1896.
. Low angle false-bedding. 1896.
Filled fissure and fault in Gravel. 1896.
. Fissure in Gravel. 1896.
Shropshire. — Photographed by E. S. Cobbold, F.G.S., Watling House,
Church Stretton. 1/4.
3848 ( ) Belswardine Brook, Shine-
ton.
Unconformity of Upper Llandovery Sand-
stone on Shineton Shales. 1903.
Somerset. — Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/2.
3849 (A 5) Middle Hope, Weston- Volcanic Rocks in Carboniferous Lime-
super-Mare. stone. 1903.
3850 (A 6) Middle Hope, Weston- Bedded Calcareous Tuffs. 1903.
super-Mare.
254
REPORT — 1904.
Regd.
No.
3851 (A 7) Middle Hope, Weston- Tuffs and Limestone with Calcite veining.
super-Mare. 1904.
3852 (A 8) Spring Cove, near Weston Basalt Flow in Carboniferous Limestone.
1904.
3853 (A 9) Spring Cove, near Weston Basalt Flow in Carboniferous Limestone.
1904.
3854 (A 10) Spring Cove, near Weston Basalt Flow in Carboniferous Limestone.
1904.
3855 (A 12) South side of Cheddar Weathering along joints. 1904.
Gorge.
3856 (A 13) Cheddar Gorge . . Carboniferous Limestone. 1903.
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
Suffolk. — Photographed by Godfrey Bingley, Thorniehurst,
Headingley, Leeds. 1/2.
(6178) Cliffs near Kessingland
(6175) Cliffs between Kessing-
land and Lowestoft.
(6176) Cliffs between Kessing-
land and Lowestoft.
(6177) Cliffs between Kessing-
land and Lowestoft.
(6174) Pakefield Clay Pit, near
Lowestoft.
(6179) South of Lowestoft
(6181) Cliffs, Corton, N. of
Lowestoft.
Current-bedding in Glacial Sands and
Gravels. 1903.
Chalky Boulder Clay, and Glacial Sands
and Gravels. 1903.
Chalky Boulder Clay, and Glacial Sands
and Gravels. 1903.
Chalky Boulder Clay, Glacial Sands, and
' Forest bed.' 1903.
Chalky Boulder Clay on Glacial Sands.
1903.
Pebble beach. 1903.
Chalky Boulder Clay, Sands and Gravels,
and Brick-earth. 1903.
Photographed by W. Jerome Harrison, F.G.S., 52 Clarcmont Road,
Ilandsioorth, Birmingham. 1/2.
Orange-coloured Sands. 1901.
Orange and White Sands. 1901.
Pebble bed. 1901.
Sands and Laminated Clays. 1901.
Westleton Beds resting on Laminated
Clays. 1901.
' Crag ' with shells near base. 1901.
3864 (273) Cliffs N. of Southwold
3865 (274) „ „ „
3866 (275) „
3867 (276) „
3868 (280) „
3869 (282) „
3870 (277) „
3871 (278) „
3872 (279) „
3873 (281) „
3874 (283) „
3875 (2S4) „
3876 (292) Cliffs \ mile S. of League Glacial Sands and ' Forest Bed.'
Hole, S. of Gorleston.
3877 (294) Cliffs | mile S. of League Glacial Sands on Loam. 1901.
Hole, S. of Gorleston.
3878 (293) \ mile N. of League Hole Glacial Sands. „
3879 (295) 1 mile S. of Gorleston . Mid-glacial Sands. 1901.
3880 (296) 1 mile S. of Gorleston . „ „ „
Surrey. — Photographed by N. F. Robarts, F.G.S., 23 Oliver Grove,
South Norwood, S.E. 1/4.
3881 (21) Bos Hill from Norbury Chalk escarpment. 1904.
Park.
3882 (25) Worms Heath Gravel Pit . Pipe of Clay in Oldhaven Pebble Beds.
1904.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 255
Regd.
No.
3883 (26) Worms Heath Gravel Pit . Pipe of Clay in Oldhaven Pebble Beds.
1904.
3884 (27) Bughill Farm.Woldingham Outbreak of Croydon Bourne. 1904.
Worcestershire. — Photographed by C. A. Matley, D.Sc, F.G.S.,
90 St. Lawrence Road, Clontarf, Dublin. 1/4.
3885 (10) Wren's Nest Hill, Dudley . Quarries and pillars in Wenlock Lime-
stone. 1901.
Yorkshire. — Photogra2jhed by Godfrey B ingle y, Thomiehurst,
Headingley, Leeds. 1/2.
3886 (6356) Spurn Head . . . Looking N. from Lighthouse. 1904.
3887 (6358) „ „ . . . Looking S.W. from Lighthouse.
3888 (6382) Cliffs N. of Kilnsea
Beacon.
3889 (6383) Cliffs near Kilnsea „
Beacon.
3890 (6378) Near Easington . . Looking towards Kilnsea Beacon. 1901.
3891 (6381) Cliffs N. of Easington . Slipped and wasting cliff. 1904.
3892 (6368) Out Newton, near Purple Boulder Clay and Glacial Gravels.
Withernsea. 1904.
3893 (6369) Out Newton, near Purple Boulder Clay and Glacial Gravels.
Withernsea. 1904.
389 J (6370) Out Newton, near Purple Boulder Clay with slipped masses.
Withernsea. 1904.
3895 (6371) Out Newton, near Hessle, Purple, Laminated, and Basement
Withernsea. Clays.
3896 (6372) Dimlington Cliffs . . Coast erosion. 1904.
3897 (6373) „ „ . . Basement and Purple Clays. 1904.
3898 (6374) „ „ . . Hessle, Purple, Laminated and Basement
Clays. 1904.
3899 (6375) „ „ . . Basement and Purple Clays. 1904.
3900 (6379) „ „ . . Shelly Basement Clay capped with Purple
Clay. 1904.
3901 (6380) „ „ . . Spring in cliff. 1904.
3902 (6296) Scarborough, Marine Fossiliferous Calcareous Grit. 1903.
Drive.
3903 (6322) Penny Farm Gill, near Vertical Carboniferous Limestone. 1904.
Sedbergh.
3904 (6324) Penny Farm Gill, near
Sedbergh.
3905 (6237) Helm Gill, Dent Dale . Lamprophyre Dyke in Coniston Limestone.
1904.
3906 (6316) River Clough, Garsdale, Carboniferous Conglomerate. 1904.
near Sedbergh.
3907 (6319) Hebblethwaite Gill, Sed- „ „ „
bergh.
3908 (6232) Ganister Quarry, Mean- Overthrust Fault. 1903.
wood Valley, Leeds.
3909 (6260) Ganister Quarry, Mean- Folded Coal and Ganister. 1904.
wood Valley, Leeds.
3910 (6262) Ganister Quarry, Mean- „ „
wood Valley, Leeds.
3911 (6259) Ganister Quarry, Mean- „ „ „
wood Valley, Leeds.
256 report— 1904.
Photographed by J. II. Rodwell, Brooklyn Villa, New Mansion,
near Leeds. 1/2.
Regd.
No.
3912 ( ) Hell Gill, Mallerstang. Fretting of Limestone by water.
Photographed by Louis Smith, Conisborough. 1/2.
3913 (-51) Conisborough . . . Undercut and weathered block of Mag-
nesian Limestone.
Photographed by W. Jerome Harrison, F.G.S-, 52 Claremont Road,
Hands-worth, Birmingham. 1/2, 7/5, and 1/1.
3914 (310F)Balby Sandpit, near Bunter capped by Gravels. 1903.
Don caster.
3915 (311 F) Balby Sandpit, near Bunter Sandstone. 1003.
Doncaster.
3916 (312 F) Balby Sandpit, near Bunter capped by Gravels. 1903.
Doncaster.
3917 (313 F) Balby Sandpit, near Bunter. 1903.
Doncaster.
3918 (314 F) Warmsworth, near Don- Quarry in Magnesian Limestone. 1903.
caster.
3919 (315 F) Warmsworth, near Don- „ „ „
caster.
3920 (322 F) Adel Crags, near Leeds. Millstone Grit. 1903.
3921 (476) Ackworth . . . Grindstone Quarries in Coal-measures.
1903.
3922 (292 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- Wind erosion of Millstone Grit. 1903.
ley Bridge.
3923 (293 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- „
ley Bridge.
3924 (294 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate-
ley Bridge.
3925 (296 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- „ „ „ ,,
ley Bridge.
3926 (297 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate-
ley Bridge.
3927 (299 F) Brimham Rocks, Patc-
ley Bridge.
3928 (300 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- ,, ,, ,, ,,
ley Bridge.
3929 (301 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- „ „ „ ,,
ley Bridge.
3930 (302 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- ,, „ „ „
ley Bridge.
3931 (303 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- ,, „ „ ,,
ley Bridge.
3932 (304 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- „ ,,
ley Bridge.
3933 (306 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- „ ., „ „
ley Bridge.
3934 (307 F) Brimham Rocks, Pate- „ „ „
ley Bridge.
3935 (373 F) Hilderthorpe, S. of Boulder Clay and Contorted Sands. 1898.
Bridlington.
3936 (590) Hilderthorpe, S. of „ „ „ „
Bridlington.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 257
' Kegel.
No.
3937 (592) Hilderthorpe, S. of Boulder Clay and Contorted Sands. 1898.
Bridlington.
3933 (593) Hilderthorpe, S. of Boulder Clay under Laminated Loam. „
Bridlington.
3939 (2079 F) Hilderthorpe, S. of Drift. 1898.
Bridlington.
3940 (885) Flamborough from near Chalk and Drift. 1898.
Danes Dyke.
3951 (387) Flamborough Head S.W. Chalk capped by Drift. 1898.
of Danes Dyke.
3912 (370 F) High Stacks, Flam-
borough.
3943 (371 F) High Stacks, Flam- Drift-fill 
TVNews
OpenLibrary